- •Preface
- •0 Introduction
- •1 Scope
- •2 Related Documents
- •3 Definitions
- •4 Policy
- •Section Two. The Purpose and Scope of Def Stan 00-60
- •5 Purpose
- •6 Scope of Def Stan 00-60
- •Section Three. Defence Equipment Acquisition and Materiel Support (DEAMS)
- •7 Business Overview
- •8 Contracting Environment
- •9 Programme and Timing
- •10 Process Integration and Data Management
- •11 Introduction
- •12 ILS Principal Elements
- •13 Additional ILS Elements
- •Section Five. Data Management
- •14 Introduction
- •15 Data Dictionary
- •16 LSAR Relational Tables Business Rules and Reports
- •17 SGML
- •Section 6. Management of Defence Standard 00-60 Maintenance
- •19 Introduction
- •20 Change Procedure
- •21 Defence Standard 00-60 Help Desk
- •Figure 3 Defence Standard 00-60 Change Procedure
- •Figure 6 X Table Relationships
- •Figure 7 A Table Relationships
- •Figure 8 B Table Relationships
- •Figure 9 C Table Relationships
- •Figure 10 E Table Relationships
- •Figure 11 U Table Relationships
- •Figure 12 F Table Relationships
- •Figure 13 G Table Relationships
- •Figure 14 H Table Relationships
- •Figure 15 J Table Relationships
- •Figure 16 Z Table Relationships
- •Figure 17 LSAR Data Tables to Report Matrix
- •Figure 18 LSA-001 summary
- •Figure 19 LSA-003 summary
- •Figure 20 LSA-004 summary
- •Figure 21 LSA-005 summary
- •Figure 22 LSA-006 summary
- •Figure 23 LSA-007 summary
- •Figure 24 LSA-008 summary
- •Figure 25 LSA-009 summary
- •Figure 26 LSA-010 summary
- •Figure 27 LSA-011 summary
- •Figure 28 LSA-012 summary
- •Figure 29 LSA-013 summary
- •Figure 30 LSA-014 summary
- •Figure 31 LSA-016 summary
- •Figure 32 LSA-018 summary
- •Figure 33 LSA-019 summary
- •Figure 34 LSA-023 summary
- •Figure 35 LSA-024 summary
- •Figure 37 LSA-026 summary
- •Figure 38 LSA-027 summary
- •Figure 39 LSA-030 (Option 1) summary
- •Figure 40 LSA-033 summary
- •Figure 41 LSA-036 summary
- •Figure 42 LSA-037 summary
- •Figure 43 LSA-039 summary
- •Figure 44 LSA-040 summary
- •Figure 45 LSA-046 summary
- •Figure 46 LSA-050 summary
- •Figure 47 LSA-056 summary
- •Figure 48 LSA-058 summary
- •Figure 49 LSA-065 summary
- •Figure 50 LSA-070 summary
- •Figure 51 LSA-071 summary
- •Figure 52 LSA-072 summary
- •Figure 53 LSA-074 summary
- •Figure 54 LSA-075 summary
- •Figure 55 LSA-076 summary
- •Figure 56 LSA-077 summary
- •Figure 57 LSA-078 summary
- •Figure 58 LSA-080 summary
- •Figure 59 LSA-085 summary
- •Figure 60 LSA-126 summary
- •Figure 61 LSA-151 summary
- •Figure 62 LSA-152 summary
- •Figure 63 LSA-154 summary
- •Figure 64 LSA-155 summary
- •Figure 65 LSA-602 summary
- •Figure 66 LSA-604 summary
- •Figure 67 LSA-606 summary
- •Figure 68 LSA-608 summary
- •Figure 69 LSA-610 summary
- •Figure 70 LSA-612 summary
- •Figure 71 LSA-614 summary
- •Figure 72 LSA-624 summary
- •Figure 73 LSA-626 summary
- •Figure 74 LSA-628 summary
- •Figure 77 LSA-634 summary
- •Figure 78 LSA-636 summary
- •Figure 79 LSA-648 summary
- •Figure 80 LSA-650 summary
- •Figure 81 LSA-652 summary
- •Figure 82 LSA-654 summary
- •Figure 85 LSA-660 summary
- •Figure 86 LSA-662 summary
- •Figure 87 LSA-664 summary
- •Figure 88 LSA-668 summary
- •Figure 89 LSA-672 summary
- •Figure 90 LSA-674 summary
- •Figure 91 LSA-676 summary
- •Introduction
- •Logistic Support Analysis Record Relational Tables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
LSA-676 |
REQUESTED BY: PETER HEATHCOTE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TIME: 16:35 - DATE: 23/11/95 - PAGE: 1 |
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK PACKAGING REPORT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SELECTION SUMMARY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SELECTION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
OPTION 1 - PACKAGING INFORMATION FOR A GIVEN ITEM |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Y/N |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
OPTION 2 - PACKAGING INFORMATION FOR ALL ITEMS WITH A GIVEN DEGREE OF PROTECTION |
|
|
Y/N |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
OPTION 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
096 |
|
|
046 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
337 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EIAC |
|
|
|
|
CAGE |
|
|
|
|
REFERENCE NO. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
XXXXXXXXXX |
|
|
|
|
XXXXX |
|
|
|
|
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
OPTION 2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
096 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
199 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
019 |
|
|
203 |
|
|
199 |
|
|
|
501 |
|
|
074 |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EIAC |
|
|
START LCN |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALC |
|
|
TYPE |
|
STOP LCN |
|
|
UOC |
|
|
DOP |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
XXXXXXXXXX |
|
|
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX |
|
00 |
|
|
X |
|
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX |
|
|
XXX |
|
|
X |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
1090-14-152 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Figure 91 LSA-676 summary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
LSA-676 |
|
REQUESTED BY: PETER HEATHCOTE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TIME: 16:20 - DATE: 03/02/98 - PAGE: 2 |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK PACKAGING REPORT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CAGE |
|
|
CAGE ADDRESS |
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
XXXXX |
|
CAGE NAME |
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX |
|
|
|
047 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
P.O.BOX NUMBER/STREET |
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
337 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
253 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
182 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
CITY |
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
STATE |
UK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
DED |
|
|
COUNTY |
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
REFERENCE NO. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NSN |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITEM NAME |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
046 |
|
|
POST CODE |
XXXXXXXXXX |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX |
|
|
XXXX XX XXXXXXXX |
|
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
DED |
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
DED |
|
|
DED |
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
496 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
177 |
|
|
|
|
|
377 |
|
|
378 |
|
|
154 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
491 |
|
|
497 |
|
|
491 |
|||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNIT SIZE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ICC |
|
|
|
|
SHELF LIFE |
|
SLAC |
|
HAZARD CODE |
|
|
|
LEN |
|
WID |
HEI |
|
|
UM |
|
UNIT WT |
|
|
UM |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XX |
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
XX |
|
|
X |
|
|
000.0 |
000.0 |
|
000.0 |
|
|
XX |
|
|
XXXXX |
|
|
XX |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRICE INFORMATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
488 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
490 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
205 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
629 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UI |
|
|
|
|
|
|
UI PRICE |
|
|
|
|
|
UM PRICE LOT QTY |
|
|
|
|
CURRENCY CD |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XX |
|
|
|
|
|
00000000.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
FROM: 00000 TO: 00000 |
|
|
|
|
|
XXX |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PACKAGING DATA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
074 |
|
|
|
|
|
817 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
487 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
253 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
486 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DOP |
|
|
PROC PACK SPEC CD |
|
|
|
UNIT CONT LEVEL |
|
|
|
CONTAINER NSN |
|
|
|
|
UNIT CONT CODE |
|
|
|
STD PACK QTY |
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
QTY PER UNIT PACK |
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
XX |
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
XXXX XX XXXXXXXX |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XX |
|
|
|
|
|
|
XXXX |
|
|
|
|
|
818 |
|
|
|
|
|
XXX |
|
|
|
321 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PACK MARK CODE |
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
UNIT PACK CUBE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNIT PACK SIZE |
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
UM |
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
UNIT PACK WT |
|
|
DED |
|
|
UM |
|
|
DED |
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LEN |
WID |
|
|
|
HEI |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
XXXXX |
|
|
661 |
|
|
|
0000.000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
493 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
494 |
|
|
|
XX |
|
|
491 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XXXXX |
|
|
495 |
|
|
|
XX |
|
|
491 |
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
000.0 |
|
|
000.0 |
000.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
680 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
397 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
071 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
409 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPIS NUMBER |
|
|
|
|
|
SPIS REVN STATUS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPIS DATE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL PACKING DATA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
00000000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX |
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Figure 91 LSA-676 summary - concluded
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX C TO ANNEX C (CONCLUDED)
Collation Page
C/C-150
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C
INDEX OF DATA ELEMENT TITLES
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C
Collation Page
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C
C/D.O Index of Data Element Titles
C/D.0.1 This Appendix contains the listing of data element definition (DED) numbers and titles. For each DED the table and data element codes are depicted and indicate the relational table location(s) in which the data element appears.
C/D-1
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Collation page
C/D-2
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
001 |
ACHIEVED AVAILABILITY |
AA |
ACHAVAAA |
|
|
BD |
ACHAVABD |
002 |
ACQUISITION DECISION OFFICE |
EA |
AQDCOFEA |
003 |
ACQUISITION METHOD CODE (AMC) |
HA |
ACQMETHA |
005 |
ADAPTOR/INTERCONNECTION DEVICE REQUIRED |
EA |
AIDRQDEA |
006 |
ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBER |
HB |
ADDREFHB |
007 |
ADDITIONAL SKILL REQUIREMENT: SKILL REQUIRING A |
GC |
NMSNARGC |
|
NEW OR REVISED SKILL CODE |
GC |
NMSNCDGC(A) |
008 |
ADDITIONAL SKILLS AND SPECIAL TRAINING |
EE |
SEQNAREE |
|
REQUIREMENTS |
EE |
SENARCEE(F) |
009 |
ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS/REQUIREMENTS |
AF |
WPADDRAF |
010 |
ADDITIONAL SUPPORTABILITY CONSIDERATIONS |
AK |
SEINARAK |
|
|
AK |
SEINCDAK(A) |
011 |
ADDITIONAL SUPPORTABILITY PARAMETERS |
AK |
SEINARAK |
|
|
AK |
SEINCDAK(B) |
012 |
ADDITIONAL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS |
GC |
NMSNARGC |
|
|
GC |
NMSNCDGC(D) |
013 |
ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOGISTIC DELAY TIME (ALDT) |
AB |
OPALDTAB |
|
|
BE |
ALDTXXBE |
014 |
ADMINISTRATIVE LEAD TIME |
XA |
ADDLTMXA |
015 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT ALLOCATION DATA |
EB |
ALORG1EB |
|
|
EB |
ALORG2EB |
|
|
EB |
ALORG3EB |
|
|
EB |
ALORG4EB |
|
|
EB |
ALORG5EB |
|
|
EB |
ALORG6EB |
|
|
EB |
ALORG7EB |
|
|
EB |
ALORG8EB |
|
|
EB |
ALORG9EB |
|
|
EB |
ALRG10EB |
|
|
EB |
ALDNDSEB |
|
|
EB |
ALEXRNEB |
|
|
EB |
ALLVCDEB |
|
|
EB |
ALMLVLEB |
|
|
EB |
ALSTIDEB |
016 |
ALLOWANCE |
EB |
ALDCNMEB |
|
|
UA |
UTALLOUA |
|
|
UM |
SUTALLUM |
C/D-3
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
017 ALLOWANCE ITEM CODE (AIC) |
HG |
ALLOWCHG |
|
018 |
ALLOWANCE ITEM QUANTITY |
HG |
ALIQTYHG |
019 ALTERNATE LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL |
XB |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
NUMBER CODE (ALC) |
XC |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
XD |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
XE |
ALTLCNXE |
|
|
XE |
ALCSEIXE |
|
|
XF |
ALTLCNXF |
|
|
XF |
ALCSEIXF |
|
|
XG |
PALCNCXG |
|
|
XG |
FALCNCXG |
|
|
AA |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
AB |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
AC |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
AD |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
AE |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
AF |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
AG |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
AH |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
AJ |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
AK |
SEINARAK |
|
|
AK |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
BA |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
BB |
RAMNARBB |
|
|
BB |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
BC |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
BD |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
BE |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
BF |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
BG |
FMNNARBG |
|
|
BG |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
BH |
ALTLCNBH |
|
|
BH |
TALCNCBH |
|
|
BI |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
BJ |
FMCNARBJ |
|
|
BJ |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
BK |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
CA |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
CA |
REFALCCA |
|
|
CA |
AORALCCA |
|
|
CB |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
CB |
RFDALCCB |
|
|
CC |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
CD |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
CF |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
CG |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
CH |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
CI |
TSKALCCI |
|
|
CI |
PROALCCI |
|
|
CK |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
CL |
TSKNARCL |
|
|
CL |
ALTLCNXB |
C/D-4
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
|
CM |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
CN |
ALTLCNCN |
|
|
CO |
ALTLCNCO |
|
|
UA |
UUTALCUA |
|
|
UB |
UUTALCUA |
|
|
UD |
UUTALCUA |
|
|
UF |
UUTALCUA |
|
|
UG |
UUTALCUA |
|
|
UH |
TSKALCCI |
|
|
UH |
PROALCCI |
|
|
UJ |
UUTALCUA |
|
|
UL |
UUTALCUA |
|
|
FE |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
GE |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
HG |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
HH |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
HI |
PRVNARHI |
|
|
HI |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
HJ |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
HK |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
HL |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
HN |
ALTLCNHN |
|
|
HN |
ALCSEIHN |
|
|
HO |
ALTLCNHO |
|
|
HO |
ALCSEIHO |
|
|
HP |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
HQ |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
HR |
ALTLCNHO |
|
|
HR |
ALCSEIHO |
|
|
HS |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
HT |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
JA |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
JB |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
JC |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
JD |
WHTRLOJD |
|
|
JD |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
JE |
ALTLCNXB |
|
|
JF |
TRANARJF |
|
|
JF |
ALTLCNXB |
020 |
ANNUAL MAN-HOURS |
AC |
MLSAMHAC |
|
|
AC |
MLUAMHAC |
021 |
ANNUAL NUMBER OF MISSIONS |
AB |
ANNOMIAB |
022 |
ANNUAL OPERATING DAYS |
AB |
ANOPDAAB |
023 |
ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT (AOR) |
AG |
ANOPREAG |
024 |
ANNUAL OPERATING TIME |
AB |
ANOPTIAB |
025 |
APPORTIONED UNIT COSTS |
UC |
OTPACRUC |
|
|
UC |
OTPACNUC |
|
|
UE |
TPAUCRUE |
C/D-5
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
|
UE |
TPAUCNUE |
|
|
UI |
AIDUCNUI |
|
|
UI |
AIDUCRUI |
028 |
AVAILABLE ANNUAL MAN-HOURS |
AE |
AVAIMHAE |
029 |
AXLE LENGTH |
JC |
TWALFIJC |
|
|
JC |
TWALFOJC |
|
|
JC |
TWALRIJC |
|
|
JC |
TWALROJC |
030 |
BASIS OF ISSUE |
HM |
BOICTRHM |
|
|
HM |
QTYBOIHM |
|
|
HM |
RATIOBHM |
|
|
HM |
LVLBOIHM |
031 |
BUILT-IN-TEST CANNOT DUPLICATE PERCENTAGE |
BA |
BITNDPBA |
032 |
BUILT-IN-TEST DETECTABILITY LEVEL PERCENTAGE |
BA |
BDLPGABA |
|
|
BA |
BDLPGBBA |
033 |
BUILT-IN-TEST RETEST OK PERCENTAGE |
BA |
BITROPBA |
034 |
CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENTS |
UG |
UUTPPCUG |
|
SUMMARY PARAMETER CODE |
UN |
UTPACMUN |
035 |
CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENTS |
EA |
CMRSRCEA |
|
SUMMARY RECOMMENDED |
UB |
UTCMRSUB |
036 |
CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENTS |
UB |
UTSTCDUB |
|
SUMMARY STATUS |
UM |
SUTSTCUM |
037 |
CALIBRATION INTERVAL |
EA |
CALINTEA |
038 |
CALIBRATION ITEM INDICATOR |
EA |
CALITMEA |
039 |
CALIBRATION PROCEDURE |
EC |
CALPROEC |
041 |
CALIBRATION STANDARD REQUIRED |
EA |
CALSTDEA |
042 |
CALIBRATION TIME |
EA |
CALTIMEA |
043 |
CHANGE AUTHORITY NUMBER |
HP |
CANUMBHP |
|
|
HQ |
CANUMBHP |
|
|
HR |
CANUMBHP |
044 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS |
EE |
SEQNAREE |
|
|
EE |
SENARCEE(D) |
046 |
COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY (CAGE) CODE |
XH |
CAGECDXH |
|
|
AH |
IOCAGEAH |
|
|
CG |
TSCAGECG |
|
|
CI |
PROCAGCI |
|
|
EA |
SECAGEEA |
|
|
EB |
SECAGEEA |
C/D-6
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
|
DED Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
EC |
SECAGEEA |
|
ED |
SECAGEEA |
|
EE |
SEQNAREE |
|
EE |
SECAGEEA |
|
EF |
SECAGEEA |
|
EG |
SECAGEEA |
|
EH |
SECAGEEA |
|
EI |
SECAGEEA |
|
EJ |
SECAGEEA |
|
EK |
SECAGEEA |
|
EK |
SPRCAGEK |
|
EL |
SECAGEEA |
|
EM |
SECAGEEA |
|
EM |
SCAGECEM |
|
UB |
SECAGEEA |
|
UC |
OTPCAGUC |
|
UD |
SECAGEEA |
|
UD |
OTPCAGUC |
|
UE |
OTPCAGUC |
|
UE |
TPICAGUE |
|
UG |
SECAGEEA |
|
UH |
PROCAGCI |
|
UH |
SECAGEEA |
|
UI |
AIDCAGUI |
|
UJ |
SECAGEEA |
|
UJ |
AIDCAGUI |
|
UK |
ATECAGUK |
|
UL |
SECAGEEA |
|
UL |
ATECAGUK |
|
UM |
SUTCAGUM |
|
UN |
TGSCAGUN |
|
UN |
SUTCAGUM |
|
HA |
CAGECDXH |
|
HB |
CAGECDHB |
|
HB |
ADCAGEHB |
|
HD |
CAGECDXH |
|
HE |
CAGECDXH |
|
HF |
CAGECDXH |
|
HF |
CCMCAGHF |
|
HG |
CAGECDXH |
|
HG |
SIDCAGHG |
|
HH |
CAGECDXH |
|
HI |
PRVNARHI |
|
HI |
CAGECDXH |
|
HJ |
CAGECDXH |
|
HK |
CAGECDXH |
|
HL |
CAGECDXH |
|
HM |
CAGECDXH |
|
HN |
CAGECDHN |
|
HO |
CAGECDHO |
|
HP |
CAGECDXH |
|
HQ |
CAGECDXH |
|
HR |
CAGECDHO |
|
HS |
CRPCAGHS |
C/D-7
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
|
HT |
CRPCAGHS |
|
|
HU |
IPCAG1HU |
|
|
HU |
IPCAG2HU |
|
|
HU |
IPCAG3HU |
|
|
HU |
IPCAG4HU |
|
|
HU |
IPCAG5HU |
|
|
HU |
IPCAG6HU |
|
|
HU |
IPCAG7HU |
|
|
HU |
IPCAG8HU |
|
|
HV |
CAGECDXH |
|
|
ZA |
CAGECDZA |
|
|
ZB |
AMMNARZB |
|
|
ZB |
CAGECDZA |
047 |
COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY CODE ADDRESS |
XH |
CANAMEXH |
|
|
XH |
CASTREXH |
|
|
XH |
CACITYXH |
|
|
XH |
CASTATXH |
|
|
XH |
CANATNXH |
|
|
XH |
CAPOZOXH |
048 |
COMMON UNIT UNDER TEST |
UI |
AIDCUTUI |
049 |
COMPENSATING DESIGN PROVISIONS |
BJ |
FMCNARBJ |
|
|
BJ |
FMMPCNBJ(A) |
050 |
COMPENSATING OPERATOR ACTION PROVISIONS |
BJ |
FMCNARBJ |
|
|
BJ |
FMMPCNBJ(B) |
051 |
CONCURRENT PRODUCTION CODE (CPC) |
HD |
CURPRCHD |
|
|
HE |
CURPRCHE |
053 |
CONTAINER LENGTH |
JB |
CONLENJB |
054 |
CONTAINER TYPE |
JB |
CONTYPJB |
055 |
CONTRACT NUMBER |
XA |
CONTNOXA |
|
|
EA |
CNTRNOEA |
|
|
HS |
ITECONHS |
|
|
HT |
ITECONHS |
|
|
JA |
CONNUMJA |
056 |
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED EQUIPMENT/GOVERNMENT |
EA |
CFEGFEEA |
|
FURNISHED EQUIPMENT (CFE/GFE) |
|
|
057 |
CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDATION |
EJ |
CNTRECEJ |
|
|
EL |
CONRECEL |
059 |
ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT CONVERSION FACTOR |
BA |
CONVFABA |
063 |
CREST ANGLE |
JC |
CREANGJC |
064 |
CREW SIZE |
AA |
CREWSZAA |
C/D-8
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
065 |
CRITICAL ITEM CODE |
HA |
CRITITHA |
066 |
CRITICALITY CODE |
HA |
CRITCDHA |
069 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT CODE |
EA |
CUSTCDEA |
070 |
DATA STATUS CODE |
HG |
DATASCHG |
071 |
DATE |
EA |
DATFADEA |
|
|
EF |
INTSUBEF |
|
|
EF |
DTGVDSEF |
|
|
EF |
DTRVSBEF |
|
|
HF |
SPSDATHF |
|
|
JA |
TRCHRDJA |
072 |
DECK STOWAGE |
JB |
SDECKSJB |
074 |
DEGREE OF PROTECTION CODE |
HA |
PRVDOPHA |
|
|
HF |
DEGPROHF |
076 |
DEMILITARIZATION CODE |
HA |
DEMILIHA |
077 |
DEMILITARIZATION COST |
XA |
DEMILCXA |
078 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION & FUNCTION |
EE |
SEQNAREE |
|
|
EE |
SENARCEE(B) |
079 |
DESIGN DATA CATEGORY CODE |
EJ |
DSNDATEJ |
080 |
DESIGN DATA PRICE |
EA |
DSNPRCEA |
081 |
DESIGNATED REPAIR POINT (DRP) |
HG |
DRPONEHG |
|
|
HG |
DRPTWOHG |
083 |
DISCOUNT RATE |
XA |
DISCNTXA |
084 |
RELIABILITY-CENTRED MAINTENANCE (RCM) DISPOSITION |
BF |
RCMDSABF |
|
|
BF |
RCMDSBBF |
|
|
BF |
RCMDSCBF |
|
|
BF |
RCMDSDBF |
|
|
BF |
RCMDSEBF |
|
|
BF |
RCMDSFBF |
|
|
BF |
RCMDSGBF |
|
|
BF |
RCMDSHBF |
|
|
BF |
RCMDSIBF |
|
|
BF |
RCMDSJBF |
085 |
TRANSPORTATION DISTANCE |
AJ |
SHPDISAJ |
088 |
DRAWING CLASSIFICATION |
EA |
DRWCLSEA |
|
|
FA |
DRCLASFA |
089 |
DRAWING NUMBER |
FA |
FADNUMFA |
C/D-9
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
090 |
DUTY |
CJ |
DUTIESCJ |
091 |
DUTY CODE |
CJ |
DUTYCDCJ |
|
|
CK |
DUTYCDCJ |
092 DUTY POSITION REQUIRING A NEW OR REVISED SKILL |
GB |
DPRNRSGB |
|
094 |
EDUCATIONAL QUALIFICATIONS |
GC |
NMSNARGC |
|
|
GC |
NMSNCDGC(B) |
095 |
TASK ELEMENT INDICATOR |
CC |
ELEMNTCC |
096 END ITEM ACRONYM CODE (EIAC) |
XA |
EIACODXA |
|
|
|
XB |
EIACODXA |
|
|
XC |
EIACODXA |
|
|
XD |
EIACODXA |
|
|
XE |
EIACODXA |
|
|
XF |
EIACODXA |
|
|
XG |
EIACODXA |
|
|
AA |
EIACODXA |
|
|
AB |
EIACODXA |
|
|
AC |
EIACODXA |
|
|
AD |
EIACODXA |
|
|
AE |
EIACODXA |
|
|
AF |
EIACODXA |
|
|
AG |
EIACODXA |
|
|
AH |
EIACODXA |
|
|
AI |
EIACODXA |
|
|
AJ |
EIACODXA |
|
|
AK |
SEINARAK |
|
|
AK |
EIACODXA |
|
|
BA |
EIACODXA |
|
|
BB |
RAMNARBB |
|
|
BB |
EIACODXA |
|
|
BC |
EIACODXA |
|
|
BD |
EIACODXA |
|
|
BE |
EIACODXA |
|
|
BF |
EIACODXA |
|
|
BG |
FMNNARBG |
|
|
BG |
EIACODXA |
|
|
BH |
EIACODXA |
|
|
BI |
EIACODXA |
|
|
BJ |
FMCNARBJ |
|
|
BJ |
EIACODXA |
|
|
BK |
EIACODXA |
|
|
BL |
EIACODXA |
|
|
CA |
EIACODXA |
|
|
CA |
REFEIACA |
|
|
CB |
EIACODXA |
|
|
CB |
RFDEIACB |
|
|
CC |
EIACODXA |
|
|
CD |
EIACODXA |
|
|
CE |
EIACODXA |
|
|
CF |
EIACODXA |
C/D-10
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
|
CG |
EIACODXA |
|
|
CH |
EIACODXA |
|
|
CI |
EIACODXA |
|
|
CK |
EIACODXA |
|
|
CL |
TSKNARCL |
|
|
CL |
EIACODXA |
|
|
CM |
EIACODXA |
|
|
CN |
EIACODXA |
|
|
CO |
EIACODXA |
|
|
CO |
EIACODCO |
|
|
CO |
MPEIACCO |
|
|
UA |
EIACODXA |
|
|
UB |
EIACODXA |
|
|
UD |
EIACODXA |
|
|
UF |
EIACODXA |
|
|
UG |
EIACODXA |
|
|
UH |
EIACODXA |
|
|
UJ |
EIACODXA |
|
|
UL |
EIACODXA |
|
|
FE |
EIACODXA |
|
|
GE |
EIACODXA |
|
|
HG |
EIACODXA |
|
|
HH |
EIACODXA |
|
|
HI |
PRVNARHI |
|
|
HI |
EIACODXA |
|
|
HJ |
EIACODXA |
|
|
HK |
EIACODXA |
|
|
HL |
EIACODXA |
|
|
HN |
EIACODXA |
|
|
HO |
EIACODXA |
|
|
HP |
EIACODXA |
|
|
HQ |
EIACODXA |
|
|
HR |
EIACODXA |
|
|
HS |
EIACODXA |
|
|
HT |
EIACODXA |
|
|
JA |
EIACODXA |
|
|
JB |
EIACODXA |
|
|
JC |
EIACODXA |
|
|
JD |
WHTRLOJD |
|
|
JD |
EIACODXA |
|
|
JE |
EIACODXA |
|
|
JF |
TRANARJF |
|
|
JF |
EIACODXA |
097 |
ENGINEERING FAILURE MODE MTBF |
BF |
EFMTBFBF |
098 |
ENVIRONMENTAL HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION |
JA |
ENHATCJA |
|
INDICATOR |
|
|
099 |
ENVIRONMENTAL/HAZARDOUS MATERIAL |
JF |
TRANARJF |
|
|
JF |
TRANCDJF(I) |
100 |
ESSENTIALITY CODE |
HG |
ESSCODHG |
C/D-11
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
101 |
ESTIMATED PRICE |
EJ |
ESTPRCEJ |
|
|
EL |
ESTPRCEL |
102 |
ESTIMATED SALVAGE VALUE |
XA |
ESSALVXA |
103 |
EXTENDED UNIT PRICE |
EA |
EXUNPREA |
104 |
EXTERNAL OR INTERNAL LOAD INDICATOR |
JB |
EOILINJB |
105 |
FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA |
FD |
NMFNARFD |
|
|
FD |
NMFNCDFD(A) |
106 |
FACILITIES INSTALLATION LEAD TIME |
FD |
NMFNARFD |
|
|
FD |
NMFNCDFD(B) |
107 |
FACILITIES MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS |
FC |
FABNARFC |
|
|
FC |
FBNACDFC(A) |
108 |
FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS |
FD |
NMFNARFD |
|
|
FD |
NMFNCDFD(E) |
109 |
FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATIONS |
FC |
FABNARFC |
|
|
FC |
FBNACDFC(B) |
110 |
FACILITIES REQUIRED FOR TRAINING |
FC |
FABNARFC |
|
|
FC |
FBNACDFC(C) |
111 |
FACILITIES UTILIZATION |
FD |
NMFNARFD |
|
|
FD |
NMFNCDFD(D) |
112 |
FACILITY AREA |
FA |
FAAREAFA |
113 |
FACILITY BASELINE NARRATIVE CODE |
FC |
FABNARFC |
|
|
FC |
FBNACDFC |
114 |
FACILITY CAPABILITY |
FB |
FACNARFB |
|
|
FB |
FNCODEFB(A) |
115 |
FACILITY CATEGORY CODE |
FA |
FACCCDFA |
|
|
FB |
FACNARFB |
|
|
FB |
FACCCDFA |
|
|
FC |
FABNARFC |
|
|
FC |
FACCCDFC |
|
|
FD |
NMFNARFD |
|
|
FD |
FACCCDFD |
|
|
FE |
FACCCDFA |
117 |
FACILITY LOCATION |
FB |
FACNARFB |
|
|
FB |
FNCODEFB(B) |
118 |
FACILITY NAME |
FA |
FACNAMFA |
|
|
FB |
FACNARFB |
|
|
FB |
FACNAMFA |
|
|
FC |
FABNARFC |
|
|
FC |
FACNAMFC |
C/D-12
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
|
FD |
NMFNARFD |
|
|
FD |
FACNAMFD |
|
|
FE |
FACNAMFA |
119 |
FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE |
FB |
FACNARFB |
|
|
FB |
FNCODEFB |
120 |
FACILITY REQUIREMENTS: SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS |
FC |
FABNARFC |
|
|
FC |
FBNACDFC(D) |
121 |
FACILITY REQUIREMENTS: SUPPLY/STORE |
FC |
FABNARFC |
|
|
FC |
FBNACDFC(E) |
122 |
FACILITY TASK AREA BREAKDOWN |
FD |
NMFNARFD |
|
|
FD |
NMFNCDFD(C) |
123 |
FACILITY UNIT COST RATIONALE |
FD |
NMFNARFD |
|
|
FD |
NMFNCDFD(F) |
124 |
FAILURE CAUSE |
BG |
FMNNARBG |
|
|
BG |
FMNCNABG(D) |
125 |
FAILURE/DAMAGE EFFECTS: END EFFECT |
BG |
FMNNARBG |
|
|
BG |
FMNCNABG(A) |
126 |
FAILURE/DAMAGE EFFECTS: LOCAL |
BG |
FMNNARBG |
|
|
BG |
FMNCNABG(B) |
127 |
FAILURE/DAMAGE EFFECTS: NEXT HIGHER |
BG |
FMNNARBG |
|
|
BG |
FMNCNABG(C) |
128 |
FAILURE/DAMAGE MODE |
BG |
FMNNARBG |
|
|
BG |
FMNCNABG(E) |
129 |
FAILURE DETECTION METHOD |
BG |
FMNNARBG |
|
|
BG |
FMNCNABG(F) |
130 |
FAILURE EFFECT PROBABILITY |
BI |
FEPROBBI |
131 |
FAILURE MODE & RELIABILITY-CENTRED MAINTENANCE |
BG |
FMNNARBG |
|
(RCM) NARRATIVE CODE |
BG |
FMNCNABG |
132 |
FAILURE MODE CLASSIFICATION |
BF |
FMCLASBF |
133 |
FAILURE MODE CRITICALITY NUMBER |
BI |
FACRNUBI |
134 |
FAILURE MODE INDICATOR |
BF |
FAMOINBF |
|
|
BG |
FMNNARBG |
|
|
BG |
FAMOINBF |
|
|
BH |
FAMOINBH |
|
|
BI |
FAMOINBF |
|
|
BJ |
FMCNARBJ |
|
|
BJ |
FAMOINBF |
C/D-13
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
135 |
FAILURE MODE INDICATOR MISSION PHASE |
BJ |
FMCNARBJ |
|
CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE |
BJ |
FMMPCNBJ |
136 |
FAILURE MODE RATIO |
BF |
FMRATOBF |
137 |
FAILURE MODE REMARKS |
BG |
FMNNARBG |
|
|
BG |
FMNCNABG(H) |
138 |
FAILURE PREDICTABILITY |
BG |
FMNNARBG |
|
|
BG |
FMNCNABG(G) |
139 |
FAILURE PROBABILITY LEVEL |
BI |
FPROBLBI |
140 |
FAILURE RATE |
BD |
FAILRTBD |
141 |
FAILURE RATE DATA SOURCE |
BA |
FRDATABA |
142 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FAMILY GROUP |
EA |
FAMGRPEA |
143 |
FAULT ISOLATION |
BA |
FIAMBABA |
|
|
BA |
FIPFGABA |
|
|
BA |
FIAMBBBA |
|
|
BA |
FIPFGBBA |
|
|
UH |
UUTFA1UH |
|
|
UH |
UUTFA2UH |
|
|
UH |
UUTFP1UH |
|
|
UH |
UUTFP2UH |
144 |
FIGURE NUMBER |
HJ |
FIGNUMHK |
|
|
HK |
FIGNUMHK |
|
|
HL |
FIGNUMHK |
145 |
FISCAL YEAR (FY) |
HD |
FISCYRHD |
|
|
HE |
FISCYRHE |
|
|
JE |
TRAFYRJE |
146 |
FREIGHT CLASSIFICATION |
JB |
FRCLASJB |
147 |
FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS |
EE |
SEQNAREE |
|
|
EE |
SENARCEE(A) |
148 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT GENERIC CODE |
EA |
GENECDEA |
150 |
GOVERNMENT REQUIRED |
EJ |
GOVRQDEJ |
|
|
EL |
GOVRQDEL |
151 |
HARDNESS CRITICAL ITEM (HCI) |
HG |
HARDCIHG |
152 |
HARDNESS CRITICAL PROCESS (HCP) |
CA |
HRDCPCCA |
153 |
HARDWARE DEVELOPMENT PRICE |
EA |
HDWRPREA |
154 |
HAZARDOUS CODE |
HA |
HAZCODHA |
155 |
HAZARDOUS MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES CODE |
CA |
HAZMPCCA |
C/D-14
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
156 |
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORAGE COST |
HA |
HMSCOSHA |
157 |
HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL COST |
HA |
HWDCOSHA |
158 |
HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE COST |
HA |
HWSCOSHA |
159 |
HELICOPTER MISSION REQUIREMENTS |
JB |
HMATLRJB |
|
|
JB |
HMDISRJB |
|
|
JB |
HMPAYRJB |
|
|
JB |
HMTMPRJB |
|
|
JB |
HMTIMRJB |
162 |
INDENTURE CODE |
HG |
INDCODHG |
|
|
HK |
INDCODHK |
164 |
INHERENT AVAILABILITY |
AA |
INHAVAAA |
|
|
BD |
INHAVABD |
165 |
INHERENT MAINTENANCE FACTOR |
BD |
INHMAFBD |
166 |
INITIAL BIN COST |
XA |
INTBINXA |
167 |
INITIAL CATALOGUING COST |
XA |
INCATCXA |
168 |
TEST MEASUREMENT & DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT (TMDE) |
EI |
IPSOPNEI |
|
INPUT POWER SOURCE |
EI |
IPACDCEI |
|
|
EI |
IPFRMXEI |
|
|
EI |
IPRGMXEI |
|
|
EI |
IPSRGMEI |
|
|
EI |
IPOPRGEI |
|
|
EI |
IPMXRPEI |
|
|
EI |
IPPHASEI |
|
|
EI |
IPPOWREI |
169 |
INSTALLATION FACTORS OR OTHER FACILITIES |
EE |
SEQNAREE |
|
|
EE |
SENARCEE(E) |
170 |
INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT PRICE |
EA |
ILSPRCEA |
171 |
INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS |
EL |
IRCCODEL |
|
CATEGORY CODE |
|
|
172 |
INTERCHANGEABILITY CODE |
EK |
ICCODEEK |
|
|
HP |
INTCHCHP |
176 |
INVENTORY STORAGE SPACE COST |
XA |
INVSTGXA |
177 |
ITEM CATEGORY CODE (ICC) |
EA |
SEICCDEA |
|
|
HG |
ITMCATHG |
178 |
ITEM CRITICALITY NUMBER |
BK |
RICRITBK |
179 |
ITEM DESIGNATOR CODE |
XC |
ITMDESXC |
|
|
EA |
ENDARTEA |
C/D-15
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
|
EM |
GFAEIDEM |
180 |
ITEM FUNCTION |
BB |
RAMNARBB |
|
|
BB |
RAMCNABB(A) |
182 |
ITEM NAME |
AH |
IONAMEAH |
|
|
EK |
SUPITNEK |
|
|
HA |
ITNAMEHA |
183 |
ITEM NAME CODE |
HA |
INAMECHA |
184 |
ITEM NUMBER |
HJ |
ITEMNOHK |
|
|
HK |
ITEMNOHK |
|
|
HK |
CTIITNHK |
|
|
HL |
ITEMNOHK |
185 |
JOB |
CJ |
JOBDESCJ |
186 |
JOB CODE |
CJ |
JOBCODCJ |
|
|
CK |
JOBCODCJ |
188 |
JUSTIFICATION |
EE |
SEQNAREE |
|
|
EE |
SENARCEE(H) |
|
|
FD |
NMFNARFD |
|
|
FD |
NMFNCDFD(G) |
|
|
GC |
NMSNARGC |
|
|
GC |
NMSNCDGC(C) |
189 |
LABOUR RATE |
AI |
LABRATAI |
190 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIFE CYCLE STATUS |
EA |
LICYSTEA |
191 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIFE SPAN |
EA |
LIFSPNEA |
192 |
LIFTING AND TIEDOWN REQUIREMENT FOR |
JF |
TRANARJF |
|
TRANSPORTATION |
JF |
TRANCDJF(B) |
|
|
ZB |
AMMNARZB |
|
|
ZB |
AMNRCDZB(C) |
194 |
LINE REPLACEABLE UNIT (LRU) |
HG |
LRUNITHG |
195 |
COST LOADING FACTOR |
XA |
LODFACXA |
196 |
LOGISTICS CONSIDERATIONS |
BA |
LOGSTABA |
|
|
BA |
LOGACCBA |
|
|
BA |
LOGMAIBA |
|
|
BA |
LOGSAFBA |
|
|
BA |
LOGTEPBA |
|
|
BA |
LOGSKIBA |
|
|
BA |
LOGTRABA |
|
|
BA |
LOGCONBA |
|
|
BA |
LOGPATBA |
|
|
BA |
LOGFLOBA |
|
|
BA |
LOGLABBA |
C/D-16
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
|
BA |
LOGDSPBA |
|
|
BA |
LOGCRCBA |
198 |
LOGISTICS DECISION OFFICE |
XB |
LDOILSXB |
|
|
XB |
LDOENGXB |
|
|
EA |
LGDCOFEA |
|
|
HA |
LDOSMOHA |
199 |
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) |
XB |
LSACONXB |
|
|
XC |
LSACONXB |
|
|
XD |
LSACONXB |
|
|
XE |
LSACONXE |
|
|
XE |
LCNSEIXE |
|
|
XF |
LSACONXF |
|
|
XF |
LCNSEIXF |
|
|
XG |
PLSACNXG |
|
|
XG |
FLSACNXG |
|
|
AA |
LSACONXB |
|
|
AB |
LSACONXB |
|
|
AC |
LSACONXB |
|
|
AD |
LSACONXB |
|
|
AE |
LSACONXB |
|
|
AF |
LSACONXB |
|
|
AG |
LSACONXB |
|
|
AH |
LSACONXB |
|
|
AJ |
LSACONXB |
|
|
AK |
SEINARAK |
|
|
AK |
LSACONXB |
|
|
BA |
LSACONXB |
|
|
BB |
RAMNARBB |
|
|
BB |
LSACONXB |
|
|
BC |
LSACONXB |
|
|
BD |
LSACONXB |
|
|
BE |
LSACONXB |
|
|
BF |
LSACONXB |
|
|
BG |
FMNNARBG |
|
|
BG |
LSACONXB |
|
|
BH |
LSACONBH |
|
|
BH |
TLSACNBH |
|
|
BI |
LSACONXB |
|
|
BJ |
FMCNARBJ |
|
|
BJ |
LSACONXB |
|
|
BK |
LSACONXB |
|
|
CA |
LSACONXB |
|
|
CA |
REFLCNCA |
|
|
CA |
AORLCNCA |
|
|
CB |
LSACONXB |
|
|
CB |
RFDLCNCB |
|
|
CC |
LSACONXB |
|
|
CD |
LSACONXB |
|
|
CF |
LSACONXB |
|
|
CG |
LSACONXB |
|
|
CH |
LSACONXB |
|
|
CI |
TSKLCNCI |
C/D-17
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
CI |
PROLCNCI |
|
CK |
LSACONXB |
|
CL |
TSKNARCL |
|
CL |
LSACONXB |
|
CM |
LSACONXB |
|
CN |
LSACONCN |
|
CO |
LSACONCO |
|
UA |
UUTLCNUA |
|
UB |
UUTLCNUA |
|
UD |
UUTLCNUA |
|
UF |
UUTLCNUA |
|
UG |
UUTLCNUA |
|
UH |
TSKLCNCI |
|
UH |
PROLCNCI |
|
UJ |
UUTLCNUA |
|
UL |
UUTLCNUA |
|
FE |
LSACONXB |
|
GE |
LSACONXB |
|
HG |
LSACONXB |
|
HH |
LSACONXB |
|
HI |
PRVNARHI |
|
HI |
LSACONXB |
|
HJ |
LSACONXB |
|
HK |
LSACONXB |
|
HL |
LSACONXB |
|
HN |
LSACONHN |
|
HN |
LCNSEIHN |
|
HO |
LSACONHO |
|
HO |
LCNSEIHO |
|
HP |
LSACONXB |
|
HQ |
LSACONXB |
|
HR |
LSACONHO |
|
HR |
LCNSEIHO |
|
HS |
LSACONXB |
|
HT |
LSACONXB |
|
JA |
LSACONXB |
|
JB |
LSACONXB |
|
JC |
LSACONXB |
|
JD |
WHTRLOJD |
|
JD |
LSACONXB |
|
JE |
LSACONXB |
|
JF |
TRANARJF |
|
JF |
LSACONXB |
200 LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER |
XB |
LCNINDXB |
INDENTURE CODE (LCN-IC) |
|
|
201 LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) |
XB |
LCNAMEXB |
NOMENCLATURE |
|
|
202 LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) |
XA |
LCNSTRXA |
STRUCTURE |
|
|
C/D-18
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
203 LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER TYPE |
XB |
LCNTYPXB |
(LCN TYPE) |
XC |
LCNTYPXB |
|
XD |
LCNTYPXB |
|
XE |
LCNTYPXE |
|
XE |
LTYSEIXE |
|
XF |
LCNTYPXF |
|
XF |
LTYSEIXF |
|
XG |
PLCNTYXG |
|
XG |
FLCNTYXG |
|
AA |
LCNTYPXB |
|
AB |
LCNTYPXB |
|
AC |
LCNTYPXB |
|
AD |
LCNTYPXB |
|
AE |
LCNTYPXB |
|
AF |
LCNTYPXB |
|
AG |
LCNTYPXB |
|
AH |
LCNTYPXB |
|
AJ |
LCNTYPXB |
|
AK |
SEINARAK |
|
AK |
LCNTYPXB |
|
BA |
LCNTYPXB |
|
BB |
RAMNARBB |
|
BB |
LCNTYPXB |
|
BC |
LCNTYPXB |
|
BD |
LCNTYPXB |
|
BE |
LCNTYPXB |
|
BF |
LCNTYPXB |
|
BG |
FMNNARBG |
|
BG |
LCNTYPXB |
|
BH |
LCNTYPBH |
|
BH |
TLCNTYBH |
|
BI |
LCNTYPXB |
|
BJ |
FMCNARBJ |
|
BJ |
LCNTYPXB |
|
BK |
LCNTYPXB |
|
CA |
LCNTYPXB |
|
CA |
REFTYPCA |
|
CA |
AORTYPCA |
|
CB |
LCNTYPXB |
|
CB |
RFDTYPCB |
|
CC |
LCNTYPXB |
|
CD |
LCNTYPXB |
|
CF |
LCNTYPXB |
|
CG |
LCNTYPXB |
|
CH |
LCNTYPXB |
|
CI |
TSKLTYCI |
|
CI |
PROLTYCI |
|
CK |
LCNTYPXB |
|
CL |
TSKNARCL |
|
CL |
LCNTYPXB |
|
CM |
LCNTYPXB |
|
CN |
LCNTYPCN |
|
CO |
LCNTYPCO |
|
UA |
UTLCNTUA |
C/D-19
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
|
UB |
UTLCNTUA |
|
|
UD |
UTLCNTUA |
|
|
UF |
UTLCNTUA |
|
|
UG |
UTLCNTUA |
|
|
UH |
TSKLTYCI |
|
|
UH |
PROLTYCI |
|
|
UJ |
UTLCNTUA |
|
|
UL |
UTLCNTUA |
|
|
FE |
LCNTYPXB |
|
|
GE |
LCNTYPXB |
|
|
HG |
LCNTYPXB |
|
|
HH |
LCNTYPXB |
|
|
HI |
PRVNARHI |
|
|
HI |
LCNTYPXB |
|
|
HJ |
LCNTYPXB |
|
|
HK |
LCNTYPXB |
|
|
HL |
LCNTYPXB |
|
|
HN |
LCNTYPXB |
|
|
HO |
LCNTYPXB |
|
|
HP |
LCNTYPXB |
|
|
HQ |
LCNTYPXB |
|
|
HR |
LCNTYPXB |
|
|
HS |
LCNTYPXB |
|
|
HT |
LCNTYPXB |
|
|
JA |
LCNTYPXB |
|
|
JB |
LCNTYPXB |
|
|
JC |
LCNTYPXB |
|
|
JD |
WHTRLOJD |
|
|
JD |
LCNTYPXB |
|
|
JE |
LCNTYPXB |
|
|
JF |
TRANARJF |
|
|
JF |
LCNTYPXB |
204 |
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECOMMENDATION CODE |
EA |
LSARCDEA |
205 |
LOT QUANTITY |
HD |
LOTQFMHD |
|
|
HD |
PBD2FMHD |
|
|
HD |
PBD3FMHD |
|
|
HD |
LOTQTOHD |
|
|
HD |
PBD2TOHD |
|
|
HD |
PBD3TOHD |
|
|
HE |
LOTQFMHE |
|
|
HE |
LOTQTOHE |
206 MAINTENANCE ACTION CODE (MAC) |
HG |
MAIACTHG |
|
207 |
MAINTENANCE CONCEPT |
BB |
RAMNARBB |
|
|
BB |
RAMCNABB(B) |
208 |
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL |
BH |
MAININBH |
|
|
CN |
MAININCN |
209 |
MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER |
UA |
UMNTPLUA |
|
|
UM |
MNTPLNUM |
C/D-20
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
210 |
MAINTENANCE PLAN RATIONALE |
BB |
RAMNARBB |
|
|
BB |
RAMCNABB(E) |
211 |
MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE I (MRRI) |
HG |
MRRONEHG |
212 |
MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE II (MRRII) |
HG |
MRRTWOHG |
213 |
MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE MODIFIER |
HG |
MRRMODHG |
214 |
MAINTENANCE TASK DISTRIBUTION |
HG |
OMTDOOHG |
|
|
HG |
FMTDFFHG |
|
|
HG |
HMTDHHHG |
|
|
HG |
LMTDLLHG |
|
|
HG |
DMTDDDHG |
|
|
HG |
CBDMTDHG |
|
|
HG |
CADMTDHG |
215 |
MAN-HOUR PER OPERATING HOUR |
AC |
MLSMHOAC |
|
|
AC |
MLUMHOAC |
216 |
MANAGEMENT PLAN |
EA |
MGTPLNEA |
217 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REPAIR MANAGEMENT |
EA |
MGCOATEA |
|
ORGANIZATION |
|
|
218 |
MATERIAL |
HA |
MATERLHA |
221 |
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE OPERATING TIME (MAOT) |
HG |
MAOTIMHG |
222 |
MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR (MAXTTR) |
AA |
MAXTTRAA |
|
|
AC |
MLMTTRAC |
|
|
BD |
MAXTTRBD |
223 |
MEAN ACTIVE MAINTENANCE DOWNTIME (MAMDT) |
AA |
OMAMDTAA |
|
|
AA |
TMAMDTAA |
224 |
MEAN ELAPSED TIME |
CA |
MSDMETCA |
|
|
CA |
PRDMETCA |
225 |
MEAN MAN-HOURS |
CA |
MSDMMHCA |
|
|
CA |
PRDMMHCA |
226 |
MEAN MAN-MINUTES |
CD |
SUBMMMCD |
227 |
MEAN MINUTE ELAPSED TIME |
CB |
SBMMETCB |
228 |
MEAN MISSION DURATION |
AB |
MMISDUAB |
229 |
MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURE (MTBF) |
AG |
OPMTBFAG |
|
|
AG |
TEMTBFAG |
|
|
BD |
OPMTBFBD |
|
|
BD |
TEMTBFBD |
|
|
EA |
SEMTBFEA |
C/D-21
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
230 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS (MTBMA) |
AG |
OPMRBMAG |
|
|
|
AG |
TMTBMAAG |
|
|
BD |
OMTBMABD |
|
|
BD |
TMTBMABD |
|
|
EA |
SMTBMAEA |
231 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INDUCED (MTBM |
BD |
INMTBMBD |
|
|
INDUCED) |
|
|
232 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INHERENT (MTBM |
BD |
INHMTBBD |
|
|
INHERENT) |
|
|
233 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE NO FAULT (MTBM NO |
BD |
NOMTBMBD |
|
|
FAULT) |
|
|
234 MEAN TIME BETWEEN PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE |
BD |
MTBMPVBD |
|
|
(MTBPM) |
|
|
235 MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS (MTBR) |
AG |
MTBRXXAG |
|
|
|
BD |
MTBRXXBD |
236 MEAN TIME TO REPAIR (MTTR) |
AA |
OPMTTRAA |
|
|
|
AA |
TEMTTRAA |
|
|
BD |
MTTROPBD |
|
|
BD |
MTTRTHBD |
|
|
EA |
SEMTTREA |
237 |
MEANS OF DETECTION |
CA |
PMDTECCA |
|
|
CA |
SMDTECCA |
238 |
MEASUREMENT BASE (MB) |
AB |
MMISDMAB |
|
|
AG |
MEASBSAG |
|
|
BA |
WOLIMBBA |
|
|
BA |
AUTLMBBA |
|
|
BD |
FARAMBBD |
|
|
BD |
OMTBFMBD |
|
|
BD |
TMTBFMBD |
|
|
BD |
OMTBMMBD |
|
|
BD |
TMTBMMBD |
|
|
BD |
IMTBMMBD |
|
|
BD |
INHMTMBD |
|
|
BD |
NMTBMMBD |
|
|
BD |
MTBMPMBD |
|
|
BD |
MTBRMBBD |
|
|
BD |
MTBCMBBD |
|
|
BD |
TBOHMBBD |
|
|
BD |
TBSVMBBD |
|
|
BD |
MAMIMBBD |
|
|
BF |
EFMMMBBF |
|
|
BH |
MAINMBBH |
|
|
BI |
FMOTMBBI |
|
|
CA |
AORMSBCA |
|
|
CN |
MAINMBCN |
C/D-22
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
239 |
METHOD OF PRESERVATION |
HF |
MEPRESHF |
241 |
MILITARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION (EMPTY/LOADED) |
JC |
HICLNEJC |
|
|
JC |
HICLNLJC |
242 |
MILITARY UNIT TYPE |
JA |
MILUNTJA |
243 |
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST INDICATOR |
BA |
MEQLINBA |
244 |
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST NARRATIVE |
BB |
RAMNARBB |
|
|
BB |
RAMCNABB(C) |
246 |
MISSION PHASE CODE |
BI |
MISSPCBL |
|
|
BJ |
FMCNARBJ |
|
|
BJ |
MISSPCBL |
|
|
BK |
MISSPCBL |
|
|
BL |
MISSPCBL |
247 |
MISSION PHASE/OPERATIONAL MODE |
BL |
MPOPLDBL |
248 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MOBILE FACILITY CODE |
EA |
MOBFACEA |
249 |
MOBILITY TYPE |
JC |
MOBTYPJC |
|
|
JD |
WHTRLOJD |
|
|
JD |
MOBTYPJC |
250 |
ROAD TRANSPORTER CAPACITY CODE |
JB |
HIPRMLJB |
|
|
JB |
HALTMLJB |
251 |
ROAD TRANSPORTER MODEL TYPE |
JB |
HIPRMTJB |
|
|
JB |
HALTMTJB |
253 |
NATO STOCK NUMBER |
AH |
IONIINAH |
|
|
AH |
IONFSCAH |
|
|
EH |
ALTFSCEH |
|
|
EH |
ALTNIIEH |
|
|
HA |
FSCNSNHA |
|
|
HA |
NIINSNHA |
|
|
HF |
CONNSNHF |
|
|
HG |
SIDNSNHG |
255 |
NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE |
FD |
NMFNARFD |
|
|
FD |
NMFNCDFD |
256 |
NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE CODE |
GC |
NMSNARGC |
|
|
GC |
NMSNCDGC |
257 |
NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL SPECIALITY CODE (SSC) |
CD |
MDCSSCGB |
|
|
GB |
MDCSSCGB |
|
|
GC |
NMSNARGC |
|
|
GC |
MDCSSCGB |
|
|
GE |
MDCSSCGB |
C/D-23
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
258 |
NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY PROVISIONING LIST ITEM |
HH |
NHAPLIHH |
|
SEQUENCE NUMBER (NHA PLISN) |
|
|
259 |
NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY PROVISIONING LIST ITEM |
HH |
NHAINDHH |
|
SEQUENCE NUMBER INDICATOR |
|
|
260 |
NON-OPERABILITY FRAGILITY FACTOR (NOFF) |
JA |
NOPRFFJA |
261 |
NOT REPAIRABLE THIS STATION (NRTS) |
HG |
NORETSHG |
262 |
NUMBER OF OPERATING LOCATIONS |
AA |
NUOPLOAA |
263 |
NUMBER OF SHOPS |
AI |
NOSHPSAI |
264 |
NUMBER OF SKIDS |
JC |
SNUMSKJC |
265 |
NUMBER OF SYSTEMS SUPPORTED |
AC |
MLNSSUAC |
266 |
ITEM INTEROPERABILITY CODE |
AH |
IOINTYAH |
267 |
OPERATING AND SUPPORT COST |
EA |
OSCOSTEA |
268 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT OPERATING DIMENSIONS |
EA |
OPRHGTEA |
|
|
EA |
OPLENGEA |
|
|
EA |
OPWIDTEA |
269 |
OPERATING TIME |
BI |
FMOPTIBI |
270 |
OPERATING WEIGHT |
EA |
OPRWGTEA |
271 |
OPERATIONAL STOCK LEVEL |
XA |
WSOPLVXA |
272 |
SYSTEM/END ITEM LIFE SPAN |
XA |
OPRLIFXA |
273 |
OPERATIONAL AVAILABILITY |
AB |
OPAVAIAB |
|
|
BE |
OPAVAIBE |
274 |
OPERATIONAL MISSION FAILURE DEFINITION |
AK |
SEINARAK |
|
|
AK |
SEINCDAK(C) |
275 |
OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT INDICATOR |
AB |
OPRQINAB |
|
|
AC |
OPRQINAB |
|
|
AD |
OPRQINAB |
|
|
AE |
OPRQINAB |
|
|
AF |
OPRQINAB |
|
|
AG |
OPRQINAG |
|
|
BE |
OPRQINBE |
276 |
OPERATIONAL WEIGHT (EMPTY AND LOADED) |
JC |
OPWEEMJC |
|
|
JC |
OPWELDJC |
277 |
OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL |
AC |
OMLVLCAC |
|
|
AD |
OMLVLCAC |
|
|
AE |
OMLVLCAC |
|
|
AI |
OMLVLCAI |
C/D-24
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
|
AJ |
OMLVLFAJ |
|
|
AJ |
OMLVLTAJ |
|
|
EA |
PCBLVLEA |
|
|
EA |
CALLVLEA |
|
|
EA |
RPRLVLEA |
278 |
OPERATOR'S MANUAL |
EA |
OPRMANEA |
280 ORGANIZATIONAL/ON EQUIPMENT/UNIT OPERATIONS AND |
AD |
DINMETAD |
|
|
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS |
AD |
DINMMHAD |
|
|
AD |
PREMETAD |
|
|
AD |
PREMMHAD |
|
|
AD |
POIMETAD |
|
|
AD |
POIMMHAD |
|
|
AD |
PINMETAD |
|
|
AD |
PINMMHAD |
|
|
AD |
MPCMETAD |
|
|
AD |
MPCMMHAD |
|
|
AD |
TINMETAD |
|
|
AD |
TINMMHAD |
281 OVERHAUL REPLACEMENT RATE (ORR) |
HH |
OVHREPHH |
|
284 |
PARAMETERS |
EC |
PARGPCEC |
|
|
EC |
PARPAREC |
|
|
EC |
RNGFRMEC |
|
|
EC |
RNGTOCEC |
|
|
EC |
PARACCEC |
|
|
EC |
SPARIOEC |
|
|
EC |
PARRVCEC |
|
|
UG |
UUTPGCUG |
|
|
UG |
UUTPACUG |
|
|
UG |
UUTPIOUG |
|
|
UG |
UUTPSOUG |
|
|
UG |
UUTPARUG |
|
|
UG |
UUTPRFUG |
|
|
UG |
UUTPRTUG |
|
|
UG |
UUTPRVUG |
|
|
UN |
SEUPGCUN |
|
|
UN |
UTPAACUN |
|
|
UN |
UTPAIOUN |
|
|
UN |
UTPAPAUN |
|
|
UN |
UTRGFRUN |
|
|
UN |
UTPRRTUN |
|
|
UN |
UTPARVUN |
285 |
PASS THROUGH PRICE |
EA |
PASTHREA |
286 |
PERCENTILE |
AA |
PERCENAA |
|
|
AC |
MLPERCAC |
|
|
BD |
PERCENBD |
287 |
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS |
CA |
PRSTDACA |
|
|
CA |
PRSTDBCA |
C/D-25
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
|
CA |
PRSTDCCA |
288 |
SUBTASK PERSON IDENTIFIER |
CD |
SUBPIDCD |
|
|
CK |
SUBPIDCD |
|
|
GE |
SUBPIDCD |
289 |
PERSONNEL TURNOVER RATE |
XA |
PRSTOVXA |
|
|
XA |
PRSTOMXA |
290 |
PHYSICAL AND MENTAL REQUIREMENTS |
GE |
PAMENRGE |
291 |
PHYSICAL SECURITY/PILFERAGE CODE |
HA |
PHYSECHA |
293 |
PRECIOUS METAL INDICATOR CODE (PMIC) |
HA |
PMICODHA |
294 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT DATA PREPARATION ORGANIZATION |
EA |
PREATYEA |
295 |
PRESERVATION MATERIAL CODE |
HF |
PRSMATHF |
296 |
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) |
CA |
PMCSIDCA |
|
INDICATOR CODE |
|
|
297 |
PRIOR ITEM PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER |
HG |
PIPLISHG |
|
(PRIOR ITEM PLISN) |
|
|
298 |
PROCUREMENT QUANTITY |
JE |
FIQPQTJE |
|
|
JE |
SQPQTYJE |
|
|
JE |
TQPQTYJE |
|
|
JE |
FQPQTYJE |
299 |
PRODUCTION LEAD TIME (PLT) |
HA |
PRDLDTHA |
304 |
PROPER TRANSPORTATION NAME |
JA |
PROPSNJA |
307 |
PROVISIONING CONTRACT CONTROL NUMBER (PCCN) |
XC |
PCCNUMXC |
308 |
PROVISIONING LIST CATEGORY CODE (PLCC) |
HA |
AAPLCCHA |
|
|
HA |
BBPLCCHA |
|
|
HA |
CCPLCCHA |
|
|
HA |
DDPLCCHA |
|
|
HA |
EEPLCCHA |
|
|
HA |
FFPLCCHA |
|
|
HA |
GGPLCCHA |
|
|
HA |
HHPLCCHA |
|
|
HA |
JJPLCCHA |
|
|
HA |
KKPLCCHA |
|
|
HA |
LLPLCCHA |
|
|
HA |
MMPLCCHA |
309 |
PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER (PLISN) |
XC |
PLISNOXC |
|
|
HG |
PLISNOHG |
310 |
PROVISIONING NOMENCLATURE |
HL |
PROVNOHL |
C/D-26
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
311 |
PROVISIONING REMARKS |
HI |
PRVNARHI |
|
|
HI |
PRVNACHI(A) |
313 |
PROVISIONING TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION SELECTION |
HG |
LLIPTDHG |
|
CODE |
HG |
PPLPTDHG |
|
|
HG |
SFPPTDHG |
|
|
HG |
CBLPTDHG |
|
|
HG |
RILPTDHG |
|
|
HG |
ISLPTDHG |
|
|
HG |
PCLPTDHG |
|
|
HG |
TTLPTDHG |
|
|
HG |
SCPPTDHG |
|
|
HG |
ARAPTDHG |
|
|
HG |
ARBPTDHG |
314 |
PROVISIONING UNIT OF MEASURE/ISSUE PRICE CODE |
HD |
PROUIPHD |
|
|
HE |
PROUMPHE |
315 |
QUALITATIVE & QUANTITATIVE MAINTAINABILITY |
BB |
RAMNARBB |
|
REQUIREMENTS |
BB |
RAMCNABB(D) |
316 |
QUANTITY PER ASSEMBLY (QTY/ASSY) |
XC |
QTYASYXC |
|
|
HG |
QTYASYHG |
317 |
QUANTITY PER END ITEM (QTY/EI) |
XC |
QTYPEIXC |
|
|
HG |
QTYPEIHG |
|
|
HV |
QTYPEIHV |
318 |
QUANTITY PER FIGURE |
HK |
QTYFIGHK |
319 |
QUANTITY PER TASK |
CG |
SQTYTKCG |
|
|
CI |
PQTYTKCI |
320 |
QUANTITY PER TEST |
EM |
QTYTSTEM |
321 |
QUANTITY PER UNIT PACK |
HF |
QTYUPKHF |
|
|
ZA |
AQTYACZA |
|
|
ZA |
AQTYULZA |
322 |
QUANTITY PROCURED |
HP |
QTYPROHP |
323 |
QUANTITY TRANSPORTED |
HP |
QTYSHPHP |
324 |
QUANTITY SKILL SPECIALITY CODE AVAILABLE |
AE |
QTYAVAAE |
325 |
RAIL TRANSPORTATION COUNTRY |
JB |
RAILTCJB |
326 |
RAIL USE CODE |
JB |
RAILUSJB |
327 |
REASON FOR SUPERSEDURE/DELETION |
EK |
REASUPEK |
328 |
RECOMMENDED INITIAL SYSTEM STOCK BUY |
HG |
RISSBUHG |
329 |
RECOMMENDED MINIMUM SYSTEM STOCK LEVEL |
HG |
RMSSLIHG |
C/D-27
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
330 |
RECOMMENDED RANK/GRADE |
GB |
RPPCIVGB |
|
|
GB |
RPPMILGB |
332 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECURRING COST |
EA |
RCURCSEA |
|
333 |
RECURRING BIN COST |
XA |
RCBINCXA |
334 |
RECURRING CATALOGUING COST |
XA |
RCCATCXA |
335 |
REFERENCE DESIGNATION |
HJ |
REFDESHJ |
336 REFERENCE DESIGNATION CODE (RDC) |
HJ |
RDCODEHJ |
|
337 |
REFERENCE NUMBER |
AH |
IOREFNAH |
|
|
CG |
TSREFNCG |
|
|
CI |
PROREFCI |
|
|
EA |
SEREFNEA |
|
|
EB |
SEREFNEA |
|
|
EC |
SEREFNEA |
|
|
ED |
SEREFNEA |
|
|
EE |
SEQNAREE |
|
|
EE |
SEREFNEA |
|
|
EF |
SEREFNEA |
|
|
EG |
SEREFNEA |
|
|
EH |
SEREFNEA |
|
|
EI |
SEREFNEA |
|
|
EJ |
SEREFNEA |
|
|
EK |
SEREFNEA |
|
|
EK |
SPRREFEK |
|
|
EL |
SEREFNEA |
|
|
EM |
SEREFNEA |
|
|
EM |
SREFNOEM |
|
|
UB |
SEREFNEA |
|
|
UC |
OTPREFUC |
|
|
UD |
SEREFNEA |
|
|
UD |
OTPREFUC |
|
|
UE |
OTPREFUC |
|
|
UE |
TPIREFUE |
|
|
UG |
SEREFNEA |
|
|
UH |
PROREFCI |
|
|
UH |
SEREFNEA |
|
|
UI |
AIDREFUI |
|
|
UJ |
SEREFNEA |
|
|
UJ |
AIDREFUI |
|
|
UK |
ATEREFUK |
|
|
UL |
SEREFNEA |
|
|
UL |
ATEREFUK |
|
|
UM |
SUTREFUM |
|
|
UN |
TGSREFUN |
|
|
UN |
SUTREFUM |
|
|
HA |
REFNUMHA |
|
|
HB |
REFNUMHB |
|
|
HD |
REFNUMHA |
|
|
HE |
REFNUMHA |
C/D-28
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
|
HF |
REFNUMHA |
|
|
HF |
CCMREFHF |
|
|
HG |
REFNUMHA |
|
|
HG |
SIDREFHG |
|
|
HH |
REFNUMHA |
|
|
HI |
PRVNARHI |
|
|
HI |
REFNUMHA |
|
|
HJ |
REFNUMHA |
|
|
HK |
REFNUMHA |
|
|
HL |
REFNUMHA |
|
|
HM |
REFNUMHA |
|
|
HN |
REFNUMHN |
|
|
HO |
REFNUMHO |
|
|
HP |
REFNUMHA |
|
|
HQ |
REFNUMHA |
|
|
HR |
REFNUMHO |
|
|
HS |
CRPREFHS |
|
|
HT |
CRPREFHS |
|
|
HU |
IPREF1HU |
|
|
HU |
IPREF2HU |
|
|
HU |
IPREF3HU |
|
|
HU |
IPREF4HU |
|
|
HU |
IPREF5HU |
|
|
HU |
IPREF6HU |
|
|
HU |
IPREF7HU |
|
|
HU |
IPREF8HU |
|
|
HV |
REFNUMHA |
|
|
ZA |
REFNUMZA |
|
|
ZB |
AMMNARZB |
|
|
ZB |
REFNUMZA |
338 REFERENCE NUMBER CATEGORY CODE (RNCC) |
HA |
REFNCCHA |
|
|
|
HB |
ADRNCCHB |
339 REFERENCE NUMBER VARIATION CODE (RNVC) |
HA |
REFNVCHA |
|
|
|
HB |
ADRNVCHB |
340 |
TRANSPORTATION REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS |
JF |
TRANARJF |
|
|
JF |
TRANCDJF(D) |
341 |
RELIABILITY AVAILABILITY MAINTAINABILITY |
BB |
RAMNARBB |
|
CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE |
BB |
RAMCNABB |
342 RELIABILITY AVAILABILITY MAINTAINABILITY (RAM) |
XB |
RAMINDXB |
|
|
INDICATOR |
|
|
343 RELIABILITY-CENTRED MAINTENANCE AGE EXPLORATION |
BG |
FMNNARBG |
|
|
|
BG |
FMNCNABG(J) |
344 RELIABILITY-CENTRED MAINTENANCE LOGIC RESULTS |
BF |
RCMR01BF |
|
|
|
BF |
RCMR02BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR03BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR04BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR05BF |
C/D-29
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
|
BF |
RCMR06BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR07BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR08BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR09BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR10BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR11BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR12BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR13BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR14BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR15BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR16BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR17BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR18BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR19BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR20BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR21BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR22BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR23BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR24BF |
|
|
BF |
RCMR25BF |
345 |
RELIABILITY-CENTRED MAINTENANCE LOGIC UTILIZED |
AA |
RCMLOGAA |
346 |
RELIABILITY-CENTRED MAINTENANCE REASONING |
BG |
FMNNARBG |
|
|
BG |
FMNCNABG(K) |
347 |
RELIABILITY/MAINTAINABILITY INDICATOR CODE |
BD |
RAMINDBD |
|
|
BE |
RAMINDBD |
348 |
REMAIN IN PLACE INDICATOR (RIP) |
HG |
REMIPIHG |
349 |
REMARKS REFERENCE CODE |
CE |
TSKRRCCE |
|
|
CF |
TSKRRCCE |
350 |
REPAIR CYCLE TIME |
HG |
ORCTOOHG |
|
|
HG |
FRCTFFHG |
|
|
HG |
HRCTHHHG |
|
|
HG |
LRCTLLHG |
|
|
HG |
DRCTDDHG |
|
|
HG |
CONRCTHG |
351 |
REPAIR SURVIVAL RATE (RSR) |
HG |
REPSURHG |
352 |
REPAIR WORKSPACE COST |
AI |
RPWSCSAI |
353 |
REPLACED OR SUPERSEDING PROVISIONING LIST ITEM |
HP |
RSPLISHP |
|
SEQUENCE NUMBER |
|
|
354 |
REPLACED OR SUPERSEDING PROVISIONING LIST ITEM |
HP |
RSPINDHP |
|
SEQUENCE NUMBER INDICATOR |
|
|
355 |
REPLACEMENT TASK DISTRIBUTION |
HG |
ORTDOOHG |
|
|
HG |
FRTDFFHG |
|
|
HG |
HRTDHHHG |
C/D-30
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
|
HG |
LRTDLLHG |
|
|
HG |
DRTDDDHG |
357 |
REQUIRED DAYS OF STOCK |
AI |
RQDSTKAI |
358 |
REQUIREMENTS FOR |
CA |
FTRNRQCA |
|
|
CA |
TRNRQCCA |
|
|
CA |
TSEREQCA |
360 |
REVISION |
EF |
SRDREVEF |
|
|
EG |
SRDREVEF |
|
|
EH |
SRDREVEF |
|
|
FA |
FADREVFA |
361 |
REVOLVING ASSETS |
EA |
REVASSEA |
362 |
SAFETY HAZARD SEVERITY CODE |
BI |
FMSHSCBI |
|
|
BK |
FMSHSCBK |
364 |
SAME AS PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCING NUMBER |
HG |
SAPLISHG |
|
(SAME AS PLISN) |
|
|
365 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SCOPE OF DATA |
EJ |
DDCCSCEJ |
|
|
EL |
IRCSCOEL |
366 |
SECTIONALIZATION IDENTIFICATION |
JA |
SECTIDJA |
367 |
SECTIONALIZED ITEM TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR |
XB |
SECITMXB |
368 |
SECTIONALIZED REMARKS |
JF |
TRANARJF |
|
|
JF |
TRANCDJF(G) |
369 |
SECURITY CLEARANCE |
BA |
SECCLEBA |
|
|
GB |
SCRSSCGB |
370 |
SELF TEST CODE |
EA |
SLFTSTEA |
|
|
UE |
TPISTSUE |
372 |
SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION |
CC |
SUBNARCC |
373 |
SERIAL NUMBER |
XD |
FRSNUMXD |
|
|
XD |
TOSNUMXD |
|
|
XE |
FRSNUMXE |
|
|
XE |
TOSNUMXE |
|
|
HN |
FRSNUMHN |
|
|
HN |
TOSNUMHN |
374 |
SERIAL NUMBER EFFECTIVITY |
HQ |
FMSRNOHQ |
|
|
HQ |
TOSRNOHQ |
375 |
SERIAL NUMBER USABLE ON CODE |
XD |
SNUUOCXD |
376 |
SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE |
AA |
SERDESAA |
|
|
AB |
SERDESAA |
C/D-31
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
|
AC |
SERDESAA |
|
|
AD |
SERDESAA |
|
|
AE |
SERDESAA |
|
|
AF |
SERDESAA |
|
|
AI |
SERDESAI |
|
|
EA |
SERDESEA |
|
|
EA |
USESEREA |
|
|
HG |
EQTSERHG |
|
|
HV |
IPDSERHV |
377 |
SHELF LIFE (SL) |
HA |
SHLIFEHA |
378 |
SHELF LIFE ACTION CODE (SLAC) |
HA |
SLACTNHA |
379 |
TRANSPORTATION TIME |
AJ |
TIMESHAJ |
380 |
TRANSPORTATION CONFIGURATION |
JB |
SHPCONJB |
381 |
TRANSPORTATION WEIGHT (EMPTY/LOADED) |
JC |
SHWEEMJC |
|
|
JC |
SHWELDJC |
382 |
SHOCK & VIBRATION REMARKS |
JF |
TRANARJF |
|
|
JF |
TRANCDJF(A) |
383 |
SKETCH |
EA |
SKETCHEA |
384 |
SKID AREA |
JC |
SDSICGJC |
385 |
SKID REMARKS |
JD |
WHTRLOJD |
|
|
JD |
TREINCJD(B) |
386 |
SKILL LEVEL CODE |
GA |
SKLVCDGA |
|
|
GB |
MDSCLCGB |
387 |
SKILL SPECIALITY CODE (SSC) |
AE |
SKSPCDGA |
|
|
CD |
SKSPCDGA |
|
|
EA |
SSCOPREA |
|
|
GA |
SKSPCDGA |
|
|
GB |
SKSPCDGA |
388 |
SKILL SPECIALITY EVALUATION CODE |
CD |
SSECDECD |
389 |
SOURCE, MAINTENANCE & RECOVERABILITY CODE (SMR) |
EA |
SMRCSEEA |
|
|
HG |
SMRCODHG |
391 |
SPARES ACQUISITION INTEGRATED WITH PRODUCTION |
HA |
SAIPCDHA |
|
(SAIP) |
|
|
392 |
SPECIAL MAINTENANCE ITEM CODE (SMIC) |
HA |
SMAINCHA |
393 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SPECIAL MANAGEMENT CODE |
EA |
SPMGNTEA |
395 |
SPECIAL MATERIAL CONTENTS CODE (SMCC) |
HA |
SPMACCHA |
C/D-32
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
397 |
SERVICE PACKAGING INSTRUCTION SHEET (SPIS) REVISION |
HF |
SPIREVHF |
|
STATUS |
|
|
398 |
SPECIALIZED SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS |
JF |
TRANARJF |
|
|
JF |
TRANCDJF(F) |
399 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SPECIFIC AUTHORIZATION |
ED |
ACTNAMED |
|
|
ED |
TYPACTED |
|
|
ED |
NUMACTED |
|
|
ED |
SEQTYAED |
400 |
TRANSPORTATION SPEED |
JA |
SPSPEDJA |
403 |
STANDBY TIME |
AB |
OSTBTIAB |
|
|
BE |
STABYTBE |
404 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA STATUS |
EF |
STATUSEF |
405 |
STORAGE DIMENSIONS |
EA |
STOHGTEA |
|
|
EA |
STOLENEA |
|
|
EA |
STOWDTEA |
406 |
STORAGE WEIGHT |
EA |
STOWGTEA |
407 |
SUBTASK NUMBER |
CB |
SUBNUMCB |
|
|
CB |
RFDSUBCB |
|
|
CC |
SUBNUMCB |
|
|
CD |
SUBNUMCB |
|
|
CK |
SUBNUMCB |
|
|
CL |
TSKNARCL |
|
|
CL |
SUBNUMCB |
|
|
CM |
SUBNUMCB |
|
|
GE |
SUBNUMCB |
408 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SUPERSEDURE TYPE |
EK |
SUTYPEEK |
409 |
SUPPLEMENTAL PACKAGING DATA |
HF |
SUPPKDHF |
410 |
SUPPORT CONCEPT |
BA |
SUPCONBA |
411 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT EXPLANATION |
EE |
SEQNAREE |
|
|
EE |
SENARCEE(G) |
412 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FULL ITEM NAME |
EA |
FLITNMEA |
413 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT GROUPING |
EA |
SEGRCDEA |
414 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE CODE |
EE |
SEQNAREE |
|
|
EE |
SENARCEE |
415 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NON-PROLIFERATION EFFORT |
EE |
SEQNAREE |
|
|
EE |
SENARCEE(C) |
C/D-33
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
416 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER |
EF |
SERDNOEF |
|
(SERD NUMBER) |
EG |
SERDNOEF |
|
|
EH |
SERDNOEF |
|
|
EK |
SUSRNOEK |
|
|
UC |
OTPSRDUC |
|
|
UE |
TPISRDUE |
|
|
UI |
AIDSRDUI |
417 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA REVISION |
EG |
REVREMEG |
|
REMARKS |
|
|
418 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REQUIRED |
EA |
SEREQDEA |
419 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTATION DIMENSIONS |
EA |
SESHPHEA |
|
|
EA |
SESHPLEA |
|
|
EA |
SESHPWEA |
420 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTATION WEIGHT |
EA |
SESHWTEA |
421 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SUPPORT COST FACTOR |
XA |
SECSFCXA |
423 |
SYSTEM/END ITEM IDENTIFIER |
XB |
SYSIDNXB |
424 |
SYSTEM/END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE |
AK |
SEINARAK |
|
|
AK |
SEINCDAK |
425 |
SYSTEM REDESIGN/LOGISTICS CONSIDERATION CODE |
BC |
LOCOCOBC |
426 |
SYSTEM REDESIGN/LOGISTICS CONSIDERATION |
BC |
LOGNARBC |
|
RECOMMENDATION, DISPOSITION, RESULTS |
BG |
FMNNARBG |
|
|
BG |
FMNCNABG(I) |
|
|
BG |
FMNCNABG(L) |
427 |
TASK CODE |
BH |
TTASKCBH |
|
|
CA |
TASKCDCA |
|
|
CA |
REFTSKCA |
|
|
CB |
TASKCDCA |
|
|
CB |
RFDTCDCB |
|
|
CC |
TASKCDCA |
|
|
CD |
TASKCDCA |
|
|
CF |
TASKCDCA |
|
|
CG |
TASKCDCA |
|
|
CH |
TASKCDCA |
|
|
CI |
TSKTCDCI |
|
|
CK |
TASKCDCA |
|
|
CL |
TSKNARCL |
|
|
CL |
TASKCDCA |
|
|
CM |
TASKCDCA |
|
|
CO |
TASKCDCO |
|
|
UH |
TSKTCDCI |
|
|
FE |
TASKCDCA |
|
|
GE |
TASKCDCA |
428 |
TASK CONDITION |
CA |
TCONDACA |
C/D-34
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
|
CA |
TCONDBCA |
|
|
CA |
TCONDCCA |
429 |
TASK CRITICALITY CODE |
CA |
TSKCRCCA |
430 |
TASK FREQUENCY |
CA |
TSKFRQCA |
431 |
TASK IDENTIFICATION |
CA |
TASKIDCA |
|
|
CB |
SUBTIDCB |
432 |
TASK REMARKS |
CE |
TSKREMCE |
433 |
TASK TYPE |
BH |
TATYPEBH |
|
|
CN |
TATYPECN |
436 |
TECHNICAL MANUAL CHANGE NUMBER (TM CHG) |
HK |
TMCHGNHK |
437 |
TECHNICAL MANUAL CODE (TM CODE) |
XI |
TMCODEXI |
|
|
CH |
TMCODEXI |
|
|
HJ |
TMCODEXI |
|
|
HK |
TMCODEXI |
|
|
HL |
TMCODEXI |
438 |
TECHNICAL MANUAL FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE (TM FGC) |
XB |
TMFGCDXB |
|
|
HK |
TMFGCDHK |
439 |
TECHNICAL MANUAL INDENTURE CODE (TM IND) |
HK |
TMINDCHK |
440 |
TECHNICAL MANUAL NUMBER |
XI |
TMNUMBXI |
|
|
AH |
IOITNMAH |
442 |
TEST ACCURACY RATIO (TAR) |
UG |
UUTPTAUG |
|
|
UG |
UUTPTDUG |
|
|
UN |
UTPATAUN |
|
|
UN |
UTPATDUN |
443 |
TEST LANGUAGE |
EA |
TSTLNGEA |
444 |
TEST MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT |
EA |
TMDERCEA |
|
REGISTER CODE (TMDE CODE) |
|
|
445 |
TEST MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT |
EA |
TMDERIEA |
|
REGISTER INDEX NUMBER |
|
|
446 |
TEST POINTS |
EA |
TSTPTSEA |
447 |
TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT INDICATOR |
UH |
UUTFTDUH |
448 |
TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT NUMBER (TRD) |
UA |
UTTRDNUA |
|
|
UM |
TRDNUMUM |
450 |
TEXT SEQUENCING CODE (TSC) |
AF |
TEXSEQAF |
|
|
AK |
SEINARAK |
|
|
AK |
TEXSEQAK |
C/D-35
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
|
BB |
RAMNARBB |
|
|
BB |
TEXSEQBB |
|
|
BC |
TEXSEQBC |
|
|
BG |
FMNNARBG |
|
|
BG |
TEXSEQBG |
|
|
BJ |
FMCNARBJ |
|
|
BJ |
TEXSEQBJ |
|
|
CC |
TEXSEQCC |
|
|
CK |
TSFROMCK |
|
|
CK |
TEXTTOCK |
|
|
CL |
TSKNARCL |
|
|
CL |
TSKTSCCL |
|
|
EE |
SEQNAREE |
|
|
EE |
TEXSEQEE |
|
|
EG |
TEXSEQEG |
|
|
UF |
TEXSEQUF |
|
|
FB |
FACNARFB |
|
|
FB |
TEXSEQFB |
|
|
FC |
FABNARFC |
|
|
FC |
TEXSEQFC |
|
|
FD |
NMFNARFD |
|
|
FD |
TEXSEQFD |
|
|
GC |
NMSNARGC |
|
|
GC |
TEXSEQGC |
|
|
GE |
TEXSEQGE |
|
|
HI |
PRVNARHI |
|
|
HI |
TEXSEQHI |
|
|
HL |
TEXSEQHL |
|
|
HT |
TEXSEQHT |
|
|
JD |
WHTRLOJD |
|
|
JD |
TEXSEQJD |
|
|
JF |
TRANARJF |
|
|
JF |
TEXSEQJF |
|
|
ZB |
AMMNARZB |
|
|
ZB |
TEXSEQZB |
451 |
THEATRE OF OPERATION |
JA |
TRCHTHJA |
453 |
TOTAL QUANTITY RECOMMENDED |
HG |
TOTQTYHG |
454 |
TOTAL SYSTEMS SUPPORTED |
AA |
TOSYSUAA |
455 |
TOWING SPEED |
JA |
TWSPEDJA |
456 TRACKED GROUND CONTACT PRESSURE |
JC |
TRGRPRJC |
|
457 TRACKED PAD SHOE AREA |
JC |
TRPSARJC |
|
458 |
TRACKED PADS TOUCHING |
JC |
TRNUPTJC |
459 TRACKED ROAD WHEEL WEIGHT |
JC |
TRRWWTJC |
|
460 |
TRAINING COST |
GA |
TRNCOSGA |
C/D-36
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
461 |
TRAINING LOCATION RATIONALE |
CA |
TRNLOCCA |
462 |
TRAINING RATIONALE |
CA |
TRNRATCA |
463 |
TRAINING RECOMMENDATIONS |
CA |
TRNRECCA |
464 |
TRANSPORTATION CHARACTERISTICS MODE TYPE |
JB |
TRCHMTJB |
465 |
TRANSPORTATION CHARACTERISTICS NUMBER |
JB |
TRANCNJB |
466 |
TRANSPORTATION COST |
XA |
TRNCSTXA |
467 |
TRANSPORTATION END ITEM INDICATOR |
XC |
TRASEIXC |
468 |
TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR |
JA |
TRNINDJA |
469 |
TRANSPORTATION ITEM DESIGNATOR (SHIP, LIGHTERAGE, |
JB |
TRITDRJB |
|
AIRCRAFT, HELICOPTER) |
|
|
470 |
TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE |
JF |
TRANARJF |
|
|
JF |
TRANCDJF |
471 |
TRANSPORTATION PROJECTIONS REMARKS |
JF |
TRANARJF |
|
|
JF |
TRANCDJF(C) |
472 |
TRANSPORTATION REMARKS (HANDLING, TOWING, AIR |
JF |
TRANARJF |
|
DROP, SELF-PROPELLED) |
JF |
TRANCDJF(E) |
473 |
TRANSPORTATION CONFIGURATION NUMBER |
JC |
TRCONMJC |
|
|
JD |
WHTRLOJD |
|
|
JD |
TRCONMJC |
474 |
TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE |
JD |
WHTRLOJD |
|
|
JD |
TREINCJD |
475 |
TRANSPORTED OTHER EQUIPMENT |
JD |
WHTRLOJD |
|
|
JD |
TREINCJD(E) |
476 |
TRANSPORT TO AND FROM |
JF |
TRANARJF |
|
|
JF |
TRANCDJF(H) |
477 |
TURNING INFORMATION |
JD |
WHTRLOJD |
|
|
JD |
TREINCJD(C) |
478 |
TYPE ACQUISITION |
XA |
WSTYAQXA |
479 |
TYPE CLASSIFICATION |
EA |
TYPCLSEA |
480 |
TYPE EQUIPMENT CODE |
EA |
TYPEEQEA |
481 |
TYPE OF CHANGE CODE (TOCC) |
XC |
TOCCODXC |
|
|
HG |
TOCCODHG |
C/D-37
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
482 |
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION |
FD |
NMFNARFD |
|
|
FD |
NMFNCDFD(H) |
483 |
FACILITY TYPE |
FA |
FACTYPFA |
|
|
FB |
FACNARFB |
|
|
FB |
FACTYPFA |
|
|
FC |
FABNARFC |
|
|
FC |
FACTYPFC |
|
|
FD |
NMFNARFD |
|
|
FD |
FACTYPFD |
|
|
FE |
FACTYPFA |
486 |
UNIT CONTAINER CODE |
HF |
UNICONHF |
487 |
UNIT CONTAINER LEVEL |
HF |
UCLEVLHF |
488 |
UNIT OF ISSUE (UI) |
HA |
UNITISHA |
489 |
UNIT OF ISSUE CONVERSION FACTOR (UI CONVERSION |
HA |
UICONVHA |
|
FACTOR) |
|
|
490 |
UNIT OF ISSUE PRICE (UI PRICE) |
HD |
UIPRICHD |
491 |
UNIT OF MEASURE (UM) |
CG |
SQTKUMCG |
|
|
CI |
PQTKUMCI |
|
|
EA |
LWHOUMEA |
|
|
EA |
WGTOUMEA |
|
|
EA |
LWHSUMEA |
|
|
EA |
WGTSUMEA |
|
|
EA |
UMSHIPEA |
|
|
EA |
UMSEWTEA |
|
|
FA |
FAARUMFA |
|
|
FA |
CONUOMFA |
|
|
HA |
WUUUOMHA |
|
|
HA |
SUUUOMHA |
|
|
HA |
UNITMSHA |
|
|
HA |
DRGTUMHA |
|
|
HF |
WPUUOMHF |
|
|
HF |
SPUUOMHF |
|
|
JB |
EIDUOMJB |
|
|
JB |
EIWDUMJB |
|
|
JC |
TPSAUMJC |
|
|
JC |
SKADUMJC |
492 |
UNIT OF MEASURE PRICE |
FA |
FACNCOFA |
|
|
HE |
UMPRICHE |
493 |
UNIT PACK CUBE |
HF |
UNPKCUHF |
|
|
ZA |
AMUPKCZA |
494 |
UNIT PACK SIZE |
HF |
LENUPKHF |
|
|
HF |
WIDUPKHF |
|
|
HF |
DEPUPKHF |
|
|
ZA |
LAMUPKZA |
C/D-38
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
|
ZA |
WAMUPKZA |
|
|
ZA |
DAMUPKZA |
495 |
UNIT PACK WEIGHT |
HF |
UNPKWTHF |
|
|
ZA |
ACUPKWZA |
|
|
ZA |
AULPKWZA |
496 |
UNIT SIZE |
HA |
ULENGTHA |
|
|
HA |
UWIDTHHA |
|
|
HA |
UHEIGHHA |
497 |
UNIT WEIGHT |
HA |
UWEIGHHA |
498 |
UNIT UNDER TEST EXPLANATION |
UF |
UTEXPLUF |
499 |
UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE |
AC |
MLUMETAC |
|
|
AC |
MLUMMHAC |
500 |
UNUSUAL AND SPECIAL TRANSPORTATION REQUIREMENTS |
JF |
TRANARJF |
|
|
JF |
TRANCDJF(K) |
|
|
ZB |
AMMNARZB |
|
|
ZB |
AMNRCDZB(B) |
501 |
USABLE ON CODE (UOC) |
XC |
UOCSEIXC |
502 |
UTILITIES REQUIREMENT |
FD |
NMFNARFD |
|
|
FD |
NMFNCDFD(I) |
503 |
UTILIZATION RATIO |
AE |
UTRATIAE |
504 |
VENTING AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING REQUIREMENTS |
JF |
TRANARJF |
|
|
JF |
TRANCDJF(L) |
505 |
WEAROUT LIFE |
BA |
WEOULIBA |
506 |
WHEELED AXLE AND SUSPENSION REMARKS |
JD |
WHTRLOJD |
|
|
JD |
TREINCJD(D) |
507 |
WHEELED INFLATION PRESSURE |
JC |
WHINPRJC |
508 |
WHEELED NUMBER OF PLIES |
JC |
WHNUPLJC |
509 |
WHEELED NUMBER OF TYRES |
JC |
WHNUTIJC |
510 |
WHEELED TYRE LOAD RATING |
JC |
WHTLDRJC |
511 |
WHEELED TYRE REQUIREMENTS |
JD |
WHTRLOJD |
|
|
JD |
TREINCJD(A) |
512 |
WHEELED TYRE SIZE |
JC |
WHTIFTJC |
513 |
WHEELED WEIGHT RATINGS |
JC |
WHWERAJC |
514 |
WORK AREA CODE |
CB |
SUBWACCB |
C/D-39
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
516 |
WORK UNIT CODE |
HG |
WRKUCDHG |
601 |
ACCELERATED PRODUCTION NOTICE |
HS |
ACCPRNHS |
602 |
ACCELERATED PRODUCTION SCHEDULE |
HS |
ACCPRSHS |
603 |
AEROSPACE GROUND EQUIPMENT CODE |
CG |
AGECODCG |
604 |
AFDEETEC/AFDSEC NUMBER |
EA |
AFDAFDEA |
605 |
ALLOWANCES |
HG |
ALLOWSHG |
606 |
AMMUNITION CONTAINER REFERENCE NUMBER & MARK |
ZA |
AMMOCRZA |
607 |
AMMUNITION CONTAINER ASSEMBLY REFERENCE NUMBER |
ZA |
AMMOCAZA |
|
& MARK |
|
|
608 |
AMMUNITION CORRECT TECHNICAL NAME |
ZA |
CORTENZA |
609 |
AMMUNITION HAZARD AND COMPATIBILITY |
ZA |
ESTCINZA |
|
|
ZA |
AMMHCCZA |
|
|
ZA |
SUBRSAZA |
|
|
ZA |
SUBRSBZA |
|
|
ZA |
BRTHAPZA |
|
|
ZA |
PRTCLTZA |
610 |
AMMUNITION NARRATIVE CODE |
ZB |
AMMNARZB |
|
|
ZB |
AMNRCDZB |
611 |
AMMUNITION NET EXPLOSIVE CONTENT |
ZA |
NETEXCZA |
612 |
AMMUNITION SHIPPING CATEGORY |
ZA |
SHPCATZA |
613 |
AMMUNITION TYPE |
ZB |
AMMNARZB |
|
|
ZB |
AMNRCDZB(A) |
614 |
AMMUNITION UN SERIAL NUMBER |
ZA |
UNSERNZA |
615 |
AMMUNITION UNIT LOAD CONTAINER INDICATOR |
ZA |
UNITLCZA |
616 |
AMMUNITION UNIT LOAD SPECIFICATION |
ZA |
UNITLSZA |
617 |
ANCILLARY SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (ASE) REQUIRED |
CG |
ASERDSCG |
|
|
CG |
ASEROBCG |
|
|
CG |
ASERIBCG |
618 |
AMMUNITION SERVICE MANAGEMENT CODE |
ZA |
ASMCODZA |
619 |
ATTACHING, STORAGE, OR SHIPPING PART (AECMA 2000M |
HG |
ATSOSPHG |
|
TEI ASP) |
|
|
620 |
AUTHORIZED LIFE (AECMA 2000M TEI AUL) |
BA |
AUTLIFBA |
621 |
CALIBRATION MARKER (AECMA 2000M TEI CMK) |
HA |
CALMKRHA |
C/D-40
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
623 |
CATEGORY OF MATERIAL (AECMA 2000M TEI COM) |
HA |
CATOFMHA |
624 |
CHANGE EFFECT |
HP |
CESAAWHP |
|
|
HP |
CESMCRHP |
|
|
HP |
CESPOCHP |
|
|
HP |
CESCNDHP |
|
|
HP |
CESCTXHP |
|
|
HP |
CESCHWHP |
|
|
HP |
CESELPHP |
|
|
HP |
CESENVHP |
|
|
HP |
CESHLAHP |
|
|
HP |
CESHYDHP |
|
|
HP |
CESUKAHP |
|
|
HP |
CESSTDHP |
|
|
HP |
CESSIGHP |
|
|
HP |
CESSPSHP |
|
|
HP |
CESVENHP |
|
|
HP |
CESSPCHP |
|
|
HP |
CESWEQHP |
|
|
HP |
CESEOEHP |
625 |
CLASS OF STORE |
HA |
CLAOFSHA |
627 |
CONFIRMED FAULT RATE/1000 HOURS |
BD |
CFRKHRBD |
629 |
CURRENCY CODE (AECMA 2000M TEI CUR) |
XA |
DMCCCDXA |
|
|
XA |
IBCCCDXA |
|
|
XA |
ICCCCDXA |
|
|
XA |
ISSCCCXA |
|
|
XA |
RBCCCDXA |
|
|
XA |
RCCCCDXA |
|
|
XA |
TRNCCCXA |
|
|
AI |
LRTCCDAI |
|
|
AI |
RWCCCDAI |
|
|
BA |
MCCCCDBA |
|
|
EA |
HDPCCDEA |
|
|
EA |
ILSPCCEA |
|
|
EA |
DDPCCDEA |
|
|
EA |
EUPCCDEA |
|
|
EA |
PTPCCDEA |
|
|
EA |
OSCCCDEA |
|
|
EA |
RECCCDEA |
|
|
EJ |
DEPCCDEJ |
|
|
EL |
IEPCCDEL |
|
|
UC |
OACRCCUC |
|
|
UC |
OACNCCUC |
|
|
UE |
TACRCCUE |
|
|
UE |
TACNCCUE |
|
|
UI |
AACNCCUI |
|
|
UI |
AACRCCUI |
|
|
FA |
FUMPCCFA |
|
|
GA |
TRCCCDGA |
|
|
HA |
HMSCCCHA |
|
|
HA |
HWDCCCHA |
C/D-41
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
|
HA |
HWSCCCHA |
|
|
HD |
CURCODHD |
|
|
HE |
UMPCCDHE |
631 |
DOCKING AND ESSENTIAL DEFECTS INTERVALS |
FE |
DEDINTFE |
632 |
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT CODE (AECMA 2000M TEI DMC) |
HA |
DOMMACHA |
633 |
DRAUGHT |
HA |
DRAGHTHA |
634 |
ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE DEVICE (AECMA 2000M TEI ESD) |
HA |
ELESEDHA |
635 |
END ITEM DIMENSIONS |
JB |
EIDLENJB |
|
|
JB |
EIDWIDJB |
|
|
JB |
EIDHGTJB |
636 |
END ITEM WEIGHT/DISPLACEMENT |
JB |
EIWDSCJB |
|
|
JB |
EIWLSCJB |
|
|
JB |
EIWLHCJB |
637 |
ENGINEERING RECORD CARD |
HA |
ENGRECHA |
638 |
EQUIPMENT PRODUCTION REMARKS |
HT |
EQUPRRHT |
639 |
EXPANDED PRODUCTION BARRIERS CODE |
HS |
EPBCONHS |
|
|
HS |
EPBEQPHS |
|
|
HS |
EPBFACHS |
|
|
HS |
EPBINVHS |
|
|
HS |
EPBLABHS |
|
|
HS |
EPBENVHS |
|
|
HS |
EPBREGHS |
|
|
HS |
EPBSPEHS |
|
|
HS |
EPBOTHHS |
640 |
FITMENT CODE (AECMA 2000M TEI FTC) |
HA |
FITCODHA |
641 |
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL (AECMA 2000M TEI HAZ) |
HA |
HAZMATHA |
643 |
ILLUSTRATION AFFECTED INDICATOR (AECMA 2000M TEI |
HP |
TEIIAIHP |
|
IAI) |
|
|
644 |
INITIAL PROVISIONING PROJECT NUMBER (AECMA 2000M |
HK |
IPPNUMHK |
|
TEI IPP) |
HU |
IPPNUMHU |
|
|
HV |
IPPNUMHU |
645 |
INTERCHANGEABILITY (AECMA 2000M TEI ICY) |
HK |
INTERCHK |
647 |
ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER (AECMA 2000M TEI ISN) |
HK |
ITSNSNHK |
|
|
HK |
ITSNVNHK |
|
|
HK |
CTIISNHK |
|
|
HK |
CTIISVHK |
648 |
LIFING CATEGORY |
HA |
LIFCATHA |
C/D-42
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
649 |
MAINTENANCE CONCEPT COSTS |
BA |
MNTCC1BA |
|
|
BA |
MNTCC2BA |
|
|
BA |
MNTCC3BA |
650 |
MAINTENANCE CONCEPT OPTIONS |
BA |
MNTOP1BA |
|
|
BA |
MNTOP2BA |
|
|
BA |
MNTOP3BA |
651 |
MEAN TIME BETWEEN CONSUMPTION (MTBC) |
BD |
MTBCONBD |
653 |
MINIMUM SALES QUANTITY (AECMA 2000M TEI MSQ) |
HD |
TEIMSQHD |
654 |
MODEL IDENTIFICATION (AECMA 2000M TEI MOI) |
HU |
MODLIDHU |
655 |
MODEL VERSION (AECMA 2000M TEI MOV) |
XC |
UOCMOVXC |
656 |
MULTIPLE CONTRACTS INDICATOR |
HS |
MULCOIHS |
657 |
NATO AMMUNITION REPORTING CODE (NARC) |
ZA |
NARCODZA |
658 |
NEW/EXISTING ITEM |
HA |
NEITEMHA |
659 |
NOT ILLUSTRATED (AECMA 2000M TEI NIL) |
HK |
TEINILHK |
661 |
PACKAGE MARKING CODE |
HF |
PKGMRKHF |
662 |
POOL ITEM CANDIDATE (AECMA 2000M TEI PIC) |
HA |
POOLITHA |
663 |
PRE ISSUE INSPECTION CODE |
HG |
PREIICHG |
664 |
PRE ISSUE TEST |
HG |
PREISTHG |
665 |
PRINCIPAL FEATURES LIST (PFL) CODE |
BI |
PFLCODBI |
|
|
EK |
PFLCODEK |
|
|
HP |
PFLCODHP |
666 |
PROCUREMENT CODE (AECMA 2000M TEI PCD) |
HA |
PROCCDHA |
667 |
PROVISIONING NARRATIVE CODE |
HI |
PRVNARHI |
|
|
HI |
PRVNACHI |
668 |
REASON FOR SELECTION (AECMA 2000M TEI RFS) |
HK |
REAFOSHK |
669 |
RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE QUANTITY (AECMA 2000M |
HG |
RECMQYHG |
|
TEI RMQ) |
HV |
RECMQYHV |
670 |
RECOMMENDED OVERHAUL REPAIR QUANTITY (AECMA |
HG |
RECORQHG |
|
2000M TEI ROQ) |
HV |
RECORQHV |
671 |
REFER TO (AECMA 2000M TEI RTX) |
HK |
TEIRTXHK |
672 |
REFERENCE NUMBER JUSTIFICATION CODE (AECMA 2000M |
HA |
REFNJCHA |
|
TEI RNJ) |
|
|
C/D-43
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
673 |
REMOVAL ROUTE CONDITION CODE |
CA |
REMRCCCA |
674 |
REMOVAL ROUTE NUMBER |
CA |
REMRONCA |
675 |
REPAIR/REBUILD CAPACITY |
HS |
REPRECHS |
676 |
SAMPLING REQUIRED |
BA |
SAMREQBA |
677 |
SCHEDULE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER |
CH |
SCHIDNCH |
678 |
SELECT OR MANUFACTURE FROM IDENTIFIER (AECMA |
HG |
SOMFIDHG |
|
2000M) TEI SMF |
|
|
679 |
SELECT OR MANUFACTURE FROM RANGE (AECMA 2000M |
HG |
SOMFRGHG |
|
TEI MFM) |
|
|
680 |
SERVICE PACKAGING INSTRUCTION SHEET (SPIS) NUMBER |
HF |
SPISNOHF |
681 |
SHARED PRODUCTION INDICATOR |
HS |
SHAPRIHS |
682 |
SIMILAR TO, SAME AS, DERIVED FROM AND FITTED TO |
HI |
PRVNARHI |
|
|
HI |
PRVNACHI(B) |
683 |
SOFTWARE SUPPORT PLAN (SSP) REQUIRED |
BA |
SSPREQBA |
684 |
SPARE PARTS CLASSIFICATION (AECMA 2000M TEI SPC) |
HA |
SPCLASHA |
685 |
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS |
CL |
TSKNARCL |
|
|
CL |
TSKANCCL(C) |
|
|
HI |
PRVNARHI |
|
|
HI |
PRVNACHI(C) |
686 |
SPECIAL STORAGE (AECMA 2000M TEI STR) |
HF |
SPLSTRHF |
687 |
SPECIFICATION/DRAWING NUMBER |
XC |
RRTDRWXC |
|
|
HA |
SPEDRWHA |
688 |
SUPPLY CATEGORY |
HG |
SUPCATHG |
689 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CATEGORY |
EA |
SEQCATEA |
691 |
SYSTEM/EQUIPMENT IMPORTANCE CODE |
BI |
EQTSICBI |
692 |
TASK/SUBTASK ASSOCIATED NARRATIVE CODE |
CL |
TSKNARCL |
|
|
CL |
TSKANCCL |
693 |
TECHNICAL PUBLICATION COMMENTS |
CH |
APCOMMCH |
694 |
TECHNICAL PUBLICATION REQUIREMENTS |
CH |
APAMRQCH |
|
|
EA |
SEPUBSEA |
695 |
TECHNICAL PUBLICATION TITLE |
XI |
APTITLXI |
696 |
THIRD LINE AVAILABILITY |
FE |
TLAAVAFE |
C/D-44
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
|
FE |
TLAFCDFE |
|
|
FE |
TLADTNFE |
697 |
TIME BETWEEN OVERHAULS (AECMA 2000M TEI TBO) |
BD |
TIMEBOBD |
698 |
TIME BETWEEN SCHEDULED SHOP VISITS (AECMA 2000M |
BD |
TBSSVSBD |
|
TEI TSV) |
|
|
699 |
TOTAL LIFE (AECMA 2000M TEI TLF) |
HG |
TOTLIFHG |
700 |
TOTAL QUANTITY PER LOCATION (AECMA 2000M TEI TQL) |
HK |
TEITQLHK |
701 |
TRADE CODE MANPOWER |
CD |
TCMANPCD |
702 |
TRAINING LEVEL |
GB |
TRLEVFGB |
|
|
GB |
TRLEVSGB |
703 |
TURN ROUND SPARE |
HG |
TURNRSHG |
704 |
TYPE OF PRICE (AECMA 2000M TEI TOP) |
HD |
TYPEOPHD |
705 |
UPKEEP BY EXCHANGE/DIRECT EXCHANGE |
HA |
UPKDIRHA |
706 |
UPKEEP/WEAPONS REPAIR POLICY CODE |
BA |
WRPCODBA |
707 |
USABLE ON CODE ASSEMBLY (AECMA 2000M TEI UCA) |
HK |
UOCASYHK |
708 |
USABLE ON CODE EQUIPMENT (AECMA 2000M TEI UCE) |
HK |
UOCEQPHK |
709 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT VALIDATION/COMPATIBILITY CHECK |
CG |
VALCOMCG |
710 |
VITAL FEATURES ITEM (VFI) CODE |
HG |
VFICODHG |
711 |
WORK CENTRE CODE |
FA |
WORKCCFA |
801 |
DISASSEMBLY CODE |
CM |
DISCODCM |
|
|
CN |
DISCODCN |
802 |
DOCUMENT CODE |
XB |
WIBBLEXB |
803 |
INFORMATION CODE |
CM |
INFCODCM |
|
|
CN |
INFCODCN |
804 |
INFORMATION CODE VARIANT |
CM |
INFCDVCM |
|
|
CN |
INFCDVCN |
805 |
INITIAL PROVISIONING PROJECT NUMBER SUBJECT (AECMA |
HU |
TEIIPSHU |
|
2000M TEI IPS) |
|
|
806 |
ITEM LOCATION CODE |
CM |
ITEMLCCM |
|
|
CN |
ITEMLCCN |
807 |
SOFTWARE DELIVERABLE SOURCE LINES OF CODE (DSLOC) |
HA |
DSLOCMHA |
|
|
HA |
DSLOCPHA |
C/D-45
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
808 |
SOFTWARE DESIGN AUTHORITY |
HG |
SDAUTHHG |
809 |
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING METHODS AND TECHNIQUES |
BB |
RAMNARBB |
|
|
BB |
RAMCNABB(G) |
810 |
SOFTWARE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (IPR) |
HA |
SWRIPRHA |
|
HOLDER |
|
|
811 |
SOFTWARE INTERDEPENDENCY NARRATIVE |
BB |
RAMNARBB |
|
|
BB |
RAMCNABB(F) |
812 |
SOFTWARE PROGRAM SIZE |
HA |
PSIZEMHA |
|
|
HA |
PSIZEPHA |
813 |
SOFTWARE RELEASE FREQUENCY |
HA |
SRFREQHA |
814 |
SOFTWARE SAFETY INTEGRITY LEVEL |
BI |
SWSAFEBI |
815 |
SOFTWARE TOTAL MEMORY REQUIRED |
HA |
MEMREQHA |
816 |
SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBER |
HA |
SWVERNHA |
817 |
PROCEDURAL PACKAGING SPECIFICATION CODE |
HF |
PRCPSCHF |
818 |
STANDARD PACKAGE QUANTITY (AECMA 2000M TEI SPQ) |
HF |
TEISPQHF |
819 |
AMMUNITION CONTAINER ASSEMBLY MRI/DRAWING |
ZA |
ACAMRIZA |
|
NUMBER |
|
|
820 |
AMMUNITION CONTAINER TYPE |
ZA |
C0NTYPZA |
821 |
AMMUNITION SERVICE DESIGNATION |
ZA |
AMMOSDZA |
822 |
AMMUNITION UN CERTIFICATE OF PACKAGING |
ZA |
UNCERTZA |
|
PERFORMANCE |
|
|
823 |
CAUTION INFORMATION |
CL |
TSKNARCL |
|
|
CL |
TSKANCCL(E) |
824 |
GRAPHIC |
CM |
GRAPHCCM |
825 |
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER |
HG |
IDENTNHG |
826 |
NOTE INFORMATION |
CL |
TSKNARCL |
|
|
CL |
TSKANCCL(F) |
827 |
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE MAINTENANCE INTERVAL (MAMI) |
BD |
MAXAMIBD |
828 |
WARNING INFORMATION |
CL |
TSKNARCL |
|
|
CL |
TSKANCCL(D) |
829 |
USER (NATION) CODE (AECMA 2000M TEI USR) |
HV |
TEIUSRHV |
830 |
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE IDENTIFIER |
CN |
MAINPICN |
C/D-46
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||
|
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
DED |
Data Element Title |
Table |
Location |
|
|
CO |
MAINPICN |
|
|
CO |
MAINPNCO |
831 |
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE TITLE |
CN |
MAINPTCN |
832 |
TASK SEQUENCE NUMBER |
CO |
SEQNUMCO |
833 |
SOFTWARE IDENTIFIER CODE |
XB |
SWIDCDXB |
834 |
FILE IDENTIFIER (AECMA 2000M TEI FID) |
HU |
FILEIDHU |
835 |
EQUIPMENT USING SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE |
EA |
USESEREA |
|
|
HG |
EQTSERHG |
C/D-47
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX D TO ANNEX C (CONCLUDED)
Collation Page
C/D-48
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C
LISTING OF DATA ELEMENT CODES
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C
Collation Page
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C
C/E.0 Listing Of Data Element Codes
C/E.0.1 This Appendix is an alphabetical listing of the data element codes used in the LSAR relational data tables, with cross-references to the data element role names they represent. Also listed are the applicable DED numbers.
C/E-1
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Collation Page
C/E-2
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
AACNCCUI |
629 |
AID APPORTIONED NON-RECURRING COSTS CURRENCY CODE |
AACRCCUI |
629 |
AID APPORTIONED RECURRING COSTS CURRENCY CODE |
AAPLCCHA |
308 |
GOVERNMENT FURNISHED PROVISIONING LIST CATEGORY CODE |
|
|
(PLCC) |
ACAMRIZA |
819 |
AMMUNITION CONTAINER ASSEMBLY MRI/DRAWING NUMBER |
ACCPRNHS |
601 |
ACCELERATED PRODUCTION NOTICE |
ACCPRSHS |
602 |
ACCELERATED PRODUCTION SCHEDULE |
ACHAVAAA |
001 |
REQUIRED ACHIEVED AVAILABILITY |
ACHAVABD |
001 |
ACHIEVED AVAILABILITY |
ACQMETHA |
003 |
ACQUISITION METHOD CODE |
ACTNAMED |
399 |
ORGANIZATION NAME/LOCATION |
ACUPKWZA |
495 |
ACA UNIT PACK WEIGHT |
ADCAGEHB |
046 |
ARN CAGE CODE |
ADDLTMXA |
014 |
ADMINISTRATIVE LEAD TIME |
ADDREFHB |
006 |
ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBER |
ADRNCCHB |
338 |
ARN REFERENCE NUMBER CATEGORY CODE |
ADRNVCHB |
339 |
ARN REFERENCE NUMBER VARIATION CODE |
AFDAFDEA |
604 |
AFDEETEC/AFDSEC NUMBER |
AGECODCG |
603 |
AEROSPACE GROUND EQUIPMENT CODE |
AIDCAGUI |
046 |
AID CAGE CODE |
AIDCUTUI |
048 |
COMMON UNIT UNDER TEST |
AIDREFUI |
337 |
AID REFERENCE NUMBER |
AIDRQDEA |
005 |
ADAPTOR/INTERCONNECTION DEVICE REQUIRED |
AIDSRDUI |
416 |
AID SERD NUMBER |
AIDUCNUI |
025 |
AID APPORTIONED UNIT COST NONRECURRING |
AIDUCRUI |
025 |
AID APPORTIONED UNIT COST RECURRING |
ALCSEIHN |
019 |
S/N PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI ALC |
ALCSEIHO |
019 |
UOC PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI ALC |
ALCSEIXE |
019 |
S/N SYSTEM/EI ALC |
ALCSEIXF |
019 |
UOC SYSTEM/EI ALC |
ALDCNMEB |
016 |
ALLOWANCE DOCUMENT NUMBER |
ALDNDSEB |
015 |
ALLOCATION DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION |
ALDTXXBE |
013 |
ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOGISTIC DELAY TIME |
ALEXRNEB |
015 |
ALLOCATION EXTENDED RANGE |
ALIQTYHG |
018 |
ALLOWANCE ITEM QUANTITY |
ALLOWCHG |
017 |
ALLOWANCE ITEM CODE |
ALLOWSHG |
605 |
ALLOWANCES |
ALLVCDEB |
015 |
ALLOCATION LAND VESSEL CODE |
ALMLVLEB |
015 |
ALLOCATION MAINTENANCE LEVEL FUNCTION |
ALORG1EB |
015 |
ALLOWABLE RANGE 1 |
ALORG2EB |
015 |
ALLOWABLE RANGE 2 |
ALORG3EB |
015 |
ALLOWABLE RANGE 3 |
ALORG4EB |
015 |
ALLOWABLE RANGE 4 |
ALORG5EB |
015 |
ALLOWABLE RANGE 5 |
ALORG6EB |
015 |
ALLOWABLE RANGE 6 |
ALORG7EB |
015 |
ALLOWABLE RANGE 7 |
ALORG8EB |
015 |
ALLOWABLE RANGE 8 |
C/E-3
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
ALORG9EB |
015 |
ALLOWABLE RANGE 9 |
ALRG10EB |
015 |
ALLOWABLE RANGE 10 |
ALSTIDEB |
015 |
ALLOCATION STATION IDENTIFICATION CODE |
ALTFSCEH |
253 |
ALTERNATE NSN NATO SUPPLY CLASSIFICATION |
ALTLCNBH |
019 |
FMT ALTERNATE LCN CODE |
ALTLCNCN |
019 |
DOCUMENT CODE ALC |
ALTLCNCO |
019 |
SEQUENCED TASK ALTERNATE LCN (ALC) |
ALTLCNHN |
019 |
S/N PROVISIONING ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC) |
ALTLCNHO |
019 |
UOC PROVISIONING ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC) |
ALTLCNXB |
019 |
ALTERNATE LCN CODE |
ALTLCNXE |
019 |
S/N ITEM ALTERNATE LCN CODE |
ALTLCNXF |
019 |
UOC ITEM ALTERNATE LCN CODE |
ALTNIIEH |
253 |
ALTERNATE NSN NATIONAL ITEM IDENTIFICATION NUMBER |
AMMHCCZA |
609 |
AMMUNITION HCC |
AMMNARZB |
--- |
AMMUNITION NARRATIVE |
AMMOCAZA |
607 |
AMMUNITION CONTAINER ASSEMBLY REFERENCE NUMBER & MARK |
AMMOCRZA |
606 |
AMMUNITION CONTAINER REFERENCE NUMBER & MARK |
AMMOSDZA |
821 |
AMMUNITION SERVICE DESIGNATION |
AMNRCDZB |
610 |
AMMUNITION NARRATIVE CODE |
AMNRCDZBA |
613 |
AMMUNITION TYPE |
AMNRCDZBB |
500 |
AMMUNITION UNUSUAL AND SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS |
AMNRCDZBC |
192 |
AMMUNITION LIFTING AND TIEDOWN REQUIREMENTS |
AMUPKCZA |
493 |
AMMUNITION UNIT PACK CUBE |
ANNOMIAB |
021 |
ANNUAL NUMBER OF MISSIONS |
ANOPDAAB |
022 |
ANNUAL OPERATING DAYS |
ANOPREAG |
023 |
ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT |
ANOPTIAB |
024 |
ANNUAL OPERATING TIME |
AORALCCA |
019 |
AOR ALC |
AORLCNCA |
199 |
ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT (AOR) LCN |
AORMSBCA |
238 |
TASK AOR MEASUREMENT BASE |
AORTYPCA |
203 |
AOR LCN TYPE |
APAMRQCH |
694 |
TECHNICAL PUBLICATION REQUIREMENTS |
APCOMMCH |
693 |
TECHNICAL PUBLICATION COMMENTS |
APTITLXI |
695 |
TECHNICAL PUBLICATION TITLE |
AQDCOFEA |
002 |
ACQUISITION DECISION OFFICE |
AQTYACZA |
321 |
AMMUNITION QUANTITY PER ACA |
AQTYULZA |
321 |
AMMUNITION QUANTITY PER ULS/ULC |
ARAPTDHG |
313 |
AS REQUIRED LIST A (PTD) |
ARBPTDHG |
313 |
AS REQUIRED LIST B (PTD) |
ASERDSCG |
617 |
ANCILLARY SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (ASE) REQUIRED - |
|
|
DOCKYARD/SHIP/1ST LINE |
ASERIBCG |
617 |
ASE REQUIRED - IN BASE/THIRD LINE |
ASEROBCG |
617 |
ASE REQUIRED - ON BOARD/2ND LINE |
ASMCODZA |
618 |
AMMUNITION SERVICE MANAGEMENT CODE |
ATECAGUK |
046 |
ATE CAGE CODE |
ATEREFUK |
337 |
ATE REFERENCE NUMBER |
ATSOSPHG |
619 |
ATTACHING, STORAGE, OR SHIPPING PART (AECMA 2000M TEI ASP) |
AULPKWZA |
495 |
AMMUNITION ULS UNIT PACK WEIGHT |
C/E-4
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
AUTLIFBA |
620 |
AUTHORIZED LIFE (AECMA 2000M TEI AUL) |
AUTLMBBA |
238 |
AUTHORIZED LIFE MEASUREMENT BASE |
AVAIMHAE |
028 |
AVAILABLE ANNUAL MAN-HOURS |
BBPLCCHA |
308 |
INTERIM SUPPORT ITEMS PLCC |
BDLPGABA |
032 |
BIT DETECTABILITY LEVEL PERCENTAGE PER GROUP 1 |
BDLPGBBA |
032 |
BIT DETECTABILITY LEVEL PERCENTAGE PER GROUP 2 |
BITNDPBA |
031 |
BUILT-IN-TEST CANNOT DUPLICATE PERCENTAGE |
BITROPBA |
033 |
BUILT-IN-TEST RETEST OK PERCENTAGE |
BOICTRHM |
030 |
BASIS OF ISSUE CONTROL |
BRTHAPZA |
609 |
BREATHING APPARATUS |
C0NTYPZA |
820 |
AMMUNITION CONTAINER TYPE |
CACITYXH |
047 |
CAGE CITY |
CADMTDHG |
214 |
CONDEMNED AT THIRD/FOURTH LINE MTD |
CAGECDHB |
046 |
ARN ITEM CAGE CODE |
CAGECDHN |
046 |
S/N PROVISIONING CAGE CODE |
CAGECDHO |
046 |
UOC PROVISIONING CAGE CODE |
CAGECDXH |
046 |
CAGE CODE |
CAGECDZA |
046 |
AMMUNITION ITEM CAGE CODE |
CALINTEA |
037 |
CALIBRATION INTERVAL |
CALITMEA |
038 |
CALIBRATION ITEM INDICATOR |
CALLVLEA |
277 |
SE CALIBRATION OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL |
CALMKRHA |
621 |
CALIBRATION MARKER (AECMA 2000M TEI CMK) |
CALPROEC |
039 |
CALIBRATION PROCEDURE |
CALSTDEA |
041 |
CALIBRATION STANDARD REQUIRED |
CALTIMEA |
042 |
CALIBRATION TIME |
CANAMEXH |
047 |
CAGE NAME |
CANATNXH |
047 |
CAGE NATION |
CANUMBHP |
043 |
CHANGE AUTHORITY NUMBER |
CAPOZOXH |
047 |
CAGE POSTAL ZONE/CODE |
CASTATXH |
047 |
CAGE STATE |
CASTREXH |
047 |
CAGE STREET |
CATOFMHA |
623 |
CATEGORY OF MATERIAL (AECMA 2000M TEI COM) |
CBDMTDHG |
214 |
CONDEMNED BELOW THIRD/FOURTH LINE MTD |
CBLPTDHG |
313 |
COMMON AND BULK ITEMS LIST (PTD) |
CCMCAGHF |
046 |
CATEGORY 1 CONTAINER MANUFACTURER CAGE CODE |
CCMREFHF |
337 |
CATEGORY 1 CONTAINER REFERENCE NUMBER |
CCPLCCHA |
308 |
LONG LEAD TIME ITEM PLCC |
CESAAWHP |
624 |
CHANGE EFFECT (CE) - ALARMS AND WARNINGS |
CESCHWHP |
624 |
CE CHILLED WATER |
CESCNDHP |
624 |
CE ELECTRICAL INTERFACES - CONNECTION DETAILS |
CESCTXHP |
624 |
CE COMPASS TRANSMISSION |
CESELPHP |
624 |
CE ELECTRICAL POWER |
CESENVHP |
624 |
CE ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS |
CESEOEHP |
624 |
CE EFFECT ON ENVIRONMENT |
CESHLAHP |
624 |
CE HP/LP AIR |
CESHYDHP |
624 |
CE HYDRAULICS |
CESMCRHP |
624 |
CE ELECTRICAL INTERFACES - MAIN CABLE RUNS |
CESPOCHP |
624 |
CE ELECTRICAL INTERFACES - POSITION CABLE |
C/E-5
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
CESSIGHP |
624 |
CE SIGNALS |
CESSPCHP |
624 |
CE SPACE REQUIREMENTS |
CESSPSHP |
624 |
CE SITING PARAMETERS |
CESSTDHP |
624 |
CE SEATING DETAILS |
CESUKAHP |
624 |
CE UPKEEP, KEEP ALIVE MAINTENANCE |
CESVENHP |
624 |
CE VENTILATION |
CESWEQHP |
624 |
CE WEAPON EQUIPMENT |
CFEGFEEA |
056 |
CFE/GFE |
CFRKHRBD |
627 |
CONFIRMED FAULT RATE/1000 HOURS |
CLAOFSHA |
625 |
CLASS OF STORE |
CMRSRCEA |
035 |
CMRS RECOMMENDED |
CNTRECEJ |
057 |
DDCC CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDATION |
CNTRNOEA |
055 |
SE CONTRACT NUMBER |
CONLENJB |
053 |
CONTAINER LENGTH |
CONNSNHF |
253 |
CONTAINER NSN |
CONNUMJA |
055 |
TRANSPORTATION CONTRACT NUMBER |
CONRCTHG |
350 |
CONTRACTOR RCT |
CONRECEL |
057 |
IRCC CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDATION |
CONTNOXA |
055 |
CONTRACT NUMBER |
CONTYPJB |
054 |
CONTAINER TYPE |
CONUOMFA |
491 |
CONSTRUCTION UNIT OF MEASURE |
CONVFABA |
059 |
ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT CONVERSION FACTOR |
CORTENZA |
608 |
AMMUNITION CORRECT TECHNICAL NAME |
CREANGJC |
063 |
CREST ANGLE |
CREWSZAA |
064 |
CREW SIZE |
CRITCDHA |
066 |
CRITICALITY CODE |
CRITITHA |
065 |
CRITICAL ITEM CODE |
CRPCAGHS |
046 |
CRIP CAGE CODE |
CRPREFHS |
337 |
CRIP REFERENCE NUMBER |
CTIISNHK |
647 |
CATEGORY 1 CONTAINER LOCATION ISN |
CTIISVHK |
647 |
CATEGORY 1 CONTAINER LOCATION ISN - VARIANT NUMBER |
CTIITNHK |
184 |
CATEGORY 1 CONTAINER LOCATION ITEM NUMBER |
CURCODHD |
629 |
UNIT OF ISSUE PRICE CURRENCY CODE |
CURPRCHD |
051 |
UI PRICE CPC |
CURPRCHE |
051 |
UM PRICE CPC |
CUSTCDEA |
069 |
SE MANAGEMENT CODE |
DAMUPKZA |
494 |
AMMUNITION UNIT PACK DEPTH |
DATASCHG |
070 |
DATA STATUS CODE |
DATFADEA |
071 |
DATE OF FIRST ARTICLE DELIVERY |
DDCCSCEJ |
365 |
DDCC SCOPE |
DDPCCDEA |
629 |
DESIGN DATA PRICE CURRENCY CODE |
DDPLCCHA |
308 |
TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT PLCC |
DEDINTFE |
631 |
DOCKING AND ESSENTIAL DEFECTS INTERVALS |
DEGPROHF |
074 |
ITEM DEGREE OF PROTECTION CODE |
DEMILCXA |
077 |
DEMILITARIZATION COST |
DEMILIHA |
076 |
DEMILITARIZATION CODE |
DEPCCDEJ |
629 |
DDCC ESTIMATED PRICE CURRENCY CODE |
DEPUPKHF |
494 |
UNIT PACK DEPTH |
C/E-6
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
DINMETAD |
280 |
DAILY INSPECTION MEAN ELAPSED TIME |
DINMMHAD |
280 |
DAILY INSPECTION MEAN MAN-HOURS |
DISCNTXA |
083 |
DISCOUNT RATE |
DISCODCM |
801 |
SUBTASK DISASSEMBLY CODE |
DISCODCN |
801 |
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE DISASSEMBLY CODE |
DMCCCDXA |
629 |
DEMILITARIZATION COST CURRENCY CODE |
DMTDDDHG |
214 |
THIRD LINE/FOURTH LINE MTD |
DOMMACHA |
632 |
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT CODE (AECMA 2000M TEI DMC) |
DPRNRSGB |
092 |
DUTY POSITION REQUIRING A NEW OR REVISED SKILL |
DRAGHTHA |
633 |
DRAUGHT |
DRCLASFA |
088 |
FACILITY DRAWING CLASSIFICATION |
DRCTDDHG |
350 |
THIRD LINE/FOURTH LINE RCT |
DRGTUMHA |
491 |
DRAUGHT UNIT OF MEASURE |
DRPONEHG |
081 |
DRP ONE |
DRPTWOHG |
081 |
DRP TWO |
DRTDDDHG |
355 |
THIRD LINE/FOURTH LINE RTD |
DRWCLSEA |
088 |
DRAWING CLASSIFICATION |
DSLOCMHA |
807 |
SOFTWARE DSLOC MEASURED |
DSLOCPHA |
807 |
SOFTWARE DSLOC PREDICTED |
DSNDATEJ |
079 |
DESIGN DATA CATEGORY CODE |
DSNPRCEA |
080 |
DESIGN DATA PRICE |
DTGVDSEF |
071 |
SERD DATE OF GOVERNMENT DISPOSITION |
DTRVSBEF |
071 |
SERD DATE OF REVISION SUBMISSION |
DUTIESCJ |
090 |
DUTY |
DUTYCDCJ |
091 |
DUTY CODE |
EEPLCCHA |
308 |
COMMON AND BULK ITEM PLCC |
EFMMMBBF |
238 |
ENGINEERING FAILURE MODE MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURE MB |
EFMTBFBF |
097 |
ENGINEERING FAILURE MODE MTBF |
EIACODCO |
096 |
SEQUENCED TASK EIAC |
EIACODXA |
096 |
END ITEM ACRONYM CODE |
EIDHGTJB |
635 |
END ITEM DIMENSION - HEIGHT |
EIDLENJB |
635 |
END ITEM DIMENSION - LENGTH |
EIDUOMJB |
491 |
END ITEM DIMENSION UNIT OF MEASURE |
EIDWIDJB |
635 |
END ITEM DIMENSION - WIDTH |
EIWDSCJB |
636 |
END ITEM WEIGHT/DISPLACEMENT - DEEP SEA CONDITION/ALL UP |
|
|
OPERATING WEIGHT |
EIWDUMJB |
491 |
END ITEM WEIGHT/DISPLACEMENT UNIT OF MEASURE |
EIWLHCJB |
636 |
END ITEM WEIGHT/DISPLACEMENT - LIGHT HARBOUR CONDITION |
EIWLSCJB |
636 |
END ITEM WEIGHT/DISPLACEMENT - LIGHT SEA CONDITION/EMPTY |
ELEMNTCC |
095 |
TASK ELEMENT INDICATOR |
ELESEDHA |
634 |
ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE DEVICE (AECMA 2000M TEI ESD) |
ENDARTEA |
179 |
END ARTICLE ITEM DESIGNATOR |
ENGRECHA |
637 |
ENGINEERING RECORD CARD |
ENHATCJA |
098 |
ENVIRONMENTAL HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR |
EOILINJB |
104 |
EXTERNAL OR INTERNAL LOAD INDICATOR |
EPBCONHS |
639 |
EXPANDED PRODUCTION BARRIERS (EPB) CODE - CONVERSION |
EPBENVHS |
639 |
EPB CODE - ENVIRONMENTAL |
EPBEQPHS |
639 |
EPB CODE - EQUIPMENT |
C/E-7
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
EPBFACHS |
639 |
EPB CODE - FACILITIES |
EPBINVHS |
639 |
EPB CODE - INVENTORY |
EPBLABHS |
639 |
EPB CODE - LABOUR |
EPBOTHHS |
639 |
EPB CODE - OTHER |
EPBREGHS |
639 |
EPB CODE - REGULATORY |
EPBSPEHS |
639 |
EPB CODE - SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS |
EQTSERHG |
835 |
EQUIPMENT USING SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE |
EQTSICBI |
691 |
SYSTEM/EQUIPMENT IMPORTANCE CODE |
EQUPRRHT |
638 |
EQUIPMENT PRODUCTION REMARKS |
ESSALVXA |
102 |
ESTIMATED SALVAGE VALUE |
ESSCODHG |
100 |
ESSENTIALITY CODE |
ESTCINZA |
609 |
ESTC ITEM NUMBER |
ESTPRCEJ |
101 |
DDCC ESTIMATED PRICE |
ESTPRCEL |
101 |
IRCC ESTIMATED PRICE |
EUPCCDEA |
629 |
EXTENDED UNIT PRICE CURRENCY CODE |
EXUNPREA |
103 |
EXTENDED UNIT PRICE |
FAAREAFA |
112 |
FACILITY AREA |
FAARUMFA |
491 |
FACILITY AREA UNIT OF MEASURE |
FABNARFC |
--- |
BASELINE FACILITY NARRATIVE |
FACCCDFA |
115 |
FACILITY CATEGORY CODE |
FACCCDFC |
115 |
BASELINE FACILITY CATEGORY CODE |
FACCCDFD |
115 |
NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY CATEGORY CODE |
FACNAMFA |
118 |
FACILITY NAME |
FACNAMFC |
118 |
BASELINE FACILITY NAME |
FACNAMFD |
118 |
NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NAME |
FACNARFB |
--- |
FACILITY NARRATIVE |
FACNCOFA |
492 |
FACILITY CONSTRUCTION UNIT OF MEASURE PRICE |
FACRNUBI |
133 |
FAILURE MODE CRITICALITY NUMBER |
FACTYPFA |
483 |
FACILITY TYPE |
FACTYPFC |
483 |
BASELINE FACILITY TYPE |
FACTYPFD |
483 |
NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY TYPE |
FADNUMFA |
089 |
DRAWING NUMBER |
FADREVFA |
360 |
FACILITY DRAWING REVISION |
FAILRTBD |
140 |
FAILURE RATE |
FALCNCXG |
019 |
FUNCTIONAL ALTERNATE LCN CODE |
FAMGRPEA |
142 |
SE FAMILY GROUP |
FAMOINBF |
134 |
FAILURE MODE INDICATOR |
FAMOINBH |
134 |
FMT FAILURE MODE INDICATOR |
FARAMBBD |
238 |
FAILURE RATE MEASUREMENT BASE |
FBNACDFC |
113 |
FACILITY BASELINE NARRATIVE CODE |
FBNACDFCA |
107 |
FACILITIES MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS |
FBNACDFCB |
109 |
FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATIONS |
FBNACDFCC |
110 |
FACILITIES REQUIRED FOR TRAINING |
FBNACDFCD |
120 |
FACILITY REQUIREMENTS: SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS |
FBNACDFCE |
121 |
FACILITY REQUIREMENTS: SUPPLY/STORE |
FEPROBBI |
130 |
FAILURE EFFECT PROBABILITY |
FFPLCCHA |
308 |
REPAIRABLE ITEMS PLCC |
FIAMBABA |
143 |
FAULT ISOLATION AMBIGUITY GROUP 1 |
C/E-8
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
FIAMBBBA |
143 |
FAULT ISOLATION AMBIGUITY GROUP 2 |
FIGNUMHK |
144 |
FIGURE NUMBER |
FILEIDHU |
834 |
FILE IDENTIFIER |
FIPFGABA |
143 |
FAULT ISOLATION PERCENT FAILURE GROUP 1 |
FIPFGBBA |
143 |
FAULT ISOLATION PERCENT FAILURE GROUP 2 |
FIQPQTJE |
298 |
FIRST QUARTER PROCUREMENT QUANTITY |
FISCYRHD |
145 |
UI PRICE FISCAL YEAR |
FISCYRHE |
145 |
UM PRICE FISCAL YEAR |
FITCODHA |
640 |
FITMENT CODE (AECMA 2000M TEI FTC) |
FLCNTYXG |
203 |
FUNCTIONAL LCN TYPE |
FLITNMEA |
412 |
SE FULL ITEM NAME |
FLSACNXG |
199 |
FUNCTIONAL LSA CONTROL NUMBER |
FMCLASBF |
132 |
FAILURE MODE CLASSIFICATION |
FMCNARBJ |
--- |
FAILURE MODE INDICATOR MISSION PHASE CHARACTERISTICS |
|
|
NARRATIVE |
FMMPCNBJ |
135 |
FMI MISSION PHASE CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE |
FMMPCNBJA |
049 |
COMPENSATING DESIGN PROVISIONS |
FMMPCNBJB |
050 |
COMPENSATING OPERATOR ACTION PROVISIONS |
FMNCNABG |
131 |
FAILURE MODE & RCM NARRATIVE CODE |
FMNCNABGA |
125 |
FAILURE/DAMAGE EFFECTS: END EFFECT |
FMNCNABGB |
126 |
FAILURE/DAMAGE EFFECTS: LOCAL |
FMNCNABGC |
127 |
FAILURE/DAMAGE EFFECTS: NEXT HIGHER |
FMNCNABGD |
124 |
FAILURE CAUSE |
FMNCNABGE |
128 |
FAILURE/DAMAGE MODE |
FMNCNABGF |
129 |
FAILURE DETECTION METHOD |
FMNCNABGG |
138 |
FAILURE PREDICTABILITY |
FMNCNABGH |
137 |
FAILURE MODE REMARKS |
FMNCNABGI |
426 |
REDESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS |
FMNCNABGJ |
343 |
RCM AGE EXPLORATION |
FMNCNABGK |
346 |
RCM REASONING |
FMNCNABGL |
426 |
RCM REDESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS |
FMNNARBG |
--- |
FAILURE MODE NARRATIVE |
FMOPTIBI |
269 |
OPERATING TIME |
FMOTMBBI |
238 |
OPERATING TIME MEASUREMENT BASE |
FMRATOBF |
136 |
FAILURE MODE RATIO |
FMSHSCBI |
362 |
SAFETY HAZARD SEVERITY CODE |
FMSHSCBK |
362 |
RAM SAFETY HAZARD SEVERITY CODE |
FMSRNOHQ |
374 |
SERIAL NUMBER EFFECTIVITY FROM |
FMTDFFHG |
214 |
SECOND LINE/SECOND LINE CLOSE SUPPORT/SECOND LINE GENERAL |
|
|
SUPPORT MTD |
FNCODEFB |
119 |
FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE |
FNCODEFBA |
114 |
FACILITY CAPABILITY |
FNCODEFBB |
117 |
FACILITY LOCATION |
FPROBLBI |
139 |
FAILURE PROBABILITY LEVEL |
FQPQTYJE |
298 |
FOURTH QUARTER PROCUREMENT QUANTITY |
FRCLASJB |
146 |
FREIGHT CLASSIFICATION |
FRCTFFHG |
350 |
SECOND LINE/SECOND LINE CLOSE SUPPORT/ RCT |
FRDATABA |
141 |
FAILURE RATE DATA SOURCE |
C/E-9
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
FRSNUMHN |
373 |
S/N PROVISIONING SERIAL NUMBER FROM |
FRSNUMXD |
373 |
SERIAL NUMBER FROM |
FRSNUMXE |
373 |
S/N SERIAL NUMBER FROM |
FRTDFFHG |
355 |
SECOND LINE/SECOND LINE CLOSE SUPPORT RTD |
FSCNSNHA |
253 |
NSN NATO SUPPLY CLASSIFICATION |
FTRNRQCA |
358 |
FACILITY REQUIREMENT CODE |
FUMPCCFA |
629 |
FACILITY CONSTRUCTION UNIT OF MEASURE PRICE CURRENCY CODE |
GENECDEA |
148 |
SE GENERIC CODE |
GFAEIDEM |
179 |
SYSTEM EQUIPMENT ITEM DESIGNATOR |
GGPLCCHA |
308 |
INTERIM RELEASED ITEM PLCC |
GOVRQDEJ |
150 |
DDCC GOVERNMENT REQUIRED |
GOVRQDEL |
150 |
IRCC GOVERNMENT REQUIRED |
GRAPHCCM |
824 |
GRAPHIC |
HALTMLJB |
250 |
ROAD ALTERNATE TRANSPORTER CAPACITY CODE |
HALTMTJB |
251 |
ROAD ALTERNATE TRANSPORTER MODEL TYPE |
HARDCIHG |
151 |
HARDNESS CRITICAL ITEM |
HAZCODHA |
154 |
HAZARDOUS CODE |
HAZMATHA |
641 |
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL (AECMA 2000M TEI HAZ) |
HAZMPCCA |
155 |
HAZARDOUS MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES CODE |
HDPCCDEA |
629 |
HARDWARE DEVELOPMENT PRICE CURRENCY CODE |
HDWRPREA |
153 |
HARDWARE DEVELOPMENT PRICE |
HHPLCCHA |
308 |
INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT ITEM PLCC |
HICLNEJC |
241 |
MILITARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION EMPTY |
HICLNLJC |
241 |
MILITARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION LOADED |
HIPRMLJB |
250 |
ROAD PRIME TRANSPORTER CAPACITY CODE |
HIPRMTJB |
251 |
ROAD PRIME TRANSPORTER MODEL TYPE |
HMATLRJB |
159 |
HELICOPTER MISSION ALTITUDE |
HMDISRJB |
159 |
HELICOPTER MISSION DISTANCE |
HMPAYRJB |
159 |
HELICOPTER MISSION PAYLOAD |
HMSCCCHA |
629 |
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORAGE COST CURRENCY CODE |
HMSCOSHA |
156 |
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORAGE COST |
HMTDHHHG |
214 |
SECOND LINE REGIONAL/STATIC, EMBARKED SECOND LINE/GENERAL |
|
|
SUPPORT MTD |
HMTIMRJB |
159 |
HELICOPTER MISSION TIME |
HMTMPRJB |
159 |
HELICOPTER MISSION TEMPERATURE |
HRCTHHHG |
350 |
SECOND LINE REGIONAL/STATIC, SECOND LINE GENERAL |
|
|
SUPPORT/EMBARKED SECOND LINE RCT |
HRDCPCCA |
152 |
HARDNESS CRITICAL PROCESS (HCP) |
HRTDHHHG |
355 |
SECOND LINE REGIONAL/STATIC, /SECOND LINE GENERAL |
|
|
SUPPORT/EMBARKED SECOND LINE RTD |
HWDCCCHA |
629 |
HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL COST CURRENCY CODE |
HWDCOSHA |
157 |
HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL COST |
HWSCCCHA |
629 |
HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE COST CURRENCY CODE |
HWSCOSHA |
158 |
HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE COST |
IBCCCDXA |
629 |
INITIAL BIN COST CURRENCY CODE |
ICCCCDXA |
629 |
INITIAL CATALOGUING COST CURRENCY CODE |
ICCODEEK |
172 |
SUPERSEDURE INTERCHANGEABILITY CODE. |
IDENTNHG |
825 |
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER |
C/E-10
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
IEPCCDEL |
629 |
IRCC ESTIMATED PRICE CURRENCY CODE |
ILSPCCEA |
629 |
INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT PRICE CURRENCY CODE |
ILSPRCEA |
170 |
INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT PRICE |
IMTBMMBD |
238 |
MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INDUCED MB |
INAMECHA |
183 |
ITEM NAME CODE |
INCATCXA |
167 |
INITIAL CATALOGUING COST |
INDCODHG |
162 |
INDENTURE CODE |
INDCODHK |
162 |
FIGURE INDENTURE CODE |
INFCDVCM |
804 |
SUBTASK INFORMATION CODE VARIANT |
INFCDVCN |
804 |
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE INFORMATION CODE VARIANT |
INFCODCM |
803 |
SUBTASK INFORMATION CODE |
INFCODCN |
803 |
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE INFORMATION CODE |
INHAVAAA |
164 |
REQUIRED INHERENT AVAILABILITY |
INHAVABD |
164 |
INHERENT AVAILABILITY |
INHMAFBD |
165 |
INHERENT MAINTENANCE FACTOR |
INHMTBBD |
232 |
MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INHERENT (MTBM INHERENT) |
INHMTMBD |
238 |
MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INHERENT MB |
INMTBMBD |
231 |
MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INDUCED |
INTBINXA |
166 |
INITIAL BIN COST |
INTCHCHP |
172 |
INTERCHANGEABILITY CODE |
INTERCHK |
645 |
INTERCHANGEABILITY |
INTSUBEF |
071 |
SERD DATE OF INITIAL SUBMISSION |
INVSTGXA |
176 |
INVENTORY STORAGE SPACE COST |
IOCAGEAH |
046 |
INTEROPERABLE CAGE CODE |
IOINTYAH |
266 |
ITEM INTEROPERABILITY CODE |
IOITNMAH |
440 |
INTEROPERABLE ITEM TECHNICAL MANUAL NUMBER |
IONAMEAH |
182 |
INTEROPERABLE ITEM NAME |
IONFSCAH |
253 |
INTEROPERABLE ITEM NSN NATO SUPPLY CLASSIFICATION |
IONIINAH |
253 |
INTEROPERABLE ITEM NATIONAL ITEM IDENTIFICATION NUMBER |
IOREFNAH |
337 |
INTEROPERABLE REFERENCE NUMBER |
IPACDCEI |
168 |
TMDE INPUT POWER SOURCE ALTERNATING CURRENT/DIRECT |
|
|
CURRENT |
IPCAG1HU |
046 |
IP SUBJECT 1 CAGE CODE |
IPCAG2HU |
046 |
IP SUBJECT 2 CAGE CODE |
IPCAG3HU |
046 |
IP SUBJECT 3 CAGE CODE |
IPCAG4HU |
046 |
IP SUBJECT 4 CAGE CODE |
IPCAG5HU |
046 |
IP SUBJECT 5 CAGE CODE |
IPCAG6HU |
046 |
IP SUBJECT 6 CAGE CODE |
IPCAG7HU |
046 |
IP SUBJECT 7 CAGE CODE |
IPCAG8HU |
046 |
IP SUBJECT 8 CAGE CODE |
IPDSERHV |
376 |
INITIAL PROVISIONING SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE |
IPFRMXEI |
168 |
TMDE INPUT POWER SOURCE FREQUENCY RANGE MAXIMUM |
IPMXRPEI |
168 |
TMDE INPUT POWER SOURCE PERCENT MAXIMUM RIPPLE |
IPOPRGEI |
168 |
TMDE INPUT POWER SOURCE OPERATING RANGE MINIMUM |
IPPHASEI |
168 |
TMDE INPUT POWER SOURCE PHASE |
IPPNUMHK |
644 |
ITEM INITIAL PROVISIONING PROJECT NUMBER |
IPPNUMHU |
644 |
INITIAL PROVISIONING PROJECT NUMBER (AECMA 2000M TEI IPP) |
IPPOWREI |
168 |
TMDE INPUT POWER SOURCE WATTS |
C/E-11
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
IPREF1HU |
337 |
IP SUBJECT 1 REFERENCE NUMBER |
IPREF2HU |
337 |
IP SUBJECT 2 REFERENCE NUMBER |
IPREF3HU |
337 |
IP SUBJECT 3 REFERENCE NUMBER |
IPREF4HU |
337 |
IP SUBJECT 4 REFERENCE NUMBER |
IPREF5HU |
337 |
IP SUBJECT 5 REFERENCE NUMBER |
IPREF6HU |
337 |
IP SUBJECT 6 REFERENCE NUMBER |
IPREF7HU |
337 |
IP SUBJECT 7 REFERENCE NUMBER |
IPREF8HU |
337 |
IP SUBJECT 8 REFERENCE NUMBER |
IPRGMXEI |
168 |
TMDE INPUT POWER SOURCE FREQUENCY RANGE MINIMUM |
IPSOPNEI |
168 |
TMDE SOURCE OPTION NUMBER |
IPSRGMEI |
168 |
TMDE INPUT POWER SOURCE OPERATING RANGE MAXIMUM |
IRCCODEL |
171 |
INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS CATEGORY CODE |
IRCSCOEL |
365 |
IRCC SCOPE |
ISLPTDHG |
313 |
INTERIM SUPPORT ITEMS LIST (PTD) |
ISSCCCXA |
629 |
INVENTORY STORAGE SPACE COST CURRENCY CODE |
ITECONHS |
055 |
CRIP ITEM CONTRACT NUMBER |
ITEMLCCM |
806 |
SUBTASK ITEM LOCATION CODE |
ITEMLCCN |
806 |
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE ITEM LOCATION CODE |
ITEMNOHK |
184 |
ITEM NUMBER |
ITMCATHG |
177 |
ITEM CATEGORY CODE (ICC) |
ITMDESXC |
179 |
SYSTEM/EI ITEM DESIGNATOR CODE |
ITNAMEHA |
182 |
ITEM NAME |
ITSNSNHK |
647 |
ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER (ISN) - NUMERIC SEQUENCE NUMBER |
ITSNVNHK |
647 |
ISN - VARIANT NUMBER |
JJPLCCHA |
308 |
AUTHORIZATION STOCK LIST ITEM PLCC |
JOBCODCJ |
186 |
JOB CODE |
JOBDESCJ |
185 |
JOB |
KKPLCCHA |
308 |
RECOMMENDED BUY LIST ITEM PLCC |
LABRATAI |
189 |
LABOUR RATE |
LAMUPKZA |
494 |
AMMUNITION UNIT PACK LENGTH |
LCNAMEXB |
201 |
LCN NOMENCLATURE |
LCNINDXB |
200 |
LCN INDENTURE CODE (LCN-IC) |
LCNSEIHN |
199 |
S/N PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI LCN |
LCNSEIHO |
199 |
UOC PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI LCN |
LCNSEIXE |
199 |
S/N SYSTEM/EI LCN |
LCNSEIXF |
199 |
UOC SYSTEM/EI LCN |
LCNSTRXA |
202 |
LCN STRUCTURE |
LCNTYPBH |
203 |
FMT LCN TYPE |
LCNTYPCN |
203 |
DOCUMENT CODE LCN TYPE |
LCNTYPCO |
203 |
SEQUENCED TASK LCN TYPE |
LCNTYPXB |
203 |
LCN TYPE |
LCNTYPXE |
203 |
S/N ITEM LCN TYPE |
LCNTYPXF |
203 |
UOC ITEM LCN TYPE |
LDOENGXB |
198 |
ENGINEERING AUTHORITY LOGISTIC DECISION OFFICE |
LDOILSXB |
198 |
ILS LOGISTIC DECISION OFFICE |
LDOSMOHA |
198 |
SUPPLY MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION LOGISTIC DECISION OFFICE |
LENUPKHF |
494 |
UNIT PACK LENGTH |
LGDCOFEA |
198 |
LOGISTICS DECISION OFFICE |
C/E-12
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
LICYSTEA |
190 |
SE LIFE CYCLE STATUS |
LIFCATHA |
648 |
LIFING CATEGORY |
LIFSPNEA |
191 |
SE LIFE SPAN |
LLIPTDHG |
313 |
LONG LEAD TIME ITEMS LIST (PROVISIONING TECHNICAL |
|
|
DOCUMENTATION SELECTION CODE (PTD)) |
LLPLCCHA |
308 |
PRESCRIBED LOAD LIST ITEM PLCC |
LMTDLLHG |
214 |
SPECIALIZED REPAIR ACTIVITY MTD |
LOCOCOBC |
425 |
SYSTEM REDESIGN/LOGISTICS CONSIDERATION CODE |
LODFACXA |
195 |
COST LOADING FACTOR |
LOGACCBA |
196 |
LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS ACCESSIBILITY |
LOGCONBA |
196 |
LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS CONNECTORS |
LOGCRCBA |
196 |
LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS CORROSION/RUST CONTROL |
LOGDSPBA |
196 |
LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS DESIGN FOR SELF PROTECTION |
LOGFLOBA |
196 |
LOGISTIC CONSIDERATION FAULT LOCATION |
LOGLABBA |
196 |
LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS LABELLING |
LOGMAIBA |
196 |
LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS MAINTENANCE EASE |
LOGNARBC |
426 |
RAM LOGISTICS CONSIDERATIONS |
LOGPATBA |
196 |
LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS PACKAGING AND TRANSPORTATION |
LOGSAFBA |
196 |
LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS SAFETY |
LOGSKIBA |
196 |
LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS SKILLS |
LOGSTABA |
196 |
LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS STANDARDIZATION |
LOGTEPBA |
196 |
LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS TEST POINTS |
LOGTRABA |
196 |
LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS TRAINING |
LOTQFMHD |
205 |
UI PRICE LOT QUANTITY FROM |
LOTQFMHE |
205 |
UM PRICE LOT QUANTITY FROM |
LOTQTOHD |
205 |
UI PRICE LOT QUANTITY TO |
LOTQTOHE |
205 |
UM PRICE LOT QUANTITY TO |
LRCTLLHG |
350 |
SPECIAL REPAIR ACTIVITY RCT |
LRTCCDAI |
629 |
LABOUR RATE CURRENCY CODE |
LRTDLLHG |
355 |
SPECIAL REPAIR ACTIVITY RTD |
LRUNITHG |
194 |
LINE REPLACEABLE UNIT (LRU) |
LSACONBH |
199 |
FAILURE MODE TASK (FMT) LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) |
LSACONCN |
199 |
DOCUMENT CODE LCN |
LSACONCO |
199 |
SEQUENCED TASK LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER |
|
|
(LCN) |
LSACONHN |
199 |
S/N PROVISIONING LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) |
LSACONHO |
199 |
UOC PROVISIONING LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) |
LSACONXB |
199 |
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) |
LSACONXE |
199 |
S/N ITEM LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) |
LSACONXF |
199 |
UOC ITEM LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) |
LSARCDEA |
204 |
LSA RECOMMENDATION CODE |
LTYSEIXE |
203 |
S/N SYSTEM/EI LCN TYPE |
LTYSEIXF |
203 |
UOC SYSTEM/EI LCN TYPE |
LVLBOIHM |
030 |
BASIS OF ISSUE LEVEL |
LWHOUMEA |
491 |
SE OPERATING DIMENSIONS UNIT OF MEASURE |
LWHSUMEA |
491 |
SE STORAGE DIMENSIONS UNIT OF MEASURE |
MAIACTHG |
206 |
MAINTENANCE ACTION CODE (MAC) |
MAININBH |
208 |
FMT MAINTENANCE INTERVAL |
C/E-13
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
MAININCN |
208 |
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE MAINTENANCE INTERVAL |
MAINMBBH |
238 |
FMT MAINTENANCE INTERVAL MEASUREMENT BASE |
MAINMBCN |
238 |
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE MAINTENANCE INTERVAL MB |
MAINPICN |
830 |
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE IDENTIFIER |
MAINPNCO |
830 |
REFERENCE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE IDENTIFIER |
MAINPTCN |
831 |
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE TITLE |
MAMIMBBD |
238 |
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE MAINTENANCE INTERVAL MB |
MAOTIMHG |
221 |
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE OPERATING TIME (MAOT) |
MATERLHA |
218 |
MATERIAL |
MAXAMIBD |
827 |
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE MAINTENANCE INTERVAL (MAMI) |
MAXTTRAA |
222 |
REQUIRED MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR |
MAXTTRBD |
222 |
MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR (MAXTTR) |
MCCCCDBA |
629 |
MAINTENANCE CONCEPT COST CURRENCY CODE |
MDCSSCGB |
257 |
NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL SPECIALITY CODE |
MDSCLCGB |
386 |
NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL LEVEL CODE |
MEASBSAG |
238 |
ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT MEASUREMENT BASE |
MEMREQHA |
815 |
SOFTWARE TOTAL MEMORY REQUIRED |
MEPRESHF |
239 |
METHOD OF PRESERVATION CODE |
MEQLINBA |
243 |
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST INDICATOR |
MGCOATEA |
217 |
SE REPAIR MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION |
MGTPLNEA |
216 |
MANAGEMENT PLAN |
MILUNTJA |
242 |
MILITARY UNIT TYPE |
MISSPCBL |
246 |
MISSION PHASE CODE |
MLMTTRAC |
222 |
MAINTENANCE LEVEL MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR |
MLNSSUAC |
265 |
NUMBER OF SYSTEMS SUPPORTED |
MLPERCAC |
286 |
MAINTENANCE LEVEL PERCENTILE |
MLSAMHAC |
020 |
MAINTENANCE LEVEL SCHEDULED ANNUAL MAN-HOURS |
MLSMHOAC |
215 |
SCHEDULED MAN-HOUR PER OPERATING HOUR |
MLUAMHAC |
020 |
MAINTENANCE LEVEL UNSCHEDULED ANNUAL MAN-HOURS |
MLUMETAC |
499 |
UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE MEAN ELAPSED TIME |
MLUMHOAC |
215 |
UNSCHEDULED MAN-HOUR PER OPERATING HOUR |
MLUMMHAC |
499 |
UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE MEAN MAN-HOURS |
MMISDMAB |
238 |
MEAN MISSION DURATION MEASUREMENT BASE |
MMISDUAB |
228 |
MEAN MISSION DURATION |
MMPLCCHA |
308 |
SYSTEM SUPPORT PACKAGE COMPONENT LIST PLCC |
MNTCC1BA |
649 |
MAINTENANCE CONCEPT COST 1 |
MNTCC2BA |
649 |
MAINTENANCE CONCEPT COST 2 |
MNTCC3BA |
649 |
MAINTENANCE CONCEPT COST 3 |
MNTOP1BA |
650 |
MAINTENANCE CONCEPT OPTION 1 |
MNTOP2BA |
650 |
MAINTENANCE CONCEPT OPTION 2 |
MNTOP3BA |
650 |
MAINTENANCE CONCEPT OPTION 3 |
MNTPLNUM |
209 |
SE UUT MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER |
MOBFACEA |
248 |
SE MOBILE FACILITY CODE |
MOBTYPJC |
249 |
MOBILITY TYPE |
MODLIDHU |
654 |
MODEL IDENTIFICATION (AECMA 2000M TEI MOI) |
MPCMETAD |
280 |
MISSION PROFILE CHANGE MEAN ELAPSED TIME |
MPCMMHAD |
280 |
MISSION PROFILE CHANGE MEAN MAN-HOURS |
MPEIACCO |
096 |
REFERENCE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE EIAC |
C/E-14
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
MPOPLDBL |
247 |
MISSION PHASE/OPERATIONAL MODE |
MRRMODHG |
213 |
MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE MODIFIER |
MRRONEHG |
211 |
MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE I (MRRI) |
MRRTWOHG |
212 |
MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE II (MRRII) |
MSDMETCA |
224 |
MEASURED MEAN ELAPSE TIME |
MSDMMHCA |
225 |
MEASURED MEAN MAN-HOURS |
MTBCMBBD |
238 |
MEAN TIME BETWEEN CONSUMPTION MB |
MTBCONBD |
651 |
MEAN TIME BETWEEN CONSUMPTION (MTBC) |
MTBMPMBD |
238 |
MEAN TIME BETWEEN PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE MB |
MTBMPVBD |
234 |
MEAN TIME BETWEEN PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE |
MTBRMBBD |
238 |
MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS MB |
MTBRXXAG |
235 |
REQUIRED MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS |
MTBRXXBD |
235 |
MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS (MTBR) |
MTTROPBD |
236 |
MTTR OPERATIONAL |
MTTRTHBD |
236 |
MTTR TECHNICAL |
MULCOIHS |
656 |
MULTIPLE CONTRACTS INDICATOR |
NARCODZA |
657 |
NATO AMMUNITION REPORTING CODE (NARC) |
NEITEMHA |
658 |
NEW/EXISTING ITEM |
NETEXCZA |
611 |
AMMUNITION NET EXPLOSIVE CONTENT |
NHAINDHH |
259 |
NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE |
|
|
NUMBER INDICATOR |
NHAPLIHH |
258 |
NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE |
|
|
NUMBER (NHA PLISN) |
NIINSNHA |
253 |
NSN NATIONAL ITEM IDENTIFICATION NUMBER |
NMFNARFD |
--- |
NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE |
NMFNCDFD |
255 |
NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE |
NMFNCDFDA |
105 |
FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA |
NMFNCDFDB |
106 |
FACILITIES INSTALLATION LEAD TIME |
NMFNCDFDC |
122 |
FACILITY TASK AREA BREAKDOWN |
NMFNCDFDD |
111 |
FACILITIES UTILIZATION |
NMFNCDFDE |
108 |
FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS |
NMFNCDFDF |
123 |
FACILITY UNIT COST RATIONALE |
NMFNCDFDG |
188 |
FACILITY JUSTIFICATION |
NMFNCDFDH |
482 |
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION |
NMFNCDFDI |
502 |
UTILITIES REQUIREMENT |
NMSNARGC |
--- |
NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE |
NMSNCDGC |
256 |
NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE CODE |
NMSNCDGCA |
007 |
ADDITIONAL SKILL REQUIREMENT:SKILL REQUIRING A NEW OR |
|
|
REVISED SKILL CODE |
NMSNCDGCB |
094 |
EDUCATIONAL QUALIFICATIONS |
NMSNCDGCC |
188 |
SKILL JUSTIFICATION |
NMSNCDGCD |
012 |
ADDITIONAL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS |
NMTBMMBD |
238 |
MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE NO FAULT MB |
NOMTBMBD |
233 |
MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE NO FAULT |
NOPRFFJA |
260 |
NON-OPERABILITY FRAGILITY FACTOR (NOFF) |
NORETSHG |
261 |
NOT REPAIRABLE THIS STATION |
NOSHPSAI |
263 |
NUMBER OF SHOPS |
NUMACTED |
399 |
NUMBER OF ORGANIZATIONS |
C/E-15
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
NUOPLOAA |
262 |
NUMBER OF OPERATING LOCATIONS |
OACNCCUC |
629 |
OTP APPORTIONED NON-RECURRING COSTS CURRENCY CODE |
OACRCCUC |
629 |
OTP APPORTIONED RECURRING COSTS CURRENCY CODE |
OMAMDTAA |
223 |
OPERATIONAL MAMDT |
OMLVLCAC |
277 |
OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL CODE |
OMLVLCAI |
277 |
MODELLING OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL CODE |
OMLVLFAJ |
277 |
OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL FROM |
OMLVLTAJ |
277 |
OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL TO |
OMTBFMBD |
238 |
MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES OPERATIONAL MB |
OMTBMABD |
230 |
MTBMA OPERATIONAL |
OMTBMMBD |
238 |
MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS OPERATIONAL MB |
OMTDOOHG |
214 |
FIRST LINE MAINTENANCE TASK DISTRIBUTION (MTD) |
OPALDTAB |
013 |
REQUIRED ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOGISTIC DELAY TIME |
OPAVAIAB |
273 |
REQUIRED OPERATIONAL AVAILABILITY |
OPAVAIBE |
273 |
OPERATIONAL AVAILABILITY |
OPLENGEA |
268 |
SE OPERATING LENGTH |
OPMRBMAG |
230 |
REQUIRED OPERATIONAL MTBMA |
OPMTBFAG |
229 |
REQUIRED OPERATIONAL MTBF |
OPMTBFBD |
229 |
MTBF OPERATIONAL |
OPMTTRAA |
236 |
REQUIRED OPERATIONAL MTTR |
OPRHGTEA |
268 |
SE OPERATING HEIGHT |
OPRLIFXA |
272 |
SYSTEM/END ITEM LIFE SPAN |
OPRMANEA |
278 |
OPERATOR'S MANUAL |
OPRQINAB |
275 |
OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT INDICATOR |
OPRQINAG |
275 |
RELIABILITY OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS INDICATOR |
OPRQINBE |
275 |
RAM OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT INDICATOR |
OPRWGTEA |
270 |
SE OPERATING WEIGHT |
OPWEEMJC |
276 |
OPERATIONAL WEIGHT EMPTY |
OPWELDJC |
276 |
OPERATIONAL WEIGHT LOADED |
OPWIDTEA |
268 |
SE OPERATING WIDTH |
ORCTOOHG |
350 |
FIRST LINE REPAIR CYCLE TIME (RCT) |
ORTDOOHG |
355 |
FIRST LINE REPLACEMENT TASK DISTRIBUTION (RTD) |
OSCCCDEA |
629 |
OPERATING AND SUPPORT COST CURRENCY CODE |
OSCOSTEA |
267 |
OPERATING AND SUPPORT COST |
OSTBTIAB |
403 |
REQUIRED STANDBY TIME |
OTPACNUC |
025 |
OTP APPORTIONED UNIT COST NON-RECURRING |
OTPACRUC |
025 |
OTP APPORTIONED UNIT COST RECURRING |
OTPCAGUC |
046 |
OTP CAGE CODE |
OTPREFUC |
337 |
OTP REFERENCE NUMBER |
OTPSRDUC |
416 |
OTP SERD NUMBER |
OVHREPHH |
281 |
OVERHAUL REPLACEMENT RATE |
PALCNCXG |
019 |
PHYSICAL ALTERNATE LCN CODE |
PAMENRGE |
290 |
PHYSICAL AND MENTAL REQUIREMENTS |
PARACCEC |
284 |
SE PARAMETER ACCURACY |
PARGPCEC |
284 |
SE PARAMETER GROUP CODE |
PARPAREC |
284 |
SE PARAMETER |
PARRVCEC |
284 |
SE PARAMETER RANGE/VALUE CODE |
PASTHREA |
285 |
PASS THROUGH PRICE |
C/E-16
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
PBD2FMHD |
205 |
PBD 2 UI PRICE LOT QUANTITY FROM |
PBD2TOHD |
205 |
PBD 2 UI PRICE LOT QUANTITY TO |
PBD3FMHD |
205 |
PBD 3 UI PRICE LOT QUANTITY FROM |
PBD3TOHD |
205 |
PBD 3 UI PRICE LOT QUANTITY TO |
PCBLVLEA |
277 |
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD REPAIR OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL |
PCCNUMXC |
307 |
PROVISIONING CONTRACT CONTROL NUMBER |
PCLPTDHG |
313 |
POST CONFERENCE LIST (PTD) |
PERCENAA |
286 |
REQUIRED PERCENTILE |
PERCENBD |
286 |
PERCENTILE |
PFLCODBI |
665 |
PRINCIPAL FEATURES LIST (PFL) CODE |
PFLCODEK |
665 |
PRINCIPAL FEATURES LIST (PFL) CODE |
PFLCODHP |
665 |
PRINCIPAL FEATURES LIST (PFL) CODE |
PHYSECHA |
291 |
PHYSICAL SECURITY/PILFERAGE CODE |
PINMETAD |
280 |
PERIODIC INSPECTION MEAN ELAPSED TIME |
PINMMHAD |
280 |
PERIODIC INSPECTION MEAN MAN-HOURS |
PIPLISHG |
297 |
PRIOR ITEM PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER (PRIOR ITEM |
|
|
PLISN) |
PKGMRKHF |
661 |
PACKAGE MARKING CODE |
PLCNTYXG |
203 |
PHYSICAL LCN TYPE |
PLISNOHG |
309 |
PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER |
PLISNOXC |
309 |
SYSTEM/EI PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER |
PLSACNXG |
199 |
PHYSICAL LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) |
PMCSIDCA |
296 |
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) INDICATOR |
|
|
CODE |
PMDTECCA |
237 |
PRIMARY MEANS OF DETECTION |
PMICODHA |
293 |
PRECIOUS METAL INDICATOR CODE |
POIMETAD |
280 |
POSTOPERATIVE INSPECTION MEAN ELAPSED TIME |
POIMMHAD |
280 |
POSTOPERATIVE INSPECTION MEAN MAN-HOURS |
POOLITHA |
662 |
POOL ITEM CANDIDATE (AECMA 2000M TEI PIC) |
PPLPTDHG |
313 |
PROVISIONING PARTS LIST (PTD) |
PQTKUMCI |
491 |
PROVISION QUANTITY PER TASK UNIT OF MEASURE |
PQTYTKCI |
319 |
PROVISION QUANTITY PER TASK |
PRCPSCHF |
817 |
PROCEDURAL PACKAGING SPECIFICATION CODE |
PRDLDTHA |
299 |
PRODUCTION LEAD TIME |
PRDMETCA |
224 |
PREDICTED MEAN ELAPSE TIME |
PRDMMHCA |
225 |
PREDICTED MEAN MAN-HOURS |
PREATYEA |
294 |
SE DATA PREPARATION ORGANIZATION |
PREIICHG |
663 |
PRE-ISSUE INSPECTION CODE |
PREISTHG |
664 |
PRE-ISSUE TEST |
PREMETAD |
280 |
PRE-OPERATIVE INSPECTION MEAN ELAPSED TIME |
PREMMHAD |
280 |
PRE-OPERATIVE INSPECTION MEAN MAN-HOURS |
PROALCCI |
019 |
TASK PROVISION ALC |
PROCAGCI |
046 |
TASK PROVISION CAGE CODE |
PROCCDHA |
666 |
PROCUREMENT CODE (AECMA 2000M TEI PCD) |
PROLCNCI |
199 |
TASK PROVISION LCN |
PROLTYCI |
203 |
TASK PROVISION LCN TYPE |
PROPSNJA |
304 |
PROPER TRANSPORTATION NAME |
PROREFCI |
337 |
TASK PROVISION REFERENCE NUMBER |
C/E-17
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
PROUIPHD |
314 |
UI PRICE PROVISIONING |
PROUMPHE |
314 |
UM PRICE PROVISIONING |
PROVNOHL |
310 |
PROVISIONING NOMENCLATURE |
PRSMATHF |
295 |
PRESERVATION MATERIAL CODE |
PRSTDACA |
287 |
TASK PERFORMANCE STANDARD A |
PRSTDBCA |
287 |
TASK PERFORMANCE STANDARD B |
PRSTDCCA |
287 |
TASK PERFORMANCE STANDARD C |
PRSTOMXA |
289 |
PERSONNEL TURNOVER RATE/MIL |
PRSTOVXA |
289 |
PERSONNEL TURNOVER RATE/CIV |
PRTCLTZA |
609 |
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING |
PRVDOPHA |
074 |
PROVISIONING DEGREE OF PROTECTION CODE |
PRVNACHI |
667 |
PROVISIONING NARRATIVE CODE |
PRVNACHIA |
311 |
PROVISIONING REMARKS |
PRVNACHIB |
682 |
SIMILAR TO, SAME AS, DERIVED FROM AND FITTED TO |
PRVNACHIC |
685 |
PROVISIONING SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS |
PRVNARHI |
--- |
PROVISIONING NARRATIVE |
PSIZEMHA |
812 |
SOFTWARE PROGRAM SIZE MEASURED |
PSIZEPHA |
812 |
SOFTWARE PROGRAM SIZE PREDICTED |
PTPCCDEA |
629 |
PASS THROUGH PRICE CURRENCY CODE |
QTYASYHG |
316 |
QUANTITY PER ASSEMBLY (QTY/ASSY) |
QTYASYXC |
316 |
SYSTEM/EI QUANTITY PER ASSEMBLY |
QTYAVAAE |
324 |
QUANTITY SKILL SPECIALITY CODE AVAILABLE |
QTYBOIHM |
030 |
BASIS OF ISSUE QUANTITY |
QTYFIGHK |
318 |
QUANTITY PER FIGURE |
QTYPEIHG |
317 |
QUANTITY PER END ITEM |
QTYPEIHV |
317 |
PROVISIONAL QUANTITY PER END ITEM |
QTYPEIXC |
317 |
SYSTEM/EI QUANTITY PER END ITEM |
QTYPROHP |
322 |
QUANTITY PROCURED |
QTYSHPHP |
323 |
QUANTITY TRANSPORTED |
QTYTSTEM |
320 |
QUANTITY PER TEST |
QTYUPKHF |
321 |
QUANTITY PER UNIT PACK |
RAILTCJB |
325 |
RAIL TRANSPORTATION COUNTRY |
RAILUSJB |
326 |
RAIL USE CODE |
RAMCNABB |
341 |
RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE |
RAMCNABBA |
180 |
ITEM FUNCTION |
RAMCNABBB |
207 |
MAINTENANCE CONCEPT |
RAMCNABBC |
244 |
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST NARRATIVE |
RAMCNABBD |
315 |
QUALITATIVE & QUANTITATIVE MAINTAINABILITY REQUIREMENTS |
RAMCNABBE |
210 |
MAINTENANCE PLAN RATIONALE |
RAMCNABBF |
811 |
SOFTWARE INTERDEPENDENCY NARRATIVE |
RAMCNABBG |
809 |
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING METHODS AND TECHNIQUES |
RAMINDBD |
347 |
RELIABILITY/MAINTAINABILITY INDICATOR CODE |
RAMINDXB |
342 |
RAM INDICATOR |
RAMNARBB |
--- |
RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE |
RATIOBHM |
030 |
BASIS OF ISSUE END ITEM |
RBCCCDXA |
629 |
RECURRING BIN COST CURRENCY CODE |
RCBINCXA |
333 |
RECURRING BIN COST |
RCCATCXA |
334 |
RECURRING CATALOGUING COST |
C/E-18
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
RCCCCDXA |
629 |
RECURRING CATALOGUING COST CURRENCY CODE |
RCMDSABF |
084 |
RCM DISPOSITION A |
RCMDSBBF |
084 |
RCM DISPOSITION B |
RCMDSCBF |
084 |
RCM DISPOSITION C |
RCMDSDBF |
084 |
RCM DISPOSITION D |
RCMDSEBF |
084 |
RCM DISPOSITION E |
RCMDSFBF |
084 |
RCM DISPOSITION F |
RCMDSGBF |
084 |
RCM DISPOSITION G |
RCMDSHBF |
084 |
RCM DISPOSITION H |
RCMDSIBF |
084 |
RCM DISPOSITION I |
RCMDSJBF |
084 |
RCM DISPOSITION J |
RCMLOGAA |
345 |
RCM LOGIC UTILIZED |
RCMR01BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 01 |
RCMR02BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 02 |
RCMR03BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 03 |
RCMR04BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 04 |
RCMR05BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 05 |
RCMR06BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 06 |
RCMR07BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 07 |
RCMR08BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 08 |
RCMR09BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 09 |
RCMR10BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 10 |
RCMR11BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 11 |
RCMR12BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 12 |
RCMR13BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 13 |
RCMR14BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 14 |
RCMR15BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 15 |
RCMR16BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 16 |
RCMR17BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 17 |
RCMR18BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 18 |
RCMR19BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 19 |
RCMR20BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 20 |
RCMR21BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 21 |
RCMR22BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 22 |
RCMR23BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 23 |
RCMR24BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 24 |
RCMR25BF |
344 |
RCM LOGIC RESULTS 25 |
RCURCSEA |
332 |
SE RECURRING COST |
RDCODEHJ |
336 |
REFERENCE DESIGNATION CODE |
REAFOSHK |
668 |
REASON FOR SELECTION (AECMA 2000M TEI RFS) |
REASUPEK |
327 |
REASON FOR SUPERSEDURE/DELETION |
RECCCDEA |
629 |
SE RECURRING COST CURRENCY CODE |
RECMQYHG |
669 |
CSN RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE QUANTITY (AECMA 2000M TEI |
|
|
RMQ) |
RECMQYHV |
669 |
PART NUMBER RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE QUANTITY |
RECORQHG |
670 |
CSN RECOMMENDED OVERHAUL REPAIR QUANTITY (AECMA 2000M TEI |
|
|
ROQ) |
RECORQHV |
670 |
PART NUMBER RECOMMENDED OVERHAUL REPAIR QUANTITY |
C/E-19
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
REFALCCA |
019 |
REFERENCED ALTERNATE LCN CODE |
REFDESHJ |
335 |
REFERENCE DESIGNATION |
REFEIACA |
096 |
REFERENCED EIAC |
REFLCNCA |
199 |
REFERENCED LCN |
REFNCCHA |
338 |
REFERENCE NUMBER CATEGORY CODE |
REFNJCHA |
672 |
REFERENCE NUMBER JUSTIFICATION CODE (AECMA 2000M TEI RNJ) |
REFNUMHA |
337 |
REFERENCE NUMBER |
REFNUMHB |
337 |
ARN ITEM REFERENCE NUMBER |
REFNUMHN |
337 |
S/N PROVISIONING REFERENCE NUMBER |
REFNUMHO |
337 |
UOC PROVISIONING REFERENCE NUMBER |
REFNUMZA |
337 |
AMMUNITION ITEM REFERENCE NUMBER |
REFNVCHA |
339 |
REFERENCE NUMBER VARIATION CODE |
REFTSKCA |
427 |
REFERENCED TASK CODE |
REFTYPCA |
203 |
REFERENCED LCN TYPE |
REMIPIHG |
348 |
REMAIN IN PLACE INDICATOR |
REMRCCCA |
673 |
REMOVAL ROUTE CONDITION CODE |
REMRONCA |
674 |
REMOVAL ROUTE NUMBER |
REPRECHS |
675 |
REPAIR/REBUILD CAPACITY |
REPSURHG |
351 |
REPAIR SURVIVAL RATE (RSR) |
REVASSEA |
361 |
REVOLVING ASSETS |
REVREMEG |
417 |
SE RECOMMENDATION DATA REVISION REMARKS |
RFDALCCB |
019 |
REFERENCED SUBTASK ALTERNATE LCN CODE |
RFDEIACB |
096 |
REFERENCED SUBTASK EIAC |
RFDLCNCB |
199 |
REFERENCED SUBTASK LCN |
RFDSUBCB |
407 |
REFERENCED SUBTASK NUMBER |
RFDTCDCB |
427 |
REFERENCED SUBTASK TASK CODE |
RFDTYPCB |
203 |
REFERENCED SUBTASK LCN TYPE |
RICRITBK |
178 |
ITEM CRITICALITY NUMBER |
RILPTDHG |
313 |
REPAIRABLE ITEMS LIST (PTD) |
RISSBUHG |
328 |
RECOMMENDED INITIAL SYSTEM STOCK BUY |
RMSSLIHG |
329 |
RECOMMENDED MINIMUM SYSTEM STOCK LEVEL |
RNGFRMEC |
284 |
SE PARAMETER RANGE FROM |
RNGTOCEC |
284 |
SE PARAMETER RANGE TO |
RPPCIVGB |
330 |
RECOMMENDED CIVILIAN GRADE |
RPPMILGB |
330 |
RECOMMENDED MILITARY RANK/RATE |
RPRLVLEA |
277 |
SE REPAIR OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL |
RPWSCSAI |
352 |
REPAIR WORKSPACE COST |
RQDSTKAI |
357 |
REQUIRED DAYS OF STOCK |
RRTDRWXC |
687 |
REMOVAL ROUTE DRAWING NUMBER |
RSPINDHP |
354 |
REPLACED OR SUPERSEDING PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE |
|
|
NUMBER INDICATOR |
RSPLISHP |
353 |
REPLACED OR SUPERSEDING PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE |
|
|
NUMBER |
RWCCCDAI |
629 |
REPAIR WORK SPACE COST CURRENCY CODE |
SAIPCDHA |
391 |
SPARES ACQUISITION INTEGRATED WITH PRODUCTION (SAIP) |
SAMREQBA |
676 |
SAMPLING REQUIRED |
SAPLISHG |
364 |
SAME AS PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCING NUMBER (SAME AS |
|
|
PLISN) |
C/E-20
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
SBMMETCB |
227 |
SUBTASK MEAN MINUTE ELAPSED TIME |
SCAGECEM |
046 |
SYSTEM CAGE CODE |
SCHIDNCH |
677 |
SCHEDULE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER |
SCPPTDHG |
313 |
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION PROVISIONING PARTS LIST (PTD) |
SCRSSCGB |
369 |
SECURITY CLEARANCE REQUIRED |
SDAUTHHG |
808 |
SOFTWARE DESIGN AUTHORITY |
SDECKSJB |
072 |
DECK STOWAGE |
SDSICGJC |
384 |
SKID AREA |
SECAGEEA |
046 |
SE CAGE CODE |
SECCLEBA |
369 |
SECURITY CLEARANCE |
SECITMXB |
367 |
SECTIONALIZED ITEM TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR |
SECSFCXA |
421 |
SE SUPPORT COST FACTOR |
SECTIDJA |
366 |
SECTIONALIZATION IDENTIFICATION |
SEGRCDEA |
413 |
SE GROUPING |
SEICCDEA |
177 |
SE ITEM CATEGORY CODE |
SEINARAK |
--- |
SYSTEM END ITEM NARRATIVE |
SEINCDAK |
424 |
SYSTEM/END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE |
SEINCDAKA |
010 |
ADDITIONAL SUPPORTABILITY CONSIDERATIONS |
SEINCDAKB |
011 |
ADDITIONAL SUPPORTABILITY PARAMETERS |
SEINCDAKC |
274 |
OPERATIONAL MISSION FAILURE DEFINITION |
SEMTBFEA |
229 |
SE MTBF |
SEMTTREA |
236 |
SE MTTR |
SENARCEE |
414 |
SE NARRATIVE CODE |
SENARCEEA |
147 |
FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS |
SENARCEEB |
078 |
SE DESCRIPTION & FUNCTION |
SENARCEEC |
415 |
SE NON-PROLIFERATION EFFORT |
SENARCEED |
044 |
SE CHARACTERISTICS |
SENARCEEE |
169 |
INSTALLATION FACTORS OR OTHER FACILITIES |
SENARCEEF |
008 |
ADDITIONAL SKILLS AND SPECIAL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS |
SENARCEEG |
411 |
SE EXPLANATION |
SENARCEEH |
188 |
SE JUSTIFICATION |
SEPUBSEA |
694 |
SE TECHNICAL PUBLICATION REQUIREMENTS |
SEQCATEA |
689 |
SE CATEGORY |
SEQNAREE |
--- |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE |
SEQNUMCO |
832 |
TASK SEQUENCE NUMBER |
SEQTYAED |
399 |
SE QUANTITY PER ORGANIZATION |
SERDESAA |
376 |
SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE |
SERDESAI |
376 |
MODELLING SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE |
SERDESEA |
376 |
SE SERVICE DESIGNATOR |
SERDNOEF |
416 |
SE RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER (SERD NUMBER) |
SEREFNEA |
337 |
SE REFERENCE NUMBER |
SEREQDEA |
418 |
SE REQUIRED |
SESHPHEA |
419 |
SE TRANSPORTATION HEIGHT |
SESHPLEA |
419 |
SE TRANSPORTATION LENGTH |
SESHPWEA |
419 |
SE TRANSPORTATION WIDTH |
SESHWTEA |
420 |
SE TRANSPORTATION WEIGHT |
SEUPGCUN |
284 |
SE UUT PARAMETER GROUP CODE |
SFPPTDHG |
313 |
SHORT FORM PROVISIONING PARTS LIST (PTD) |
C/E-21
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
SHAPRIHS |
681 |
SHARED PRODUCTION INDICATOR |
SHLIFEHA |
377 |
SHELF LIFE (SL) |
SHPCATZA |
612 |
AMMUNITION SHIPPING CATEGORY |
SHPCONJB |
380 |
TRANSPORTATION CONFIGURATION |
SHPDISAJ |
085 |
TRANSPORTATION DISTANCE |
SHWEEMJC |
381 |
TRANSPORTATION WEIGHT EMPTY |
SHWELDJC |
381 |
TRANSPORTATION WEIGHT LOADED |
SIDCAGHG |
046 |
SUBJECT ID CAGE CODE |
SIDNSNHG |
253 |
SUBJECT ID NSN |
SIDREFHG |
337 |
SUBJECT ID REFERENCE NUMBER |
SKADUMJC |
491 |
SKID AREA UNIT OF MEASURE |
SKETCHEA |
383 |
SKETCH |
SKLVCDGA |
386 |
SKILL LEVEL CODE |
SKSPCDGA |
387 |
SKILL SPECIALITY CODE (SSC) |
SLACTNHA |
378 |
SHELF LIFE ACTION CODE (SLAC) |
SLFTSTEA |
370 |
SELF TEST CODE |
SMAINCHA |
392 |
SPECIAL MAINTENANCE ITEM CODE (SMIC) |
SMDTECCA |
237 |
SECONDARY MEANS OF DETECTION |
SMRCODHG |
389 |
SOURCE, MAINTENANCE AND RECOVERABILITY CODE |
SMRCSEEA |
389 |
SE SOURCE, MAINTENANCE AND RECOVERABILITY CODE |
SMTBMAEA |
230 |
SE MTBMA |
SNUMSKJC |
264 |
NUMBER OF SKIDS |
SNUUOCXD |
375 |
SERIAL NUMBER USABLE ON CODE |
SOMFIDHG |
678 |
SELECT OR MANUFACTURE FROM IDENTIFIER (AECMA 2000M TEI SMF) |
SOMFRGHG |
679 |
SELECT OR MANUFACTURE FROM RANGE (AECMA 2000M TEI MFM) |
SPARIOEC |
284 |
SE PARAMETER INPUT/OUTPUT CODE |
SPCLASHA |
684 |
SPARE PARTS CLASSIFICATION (AECMA 2000M TEI SPC) |
SPEDRWHA |
687 |
SPECIFICATION/DRAWING NUMBER |
SPIREVHF |
397 |
SERVICE PACKAGING INSTRUCTION SHEET (SPIS) REVISION STATUS |
SPISNOHF |
680 |
SERVICE PACKAGING INSTRUCTION SHEET (SPIS) NUMBER |
SPLSTRHF |
686 |
SPECIAL STORAGE (AECMA 2000M TEI STR) |
SPMACCHA |
395 |
SPECIAL MATERIAL CONTENTS CODE (SMCC) |
SPMGNTEA |
393 |
SE SPECIAL MANAGEMENT CODE |
SPRCAGEK |
046 |
SE SUPERSEDURE CAGE CODE |
SPRREFEK |
337 |
SE SUPERSEDURE REFERENCE NUMBER |
SPSDATHF |
071 |
SPIS DATE |
SPSPEDJA |
400 |
TRANSPORTATION SPEED |
SPUUOMHF |
491 |
UNIT PACK SIZE UOM |
SQPQTYJE |
298 |
SECOND QUARTER PROCUREMENT QUANTITY |
SQTKUMCG |
491 |
SE QUANTITY PER TASK UNIT OF MEASURE |
SQTYTKCG |
319 |
SE QUANTITY PER TASK |
SRDREVEF |
360 |
SERD REVISION |
SREFNOEM |
337 |
SYSTEM REFERENCE NUMBER |
SRFREQHA |
813 |
SOFTWARE RELEASE FREQUENCY |
SSCOPREA |
387 |
SKILL SPECIALITY CODE (SSC) FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT OPERATOR |
|
|
(SEO) |
SSECDECD |
388 |
SKILL SPECIALITY EVALUATION CODE |
SSPREQBA |
683 |
SOFTWARE SUPPORT PLAN (SSP) REQUIRED |
C/E-22
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
STABYTBE |
403 |
STANDBY TIME |
STATUSEF |
404 |
SE RECOMMENDATION DATA STATUS |
STOHGTEA |
405 |
SE STORAGE HEIGHT |
STOLENEA |
405 |
SE STORAGE LENGTH |
STOWDTEA |
405 |
SE STORAGE WIDTH |
STOWGTEA |
406 |
SE STORAGE WEIGHT |
SUBMMMCD |
226 |
SUBTASK MEAN MAN-MINUTES |
SUBNARCC |
372 |
SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION |
SUBNUMCB |
407 |
SUBTASK NUMBER |
SUBPIDCD |
288 |
SUBTASK PERSON IDENTIFIER |
SUBRSAZA |
609 |
SUBSIDIARY RISK 1 |
SUBRSBZA |
609 |
SUBSIDIARY RISK 2 |
SUBTIDCB |
431 |
SUBTASK IDENTIFICATION |
SUBWACCB |
514 |
SUBTASK WORK AREA CODE |
SUPCATHG |
688 |
SUPPLY CATEGORY |
SUPCONBA |
410 |
SUPPORT CONCEPT |
SUPITNEK |
182 |
SE SUPERSEDURE ITEM NAME |
SUPPKDHF |
409 |
SUPPLEMENTAL PACKAGING DATA |
SUSRNOEK |
416 |
SE SUPERSEDURE SERD NUMBER |
SUTALLUM |
016 |
SE UUT ALLOWANCE |
SUTCAGUM |
046 |
SE UUT CAGE CODE |
SUTREFUM |
337 |
SE UUT REFERENCE NUMBER |
SUTSTCUM |
036 |
SE UUT CMRS STATUS |
SUTYPEEK |
408 |
SE SUPERSEDURE TYPE |
SUUUOMHA |
491 |
UNIT SIZE UOM |
SWIDCDXB |
833 |
SOFTWARE IDENTIFIER CODE |
SWRIPRHA |
810 |
SOFTWARE IPR HOLDER |
SWSAFEBI |
814 |
SOFTWARE SAFETY INTEGRITY LEVEL |
SWVERNHA |
816 |
SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBER |
SYSIDNXB |
423 |
SYSTEM/END ITEM IDENTIFIER |
TACNCCUE |
629 |
TPI APPORTIONED NON-RECURRING COSTS CURRENCY CODE |
TACRCCUE |
629 |
TPI APPORTIONED RECURRING COSTS CURRENCY CODE |
TALCNCBH |
019 |
TASK REQUIREMENT ALTERNATE LCN CODE |
TASKCDCA |
427 |
TASK CODE |
TASKCDCO |
427 |
SEQUENCED TASK CODE |
TASKIDCA |
431 |
TASK IDENTIFICATION |
TATYPEBH |
433 |
MAINTENANCE TASK TYPE |
TATYPECN |
433 |
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE TASK TYPE |
TBOHMBBD |
238 |
TIME BETWEEN OVERHAULS MEASUREMENT BASE |
TBSSVSBD |
698 |
TIME BETWEEN SCHEDULED SHOP VISITS |
TBSVMBBD |
238 |
TIME BETWEEN SCHEDULED SHOP VISITS MB |
TCMANPCD |
701 |
TRADE CODE MANPOWER |
TCONDACA |
428 |
TASK CONDITION A |
TCONDBCA |
428 |
TASK CONDITION B |
TCONDCCA |
428 |
TASK CONDITION C |
TEIIAIHP |
643 |
ILLUSTRATION AFFECTED INDICATOR (AECMA 2000M TEI IAI) |
TEIIPSHU |
805 |
IPPN SUBJECT (AECMA 2000M TEI IPS) |
TEIMSQHD |
653 |
MINIMUM SALES QUANTITY (AECMA 2000M TEI MSQ) |
C/E-23
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
TEINILHK |
659 |
NOT ILLUSTRATED (AECMA 2000M TEI NIL) |
TEIRTXHK |
671 |
REFER TO (AECMA 2000M TEI RTX) |
TEISPQHF |
818 |
STANDARD PACKAGE QUANTITY (AECMA 2000M TEI SPQ) |
TEITQLHK |
700 |
TOTAL QUANTITY PER LOCATION (AECMA 2000M TEI TQL) |
TEIUSRHV |
829 |
USER (NATION) CODE (AECMA 2000M TEI USR) |
TEMTBFAG |
229 |
REQUIRED TECHNICAL MTBF |
TEMTBFBD |
229 |
MTBF TECHNICAL |
TEMTTRAA |
236 |
REQUIRED TECHNICAL MTTR |
TEXSEQAF |
450 |
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS TSC |
TEXSEQAK |
450 |
SYSTEM END ITEM NARRATIVE TSC |
TEXSEQBB |
450 |
RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE TSC |
TEXSEQBC |
450 |
RAM LOGISTICS CONSIDERATIONS TSC |
TEXSEQBG |
450 |
FAILURE MODE & RCM NARRATIVE TSC |
TEXSEQBJ |
450 |
FMI MISSION PHASE CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE TSC |
TEXSEQCC |
450 |
SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION TSC |
TEXSEQEE |
450 |
SE NARRATIVE TSC |
TEXSEQEG |
450 |
SERD REVISION TSC |
TEXSEQFB |
450 |
FACILITY NARRATIVE TSC |
TEXSEQFC |
450 |
BASELINE FACILITY NARRATIVE TSC |
TEXSEQFD |
450 |
NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE TSC |
TEXSEQGC |
450 |
NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE TSC |
TEXSEQGE |
450 |
PHYSICAL AND MENTAL REQUIREMENTS TSC |
TEXSEQHI |
450 |
PROVISIONING TSC |
TEXSEQHL |
450 |
PARTS MANUAL TSC |
TEXSEQHT |
450 |
EQUIPMENT PRODUCTION REMARKS TSC |
TEXSEQJD |
450 |
TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE TSC |
TEXSEQJF |
450 |
TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE TSC |
TEXSEQUF |
450 |
UUT EXPLANATION TSC |
TEXSEQZB |
450 |
AMMUNITION TYPE TSC |
TEXTTOCK |
450 |
SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION TSC TO |
TGSCAGUN |
046 |
TESTING SE CAGE CODE |
TGSREFUN |
337 |
TESTING SE REFERENCE NUMBER |
TIMEBOBD |
697 |
TIME BETWEEN OVERHAULS (AECMA 2000M TEI TBO) |
TIMESHAJ |
379 |
TRANSPORTATION TIME |
TINMETAD |
280 |
TURNROUND INSPECTION MEAN ELAPSED TIME |
TINMMHAD |
280 |
TURNROUND INSPECTION MEAN MAN-HOURS |
TLAAVAFE |
696 |
THIRD LINE CAPABILITY AVAILABLE |
TLADTNFE |
696 |
THIRD LINE DEVELOPMENT TASK NO. |
TLAFCDFE |
696 |
THIRD LINE CAPABILITY FORECAST DATE |
TLCNTYBH |
203 |
TASK REQUIREMENT LCN TYPE |
TLSACNBH |
199 |
TASK REQUIREMENT LCN |
TMAMDTAA |
223 |
TECHNICAL MAMDT |
TMCHGNHK |
436 |
TECHNICAL MANUAL CHANGE NUMBER (TM CHG) |
TMCODEXI |
437 |
TECHNICAL MANUAL CODE (TM CODE) |
TMDERCEA |
444 |
TEST MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT REGISTER CODE |
|
|
(TMDE CODE) |
TMDERIEA |
445 |
TEST MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT REGISTER INDEX |
|
|
NUMBER |
C/E-24
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
TMFGCDHK |
438 |
TM FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE (REPAIR PARTS MANUAL) |
TMFGCDXB |
438 |
TECHNICAL MANUAL FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE (MAINTENANCE |
TMINDCHK |
439 |
TECHNICAL MANUAL INDENTURE CODE (TM IND) |
TMNUMBXI |
440 |
TECHNICAL MANUAL NUMBER |
TMTBFMBD |
238 |
MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES TECHNICAL MB |
TMTBMAAG |
230 |
REQUIRED TECHNICAL MTBMA |
TMTBMABD |
230 |
MTBMA TECHNICAL |
TMTBMMBD |
238 |
MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS TECHNICAL MB |
TOCCODHG |
481 |
TYPE OF CHANGE CODE (TOCC) |
TOCCODXC |
481 |
SYSTEM/EI TYPE OF CHANGE CODE |
TOSNUMHN |
373 |
S/N PROVISIONING SERIAL NUMBER TO |
TOSNUMXD |
373 |
SERIAL NUMBER TO |
TOSNUMXE |
373 |
S/N SERIAL NUMBER TO |
TOSRNOHQ |
374 |
SERIAL NUMBER EFFECTIVITY TO |
TOSYSUAA |
454 |
TOTAL SYSTEMS SUPPORTED |
TOTLIFHG |
699 |
TOTAL LIFE (AECMA 2000M TEI TLF) |
TOTQTYHG |
453 |
TOTAL QUANTITY RECOMMENDED |
TPAUCNUE |
025 |
TPI APPORTIONED UNIT COST NON-RECURRING |
TPAUCRUE |
025 |
TPI APPORTIONED UNIT COST RECURRING |
TPICAGUE |
046 |
TPI CAGE CODE |
TPIREFUE |
337 |
TPI REFERENCE NUMBER |
TPISRDUE |
416 |
TPI SERD NUMBER |
TPISTSUE |
370 |
TPI SELF TEST |
TPSAUMJC |
491 |
TRACKED PAD SHOE AREA UNIT OF MEASURE |
TQPQTYJE |
298 |
THIRD QUARTER PROCUREMENT QUANTITY |
TRAFYRJE |
145 |
TRANSPORT FISCAL YEAR |
TRANARJF |
--- |
TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE |
TRANCDJF |
470 |
TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE |
TRANCDJFA |
382 |
TRANSPORTATION SHOCK VIBRATION REMARKS |
TRANCDJFB |
192 |
LIFTING AND TIEDOWN REQUIREMENT FOR TRANSPORTATION |
TRANCDJFC |
471 |
TRANSPORTATION PROJECTIONS REMARKS |
TRANCDJFD |
340 |
TRANSPORTATION REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS |
TRANCDJFE |
472 |
TRANSPORTATION REMARKS (HANDLING, TOWING, AIR DROP, SELF- |
|
|
PROPELLED) |
TRANCDJFF |
398 |
SPECIALIZED SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS |
TRANCDJFG |
368 |
SECTIONALIZED REMARKS |
TRANCDJFH |
476 |
TRANSPORT TO AND FROM |
TRANCDJFI |
099 |
ENVIRONMENTAL/HAZARDOUS MATERIAL |
TRANCDJFK |
500 |
UNUSUAL AND SPECIAL TRANSPORTATION REQUIREMENTS |
TRANCDJFL |
504 |
VENTING AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING REQUIREMENTS |
TRANCNJB |
465 |
TRANSPORTATION CHARACTERISTICS NUMBER |
TRASEIXC |
467 |
TRANSPORTATION END ITEM INDICATOR |
TRCCCDGA |
629 |
TRAINING COST CURRENCY CODE |
TRCHMTJB |
464 |
TRANSPORTATION CHARACTERISTICS MODE TYPE |
TRCHRDJA |
071 |
REVISION DATE |
TRCHTHJA |
451 |
THEATRE OF OPERATION |
TRCONMJC |
473 |
TRANSPORTATION CONFIGURATION NUMBER |
TRDNUMUM |
448 |
SE UUT TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT NUMBER |
C/E-25
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
TREINCJD |
474 |
TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE |
TREINCJDA |
511 |
WHEELED TYRE REQUIREMENTS |
TREINCJDB |
385 |
SKID REMARKS |
TREINCJDC |
477 |
TURNING INFORMATION |
TREINCJDD |
506 |
WHEELED AXLE AND SUSPENSION REMARKS |
TREINCJDE |
475 |
TRANSPORTED OTHER EQUIPMENT |
TRGRPRJC |
456 |
TRACKED GROUND CONTACT PRESSURE |
TRITDRJB |
469 |
TRANSPORTATION ITEM DESIGNATOR (SHIP, LIGHTERAGE, AIRCRAFT, |
|
|
HELICOPTER) |
TRLEVFGB |
702 |
TRAINING LEVEL - RANK |
TRLEVSGB |
702 |
TRAINING LEVEL - SKILL |
TRNCCCXA |
629 |
TRANSPORT COST CURRENCY CODE |
TRNCOSGA |
460 |
TRAINING COST |
TRNCSTXA |
466 |
TRANSPORTATION COST |
TRNINDJA |
468 |
TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR |
TRNLOCCA |
461 |
TRAINING LOCATION RATIONALE |
TRNRATCA |
462 |
TRAINING RATIONALE |
TRNRECCA |
463 |
TRAINING RECOMMENDATIONS |
TRNRQCCA |
358 |
TRAINING EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENT CODE |
TRNUPTJC |
458 |
TRACKED PADS TOUCHING |
TRPSARJC |
457 |
TRACKED PAD SHOE AREA |
TRRWWTJC |
459 |
TRACKED ROAD WHEEL WEIGHT |
TSCAGECG |
046 |
TASK SUPPORT CAGE CODE |
TSEREQCA |
358 |
TOOL/SE REQUIREMENT CODE |
TSFROMCK |
450 |
SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION TSC FROM |
TSKALCCI |
019 |
TASK ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC) |
TSKANCCL |
692 |
TASK/SUBTASK ASSOCIATED NARRATIVE CODE |
TSKANCCLC |
685 |
SUBTASK SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS |
TSKANCCLD |
828 |
WARNING INFORMATION |
TSKANCCLE |
823 |
CAUTION INFORMATION |
TSKANCCLF |
826 |
NOTE INFORMATION |
TSKCRCCA |
429 |
TASK CRITICALITY CODE |
TSKFRQCA |
430 |
TASK FREQUENCY |
TSKLCNCI |
199 |
TASK LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) |
TSKLTYCI |
203 |
TASK LCN TYPE |
TSKNARCL |
--- |
TASK/SUBTASK ASSOCIATED NARRATIVE |
TSKREMCE |
432 |
TASK REMARKS |
TSKRRCCE |
349 |
REMARKS REFERENCE CODE |
TSKTCDCI |
427 |
TASK PROVISION TASK CODE |
TSKTSCCL |
450 |
TASK/SUBTASK ASSOCIATED TSC |
TSREFNCG |
337 |
TASK SUPPORT REFERENCE NUMBER |
TSTLNGEA |
443 |
TEST LANGUAGE |
TSTPTSEA |
446 |
TEST POINTS |
TTASKCBH |
427 |
TASK CODE |
TTLPTDHG |
313 |
TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT LIST (PTD) |
TURNRSHG |
703 |
TURN ROUND SPARE |
TWALFIJC |
029 |
LENGTH FRONT INSIDE |
TWALFOJC |
029 |
LENGTH FRONT OUTSIDE |
C/E-26
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
TWALRIJC |
029 |
LENGTH REAR INSIDE |
TWALROJC |
029 |
LENGTH REAR OUTSIDE |
TWSPEDJA |
455 |
TOWING SPEED |
TYPACTED |
399 |
TYPE OF ORGANIZATION |
TYPCLSEA |
479 |
TYPE CLASSIFICATION |
TYPEEQEA |
480 |
TYPE EQUIPMENT CODE |
TYPEOPHD |
704 |
TYPE OF PRICE (AECMA 2000M TEI TOP) |
UCLEVLHF |
487 |
UNIT CONTAINER LEVEL |
UHEIGHHA |
496 |
UNIT SIZE HEIGHT |
UICONVHA |
489 |
UNIT OF ISSUE CONVERSION FACTOR (UI CONVERSION FACTOR) |
UIPRICHD |
490 |
UNIT OF ISSUE PRICE (UI PRICE) |
ULENGTHA |
496 |
UNIT SIZE LENGTH |
UMNTPLUA |
209 |
UUT MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER |
UMPCCDHE |
629 |
UNIT OF MEASURE PRICE CURRENCY CODE |
UMPRICHE |
492 |
UNIT OF MEASURE PRICE |
UMSEWTEA |
491 |
SE TRANSPORTATION WEIGHT UNIT OF MEASURE |
UMSHIPEA |
491 |
SE TRANSPORTATION DIMENSIONS UNIT OF MEASURE |
UNCERTZA |
822 |
AMMUNITION UN CERTIFICATE OF PACKAGING PERFORMANCE |
UNICONHF |
486 |
UNIT CONTAINER CODE |
UNITISHA |
488 |
UNIT OF ISSUE (UI) |
UNITLCZA |
615 |
AMMUNITION UNIT LOAD CONTAINER INDICATOR |
UNITLSZA |
616 |
AMMUNITION UNIT LOAD SPECIFICATION |
UNITMSHA |
491 |
UNIT OF MEASURE |
UNPKCUHF |
493 |
UNIT PACK CUBE |
UNPKWTHF |
495 |
UNIT PACK WEIGHT |
UNSERNZA |
614 |
AMMUNITION UN SERIAL NUMBER |
UOCASYHK |
707 |
USABLE ON CODE ASSEMBLY (AECMA 2000M TEI UCA) |
UOCEQPHK |
708 |
USABLE ON CODE EQUIPMENT (AECMA 2000M TEI UCE) |
UOCMOVXC |
655 |
MODEL VERSION (AECMA 2000M TEI MOV) |
UOCSEIXC |
501 |
USABLE ON CODE (UOC) |
UPKDIRHA |
705 |
UPKEEP BY EXCHANGE/DIRECT EXCHANGE |
USESEREA |
835 |
USING SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE |
UTALLOUA |
016 |
UUT ALLOWANCE |
UTCMRSUB |
035 |
UUT CMRS RECOMMENDED CODE |
UTEXPLUF |
498 |
UNIT UNDER TEST EXPLANATION |
UTLCNTUA |
203 |
UUT LCN TYPE |
UTPAACUN |
284 |
SE UUT PARAMETER ACCURACY |
UTPACMUN |
034 |
SE UUT CMRS PARAMETER CODE |
UTPAIOUN |
284 |
SE UUT PARAMETER INPUT/OUTPUT CODE |
UTPAPAUN |
284 |
SE UUT PARAMETER |
UTPARVUN |
284 |
SE UUT PARAMETER RANGE/VALUE CODE |
UTPATAUN |
442 |
SE UUT PARAMETER TEST ACCURACY RATIO (TAR) ACTUAL |
UTPATDUN |
442 |
SE UUT PARAMETER TAR DESIRED |
UTPRRTUN |
284 |
SE UUT PARAMETER RANGE TO |
UTRATIAE |
503 |
UTILIZATION RATIO |
UTRGFRUN |
284 |
SE UUT PARAMETER RANGE FROM |
UTSTCDUB |
036 |
UUT CMRS STATUS |
C/E-27
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX E TO ANNEX C (CONCLUDED)
CODE |
DED |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAME) |
UTTRDNUA |
448 |
UUT TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT NUMBER |
UUTALCUA |
019 |
UUT ALTERNATE LCN CODE |
UUTFA1UH |
143 |
UUT FIRU AMBIGUITY GROUP 1 |
UUTFA2UH |
143 |
UUT FIRU AMBIGUITY GROUP 2 |
UUTFP1UH |
143 |
UUT FIRU PERCENT FAILURE 1 |
UUTFP2UH |
143 |
UUT FIRU PERCENT FAILURE 2 |
UUTFTDUH |
447 |
TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT INDICATOR |
UUTLCNUA |
199 |
UUT LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) |
UUTPACUG |
284 |
UUT PARAMETER ACCURACY |
UUTPARUG |
284 |
UUT PARAMETER |
UUTPGCUG |
284 |
UUT PARAMETER GROUP CODE |
UUTPIOUG |
284 |
UUT PARAMETER INPUT/OUTPUT CODE |
UUTPPCUG |
034 |
UUT CMRS PARAMETER CODE |
UUTPRFUG |
284 |
UUT PARAMETER RANGE FROM |
UUTPRTUG |
284 |
UUT PARAMETER RANGE TO |
UUTPRVUG |
284 |
UUT PARAMETER RANGE/VALUE CODE |
UUTPSOUG |
284 |
UUT PARAMETER OPERATIONAL/SPECIFICATION CODE |
UUTPTAUG |
442 |
UUT PARAMETER TEST ACCURACY RATIO (TAR) ACTUAL |
UUTPTDUG |
442 |
UUT PARAMETER TAR DESIRED |
UWEIGHHA |
497 |
UNIT WEIGHT |
UWIDTHHA |
496 |
UNIT SIZE WIDTH |
VALCOMCG |
709 |
SE VALIDATION/COMPATIBILITY CHECK |
VFICODHG |
710 |
VITAL FEATURES ITEM (VFI) CODE |
WAMUPKZA |
494 |
AMMUNITION UNIT PACK WIDTH |
WEOULIBA |
505 |
WEAROUT LIFE |
WGTOUMEA |
491 |
SE OPERATING WEIGHT UNIT OF MEASURE |
WGTSUMEA |
491 |
SE STORAGE WEIGHT UNIT OF MEASURE |
WHINPRJC |
507 |
WHEELED INFLATION PRESSURE |
WHNUPLJC |
508 |
WHEELED NUMBER OF PLIES |
WHNUTIJC |
509 |
WHEELED NUMBER OF TYRES |
WHTIFTJC |
512 |
WHEELED TYRE SIZE |
WHTLDRJC |
510 |
WHEELED TYRE LOAD RATING |
WHTRLOJD |
--- |
TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE |
WHWERAJC |
513 |
WHEELED WEIGHT RATINGS |
WIBBLEXB |
802 |
DOCUMENT CODE |
WIDUPKHF |
494 |
UNIT PACK WIDTH |
WOLIMBBA |
238 |
WEAROUT LIFE MEASUREMENT BASE |
WORKCCFA |
711 |
WORK CENTRE CODE |
WPADDRAF |
009 |
ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS/REQUIREMENTS |
WPUUOMHF |
491 |
UNIT PACK WEIGHT UOM |
WRKUCDHG |
516 |
WORK UNIT CODE |
WRPCODBA |
706 |
UPKEEP/WEAPONS REPAIR POLICY CODE |
WSOPLVXA |
271 |
OPERATIONAL STOCK LEVEL |
WSTYAQXA |
478 |
TYPE ACQUISITION |
WUUUOMHA |
491 |
UNIT WEIGHT UOM |
C/E-28
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C
DATA ELEMENT DICTIONARY
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C
Collation Page
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C
C/F.0 Data Element Dictionary
This Appendix contains definitions for all data elements that appear in the LSAR relational data tables. The data element definition (DED) contains some or all of the following entries. When a standard data element acronym applies, this is also listed in this Appendix.
(a)DED number
(b)Data element title with acronym
(c)Field format
(d)DED
(e)Data item(s)
(f)Data code(s)
(g)Role name(s)
C/F.0.1 Format
The general format for the DED is as follows:
DED # |
DATA ELEMENT TITLE |
FIELD FORMAT |
|
|
(ACRONYM) |
|
|
|
DATA ELEMENT DEFINITION |
|
|
|
DATA ITEM(S) |
DATA CODE(S) |
|
|
ROLE NAME(S) |
|
|
Example of actual DED entry: |
|
|
|
643 |
ILLUSTRATION AFFECTED INDICATOR |
1 A F - |
|
|
(AECMA 2000M TEI IAI) |
|
|
Indicates whether a change to provisioning data affects the related illustration.
Illustration affected |
Y |
Illustration not affected |
N |
C/F-1
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
C/F.0.2 Definition of terms
C/F.0.2.1 DED number
A sequentially assigned number to each data element in the dictionary for use in locating and referencing it throughout the dictionary and data entry instructions (Annex C).
NOTE: Data elements which originated in the former MIL-STD-1388-2B Notice 1 are numbered from 001 to 518. Data elements which were introduced in INT DEF STAN 00-60, start at number 601; those introduced in DEF STAN 00-60 Issue 1, start at number 801. A number of data elements have been removed where not required in UK usage, thus leaving gaps in the sequential numbering.
C/F.0.2.2 Data element title
The name used to identify the data element. Sufficient adjectival modifiers are used to ensure title uniqueness.
C/F.0.2.3 Field format
The specification for the length, type, positional justification, and decimal placement of a data element field, or subfield thereof, as described below:
(a)Length.
The number of character positions in the data element. In the event the length is variable, the maximum length is specified.
(b)Type.
The specification of the character type, wherein:
‘A’ specifies that all characters for the data entry are upper case alphabetical.
‘N’ specifies that all characters of the data entry are numerical.
‘X’ specifies that characters of the data entry are upper case alphabetical, numerical, special, or any combination thereof.
‘D’ specifies that characters of the data entry are numerical with floating decimal. Decimals may be entered as required or exponentially, eg, ‘0.0000325’ or ‘3.25E-5’.
(c)Justification.
Specifies from which side of the field the characters of the data element are entered. Those starting at the left are left justified (L), those starting at the right are right justified (R), those
C/F-2
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
which always occupy the entire field are fixed (F). A dash (-) is used if the column is not applicable.
(d)Decimal Placement.
Specifies the number of character positions to the right of the assumed decimal point when the data element is numeric in all character positions. A dash (-) is used if this column is not applicable. ‘AS’ means ‘As Specified’ and the detailed instruction will indicate the location of decimal points.
C/F.0.2.4 DED
A narrative definition of the data element in sufficient detail to present a clear and complete understanding of the precise data or element of information that the data element represents.
C/F.0.2.5 Data item
One of a set of descriptive items of information or values that apply to a data element. For example, the data element ‘Skill Level Code’ contains the data items ‘Basic’, ‘Intermediate’, and ‘Advanced’.
NOTE: The term ‘Data Item’ used here should not be confused with the data item included in the term ‘Data Item Description’ which refers to contractual deliverables.
C/F.0.2.6 Data code
One or more alphabetical, numerical, special characters, or any combination thereof, that represent a data item to be entered in a field in the LSAR. A code is used instead of the data item itself, in order to conserve space in the data records and to facilitate machine processing eg the data element ‘Security Clearance’, and the Data Items ‘Top Secret’, ‘Secret’, ‘Confidential’ and ‘Unclassified’, are represented by the data codes ‘1’, ‘2’, ‘3’, and ‘4’, respectively.
NOTE 1: In some cases, a position left blank counts as a data code signifying some particular data item value as specified in the dictionary. For example for the data element, ‘Maximum Allowable Operating Time’, the third position of the four-position code designates the appropriate multiplier code. The codes are ‘ ‘ (blank), X, C, or M, with a ‘ ‘ (blank) designating a multiplier of one (1), ‘X’ a multiplier of ten (10), ‘C’ a multiplier of one hundred (100), and ‘M’ a multiplier of one thousand (1000).
NOTE 2: When DEDs, data items and data codes are too long to be included in this document, reference is made to definitions, items and codes in another document. For example, see ‘Procurement Code’, DED 666.
C/F-3
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
C/F.0.2.7 Role name
A unique modifier of a data element title which describes the use/application of the data element within a specific relational data table location.
C/F-4
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
001 ACHIEVED AVAILABILITY (Aa) |
8 N R 6 |
The probability that, when used under stated conditions in an ideal support environment, a system will operate satisfactorily at any time. This differs from Inherent Availability only in its inclusion of consideration for preventive action. Aa excludes supply downtime and administrative downtime. The measurement bases for MTBM and M shall be consistent when calculating Aa.
Aa may be expressed by the following formula:
Aa = |
MTBM |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MTBM + M |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
æ 1 |
|
1 |
|
1 |
ö −1 |
||
|
where MTBM = ç |
|
+ |
|
+ |
|
÷ |
|
|
|
MTBM - NF |
|
|||||
|
|
è MTBF |
|
|
MTBPM ø |
|||
N
S (ETi ) (TFi )
M = i = 1
N
S TFi i = 1
M= Mean active maintenance downtime (where corrective and preventive actions are considered)
ETi |
= |
Elapsed time for task i |
TFi |
= |
Task frequency for task i |
N |
= |
Total number of tasks performed |
NOTE: The measurement bases for MTBF, MTBM-NF, and MTBPM shall be consistent when calculating the MTBM parameter.
REQUIRED ACHIEVED AVAILABILITY. An Aa representing the requirement/specification Aa.
002 ACQUISITION DECISION OFFICE |
15 X L |
- |
A code which identifies the Project Management Agency responsible for technical and acquisition management decisions.
003 ACQUISITION METHOD CODE (AMC) |
1 N F - |
A code assigned to describe the results of screening reviews of parts, defining either a single source or competitive procurement strategy for the item. Codes are as follows:
C/F-5
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Not established |
0 |
Suitable for competitive acquisition |
1 |
(See notes 1 & 2) |
|
Suitable for competitive acquisition |
2 |
for the first time (See notes 1 & 2) |
|
Acquired directly from the actual |
3 |
manufacturer, whether or not the prime |
|
contractor is the actual manufacturer |
|
Acquire, for the first time, directly from |
4 |
the actual manufacturer rather than the prime |
|
contractor who is not the actual manufacturer |
|
Acquire only from the prime contractor |
5 |
although the engineering data identifies the |
|
Commercial And Government Entity (CAGE) code |
|
and Part Number of a source other than the |
|
prime contractor (See note 3) |
|
NOTE 1: Potential sources shall include dealers/distributors.
NOTE 2: If sources are limited to the prime contractor and a sub-contractor, a competitive code shall not be assigned unless both sources are expected to compete independently for contracts for the part.
NOTE 3: The MOD agency assigning this code shall provide the name and CAGE of the prime contractor to the agency responsible for acquiring the part.
005 ADAPTOR/INTERCONNECTION DEVICE REQUIRED |
1 A F - |
A single position code indicating whether an adaptor/interconnection device is required to provide mechanical and electrical connection between the Automatic Test Equipment (ATE)/Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic Equipment and a unit under test.
Required |
Y |
Not Required |
N |
006 ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBER |
32 X L - |
A drawing or interchangeable reference number related to the reference number of the item under analysis. Only those ARNs that are known and available as a result of the contractor's design and production experience should be provided. This requirement is not intended to burden the contractor with the additional work load of searching for
C/F-6
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
ARNs. When more than one manufacturer's reference number identifies a single design item, the additional reference number(s) which have been validated by the contractor as completely interchangeable for the specific application and whose use will not invalidate the end item warranty shall be furnished.
007 ADDITIONAL SKILL REQUIREMENT: SKILL |
65 X - - |
REQUIRING A NEW OR REVISED SKILL CODE |
|
A narrative description identifying the new skills that are required in order to operate/maintain the equipment.
008 ADDITIONAL SKILLS AND SPECIAL TRAINING |
65 X - |
- |
REQUIREMENTS |
|
|
A narrative description identifying the new skills required to operate/maintain the equipment, and the additional training required for operator, maintenance, and instructor personnel. Includes the estimated lengths of courses, recommended site, justification for training, and prerequisite requirements for students.
009 ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS/REQUIREMENTS |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description of any specifications or requirements (related to the anticipated operation of the system, or the environment in which the system will be operated and maintained) that cannot be documented under the detailed specification/ requirements data.
010 ADDITIONAL SUPPORTABILITY CONSIDERATIONS |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description of LSA modelling considerations which cannot be documented in the discrete supportability data elements. It may include such information as acceptable models, programme or model specific information, etc.
011 ADDITIONAL SUPPORTABILITY PARAMETERS |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative including a listing and description of specific data elements for which discrete fields are not provided. The documentation should also include the data element title, associated value to be recorded, associated units, and a description as necessary to define the scope and purpose of the data element and its use.
012 ADDITIONAL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description identifying the additional training required for operator, maintenance, and instructor personnel. Includes the estimated length of courses, recommended site, justification for training and prerequisite requirements for students.
C/F-7
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
013 ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOGISTIC DELAY TIME (ALDT) 3 N R -
The total time in days the system/equipment is inoperable due to delays in maintenance that are attributable to administration and logistics. ALDTs between UK MOD units and depots are available in JSP 336.
REQUIRED ALDT. An ALDT representing the requirement/ specification ALDT.
014 ADMINISTRATIVE LEAD TIME |
2 N R - |
The administrative time (in months) required to prepare, advertise and award a contract for wholesale supply re-order actions.
015 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT ALLOCATION DATA |
60 X - - |
The support equipment allocation information consisting of seven sub-fields:
a. |
Allowance (DED 016) |
10 |
X |
L |
- |
b. |
Station Identification Code |
5 |
X |
L |
- |
An alpha-numeric code to identify a specific automatic test equipment station or location with the associated allowance list. The code is provided by the Project.
c. |
Maintenance Level Function |
2 |
X |
L |
- |
A two-character code specifying the level of maintenance at which a particular task employing the support equipment will be accomplished. UK projects use first position only. Codes are as follows:
First Line |
O |
Second Line |
F |
Second Line/Close Support |
J |
Second Line/General Support |
K |
Second Line Regional/Static |
H |
Embarked Second Line |
E |
Third Line |
G |
Fourth Line |
D |
Specialized Repair Activity |
L |
Land Systems note:
If Second Line 'Close Support' or 'General Support' is not specified, code ‘F’ should be used.
C/F-8
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
d. Land Vessel Code |
1 |
A F |
- |
A code (primarily used by the Navy) to restrict and control the selection of support equipment end items required for different environmental conditions. Codes are as follows:
Land |
L |
Vessel |
V |
Both |
B |
e. Allowance Range |
30 N AS - |
A 10 block spread format (Allowance Range 1-10 used to record the allowance for the end item, ATE item, or depot overhaul requirements). The Allowance Code (DED 016) will distinguish whether the allowance ranges are for end items, ATE items, or depot overhaul requirements. These 10 blocks may be labelled 1-4 through 251-450 to describe the number of end articles to be supported by the quantity of support equipment end items entered in the three (3) position sub-field. Block headings are: 1-4, 5-8, 9-12, 13-16, 17-24, 25-32, 33-64, 65-125, 126-250 and 251-450, respectively. For example: For SE end items, the quantity of end items required to support a range of 5 to 8 end articles is identified in the block labelled 5-8.
(1)For ATE items, the 10 blocks are associated with 1, 2, 3...10 to describe the number of ATE items to be supported by the quantity of support equipment items entered in the three position sub-field.
(2)For depot overhaul requirements/entries, associate the first three blocks with workload rates of 20, 50, 100 end articles per month to be supported by the quantity of support equipment items entered in the three-position sub-field.
f. Extended Range |
3 X R - |
A field designating the quantity of SE items required to support quantities of end articles exceeding 450.
g. |
Designation Description |
9 |
X |
F |
- |
A nine-position code that identifies the method of allowancing items. The codes include the following:
Inventory Record |
INVRECORD |
No longer applies for this list code |
NOTAPPLIC |
Per crash crew |
PERCRACRW |
C/F-9
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Where 99 represents quantity of end articles |
PER99XXXX |
|
and XXXX represents specific entities, eg, |
|
|
PER02ACFT indicates an allowance based on |
|
|
supporting two aircraft. Entries for XXXX include: |
|
|
Aircraft |
ACFT |
|
Missile |
MISL |
|
Engine |
ENGN |
|
Metrology Labs |
LABS |
|
Targets |
TRGT |
|
016 ALLOWANCE |
|
10 X L - |
Allowance identifies the scaling document that contains the article requiring support.
017 ALLOWANCE ITEM CODE (AIC) |
|
|
2 |
X |
F |
- |
|
Consists of two sub-fields: Allowance Type and Allowance Code. |
|
|
|
||||
a. |
Allowance Type |
l |
A |
F |
- |
|
|
A code which indicates the type of item. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic issue item category code (Army) |
|
A |
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance note code (Navy) |
|
B |
|
|
|
|
|
Technical override (TOR) code (Navy) |
|
C |
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance factor code (Air Force) |
|
D |
|
|
|
|
|
Stockage list category (Marine Corps) |
|
E |
|
|
|
|
|
b. Allowance Code |
l |
X |
F |
- |
|
|
|
A code which further defines and categorizes the allowance type.
(1) When an Allowance Type code of ‘A’ is specified, one of the following codes shall be used for Allowance Code.
Basic issue item |
A |
Component of end item |
C |
Expendable/durable supplies and materials |
D |
Additional authorization list items (modified |
E |
table of organization and equipment) |
|
Additional authorization list items (other) |
F |
(2) When an Allowance Type code of ‘B’ is specified, one of the following codes shall be used for Allowance Code.
C/F-10
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
|
Indicates an operating space item regardless of vessel |
1 |
type. The Stock Number Sequence List (SNSL) reflects |
|
a quantity for each application. |
|
REFER TO YOUR ALLOWANCE PARTS LIST |
2 |
(APL) to determine if the repair part is required (since |
|
exceptions are annotated on the APL when the repair |
|
part may not be required) or where a choice shall be |
|
made to select the correct repair part. |
|
Represents the superseding repair part due to redesign |
3 |
or material change. The superseded stock number |
|
appears as alternate information in Part III, |
|
Section D, of the Co-ordinated Shipboard/Allowance |
|
List (COSAL). The superseded item, presently on |
|
board, can be used without adverse effect to the |
|
component, if the superseded item is presently on |
|
board, utilize the stock under the superseded number |
|
before ordering deficiencies. |
|
An item with an NSN for bulk material that is to be |
4 |
used in the fabrication of the item listed in the |
|
parts list. Requisition as required. |
|
Denotes CLASSIFIED PART and should be requisitioned |
5 |
and stored IAW current security regulations. |
|
An RSS (Ready Service Spare) which will appear in the |
6 |
COSAL Section III CR of the SNSL. This item may also |
|
appear in Section IIIA of the SNSL as a storeroom item |
|
for this APL application if anticipated usage warrants |
|
backup support. |
|
Denotes an item that is to be requisitioned and stowed |
7 |
IAW confidential instructions. This note applies to |
|
operating frequency control crystals allowance. |
|
Indicates an accessory component/components applicable |
8 |
to a parent equipment. |
|
Item(s)/part(s) for which only the Commanding Officer |
9 |
or his designated representative is specifically |
|
responsible for the physical custody and safekeeping |
|
thereof. |
|
C/F-11
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Represents an item that has been coded to deviate |
A |
from the NORMAL MAINTENANCE POLICY expressed |
|
by the Lead APL. The responsible hardware command |
|
authorizing this deviation will be annotated in the |
|
characteristic portion of the APLs. |
|
Indicates that the ORDNANCE alternation has been |
C |
performed and repair parts are not required. |
|
Applicable to S/O/S (SHIPALT/ORDALT/SPALT) items, |
D |
indicates the quantity by which the effected APL |
|
population of the item has been decreased after |
|
accomplishment of the S/O/S. |
|
Indicates that a Technical Override (TOR) or Planned |
E |
Maintenance Requirement (PMR) is included in the |
|
allowed quantity. |
|
Indicates that note codes 3 and E, above, apply to |
F |
the item. |
|
Indicates that note codes 2 and E, above, apply to |
G |
the item. |
|
Represents an item listed on Allowance Equipage Lists |
H |
(AELs) to provide technical information only and is |
|
not an authorized allowance. |
|
Indicates that Note Code l or X and Note Code 2 both |
J |
apply to the item. |
|
Represents a module required to execute an approved |
N |
maintenance plan which calls for identifying the |
|
fault or failed module through progressive/selective |
|
module substitution. Maintenance Assistance Modules |
|
(MAM) will be included as an Operating Space Item (OSI) |
|
in the COSAL, Section III CF of the Stock Number Sequence |
|
List (SNSL). The item may also appear in Section IIIA of |
|
the SNSL as a storeroom item for this APL application if |
|
anticipated usage warrants backup support. |
|
Represents the preferred item in a situation where |
S |
two or more items are interchangeable. The alternate |
|
non-preferred item(s), if presently on board, may be |
|
utilized to satisfy the allowance requirement; however, |
|
when a shortage exists the preferred item of stock should |
|
C/F-12
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
be requisitioned. The alternate item of stock will appear in the Preferred-to-Alternate Substitute Cross-Reference List.
Select at test. All NSNs required for the selection |
T |
are listed for each circuit symbol. Item needed |
|
shall be selected from among the listed NSNs based on |
|
equipment operating requirements. A suffix has been |
|
assigned to the circuit symbol for identification. |
|
Variable. See the characteristics portion of APL. |
V |
APL will state: NSN...has been cancelled -- it |
W |
cannot be procured. When part fails, replace |
|
with the next higher assembly. |
|
Indicates an operating space item. The SNSL |
X |
quantity is established by the highest single |
|
application quantity in all of the items X code |
|
applications. |
|
On Board Repair Part (OBRP) Kits. OBRP quantities |
Z |
are included in the APPL (Application) column of |
|
Section B and the QTY in one equip/comp columns of |
|
Section A. These kits should be retained as OBRP |
|
even if not listed in the COSAL SNSL/Integrated |
|
Stock List (ISL). |
|
(3) When an Allowance Type code of ‘C’ is specified, one of the following codes shall be used for Allowance Code.
Operational Availability Override Requirement. |
A |
Indicates that the Allowance Override quantity |
|
(COO7A) finite quantities determine the |
|
allowance quantity for the Operational Availability |
|
computational math model. For a given item, a |
|
comparison between the single highest ‘A’ quantity, |
|
other overrides, the sum of all PMR, and the computed |
|
demand-based quantity, is made and the highest single |
|
quantity is selected as the authorized allowance. |
|
Critical Candidate. Identifies items to be stored |
C |
as higher supply echelons (see Note l below). |
|
Disapproved Technical Override. TOR reviewed and |
D |
disapproved by the cognisant Hardware Systems |
|
C/F-13
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Command for .25 Fleet Logistic Support Improvement Programme (FLSIP) computations, under .l5 computation item allowance determined by the C007A finite quantities (see Note 2 below).
Early Supply Support (ESS). Indicates that the |
E |
finite quantity in C007A is used in place of the |
|
quantity per allocation for allowance computation. |
|
Approved TOR Mission Override. TOR accepted to |
M |
support primary mission. The C007A finite quantity |
|
determines the allowance for a particular item. |
|
Planned Maintenance Requirement (PMR). Indicates |
P |
that the C007A finite quantities for an item are |
|
additive across all applications, and the summarized |
|
PMR quantity determines the authorized allowance |
|
when compared with other overrides and the computed |
|
demand-based allowance. |
|
Requisition as Required. Indicates that ‘AR’ |
R |
is printed in the quantity field for an item. |
|
Programmes disregard quantities in C007A. ‘R’ |
|
overrides all other populations for an item. |
|
Safety Equipment. Specified C007A quantity is |
S |
justified allowance to ensure safety and preserve |
|
life. |
|
Technical Override. Indicates that the highest |
T |
finite C007A quantity for a given item is compared |
|
with the summarized PMR quantity, other override |
|
quantities, and the demand-based computed quantity, |
|
the highest of these quantities becomes the |
|
authorized allowance. Applies to .l5 FLSIP only. |
|
Disapproved TOR. Justification reserved for future |
V |
use. |
|
Operational Availability Underride. Indicates that |
Y |
the item population for this application is not used |
|
to determine allowance quantities. No finite quantity |
|
is loaded in C007A (used to exclude items from the |
|
Operational Availability model). |
|
C/F-14
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
|
Zero Override. Indicates that the item population |
Z |
for this application is not used to determine |
|
allowance quantities. No finite quantity is loaded |
|
in C007A. Used to exclude items from FLSIP model. |
|
NOTE l: An informational code designed to assist in the future selection of items to be stocked at higher echelons. Instructions for the use of this code will be provided by the Project. C-coded items will be processed in the same manner as D-coded items.
NOTE 2: D-coded items will still be considered as valid candidates for onboard stocking and can be included on allowances if other support criteria is met.
(4)When an Allowance Type code of ‘D’ is specified, the Project will specify the code to be used for Allowance Code.
(5)When an Allowance Type code of ‘E’ is specified, one of the following codes shall be used for Allowance Code:
|
Principal end item |
A |
|
|
|
|
Using unit responsible item |
C |
|
|
|
|
Supply system responsible item |
D |
|
|
|
|
Collateral Equipment |
E |
|
|
|
018 |
ALLOWANCE ITEM QUANTITY |
3 |
N |
R |
- |
|
A quantity which is defined by the Allowance Item Code. |
|
|
|
|
019 |
ALTERNATE LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS |
2 |
N |
F |
- |
|
CONTROL NUMBER CODE (ALC) |
|
|
|
|
A code used to allow documentation of multiple models of a system/equipment, or alternate design considerations of an item, using the same Logistic Support Analysis Control Number (LCN) breakdown. See Part 2 of this DEF STAN for detailed guidance on the ALC, its usage, and relationship to LCN and Usable on Codes (UOC).
NOTE 1: ALC of zero zero ‘00’ will always be used as the basic system. There are no blanks allowed. ALCs will be assigned from 01 to 99 in ascending order.
NOTE 2: The combination of ALC and LCN (DED 199) make up AECMA 2000M ILS Number (TEI ILS).
NOTE 3: ALC equates to AECMA 1000D Disassembly Code Variant which is a constituent element of the Data Module Code detailed in Part 10 of this DEF STAN.
AOR ALC. An ALC against which the AORs are documented.
C/F-15
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DOCUMENT CODE ALC. An ALC which is the subject of the document code.
FMT ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC representing the failure mode which has either a corrective or preventive task documented against it.
FUNCTIONAL ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC representing the functional system/equipment breakdown.
PHYSICAL ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC representing the hardware breakdown of the system/equipment.
REFERENCED ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC used to identify the referenced task information.
REFERENCED SUBTASK ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC used to identify the referenced subtask information.
SEQUENCED TASK ALTERNATE LCN (ALC). An ALC used to identify sequenced task information.
S/N ITEM ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC representing the item under analysis having a serial number (S/N) relationship.
S/N PROVISIONING ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC representing the provisioned item under analysis having a S/N relationship.
S/N PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI ALC. An ALC representing the provisioned system/end item having a S/N relationship.
S/N SYSTEM/END ITEM ALC. An ALC representing the system/end item having a S/N relationship.
TASK ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC of the item under task analysis.
TASK PROVISION ALC. An ALC of the item which is to be provisioned based on the task analysis of the Task LCN.
TASK REQUIREMENT ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC of the item undergoing task analysis.
UOC ITEM ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC representing the item under analysis having a Usable On Code (UOC) relationship.
UOC PROVISIONING ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC representing the provisioned item under analysis having a UOC relationship.
C/F-16
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
UOC PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI ALC. An ALC representing the provisioned system/end item having a UOC relationship.
UOC SYSTEM/EI ALC. An ALC representing the system/end item having a UOC relationship.
UUT ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC of the Unit Under Test (UUT).
020 ANNUAL MAN-HOURS |
12 N - AS |
The sum of the working time of each SSC required for the performance of a unit of work accumulated for a period of a year. This field is divided into two sub-fields of Scheduled and Unscheduled.
a. Scheduled |
6 N R l |
The number of annual man-hours expended for preventive maintenance.
MAINTENANCE LEVEL SCHEDULED ANNUAL MAN-HOURS. The scheduled annual man-hours for a given maintenance level.
b. Unscheduled |
6 N R l |
The number of annual man-hours expended for corrective maintenance.
MAINTENANCE LEVEL UNSCHEDULED ANNUAL MAN-HOURS. The unscheduled annual man-hours for a given maintenance level.
021 ANNUAL NUMBER OF MISSIONS |
6 N R - |
The estimated or specified mean number of missions an item will be expected to accomplish in one year.
022 |
ANNUAL OPERATING DAYS |
3 |
N |
R |
- |
|
The mean number of days per year that a mission demand will be placed on an item. |
||||
023 |
ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT (AOR) |
6 |
N |
R |
- |
|
The estimated or required yearly rate of usage of an item. |
|
|
|
|
024 |
ANNUAL OPERATING TIME |
4 |
N |
R |
- |
The total hours that the item under analysis is expected to be operated during a calendar year.
C/F-17
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
025 APPORTIONED UNIT COSTS |
16 N - |
- |
The amount, used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629), given, paid, charged, or engaged to be paid or given for items or service on a non-recurring and recurring cost basis, that is assigned the material or equipment required to test a particular Unit Under Test (UUT)
a. Nonrecurring |
8 N R - |
ADAPTOR/INTERCONNECTION DEVICE (AID) APPORTIONED UNIT COST NONRECURRING. The nonrecurring cost of the adaptor/interconnection device.
OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAMME (OTP) APPORTIONED UNIT COST NONRECURRING. The nonrecurring cost of the operational test programme.
TEST PROGRAMME INSTRUCTION (TPI) APPORTIONED UNIT COST NONRECURRING. The nonrecurring cost of the test programme instruction.
b. Recurring |
8 N R - |
ADAPTOR/INTERCONNECTION DEVICE (AID) APPORTIONED UNIT COST RECURRING. The recurring cost of the adaptor/interconnection device.
OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAMME (OTP) APPORTIONED UNIT COST RECURRING. The recurring cost of the operational test programme.
TEST PROGRAMME INSTRUCTION (TPI) APPORTIONED UNIT COST RECURRING. The recurring cost of the test programme instruction.
028 AVAILABLE ANNUAL MAN-HOURS |
6 N R - |
The total annual number of man-hours for which a SSC is available to perform assigned tasks.
029 AXLE LENGTH |
16 N - |
AS |
The inside and outside track width of both the front and rear axles measured in cm.
a. |
Front Inside (FI) |
4 |
N |
R |
1 |
The distance from the inside of the innermost front tyre to the inside of the opposite front innermost tyre.
b. |
Front Outside (FO) |
4 |
N |
R |
1 |
C/F-18
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
The distance from the outside of the outermost front tyre to the outside of the opposite front outermost tyre.
c. Rear Inside (RI) |
4 N R 1 |
The distance from the inside of the innermost rear tyre to the inside of the opposite rear innermost tyre.
d. |
Rear Outside (RO) |
4 |
N |
R |
1 |
The distance from the outside of the outermost rear tyre to the outside of the opposite rear outermost tyre.
030 BASIS OF ISSUE |
15 X - |
- |
This field is composed of the following four sub-fields:
a. Quantity Authorized (QTY-AUTH) |
5 N R - |
The quantity of an item (special tool), authorized for the end item density spread or for the unit level specified.
b. End Item |
8 |
X L - |
The density spread of the end items.
c. |
Level |
l |
A F |
- |
A code which indicates the unit level authorized for the QTY-AUTH.
QTY-AUTH per lettered company |
|
A |
QTY-AUTH per battalion (BN) headquarters (HQ) |
|
B |
when BN has a service (SVC) company |
|
|
QTY-AUTH per HQ of units above BN level |
|
C |
QTY-AUTH by BN and brigade (BDG) type HQ |
|
D |
(except when BN or BDG has SVC company) |
|
|
QTY-AUTH by SVC battery/company |
|
E |
QTY-AUTH by numbered battery/company and similar |
F |
|
HQ performing ORG maintenance for other units |
|
|
d. Control |
l |
N F - |
A code l-9 used for sequencing and controlling BOI entries.
C/F-19
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
031 BUILT-IN-TEST CANNOT DUPLICATE PERCENTAGE 2 N R -
The percentage of all Built-In-Test (BIT)/Test indicated malfunctions provided during usage of the equipment that cannot be verified by maintenance personnel performing onequipment troubleshooting.
032 BUILT-IN-TEST DETECTABILITY LEVEL PERCENTAGE 2 N R -
A BIT consists of an integral capability of the mission equipment which provides an onboard automated test capability to detect, diagnose, or isolate system failures. The fault detection/isolation capability is used for momentary or continuous monitoring of a system's operational health, and for observation/ diagnosis as a prelude to maintenance action. BIT subsystems may be designed as an analysis tool for the overall system, integrated with several subsystems, or may be designed as an integral part of each removable component. Detectability Level Percentage is the probability that the malfunction or failure of the UUT will be detected by BIT multiplied by l00.
033 BUILT-IN-TEST RETEST OK PERCENTAGE |
2 N R - |
The percentage of items removed from an end item as a result of BIT indicated malfunction that subsequently pass all related testing at the next maintenance level (eg, intermediate shop).
034 CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENTS 1 A F - SUMMARY PARAMETER CODE
A code specifying whether or not a specific parameter is to be included in the Calibration and Measurement Requirements Summary (CMRS).
Parameter is included in the CMRS |
Y |
Parameter is not included in the CMRS |
N |
035 CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENTS 1 X F - SUMMARY RECOMMENDED
A field depicting whether or not a Calibration and Measurement Requirements Summary is recommended. Codes are as follows:
Calibration and Measurement Requirements |
Y |
Summary (CMRS) recommended |
|
Not recommended for CMRS |
N |
UUT CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY RECOMMENDED CODE. A CMRS recommendation code for the unit under test.
C/F-20
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
036 CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENTS 1 A F - SUMMARY STATUS
A code to indicate if a Calibration and Measurement Requirements Summary (CMRS) has been previously developed or is in process for the subject item. Codes are as follows:
Yes |
Y |
No |
N |
UUT CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY STATUS. The CMRS status of the UUT.
SE UUT CMRS STATUS. The CMRS status of the SE UUT.
037 CALIBRATION INTERVAL |
2 |
N R - |
The frequency in months between which a support/test equipment shall be calibrated in order to operate within specified tolerances.
038 CALIBRATION ITEM INDICATOR |
1 |
A F - |
A single position code indicating that the item recommended is itself an item of calibration equipment.
Item is a calibration item |
Y |
Item is not a calibration item |
N |
039 CALIBRATION PROCEDURE |
20 X L - |
The technical manual/order number or instructions that specifies the calibration procedure. For items of TMDE that have an approved method of support, list the applicable military department approved calibration procedure, technical order, or maintenance technical order in the item name block.
041 CALIBRATION STANDARD REQUIRED |
1 A F - |
Indicates the requirement of the support/test equipment to be calibrated using a standard.
Standard required |
Y |
|
Standard not required |
N |
|
042 CALIBRATION TIME |
5 |
N R 1 |
The time, in hours, required to calibrate the support/test equipment.
C/F-21
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
043 CHANGE AUTHORITY NUMBER |
15 X L - |
A number to uniquely identify an authority for an engineering change. The change authority and a numbering sequence will be provided by the Project. This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI CAN although is limited to 15 alpha-numeric characters.
044 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS |
65 X - |
- |
Narrative information about the operational characteristics of the SE, including minimum and maximum capabilities, of the selected support and test equipment or training device. Any critical or limiting characteristics that shall be considered before substitution of a similar item shall also be included. Narrative specifics might include equipment type; units of measurement; degrees of measurement; and parameters ranges and tolerances. If operational characteristics are classified, state so in this block.
046 COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY |
5 X F - |
(CAGE) CODE |
|
In accordance with NATO Standards, this code identifies the Manufacturer, or Organization considered as Manufacturer, that allocates the Reference Number. Codes are as specified in the NATO Supply Code for Manufacturers (NSCM) Cataloguing Handbook H4, and equates to AECMA 2000M TEI MFC and AECMA 1000D MANUFACTURER.
ADAPTOR/INTERCONNECTION DEVICE (AID) CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the adaptor/interconnection device used in conjunction with the SE.
AMMUNITION ITEM CAGE CODE. A CAGE associated with the item of ammunition.
ARN CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the additional reference number.
ARN ITEM CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the primary item additional reference number.
ATE CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the automated test equipment.
CATEGORY 1 CONTAINER MANUFACTURER CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the category 1 container manufacturer. Used in conjunction with Reference Number (DED 337) this equates to AECMA 2000M TEI CTI.
CRIP CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the item subject to Crisis Resupply from Industry Procedure.
INTEROPERABLE CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the interoperable item.
IP SUBJECT 1 CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the first subject of an IP presentation.
C/F-22
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
IP SUBJECT 2 CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the second subject of an IP presentation.
IP SUBJECT 3 CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the third subject of an IP presentation.
IP SUBJECT 4 CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the fourth subject of an IP presentation.
IP SUBJECT 5 CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the fifth subject of an IP presentation.
IP SUBJECT 6 CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the sixth subject of an IP presentation.
IP SUBJECT 7 CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the seventh subject of an IP presentation.
IP SUBJECT 8 CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the eighth subject of an IP presentation.
OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAMME (OTP) CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the operational test programme used in conjunction with the SE.
REPLACEMENT CAGE CODE. A CAGE of an item (Non SE) that is replacing or being replaced by the item under analysis. This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI RMF.
S/N PROVISIONING CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the provisioned item under analysis having a serial number relationship.
SUBJECT ID CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the Initial Provisioning Project Number Subject (DED 805). Used in conjunction with Subject ID Reference Number (DED 337), this equates to AECMA 2000M TEI SID.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SUPERSEDURE CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the SE that is superseding or being superseded by the SE under analysis.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the SE under analysis.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT UNIT UNDER TEST (SE UUT) CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the SE that is also a calibration and measurement requirements summary category II item.
SYSTEM CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the system equipment item which is identical to the SE.
TASK SUPPORT CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the SE identified for a given task.
TASK PROVISION CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the support item which is being provisioned.
TEST PROGRAMME INSTRUCTION (TPI) CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the test programme instruction used in conjunction with the operational test programme.
C/F-23
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
TESTING SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (SE) CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the support equipment which measures the SE unit under test.
UOC PROVISIONING CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the provisioned item under analysis having a UOC relationship.
047 COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY CODE |
|
102 |
X |
- |
- |
||
ADDRESS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The manufacturer or government address represented by the CAGE Code. It is divided |
|||||||
into 6 sub-fields. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a. |
CAGE name |
25 |
X |
L |
- |
|
|
b. |
CAGE P.O. box number/street |
25 |
X |
L |
- |
|
|
c. |
CAGE city |
20 |
X |
L |
- |
|
|
d. |
CAGE enter ‘UK’ |
2 |
A |
F |
- |
|
|
e. |
CAGE County name |
20 |
X |
L |
- |
|
|
f. |
CAGE postal zone/code |
10 |
X |
L |
- |
|
|
048 COMMON UNIT UNDER TEST |
|
|
2 |
N |
R |
- |
|
The number of UUTs with which the adaptor/interconnection device or signal conditioning circuitry can be used.
049 COMPENSATING DESIGN PROVISIONS |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description identifying design provisions which circumvent or mitigate the effects of the failure. A record of the true behaviour of the item in the presence of an internal malfunction or failure. Features of the design at any indenture level that will nullify the effects of a malfunction or failure, control or deactivation system items to halt generation or propagation of failure effects, or activate backup or standby items or systems. Redesign compensating provisions include:
a.Redundant items that allow continued and safe operation.
b.Safety or relief devices such as monitoring or alarm provisions which permit effective operation or limit damage.
c.Alternate models of operation such as backup or standby items or systems.
050 COMPENSATING OPERATOR ACTION PROVISIONS |
65 X L - |
A narrative description describing operator actions to circumvent or mitigate the effect of the postulated failure. Describes the compensating provision that best satisfies the indication(s) observed by an operator when the failure occurs, and the consequences of any probable incorrect action(s) by the operator in response to an abnormal indication.
C/F-24
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
051 CONCURRENT PRODUCTION CODE (CPC) |
1 A F - |
A code to indicate if the unit of measure or issue price and lot quantity are based on concurrent production of the spare item with the weapon system/end item production.
Based on concurrent production |
Y |
Not based on concurrent production |
N |
UI PRICE CONCURRENT PRODUCTION CODE. The CPC associated with the UI |
|
price. |
|
UM PRICE CONCURRENT PRODUCTION CODE. The CPC associated with the |
|
UM price. |
|
053 CONTAINER LENGTH |
2 N R - |
The smallest standard container that can be used to transport the system/equipment. Measurement base to be decided by Project.
054 CONTAINER TYPE |
36 X L - |
The designation of the standard container used to transport the system/equipment, eg, ANSI/ISO, European.
055 CONTRACT NUMBER |
19 X L - |
The unique number assigned to the contract in question, by which it can be specifically identified.
ITEM CONTRACT NUMBER. The procurement contract number of the item.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CONTRACT NUMBER. The contract number of the SE development/procurement.
TRANSPORTATION CONTRACT NUMBER. The contract number for transportation.
056 CONTRACTOR FURNISHED EQUIPMENT/ |
1 A F - |
GOVERNMENT FURNISHED EQUIPMENT (CFE/GFE) |
|
A single-position code indicating the contractor's recommendation for supply action.
CFE |
C |
GFE |
G |
Embodiment Loan Item (Sea Systems use only) |
E |
C/F-25
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
057 CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDATION |
1 A F - |
A code to signify whether or not the corresponding requirements are contractor recommended. Codes are as follows:
YES |
Y |
NO |
N |
059 ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT CONVERSION 5 N - - FACTOR
A factor (with a decimal locator code) used to convert the AOR of the system/equipment to the AOR of the item under analysis The factor is obtained by dividing the rate of usage of the item under analysis (expressed in cycles, kilometres, rounds, hours, or any other appropriate measurement base) by the rate of usage of the system/equipment (also expressed in the same Measurement Base). Consists of the following sub-fields:
a. |
First Position: |
l |
N |
F |
- |
Decimal Locator Code |
|
|
|
|
|
The location, from the right, of the implied decimal point for the multiplier entered in positions 2 through 5, ie,
the number of decimal places.
Integer Number (no decimal places) |
|
0 |
|
|
|
l Decimal place |
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 Decimal places |
|
2 |
|
|
|
3 Decimal places |
|
3 |
|
|
|
4 Decimal places |
|
4 |
|
|
|
b. |
Positions 2 through 5: |
4 |
N |
R |
AS |
Multiplier |
|
The multiplier used in the conversion. |
|
063 CREST ANGLE |
2 N R - |
The angle in degrees that a wheeled vehicle can approach, negotiate, and depart a ramp 4.575 metres (15-feet) long connecting two horizontal surfaces.
064 CREW SIZE |
4 N R - |
The number of personnel assigned to operate a system/equipment.
C/F-26
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
065 CRITICAL ITEM CODE |
13 X L - |
A series of codes assigned at item assembly level when one or more components comprising the assembly item contain critical/strategic material or when the assembly item as a purchased part meets one or more reasons for criticality. When two or more reasons for criticality apply all applicable codes will be provided.
a. |
Position 1 Component Designator |
|
|
|
Purchased part |
P |
|
|
|
Material content |
M |
|
|
|
Both purchased part and material content |
B |
|
|
|
b. |
Positions 2-13 Reason for Criticality |
|
|
|
Surge capacity |
CA |
|
|
|
Cost |
|
CO |
|
|
Environmental Limitations |
EL |
|
|
|
Foreign dependency |
FD |
|
|
|
Foreign source |
FS |
|
|
|
Long lead time |
LL |
|
|
|
Production quality |
PQ |
|
|
|
Production quantity (Supplier cannot provide |
PY |
|
|
|
the item in the quantities needed to meet |
|
|
|
|
accelerated production rates) |
|
|
|
|
MOD Restriction (MOD contract limits source |
MR |
|
|
|
of supply) |
|
|
|
|
Sole/single source qualified |
SQ |
|
|
|
Test Time |
TT |
|
|
|
066 CRITICALITY CODE |
1 |
A F |
- |
|
A code which indicates that an item is technically critical by reason of tolerance, fit restrictions, application, nuclear hardness properties or characteristics which affects identification of the item.
The item has critical features such as tolerance |
C |
fit restrictions or application. Nuclear hardness |
|
properties have not been determined. |
|
The item does not have a critical feature such as |
N |
tolerance, fit restrictions, or application. |
|
Nuclear hardness properties have not been |
|
determined. |
|
C/F-27
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
The item is specifically designed to be selected as |
H |
|
|
|
being nuclear hard (ie, it will continue to perform |
|
|
|
|
its designed function in an environment created by |
|
|
|
|
nuclear explosion). The item does not have other |
|
|
|
|
critical features. |
|
|
|
|
The item is specifically designed to be selected as |
M |
|
|
|
being nuclear hard. In addition the item has other |
|
|
|
|
critical features such as tolerance, fit restrictions, |
|
|
|
|
or application. |
|
|
|
|
The item does not have a nuclear hardened feature or |
X |
|
|
|
any other critical feature such as tolerance, fit |
|
|
|
|
restriction, or application. |
|
|
|
|
The item does not have a nuclear hardened feature |
Y |
|
|
|
but does not have other critical feature(s) such as |
|
|
|
|
tolerance, fit restrictions or application. |
|
|
|
|
069 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT CODE |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
A one character code identifying calibration management and usage of support equipment to be obtained from the supporting second line maintenance organization. The codes are as follows:
Items used infrequently (less than once per |
E |
month), and indicates the item is available |
|
from the supporting second line maintenance |
|
activities as required. |
|
Items weighing over 100 kg. (over 150 kg for |
P |
wheeled equipment), exceeding any one of the |
|
following dimensions in a stowed configuration: |
|
2 metres by 1 metre by 0.66 metre, fragile or |
|
subject to misalignment or loss of calibration |
|
through transportation, or not coded for |
|
infrequent use. |
|
All items requiring calibration and |
L |
management, designated for use at the first |
|
line level of maintenance, and not already |
|
coded ‘E’ or ‘P’. |
|
Items listed only in a detachment list code |
D |
requiring management, and having a SE management |
|
code of ‘E’ or ‘P’. |
|
C/F-28
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
||
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||||
|
Noncalibratable items requiring management |
M |
|
|
|
|
that are not otherwise SE management coded. |
|
|
|
|
|
Items that do not require calibration or |
N |
|
|
|
|
management and consequently not otherwise |
|
|
|
|
|
SE management coded. |
|
|
|
|
070 |
DATA STATUS CODE |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
|
A code indicating the status of the data for provisioning. |
|
|
|
|
|
Contractor reviewed |
C |
|
|
|
|
Government approved |
G |
|
|
|
|
Completed-Ready for provisioning |
R |
|
|
|
071 |
DATE |
8 |
N |
F |
- |
The date of an event, expressed as the century, year, month and day of the event, eg, CCYYMMDD.
Where:
CC= century (eg. 19)
YY= year (eg. 98)
MM= month (eg. 07 = July)
DD= day (eg. 18)
DATE OF FIRST ARTICLE DELIVERY. A date when the first SE under analysis is delivered and available for use.
REVISION DATE. A date when the transportability data was last revised.
SERD DATE OF INITIAL SUBMISSION. A date when the support equipment recommendation data (SERD) was initially submitted.
SERD DATE OF GOVERNMENT DISPOSITION. A date of disposition action by the government.
SERD DATE OF REVISION SUBMISSION. A date when a revised SERD was submitted.
SPIS DATE. A date when the service packaging instruction sheet (SPIS) was issued or revised.
C/F-29
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
072 |
DECK STOWAGE |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
|
A code indicating if the deck stowage is permissible. |
|
|
|
|
|
Yes |
Y |
|
|
|
|
No |
N |
|
|
|
074 |
DEGREE OF PROTECTION CODE |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
A code assigned to levels of packaging which define timescales, environmental conditions and mechanical constraints for the storage and distribution of equipment or goods. This equates to NATO, Military Level and other Packaging Codes in UK Usage, and to AECMA 2000M TEI PLC. For further information and applicable codes refer to DEF STAN 81-131 and STANAG 4280.
ITEM DEGREE OF PROTECTION CODE. A Degree of Protection Code for an Item.
PROVISIONING DEGREE OF PROTECTION CODE. A Degree of Protection Code used to indicate the packaging data that will be used for AECMA 2000M provisioning messages.
076 DEMILITARIZATION CODE |
1 A F - |
A code which indicates the degree of demilitarization required for an item.
Non-munitions list item (MLI), |
A |
demilitarization not required. |
|
MLI, demilitarization not required. |
B |
MLI, remove/demilitarize installed key |
C |
points(s) as prescribed or lethal parts, |
|
components, etc. |
|
MLI, demilitarize by mutilation, by smelting, |
D |
cutting, tearing neutralizing, etc. (burial |
|
or deep water dumping may be used when |
|
authorized). |
|
MLI, demilitarize by burning, shredding, |
E |
pulping. |
|
MLI, demilitarization instructions to be |
F |
furnished by item/technical manager. |
|
C/F-30
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
||
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||||
MLI, demilitarization required, items to be |
G |
|
|
|
demilitarized prior to transfer Defence |
|
|
|
|
Reutilization and Marketing Office (DRMO), |
|
|
|
|
normally limited to ammunition, explosives |
|
|
|
|
and dangerous articles. |
|
|
|
|
MLI, remove/demilitarize installed key points |
H |
|
|
|
as prescribed, export only. |
|
|
|
|
MLI, demilitarize by mutilation, by smelting, |
J |
|
|
|
cutting, tearing neutralizing, etc. (burial |
|
|
|
|
or deep water dumping may be used when |
|
|
|
|
authorized), export only. |
|
|
|
|
MLI, demilitarize by burning, shredding, |
K |
|
|
|
pulping, export only. |
|
|
|
|
MLI, demilitarize by mutilation, by smelting, |
L |
|
|
|
cutting, tearing neutralizing, etc. (burial |
|
|
|
|
or deep water dumping may be used when |
|
|
|
|
authorized), this code applies only to items |
|
|
|
|
identified as being a component of a key point |
|
|
|
|
on a major end item. |
|
|
|
|
MLI, demilitarize by mutilation, by smelting, |
M |
|
|
|
cutting, tearing neutralizing, etc. (burial |
|
|
|
|
or deep water dumping may be used when |
|
|
|
|
authorized), overseas only, this code applies |
|
|
|
|
only to items identified as being a component |
|
|
|
|
of a key point on a major end item. |
|
|
|
|
MLI or non-MLI with sensitive applications, |
N |
|
|
|
demilitarize by removing and destroying all |
|
|
|
|
name plates, labels plates, or markings which |
|
|
|
|
relate the item to a weapon system or sensitive |
|
|
|
|
end item application. |
|
|
|
|
Strategic list item, mutilate to the extent |
Q |
|
|
|
necessary to preclude restoration to normal |
|
|
|
|
use and prevent recovery of essential |
|
|
|
|
components parts or assemblies, overseas only. |
|
|
|
|
077 DEMILITARIZATION COST |
2 |
N |
R |
- |
The estimated cost, used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629), to demilitarize an item expressed as a percentage of the cost of the item.
C/F-31
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
078 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION & FUNCTION |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description of the SE required to satisfy the functional requirements of the end article. The specific operating critical and functional performance characteristics, corresponding tolerance of accuracy, and design criteria necessary to satisfy the functional requirements. Information regarding material finish, fragility, service requirements, etc. shall be included. For items representing or containing peculiar material requiring special treatment, precautions, or management control of the item, enter the Special Material Content Code (DED 395).
079 DESIGN DATA CATEGORY CODE |
1 A F - |
A code indicating the design data being considered, which are recommended or not recommended by the contractor or government. Codes are as follows:
Support Equipment (SE) Standardization |
A |
|
SE Specification |
B |
|
Design Engineering |
C |
|
Configuration Control |
D |
|
Reliability |
E |
|
Maintainability |
F |
|
Quality Assurance |
G |
|
Safety |
H |
|
Human Engineering |
I |
|
Test and Evaluation |
J |
|
Computer Resources |
K |
|
SE Illustration |
L |
|
Other |
M |
|
080 DESIGN DATA PRICE |
8 |
N R - |
The total expected price, used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629), for budgetary planning, associated with contractor-recommended hardware/software design activities.
081 DESIGNATED REPAIR POINT (DRP) |
12 X - |
- |
A code which identifies the depot level repair facility responsible/designated for repair, rework, or renovations of a repairable item. The DRP field is composed of two subfields, allowing entry of two codes, as specified by the Project.
a. |
First sub-field |
6 |
X |
L |
- |
b. |
Second sub-field |
6 |
X |
L |
- |
C/F-32
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
083 DISCOUNT RATE |
3 N R 2 |
The effective rate of return on an investment after adjusting for inflation to discount future costs.
084 RELIABILITY-CENTRED MAINTENANCE (RCM) |
10 X - |
AS |
DISPOSITION |
|
|
This is a 10 block spread format, each disposition will consist of a one 1 position block. The conclusions reached as the outcome of the Reliability-Centred Maintenance (RCM) analysis; specifically, the maintenance requirements that have been determined to be appropriate for the referenced Failure Mode, as the result of the application of a particular set of RCM logic.
085 TRANSPORTATION DISTANCE |
4 N R - |
The geographical distance in kilometres between two points.
088 DRAWING CLASSIFICATION |
3 X - - |
A three-position code used to indicate the category and form or level of the engineering drawings used in the analysis. The code is divided into three subcategories as follows:
a.Position l. Intended Use Categories
Design evaluation |
A |
Interface control |
B |
Service test |
C |
Logistic support |
D |
Procurement (identical items) |
E |
Procurement (interchangeable items) |
F |
Installation |
G |
Maintenance |
H |
Government manufacture |
I |
Interchangeability control |
J |
NOTE: RN Use sub-field position 1 (Intended Use Categories) only with the following codes: B, G, H and J.
b. |
Position 2. Drawing Level |
|
Conceptual and development design |
l |
|
Production prototype and limited production |
2 |
|
Production |
3 |
|
C/F-33
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
c. Position 3: Proprietary Status. Facility drawings will not be coded as proprietary without prior review and approval of the Project.
Proprietary |
Y |
Nonproprietary |
N |
FACILITY DRAWING CLASSIFICATION. The drawing classification of the facility |
|
drawing. |
|
089 DRAWING NUMBER |
32 X L - |
A designation assigned to a particular drawing by the design organization for identification purposes. The drawing number may include numbers, letters, and dashes with the following limitations:
Letters ‘I’, ‘O’, ‘Q’, ‘S’, ‘X’, and ‘Z’ shall not be used; however, letters ‘S’ and ‘Z’ may be used only if they are a part of the existing drawing numbering system. They shall not be used in the development of new drawing numbering systems. Letters shall be upper case (capital letters).
Numbers shall be Arabic numerals. Fractional, decimal, and Roman numerals shall not be used.
Blank spaces are not permitted.
Symbols such as: parenthesis ( ), asterisk *, virgule /, degree ', plus +, minus -, shall not be used, except when referencing the government or nongovernment standardization document whose identification contains such a symbol.
The CAGE, drawing format size letter, and drawing revision letter are not considered part of the drawing number or part number.
A system based on a significant numbering system or a sequentially assigned nonsignificant numbering system designed to preclude duplication is acceptable.
FACILITY DRAWING NUMBER. The drawing number of the facility.
090 DUTY |
240 X L - |
A set of operationally related tasks within a given Job, DED 185, eg, driving, weapon servicing, communicating, and operator maintenance.
091 DUTY CODE |
4 X L - |
A code, assigned by the Project, which is associated with a specific duty.
C/F-34
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
092 |
DUTY POSITION REQUIRING A NEW OR REVISED |
19 |
X |
L |
- |
|
SKILL |
|
|
|
|
|
The title of an occupation for which a new SSC is required. |
|
|
|
|
094 |
EDUCATIONAL QUALIFICATIONS |
65 |
X |
- |
- |
A narrative description identifying the educational prerequisites recommended to acquire the skill necessary to perform the task or attain the SSC (ie, academic, subjects, specialized subjects, specialized degrees, and licenses, etc.)
095 TASK ELEMENT INDICATOR |
1 A F - |
A single-position code to indicate whether or not the procedural step is a task element.
Task Element: The smallest logically and reasonably |
E |
definable unit of behaviour required to complete |
|
a task or subtask. |
|
Not a Task Element |
Blank |
096 END ITEM ACRONYM CODE (EIAC) |
10 X L - |
A code which uniquely identifies the system/equipment end item. This code will be assigned by the Project. It will remain constant throughout the item's life cycle (eg, TOW, PATRIOT, Tomahawk, Sparrow, and ALCM).
NOTE: The combination of EIAC and End Item UOC (DED 501) constitute AECMA 1000D Model Identification as part of the Data Module Code (DMC).
REFERENCED END ITEM ACRONYM CODE. An EIAC that contains referenced task information.
REFERENCE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE END ITEM ACRONYM CODE. An EIAC that contains referenced maintenance procedure information.
REFERENCED SUBTASK END ITEM ACRONYM CODE. An EIAC that contains referenced subtask information.
SEQUENCED TASK END ITEM ACRONYM CODE. An EIAC that contains sequenced task information.
097 ENGINEERING FAILURE MODE MTBF |
10 D - - |
That portion of the item MTBF (DED 229) that is attributable to an Engineering Failure Mode (Failure Cause, DED 124). EFM-MTBF may be calculated by the following formula:
C/F-35
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
|
EFM − MTBF = |
1 |
|
|
FMR × FR |
||
|
|
||
Where: |
|
|
|
FMR |
= Failure Mode Ratio (DED 136) for the particular failure mode |
||
|
under analysis. |
|
|
FR |
= Failure Rate for the LCN/ALC item under analysis. |
||
098 ENVIRONMENTAL HANDLING AND |
|
1 A F - |
|
TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR |
|
|
|
A code which indicates if an item will require special consideration to meet all environmental packaging, handling, storage, and transportation requirements.
Special consideration required |
Y |
No special consideration required |
N |
099 ENVIRONMENTAL/HAZARDOUS MATERIAL |
65 X L - |
A narrative description identifying any special environmental considerations when an item is being transported or being designed for transportation. For each item classified as a hazardous material state the Hazardous Goods Name and Class of Hazardous Goods and the document from which the information was obtained.
ie International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG)
Carriage of Dangerous Goods in Ships (UK regulations covered by IMDG) Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air (ICAO) Joint Service Dangerous Goods Regulations (JSP 335)
European Agreement concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road (ADR)
The Carriage of Dangerous Goods by road and Rail (Classification, Packaging and Labelling) Regulations (CDGCPL)
Regulations Concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Rail (RID).
100 ESSENTIALITY CODE |
1 N F - |
A code to indicate the degree to which the failure of the part affects the ability of the end item to perform its intended operation. This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI ESC.
Failure to this part will render the end |
1 |
item inoperable. |
|
Failure to this part will sometimes render |
2 |
the end item inoperable |
|
C/F-36
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
|
Failure to this part will not render the end |
3 |
item inoperable. |
|
101 ESTIMATED PRICE |
8 N R - |
An estimated cost, used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629), allied with each contractor-recommended requirement for budgeting and planning.
102 ESTIMATED SALVAGE VALUE |
2 N R - |
The estimated end of life salvage value expressed as a percentage of the cost of the item.
103 EXTENDED UNIT PRICE |
8 N R - |
The total proposed or estimated price for an item, used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629). The extended unit price is calculated by multiplying the Total Quantity Recommended by the Recurring Cost per unit, adding the Nonrecurring Cost to their product, then dividing the sum by the Total Quantity Recommended.
104 EXTERNAL OR INTERNAL LOAD INDICATOR |
1 A F - |
A code which indicates how the aircraft/helicopter will transport the system/equipment.
External |
A |
|
Internal |
B |
|
Both external and internal |
C |
|
105 FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description identifying the facility design requirements necessary to support a specific task code applicable to the item under analysis. The design criteria are in terms such as axle loads, hoist requirements, and special handling, installation, storage, electrical, environmental, or service requirements. The following examples, while definitive are not exhaustive and are used to amplify the criteria to be considered:
a.Electrical outlets and earthing points.
b.Hydrant refuelling points.
c.Clean room/air filtration requirements (provide broad specification).
d.Special Handling Areas eg, for Electrostatic Sensitive Devices.
e.Lighting levels.
f.Space and access:
(1)Clearance heights.
(2)Door dimensions.
(3)Loading ways and road access.
g.Safety partitions.
h.Industrial Service Outlet (ISO) pits.
C/F-37
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
i.Disposal or storage pits.
j.Heat/dust/fume extraction.
k.Fire prevention measures:
(a)Fire walls.
(b)Sprinklers.
(c)Hydrants.
(d)Bulk water storage and pumping.
106 FACILITIES INSTALLATION LEAD TIME |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description identifying facilities installation lead time schedules for contractor produced and installed support and test equipment or training devices. Lead times are referenced to system/equipment delivery schedules rather than to calendar dates (expressed in days, weeks, or months).
107 FACILITIES MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description identifying the maintenance concept for the system, eg, number of maintenance levels, and identifying the facilities that are required to maintain the system at the applicable maintenance levels. Facilities are to be referred to by broad category. Examples include:
Sea Systems:
a.Dockyard.
b.Dry Dock.
c.Fleet Maintenance Unit.
d.Fleet Maintenance Group.
e.Shore Electrics.
f.Shore Cooling Water.
g.Forward Support Units.
h.Degaussing Facilities.
Land Systems:
a.Structures (including hulls).
b.Electrics and Batteries.
c.Sights.
d.Radio.
e.Electronics.
f.Hydraulics.
g.Pneumatics
h.Engines and Gearboxes.
i.Safety Equipment.
j.Armament.
Air Systems:
a.Structures.
C/F-38
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
b.Ground Electrics.
c.Ground Engineering.
d.Ground Radio.
e.Avionics.
f.Hydraulics.
g.Tyres.
h.Pneumatics.
i.Engines.
j.Safety Equipment.
k.Armament.
l.Mechanical Transport.
108 FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description identifying the location of and the functions to be performed in the facility. Identifies environmental consideration affecting health, sanitation, or the surrounding community. Environmental considerations might include for example:
a.Planning and development permission.
b.Effect on Local Authority services.
c.Mandatory notifications.
d.Public relations.
e.Environmental impact criteria to be considered:
(1)Effluent arisings, storage, transfer and disposal.
(2)Noise abatement:
(a)Attenuation.
(b)Noise contours.
(3)Noxious/hazardous fumes and dust.
(4)Personnel safety and evacuation.
(5)Oil interceptors.
(6)Bunded areas (for fuel spillage containment).
(7)Notifiable hazards eg, Chemical.
(8)Hazardous radiation.
(9)Ozone depleting substances. f. Working Environment:
(1)Ventilation.
(2)Double glazing.
(3)Solar screening.
(4)Air conditioning.
109 FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATIONS |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description identifying if the system is to be used or operated in barracks or on a day-to-day basis and if such, what facilities are needed to support the system in its daily use, ie, runways, helipads, clear zones, commercial power, operational pads, etc.
C/F-39
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Sea Systems: Examples include:
a.Royal Fleet Auxiliaries.
b.Resupply.
c.Refuel.
d.Air Traffic Control.
Land Systems: No specific examples required.
Air Systems: Examples include: (Measurements in metric format are required)
a.Aircraft operating facilities such as technical accommodation for 1st and 2nd line personnel.
b.Operating surfaces:
(1)End Item, eg, aircraft, maximum all up weight, normal take off weight and tyre pressures (necessary for operating surface construction criteria at DED 482).
(2)State the maximum slope that the item requiring the operating surface is permitted to ascend or descend.
(3)Include operating surface redundancy factor if applicable.
(4)Is back-tracking satisfactory or is full length parallel taxiway essential.
(5)End item parking, servicing points and dispersals in terms of quantity, size, turning radius and separation distances.
c.Operations centres, main and alternate.
d.Air Traffic Control.
e.Navigational aids.
f.Airfield and obstruction lighting.
g.Intelligence centres.
h.Aircrew accommodation.
i.Fire/crash facilities.
j.Meteorology.
k.Communications:
(1)Wide area networks (WANS)
(2)Local area networks (LANS) eg, Station Engineering Management Aid (SEMA).
(3)Radio comms (antennae, masts)
(4)Telephones.
(5)Intercoms
(6)Public address
110 FACILITIES REQUIRED FOR TRAINING |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description identifying what facilities are required for training; classrooms, ranges, manoeuvre areas; and, facilities for simulators or other training devices (eg, Computer Based Training). Consider the following as a minimum:
a.Management and administration accommodation
b.Provide an indication of:
(1)Average course loading.
C/F-40
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
(2)Maximum course loading.
(3)Expected number of course per year
c.Number of classrooms.
d.Syndicate rooms.
e.Lecture/film theatres.
f.Training workshops.
g.Training aid requirements:
(1)Preparation.
(2)Storage.
(3)Display.
111 FACILITIES UTILIZATION |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description identifying the facility utilization rate in terms of number of tasks performed in the facility, training sessions, flying hours, number of maintenance hours, and other appropriate designators per specified time period eg, landings. Consider occasional overload of surfaces when specifying figures. Results provided by DED 430 should be used as a guide to the normal throughput expected rather than the maximum. Provision of a facility to cater for the maximum (peak) throughput may not be cost justifiable. Provide figures for war and peacetime operation if applicable, noting security classification of information.
112 FACILITY AREA |
6 N R - |
A numeric value describing the size of a designated space such as a shop, building, or land parcel in units contained in the associated Unit of Measure (DED 491). Of particular importance if land procurement or new build siting is required for a new facility.
113 |
FACILITY BASELINE NARRATIVE CODE |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
|
A code that indicates the facility baseline narrative. |
|
|
|
|
|
Facilities Maintenance Requirements, DED 107 |
A |
|
|
|
|
Facilities Requirement For Operations, DED 109 |
B |
|
|
|
|
Facility Requirements For Training, DED 110 |
C |
|
|
|
|
Facility Requirements: Special Considerations, DED 120 |
D |
|
|
|
|
Facility Requirements: Supply/Storage, DED 121 |
E |
|
|
|
114 |
FACILITY CAPABILITY |
65 |
X |
L |
- |
A narrative description identifying the capacity impact of the work load upon the facility. State whether the item under analysis is replacing existing equipment and if so whether the obsolescent equipment will be required to run on for a specified period ie until the new system is fully operational. State which redundant facilities could be used by the new system if any. The expected life of the facility is to be stated.
C/F-41
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
115 FACILITY CATEGORY CODE |
10 X - - |
A code which identifies a facility. Every reportable item of real estate is considered a facility. A parcel of land is a facility, as is each building, structure and utility constructed on or in the land. The field is subdivided into two fields as follows
ESTABLISHMENT CODE 4 X L
The unique Establishment code allocated in Appendix A to Defence Estates Organisation (Works) Specification 024.
ASSET UNIQUE REFERENCE 6 X R
The reference by which an asset is identified at the Establishment either by local historical records, ie the PSA Property Number or Asset Register Number.
Where a Baseline Facility Category Code or New or Modified Facility Category Code cannot be sourced from Defence Estates Organisation (Works) Specification 024 then enter ‘AAAA’ in Establishment Code and a sequential number in Asset Unique Reference.
BASELINE FACILITY CATEGORY CODE. The facility category code of the baseline facility.
NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY CATEGORY CODE. The facility category code of the new or modified facility.
117 FACILITY LOCATION |
65 X L - |
A narrative description identifying the existing, new, or modified facility in terms of where the facility is located (eg, depot name, building, post, bay, etc.). This should include the geographic location, in particular whether the facility is overseas, at the contractors site or customers location.
118 FACILITY NAME |
32 X L - |
An identification of the name of the facility type that the system/equipment requires.
BASELINE FACILITY NAME. The name of the baseline facility.
NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NAME. The name of the new or modified facility.
119 FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE |
1 A F - |
A code that indicates the facility narrative.
Facility Capability, DED 114 |
A |
C/F-42
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
Facility Location, DED 117 |
B |
|
120 FACILITY REQUIREMENTS: SPECIAL |
65 X - |
- |
CONSIDERATIONS |
|
|
A narrative description identifying any special considerations which impact facilities. It is used to describe special problems which apply to facilities requirements, including security and survivability requirements. Also, information concerning facility requirement interrelationships which identifies advantages of close proximity to other facilities from a functional/efficiency standpoint or site restrictions such as quantity distance criteria is identified. State if special to type accommodation is required. Consider the following:
a.Survivability requirements:
(1)Threat.
(2)Hardening (refer to DED 482 for construction).
(3)Duplication.
(4)EMP protection.
(5)Standby power and the relevant NATO criteria.
b.Effect of new facilities on existing utilities and infrastructure.
c.Ground defence and security.
(1)TEMPEST.
(2)Control of entry.
(3)Intruder detection.
(4)Anti-terrorist precautions.
(5)Cleared areas.
(6)Security lighting.
(7)Document security.
(8)Registry.
(9)Confidential publications.
(10)Vaults.
(11)Crypto.
121 FACILITY REQUIREMENTS: SUPPLY/STORE |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description identifying where the system will be stored. If there are any special storage requirements for the system or components these should be included; or if there is any impact in other storage facilities. Include requirement for licensed storage for explosives, chemicals or POL. Examples of details to be considered are as follows:
a.Storage areas, include emergency alternative sources/storage. Examples:
(1)Armoury.
(2)Garaging.
C/F-43
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
(3)Temporary storage area of hangar. b. Special storage considerations:
(1)Security eg,. alarms and physical protection.
(2)Environmental controls:
(a)Special environmental factors.
(b)Controls.
(c)Monitoring requirements.
(d)Heating.
(e)Dehumidification.
(f)Ventilation.
(3)Warehouse.
(4)Covered.
(5)Uncovered.
(6)Storage separation for contamination control and quarantine.
(7)Storage media eg, racking. Stack height permissible?
(8)Aisle width.
(9)Floor loading.
(10)Door dimensions.
(11)Road access.
(12)Loading bays.
(13)Protective and decontamination clothing.
c. Impact on other storage facilities (impact on non-storage facilities refer to DED 120):
(1)Petroleum.
(2)Oil.
(3)Lubricants.
(4)Ammunition.
(5)Gases.
122 FACILITY TASK AREA BREAKDOWN |
65 X - - |
A narrative description identifying the breakdown of a facility area by individual tasks at the job level to determine maximum use of space.
123 FACILITY UNIT COST RATIONALE |
65 X - |
- |
Provide a narrative description including a unit cost estimate for each facility item complete with cost rationale. Indicate whether the estimated cost requires to be included within Long Term Costings (LTC).
124 FAILURE CAUSE |
65 X - |
- |
All probable independent causes for each failure mode shall be identified and described. The failure causes within adjacent indenture levels shall be considered. For example,
C/F-44
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
failure causes at the third indenture level shall be considered when conducting a second indenture level analysis.
125 FAILURE/DAMAGE EFFECTS: END EFFECT |
65 X - - |
A narrative description identifying the consequences of each failure/damage mode, on item operation, function, or status. Failure/damage effects focus on the specific block diagram element, which is affected by the condition under consideration. End effects evaluate and define the total effect a failure/damage mode has on the operation, function, or status of the uppermost system. The effect of each failure/damage mode upon the essential functions(s) affecting system/equipment operating capability and mission completion capability shall be determined. The end effect described may be the result of a double failure. For example, failure of a safety device may result in a catastrophic end effect only in the event that both the prime function goes beyond the limit for which the safety device is set, and the safety device fails.
126 FAILURE/DAMAGE EFFECTS: LOCAL |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description identifying the consequences of each failure/damage mode, on item operation, function, or status. Failure/damage effects focus on the specific block diagram element, which is affected by the condition under consideration. Local effects concentrate specifically on the impact a failure/damage mode has on the operation and function of the item in the indenture level under consideration. The consequences of each postulated failure/damage mode affecting the item shall be described along with any second order effects which result. Potential conditions where the failure/damage of one item results in a change of the conditional failure probability, or effect of a second item shall be identified. It is possible for the ‘local effect’ to be the failure/ damage mode itself.
127 FAILURE/DAMAGE EFFECTS: NEXT HIGHER |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description identifying the consequences of each failure/damage mode, on item operation, function, or status. Failure/damage effects focus on the specific block diagram element, which is affected by the condition under consideration. These effects concentrate on the impact a failure/damage mode has on the operation and function of the items in the next higher indenture level above the indenture level under consideration. The consequences of each failure/damage mode affecting the next higher indenture level shall be described.
128 FAILURE/DAMAGE MODE |
65 X - - |
l. Failure modes: The manner by which a failure occurs. All predictable failure modes for each indenture level analyzed shall be identified and described. Potential failure modes shall be determined by examination of item outputs and functional outputs identified in applicable block diagrams and schematics. Failure modes of the individual item function shall be postulated on the basis of the stated requirements in the
C/F-45
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
system definition and the failure definitions included in the ground rules developed to support the Failure Modes, Effects, and Criticality Analysis (FMECA) approach. Where functions shown on a block diagram are performed by a replaceable module in the system, a separate Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA) shall be performed on the internal functions of the module, viewing the module as a system. The effects of possible failure modes in the module inputs and outputs describe the failure modes of the module when it is viewed as an item within the system. Each failure mode and output function is examined in relation to the following typical failure conditions:
a.Premature operations
b.Failure to operate at a prescribed time
c.Intermittent operation
d.Failure to cease operation at a prescribed time
e.Loss of output or failure during operation
f.Degraded output or operational capability
g.Other unique failure conditions, as applicable, based upon system characteristics and operational requirements or constraints
2. Damage Modes: A narrative description identifying all possible damage modes which could result from exposure to specified threat mechanism(s) determined through analysis of each subsystem, component, or part. The analysis includes both primary and secondary damage effects. Damage modes of individual item functions are postulated on the basis of the stated mission requirements, specified threats, and system descriptions. The effects of the possible damage modes include performance degradation, as well as total item failure. Each damage mode and function is examined in relation to the following typical damage conditions:
a.Penetrated
b.Severed
c.Shattered, cracked
d.Jammed
e.Deformed
f.Ignited, detonated
g.Burned out (ie, electrical overload)
h.Burned through (ie, threat-caused fires)
129 FAILURE DETECTION METHOD |
65 X - - |
The method(s) by which occurrence of a specific failure mode is detected by the operator or maintenance technician. Describes warning devices, if applicable, and other indications which make evident to the operator or technician that a system/equipment has malfunctioned or failed. If no indication exists, states if the undetected failure will jeopardize the mission objectives or personnel safety, and if the undetected failure allows the system to remain operational in a safe state, explores possible resulting second failure situations. Proper correlation of a system malfunction or failure may require identification of normal, as well as abnormal indications. Normal indications
C/F-46
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
are those that are evident to an operator when the system is operating normally. Abnormal indications are those that are evident to the operator when the system has malfunctioned or failed.
130 FAILURE EFFECT PROBABILITY (β) |
3 |
N R 2 |
The values are the conditional probability that the failure effect will result in the assigned Safety Hazard Severity Code (DED 362) given that the failure mode occurs. The values represent the analyst's judgement as to the conditional probability the loss will occur, and are quantified in general accordance with the following:-
Failure Effect |
Value |
Actual loss |
1.00 |
Probable loss |
0.10 to 1.00 |
Possible loss |
0.00 to 0.10 |
No effect |
0.00 |
131 FAILURE MODE & RELIABILITY-CENTRED |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
MAINTENANCE (RCM) NARRATIVE CODE |
|
|
|
|
A code that indicates the failure mode and RCM narrative. |
|
|
|
|
Failure/Damage Mode Effect End Effect, DED 125 |
A |
|
|
|
Failure/Damage Mode Effect Local, DED 126 |
B |
|
|
|
Failure/Damage Mode Effect Next Higher, DED 127 |
C |
|
|
|
Failure Cause, DED 124 |
D |
|
|
|
Failure/Damage Mode, DED 128 |
E |
|
|
|
Failure Mode Detection Method, DED 129 |
F |
|
|
|
Failure Mode Predictability, DED 138 |
G |
|
|
|
Failure Mode Remarks, DED 137 |
H |
|
|
|
Redesign Recommendations, DED 426 |
I |
|
|
|
RCM Age Exploration, DED 343 |
J |
|
|
|
RCM Reasoning, DED 346 |
K |
|
|
|
RCM Redesign Recommendations, DED 426 |
L |
|
|
|
132 FAILURE MODE CLASSIFICATION |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
A one-position code that categorizes the failure resulting from the identified failure mode as a technical or an operational failure.
Technical |
T |
Operational |
O |
C/F-47
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
133 FAILURE MODE CRITICALITY NUMBER (Cm) |
10 D - - |
Cm is that portion of the criticality number for an item, which accounts for a specific one of its failure modes under a particular severity classification. For a particular severity classification and operational phase, the Cm for a failure mode may be calculated with the following formula:
|
Cm = (βαFt)(1,000,000) |
Where: |
|
Cm = |
Criticality Number for Failure Mode |
β= Failure Effect Probability, DED l30
α |
= Failure Mode Ratio, DED 136 |
|
|
F |
= |
Failure Rate, DED l40 |
|
t |
= |
Operating Time, DED 269 |
|
134 FAILURE MODE INDICATOR |
4 X F - |
||
The first position of the code describes whether the indicator is a failure mode (F) or damage mode (D). The next three positions of the code are alphanumeric, but not special characters. This four-position code links information on a table to a particular failure or damage mode.
FMT FAILURE MODE INDICATOR. A failure mode indicator against which either a corrective or preventive task is documented.
135 FAILURE MODE INDICATOR MISSION PHASE |
1 A F - |
CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE |
|
A code that indicates the failure mode indicator mission phase characteristics narrative.
Compensating Design Provisions, DED 049 |
A |
Compensating Operator Actions Provisions, DED 050 |
B |
136 FAILURE MODE RATIO (α) |
4 N R 3 |
The fraction of the failure rate of the part, related to the particular failure mode under consideration. The failure mode ratio is the probability expressed as a decimal fraction that the part or item will fail in the identified mode. If all potential failure modes of a particular part or item are listed, the sum of the ‘α‘ values for the part or item will equal one. Individual failure mode multipliers may be derived from failure rate source data or from test and operational data. If failure mode data are not available, the ‘α‘ values represent the analyst's judgement based upon an analysis of the item's functions.
C/F-48
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
137 FAILURE MODE REMARKS |
65 X - - |
Narrative clarification of data pertaining to failure modes.
138 FAILURE PREDICTABILITY |
65 X - |
- |
Information on known incipient failure indicators (eg, operational performance variations), which are peculiar to the item failure trends and permit predicting failures in advance.
139 FAILURE PROBABILITY LEVEL |
1 A F - |
A single-position code identifying the qualitative level assigned to the failure probability of occurrence. The levels are as follows:
Level A - Frequent. A high probability of occurrences |
A |
during the item operating time interval. High |
|
probability may be defined as a single failure mode |
|
probability of occurrence equal to or greater than |
|
0.20 of the overall probability of failure during the |
|
item operating time interval. |
|
Level B - Reasonably Probable. A moderate |
B |
probability of occurrence during the item |
|
operating time interval. Reasonably probable |
|
may be defined as a single failure mode |
|
probability of occurrence which is 0.10 or more, |
|
but less than 0.20 of the overall probability |
|
of failure during the item operating time interval. |
|
Level C - Occasional. An occasional probability |
C |
of occurrence during item operating time interval. |
|
Occasional probability may be defined as a single |
|
failure mode probability of occurrence which is |
|
0.01 or more, but less than 0.10 of the overall |
|
probability of failure during the item operating time. |
|
Level D - Remote. An unlikely probability of |
D |
occurrence during item operating time interval. |
|
Remote probability may be defined as a single failure |
|
mode probability of occurrence which is 0.001 or more, |
|
but less than 0.0l of the overall probability |
|
of failure during the item operating time. |
|
Level E - Extremely Unlikely. A failure whose |
E |
probability of occurrence is essentially zero during |
|
C/F-49
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
item operating time interval. Extremely unlikely may be defined as a single failure mode probability of occurrence, which is less than 0.00l of the overall probability of failure during the item operating time.
140 FAILURE RATE |
10 D - |
- |
For a particular interval, the total number of failures within a population of an item divided by the total functional life of the population during the measurement interval. The definition holds for time, rounds, Kilometres, events, cycles, or other measures of life units.
141 FAILURE RATE DATA SOURCE |
32 X L - |
The source of the failure rates used in the calculation of criticality numbers. Failure rate data can be obtained from sources such as appropriate reliability predictions, test and evaluation results, field data from past systems of similar design and environmental use, or failure rate data sources such as MIL-HDBK-217F.
The credibility of the available reliability information shall be established, the criteria of data to be utilized are listed in order of preference.
a. Field service data from identical equipments operating under the same environmental conditions.
Field service data identical.
b. Test data from identical equipments operating under simulated representative environmental conditions.
Test data identical.
c. Field service data from similar equipments operating under the same environmental conditions.
Field service data similar.
d. Test data from similar equipments operating under simulated representative environmental conditions.
Test data similar.
e. Component parts stress prediction in accordance with MIL-HDBK- 217F or other component database approved by the Project.
Approved component data base.
C/F-50
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Once the type of data has been established it can be assessed with respect to which stage of development it originate. For example; test data from the reliability growth programme will not be as valid as test data from production reliability in other words, the most recent programme data has most credibility.
142 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FAMILY GROUP |
10 X L - |
The abbreviated noun name which describes the support/test equipment by functional category (see AECMA 1000D).
143 FAULT ISOLATION |
5 N - |
- |
Fault Isolation is a procedure employed to determine which particular unit or group of units is at fault for a malfunction or failure. Specific information related to the BIT capability to fault isolate is provided in the sub-fields of this block.
a. Ambiguity Group |
2 N R - |
A set of items at the same level of indenture having properties such that BIT can determine that at least one of the set is faulty, but is unable to determine which particular one.
b. Percent Failure |
3 N R 1 |
The percent of an item's probable malfunctions, which can be isolated within a specific ambiguity group by means of BIT.
144 FIGURE NUMBER |
4 X R - |
A number assigned to identify a specific illustration contained in a manual. This is a constituent part of AECMA 2000M TEI CSN, limited to three characters that equate to fields 7, 8 and 9 of AECMA 2000M TEI CSN.
145 FISCAL YEAR (FY) |
4 N F - |
The period beginning 1 April of one calendar year and ending on 31 March on the following calendar year. For example, the fiscal year 1992 relates to 1992/1993.
TRANSPORTED FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year for which transportation is required.
UI PRICE FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year the UI price was developed.
UM PRICE FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year the UM price was developed.
C/F-51
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
146 FREIGHT CLASSIFICATION |
7 |
X L - |
The recommended freight classification of the item corresponding to the particular mode of transportation that will be used to transport the item.
147 FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS |
65 X - |
- |
A statement shall give, in technical and quantitative terms, a precise description of the function requiring support, including, the specific operating critical and fundamental performance characteristics, corresponding tolerance or accuracy, and design criteria necessary. Also describe the required interval for performance of the function; required input and output characteristics and measurements; and, environmental conditions under which the piece of SE is to be used.
148 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT GENERIC CODE |
5 X L - |
Identifies the support/test equipment by functional group. (ie Oscilloscope, multimeter) (see AECMA 1000D).
150 GOVERNMENT REQUIRED |
1 A F - |
Entry specifying whether or not the corresponding requirements are imposed by the government. Enter a ‘Y’ for yes, ‘N’ for no.
151 HARDNESS CRITICAL ITEM (HCI) |
1 A F - |
A code which identifies an item at any assembly level which is mission critical and could be designed, repaired, manufactured, installed or maintained for normal operation and yet degrade system survivability in a nuclear, biological, or chemical hostile environment, if hardness were not considered.
Hardness critical |
Y |
Not Hardness critical |
N |
152 HARDNESS CRITICAL PROCESS (HCP) |
1 A F - |
A single-position code indicating whether or not the particular maintenance task under analysis has a bearing on an item which is mission critical. Nuclear HCPs are procedures, finishes, specifications, manufacturing techniques/procedures which are hardness critical and, if changed, could degrade nuclear hardness. Code ‘S’ should be used if unsure whether or not a task is hardness critical at that point in time.
Hardness critical |
Y |
Hardness critical surveillance |
S |
Not hardness critical |
N |
C/F-52
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
153 HARDWARE DEVELOPMENT PRICE |
8 N R - |
The estimated cost used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629), of hardware development of the support equipment. This price does not include the cost of deliverable hardware.
154 HAZARDOUS CODE |
1 A F - |
A code which indicates that the item is considered to be hazardous goods by either being listed in one of the International or UK Transport of Dangerous Goods Regulations, or would meet the criteria listed in them.
Regulated hazardous item |
D |
Non-hazardous item |
N |
Air Systems: SOFT CONSUMABLES DANGEROUS ENGINEERING
SUBSTANCES
Where a product is, or should be, classified as a Dangerous Engineering Substance (DES) (AP 100B-10 refers) enter ‘D’, otherwise ‘N’. If a Data Sheet for the product is not included in AP 100B-10 or JSP(F)395 the compiler is to advise the Multi Disciplinary Group (MDG) and Dangerous Engineering Substances Advisory Team (DESAT), in writing, that GAI 5011 action may apply.
155 HAZARDOUS MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES CODE |
1 A F - |
A code which denotes whether the performance of the maintenance action identified by the task code will potentially expose assigned maintenance personnel to hazardous conditions.
Potential loss of life consequences resulting |
A |
from the incorrect or improper performance of |
|
maintenance. |
|
Potential severe injury resulting from the |
B |
incorrect or improper performance of |
|
maintenance. |
|
Potential minor injury resulting from the |
C |
incorrect or improper performance of |
|
maintenance. |
|
No potential danger to maintenance personnel |
D |
conducting maintenance. |
|
C/F-53
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
156 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORAGE COST |
8 N R - |
The projected annual cost, used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629), to store hazardous material required for one end item. This figure reflects an annual storage cost averaged over an item's expected useful life.
157 HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL COST |
8 N R - |
The projected annual cost, used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629), to dispose of the hazardous waste generated due to operating/supporting one end item. This figure reflects annual disposal costs averaged over an item's expected useful life.
158 HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE COST |
8 N R - |
The projected annual costs, used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629), to store hazardous waste generated due to operating/supporting one end item. This figure reflects an annual storage cost averaged over an item's expected useful life.
159 HELICOPTER MISSION REQUIREMENTS |
19 X - |
AS |
Helicopter mission transportation requirements is divided into five sub-fields indicating the worst (eg, highest, coldest, longest, and heaviest) mission scenario.
a. |
Altitude. The highest altitude in feet above |
5 |
N |
R |
- |
|
|
|
sea level. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
b. |
Temperature. The coldest temperature in |
3 |
N |
R |
- |
|
|
|
degrees Celsius. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
c. |
Distance. The longest distance in nautical |
3 |
N |
R |
- |
|
|
|
miles/km, measurement base as specified by |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Project. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
d. |
Time. The longest time in hours. |
3 |
N |
R |
1 |
|
|
e. |
Payload. The heaviest payload in Kgs |
5 |
N |
R |
- |
|
|
|
(To be decided by Project) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
162 INDENTURE CODE |
|
|
1 |
X |
F |
- |
|
The indenture level shall correspond to the indenture that the item will be given within the Illustrated Parts Catalogue. This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI IND, which should be referred to for full explanation.
CODE: Enter number of indenture level = 1 to 9
C/F-54
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
FIGURE INDENTURE CODE. An indenture level corresponding to the indenture that the item will be given within a figure.
164 INHERENT AVAILABILITY (Ai) |
8 |
N R 6 |
The probability that, when used under stated conditions in an ideal support environment without consideration for preventive action, a system will operate satisfactorily at any time. The ‘ideal support environment’ referred to, exists when the stipulated tools, parts, skilled manpower, manuals, SE and other support items required are available. Ai excludes whatever ready time, preventive maintenance downtime, supply downtime, and administrative downtime may require. Ai may be expressed by the following formula:
|
A i = |
M T B F |
|
|
M T B F + M T T R |
||
|
|
||
where: |
|
|
|
MTBF |
= Mean Time Between Failures, DED 229 |
||
MTTR |
= Mean Time To Repair, DED 236 |
||
NOTE: The measurement bases for MTBF and MTTR shall be consistent when calculating Ai.
REQUIRED INHERENT AVAILABILITY. An Ai representing the requirement/specification Ai.
165 INHERENT MAINTENANCE FACTOR |
2 N R 1 |
A factor derived from historical information, that identifies the percent of No Defect maintenance actions that have been included in the MTBM Inherent parameter. This factor is used to relate the MTBM Inherent parameter to the MTBF parameter. The IMF may be calculated using the following formula:
IMF = ((MTBF − MTBM INHERENT) / MTBF) 100
where:
MTBF = Mean Time Between Failures, DED 229
MTBM Inherent = Mean Time Between Maintenance Inherent, DED 232
166 INITIAL BIN COST |
4 N R - |
The initial cost, used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629), of entering an item into the retail supply system. This includes the administrative cost of setting up a bin for the item at the wholesale supply point.
C/F-55
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
167 INITIAL CATALOGUING COST |
4 N R - |
The initial cost, used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629), of entering a new item into the wholesale supply system. This is generally considered to be the cost of screening the item and assigning an NSN.
168 TEST MEASUREMENT & DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT |
25 X - AS |
(TMDE) INPUT POWER SOURCE |
|
The operating power requirements necessary for the TMDE to function and operate properly. Consists of the following sub-fields.
a. |
Operating Range |
6 |
N |
- |
- |
The voltage range which the TMDE requires to function properly. Sub-fields are:
(1) Minimum |
3 N R - |
The minimum voltage which the TMDE requires to function properly.
(2) Maximum |
3 N R - |
The maximum voltage which the TMDE requires to function properly.
b. |
Alternating Current/ Direct Current |
l |
A |
F |
- |
A code indicating the type of voltage required to operate the Automatic Test Equipment/Test Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment, support/test equipment.
Alternating Current |
A |
|
|
|
|
Direct Current |
D |
|
|
|
|
c. |
Frequency Range |
6 |
N |
- |
- |
The number of periods or cycles, in hertz, for a given voltage or voltage range. Consists of following sub-fields:
(1) Minimum |
3 N R - |
The minimum frequency which the TMDE requires to function properly.
(2) Maximum |
3 N R - |
The maximum frequency which the TMDE requires to function properly.
C/F-56
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
d. Phase |
l |
N F |
- |
The number of simultaneously applied AC voltage sources for a given voltage range.
Single phase |
l |
|
|
|
|
Double phase |
2 |
|
|
|
|
Triple phase |
3 |
|
|
|
|
e. |
Watts |
5 |
N |
R |
- |
The unit of power equivalent to the current of one ampere flowing across a potential difference of one volt.
f. |
Percent Maximum Ripple |
4 |
N R 2 |
The percent maximum ripple allowable of the output voltage of the power source available to operate the TMDE.
g. Source Option Number |
2 |
N |
R |
- |
A number sequentially assigned from 1 to 99 that is used to distinguish between different sets of values of input power requirements for a specific piece of support equipment.
169 INSTALLATION FACTORS OR OTHER FACILITIES |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description identifying any considerations required for the installation of support and test equipment, or training material, such as vibration and shock mounting requirements, special foundations, utilities connections, and environmental factors. Also, includes any equipment necessary to install the item, eg, cranes, hoists, lift trucks, transits etc. When new or modified facilities are required to house the support, test equipment, or training materials, facilities data table(s) may also be required.
Sea Systems: This narrative should address the requirements for:
a.Onboard Servicing.
b.Manufacturing Gauges, Tools etc.
c.Installation, Setting to Work.
170 INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT PRICE |
8 N R - |
The total cost, used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629), allied with ILS deliverable recommendations made by the contractor.
C/F-57
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
171 INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
|
CATEGORY CODE |
|
|
|
|
|
A code indicating the ILS requirements. Codes are as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
Integrated logistic support plan |
A |
|
|
|
|
Logistic support analysis |
B |
|
|
|
|
Maintenance plan |
C |
|
|
|
|
Support materials list |
D |
|
|
|
|
Repair of repairables |
E |
|
|
|
|
Provisioning technical documentation |
F |
|
|
|
|
Master index of repairables |
G |
|
|
|
|
Calibration and Measurement Requirements Summary |
H |
|
|
|
|
Facilities data |
I |
|
|
|
|
Technical manuals |
J |
|
|
|
|
Maintenance requirements card |
K |
|
|
|
|
Instrument calibration procedures |
L |
|
|
|
|
Phased support plan |
M |
|
|
|
|
Component pilot rework/repair |
N |
|
|
|
|
Rework standard |
O |
|
|
|
|
New start |
P |
|
|
|
|
Training |
Q |
|
|
|
|
Contractor engineering and technical services |
R |
|
|
|
|
Packaging, handling, storage and transportation |
S |
|
|
|
|
Other |
T |
|
|
|
|
Estimated total ILS price |
U |
|
|
|
|
172 INTERCHANGEABILITY CODE |
|
2 |
A |
F |
- |
A code which indicates relationship of items. |
|
|
|
|
|
a.Signifies one-way (OW) interchangeability as follows:
(1) When used for a change to the original |
OW |
item, means that the original item may be used |
|
until exhausted. |
|
(2) When used for the replacement item, |
OR |
‘OR’ means that the new item may be used to |
|
replace the original item. |
|
b. Signifies that the original item and replacement |
TW |
item are interchangeable with each other. |
|
c. Signifies that the item is not interchangeable |
|
(NI) as follows: |
|
C/F-58
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
|
(1) When used for the original item, |
NI |
|
means that the item is not interchangeable |
|
|
with the replacement item. |
|
|
(2) When used for the replacement item, |
NR |
|
NR means that the replacement item is not |
|
|
interchangeable with the original item. |
|
d. |
Signifies that the original item is |
OM |
interchangeable with the replacement item only |
|
|
if modified to the replacement item configuration |
|
|
and only in the new application |
|
|
e. |
Signifies that the original item is |
TM |
interchangeable in both the old and new application only if the original item is modified to the replacement configuration.
SUPERSEDURE INTERCHANGEABILITY CODE. An interchangeability code used to identify whether the SE replacing or being replaced by the SE under analysis is interchangeable with it.
176 INVENTORY STORAGE SPACE COST |
4 N R 2 |
The cost of storing repairable item inventory at the designated maintenance facility. This cost, used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629), is per cubic metre per month.
177 ITEM CATEGORY CODE (ICC) |
2 X L - |
A code which identifies a type of item and indicates categories into which support and test equipment, spares, repairs parts, etc. may be divided.
NOTE: ICCs of ‘A’, ‘B’, and ‘C’ should not be assigned to hardware items since these codes are reserved for grouping and selecting similar ICCs, during ADP processing.
Peculiar SE and tools not currently in the MOD inventory (ICC Group A):
Peculiar SE (Other) |
7 |
Peculiar tools |
8 |
Peculiar test equipment |
M |
Peculiar handling equipment |
D |
Peculiar automatic test equipment (ATE) |
1 |
Common SE and tools currently in the MOD inventory (ICC Group B):
Common SE (Other) |
H |
C/F-59
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Common tools |
4 |
Common test equipment |
5 |
Common handling equipment |
6 |
Common ATE |
2 |
Common SE and tools currently in the MOD inventory but not assigned to a unit/ship (ICC Group C):
Common SE (Other) |
G |
|
Common tools |
N |
|
Common test equipment |
P |
|
Common handling equipment |
R |
|
Common ATE |
3 |
|
Bulk items |
Q |
|
Training material not currently in the MOD inventory |
S |
|
Training material currently in the MOD inventory |
T |
|
End item |
W |
|
Spare (repairable support item) |
X |
|
Repair part (a non-repairable consumable support item, |
Y |
|
component, assembly) |
|
|
Repair parts kit |
Z |
|
A repair part, component or assembly contained in a |
9 |
|
kit/set. |
|
|
Tool kit/set |
V |
|
Tech manuals |
F |
|
Forms or records |
J |
|
Electrostatic discharge sensitive item |
K |
|
Electromagnetic sensitive item |
L |
|
Facilities |
U |
|
System peculiar spare part |
AA |
|
Maintenance significant consumable |
AB |
|
Modified hand tool |
AC |
|
Maintenance assist module |
AD |
|
Attaching Hardware |
AE |
|
Training Equipment |
AF |
|
Additional codes may be specified by Project. |
|
|
178 ITEM CRITICALITY NUMBER (Cr) |
10 D - |
- |
The sum of the Failure Mode Criticality Numbers related to the failure modes of an item within specific severity classifications and mission phases. The following formula may be used to calculate Item Cr:
C/F-60
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
|
|
j |
|
|
Cr |
= Σ (Cm )n |
n = 1, 2, 3......... j |
|
|
n = 1 |
|
where: |
|
|
|
Cr |
= |
Criticality number for the item |
|
Cm |
= |
Failure Mode Criticality Number, DED l33 |
|
n |
= |
The failure modes in the items that fall under a |
|
|
|
particular severity classification/mission phase combination |
|
j= Last failure mode in the item under the severity classification/mission phase combination
179 ITEM DESIGNATOR CODE |
26 X - - |
A part of nomenclature which provides a method for identifying equipment, usually by broad performance and use characteristics and general configuration. It is a data chain consisting of all or part of the data elements type, model, and series designators, in that order. Instructions for coding the type, model, and series designators are contained in Defence Standard 05-123/1 chapter 311 and consists of the following sub-fields:
a. |
Type designator |
7 |
X |
L |
- |
A broad categorization of equipment based upon |
|
|
|
|
|
function or use. |
|
|
|
|
|
b. |
Model designator |
10 |
X |
L |
- |
Identifies equipment within a particular type |
|
|
|
|
|
designator having essentially the same performance |
|
|
|
|
|
characteristics. |
|
|
|
|
|
c. |
Series designator |
2 |
X |
L |
- |
Identifies equipment within a particular model |
|
|
|
|
|
designator having the same basic design, but not |
|
|
|
|
|
necessarily the same configuration. |
|
|
|
|
|
d. |
Suffix designator |
7 |
X |
L |
- |
(A suffix may be added for use with the Joint Electronics Type Designation System).
END ARTICLE ITEM DESIGNATOR. The item designator code of the end article used in LSA-070 Report.
SYSTEM EQUIPMENT ITEM DESIGNATOR. The item designator code of the system equipment item.
C/F-61
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
SYSTEM/EI ITEM DESIGNATOR CODE. The item designator code of the system/end item.
180 ITEM FUNCTION |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description identifying the function, specifications, and tolerances of the item under analysis (eg, supply 45 litres per minute of hydraulic fluid at 200 bar for normal activation of pilot's canopy, hose, main landing gear extension, wheel brakes, and flap extension).
182 ITEM NAME |
19 X L - |
An identifying noun with appropriate adjective modifier, as contained in NATO Item Name Directory for Supply Cataloguing, H6-l. Item Names contained in NATO Item Name Directory for Supply Cataloguing, H6-l, cannot be abbreviated unless approved by the Project. When abbreviation is approved by the Project, the non-approved item names can be abbreviated. (Air Systems IAW AECMA 1000D).
INTEROPERABLE ITEM NAME. The name of the item that the end item under analysis is expected to interoperate with.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SUPERSEDURE ITEM NAME. An item name of the support equipment being superseded by or superseding the support equipment under analysis.
183 ITEM NAME CODE |
5 X F - |
A number which serves as a cross-reference to each approved item name as contained in the NATO Item Name Directory for Supply Cataloguing, H6-1. Names and noun concepts other than approved item names or noun concepts are assigned Item Name Code ‘77777’. This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI INC.
184 ITEM NUMBER |
4 X R - |
An index number assigned to an item for a specific illustration. This equates to fields 10, 11, 12 and 13 of AECMA 2000M TEI.
ITEM NUMBER. The Item Number of an item at a specific location within an AECMA 2000M IP presentation.
CATEGORY 1 CONTAINER LOCATION ITEM NUMBER. The Item Number of the location of a Category 1 Container.
C/F-62
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
185 JOB |
40 X L - |
The combination of all human performance required for operation and maintenance of one personnel position in a system (eg, driver).
186 JOB CODE |
2 X F - |
An assigned code which is associated with a specific job.
188 JUSTIFICATION |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description identifying major factors which: (a) led to the decision that additional facilities, personnel, training, training material, support and test equipment, etc., are required; or, (b) provided the basis for establishing the maintenance concept or making a major programme decision.
189 LABOUR RATE |
4 N R 2 |
The average direct labour rate per hour for an Operations/ Maintenance (O/M) Level. Labour rate is used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629).
190 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIFE CYCLE STATUS |
1 A F - |
The current life cycle phase of an item of Support Equipment.
Staff Target, Feasibility, Staff Requirement |
C |
Project Definition |
D |
Full Scale Development |
F |
Production |
P |
Delivery/In-Service/Disposal |
S |
191 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIFE SPAN |
2 N R - |
The estimated useful life, in years, of the support/test equipment.
192 LIFTING AND TIEDOWN REQUIREMENT FOR |
65 X L - |
TRANSPORTATION |
|
Narrative information of the number, location by dimensions, and strength (rated, yield, and ultimate) of lifting and tiedown provisions for the item and major components removed for transport. Identified are the locations of hardpoint lifting provisions provided for aerial recovery. State if the lifting provisions meet the criteria of JSP 071, Joint Service Movement Diagrams and DEF STAN 00-3, Design Guidance For The Transportability Of Equipment, and interface with all aerial recovery and sling component. There may be specific Service requirements which shall be met; these may include ammunition requirements which will be specified if applicable.
C/F-63
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
194 LINE REPLACEABLE UNIT (LRU) |
1 A F - |
A LRU is an essential support item which may be removed and replaced at Operator/Crew/Unit-Crew or First Line maintenance levels to restore the end item to an operationally ready condition. Conversely, a non-LRU is a part, component or assembly used in the repair of a LRU, when the LRU has failed and has been removed from the end item for repair.
Item is a LRU |
Y |
Item is not a LRU |
N |
195 COST LOADING FACTOR |
3 N R 2 |
A factor which is applied to the hourly and annual manpower costs to account for overhead, benefits, permanent change of station moves, hazardous duty, etc.
196 LOGISTICS CONSIDERATIONS |
13 A - |
- |
A checklist consisting of 13 individual logistics factors impacting upon the attainment of specified maintainability goals for the item under analysis. An entry of Y, N, or Z is entered against each factor as depicted below.
Yes |
Y |
No |
N |
Not applicable |
Z |
The individual factors that constitute the sub-fields are:
Standardization. A logistic consideration indicating whether the design of the item
under analysis meet the MoD policy to adapt, when possible, to: |
(a) |
common or |
compatible operational, administrative and logistic procedures; |
(b) |
common or |
compatible technical procedures and criteria; (c) common, compatible, or |
||
interchangeable supplies, components, weapons, or equipment; |
(d) |
common or |
compatible tactical doctrine with corresponding organizational compatibility (JCS PUB l).
Accessibility. A logistic consideration indicating whether admission to the various areas of the item under analysis can be achieved with relative ease.
Maintenance Ease. A logistic consideration indicating whether required maintenance can be performed without physical difficulty.
Safety. A logistic consideration indicating whether adequate design provisions have been made to ensure the conservation of human life and effectiveness, and the prevention of damage to items, consistent with mission requirements.
C/F-64
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Test Points. A logistic consideration indicating whether adequate design considerations have been made for test points on the item under analysis.
Skills. A logistic consideration indicating whether existing skills are available and sufficient to perform required maintenance on the item under analysis.
Training. A logistic consideration indicating whether adequate training programmes have been planned for the performance of O/M tasks on the item under analysis.
Connectors for Ease of Removal. A logistic consideration indicating whether the item design includes the use of connectors to facilitate removal.
Packaging and Transportation. A logistic consideration indicating whether the packaging material and transportation mediums, designed for the item under analysis, will adequately protect it during transport.
Fault Location. A logistic consideration indicating whether adequate design provisions have been made to facilitate the location of the causes of failures or malfunctions of the item under analysis.
Labelling. A logistic consideration indicating whether adequate parts associated with maintenance are identified and visible with respect to circuit symbol or part identification.
Design for Self Protection Against Damage After Failure. A logistic consideration indicating whether provisions have been made to restrict the progress of deterioration after failure of the item under analysis.
Corrosion/Rust Control. A logistic consideration indicating whether adequate corrective or preventive actions have been developed to deter corrosion or rust damage to the item under analysis.
198 LOGISTICS DECISION OFFICE |
15 X L |
- |
Identifies the organization name and code or office symbol responsible for logistics management decisions, or the system Project manager/equipment manager.
SUPPLY MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION LOGISTICS DECISION OFFICE. The Supply Management Branch within the customers supply management organization.
ILS LOGISTICS DECISION OFFICE. The title of the customers ILS manager.
ENGINEERING AUTHORITY LOGISTIC DECISION OFFICE. The MOD Air Force Department, Multi-Disciplinary Group or Support Authority responsible for the item.
C/F-65
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
199 LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL |
18 X L - |
NUMBER (LCN) |
|
A code that represents a functional or hardware generation breakdown/disassembly sequence of system/equipment hardware including SE, training equipment, and installation (connecting) hardware. For additional information on assignment of LCN, refer to Part 2, Annex A of this Defence Standard.
NOTE: The combination of LCN and ALC (DED 019) make up AECMA 2000M ILS Number (TEI ILS).
ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT LCN. An LCN migrated from table AG that is required to identify the AORs measurement base.
DOCUMENT CODE LSA CONTROL NUMBER. An LCN which is the subject of the document code.
FAILURE MODE TASK LCN. An LCN representing the failure mode against which a corrective or preventive task is documented.
FUNCTIONAL LSA CONTROL NUMBER. An LCN representing the functional system/equipment breakdown.
PHYSICAL LSA CONTROL NUMBER. An LCN representing the hardware breakdown of the system/equipment.
REFERENCED LCN. An LCN that contains referenced task information.
REFERENCED SUBTASK LCN. An LCN that contains referenced subtask information.
SEQUENCED TASK LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER (LCN). An LCN that contains sequenced task information.
S/N ITEM LSA CONTROL NUMBER. An LCN representing the item under analysis having a serial number relationship.
S/N PROVISIONING LSA CONTROL NUMBER. An LCN representing the provisioned item under analysis having a serial number relationship.
S/N PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI LCN. An LCN representing the provisioned system/end item having a serial number relationship.
S/N SYSTEM/END ITEM LCN. An LCN representing the system/end item having a serial number relationship.
TASK LSA CONTROL NUMBER. An LCN of the item under task analysis.
C/F-66
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
TASK PROVISION LCN. An LCN of the item which is to be provisioned, based on the task analysis of the task LCN.
TASK REQUIREMENT LCN. An LCN of the item under task analysis.
UOC ITEM LSA CONTROL NUMBER. An LCN representing the item under analysis having a UOC relationship.
UOC PROVISIONING LSA CONTROL NUMBER. An LCN representing the provisioned item under analysis having a UOC relationship.
UOC PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI LCN. An LCN representing the provisioned system/end item having a UOC relationship.
UOC SYSTEM/EI LCN. An LCN representing the system/end item having a UOC relationship.
UUT LSA CONTROL NUMBER. An LCN of the Unit Under Test.
200 LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER |
1 A F - |
INDENTURE CODE (LCN-IC) |
|
A single-position code which reflects the relationship of the item to the total LSAR system. The LCN-IC depicts an item's relationship based upon the assigned LCN, not to a subordinate, provisioned end item.
201 LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER |
19 X L - |
(LCN) NOMENCLATURE |
|
An identifying noun with an appropriate adjective modifier identifying the LCN item. When using the modified classical LCN assignment method, then ‘REPAIR PARTS’ is used to identify an LCN representing more than one reference number and CAGE combination.
202 LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER |
18 N L - |
(LCN) STRUCTURE |
|
A number signifying the number of indenture levels represented by the LCN when the LCNs are assigned using the classical or modified classical assignment method. The first digit of the LCN structure is the number of digits used in the LCN to identify the first indenture level. The second digit is the number of digits used to identify the second indenture level, etc.
C/F-67
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
203 LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER |
1 A F - |
TYPE (LCN TYPE) |
|
A code indicating whether the LCN is representative of either a physical or functional breakdown.
Physical |
P |
Functional |
F |
AOR LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE against the AORs. |
|
DOCUMENT CODE LCN TYPE. LCN-Type which is the subject of the document code.
FMT LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE representing the failure mode against which either a corrective or preventive task is documented.
FUNCTIONAL LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE representing the functional system/equipment breakdown.
PHYSICAL LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE representing the hardware breakdown of the system/equipment.
REFERENCED LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE that contains referenced task information.
REFERENCED SUBTASK LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE that contains referenced subtask information.
SEQUENCED TASK LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE that contains sequenced task information.
S/N ITEM LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE representing the item under analysis having a serial number relationship.
S/N SYSTEM/EI LCN-TYPE. An LCN-TYPE representing the system/end item having a serial number relationship.
TASK LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE of the item under task analysis.
TASK PROVISION LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE of the item which is to be provisioned, based on the task analysis.
TASK REQUIREMENT LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE of the item under task analysis.
UOC ITEM LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE representing the item under analysis having a UOC relationship.
C/F-68
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
UOC SYSTEM/EI LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE representing the system/end item having a UOC relationship.
UUT LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE of the Unit Under Test.
204 LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECOMMENDATION 1 A F - CODE
A single-position code that indicates whether the support/test equipment is recommended as an LSA candidate.
Recommended |
Y |
|
Not recommended |
N |
|
205 LOT QUANTITY |
12 N - |
- |
A two-part sequence identifying the purchase/production lot quantity ranges to which the UM or UI price apply. The field is divided into two sub-fields for minimum and maximum lot size. The sub-fields ‘From’ and ‘To’, if limited to 5 digits each, and used in conjunction with Unit of Issue Price (DED 490), which itself equates to AECMA 2000M TEI UOI, will satisfy AECMA Price Break Data (TEI PBD).
a. From |
6 N R - |
The minimum Quantity of the item to which the UM/UI PRICE applies.
UI PRICE LOT QUANTITY FROM. The UI price minimum quantity. This equates to positions 1 to 5 of AECMA 2000M TEI PBD.
PBD 2 UI PRICE LOT QUANTITY FROM. The UI price minimum quantity equating to positions 26 to 30 of AECMA 2000M TEI PBD.
PBD 3 UI PRICE LOT QUANTITY FROM. The UI price minimum quantity equating to positions 51 to 55 of AECMA 2000M TEI PBD.
UM PRICE LOT QUANTITY FROM. The UM price minimum quantity.
b. To |
6 N R - |
The maximum Quantity of the item to which the UM/UI PRICE applies.
UI PRICE LOT QUANTITY TO. The UI price maximum quantity. This equates to positions 7 to 11 of AECMA 2000M TEI PBD.
PBD 2 UI PRICE LOT QUANTITY TO. The UI price maximum quantity. This equates to positions 32 to 36 of AECMA 2000M TEI PBD.
C/F-69
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
PBD 3 UI PRICE LOT QUANTITY TO. The UI price maximum quantity. This equates to positions 57 to 61 of AECMA 2000M TEI PBD.
UM PRICE LOT QUANTITY TO. The UM price maximum quantity.
206 MAINTENANCE ACTION CODE (MAC) |
1 A F - |
A code which indicates the required action to be taken at the expiration of the Maximum Allowable Operating Time (MAOT).
Calibrate |
B |
|
Condemn |
C |
|
Scheduled maintenance (Bay Service Item) |
S |
|
Scheduled maintenance (Recondition Item) |
R |
|
Test and Repair |
T |
|
207 MAINTENANCE CONCEPT |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description identifying the broad, planned approach to be employed in sustaining the system/equipment at a defined level of readiness, or in a specified condition in support of the operational requirement. Initially stated by the Project for design and support planning purposes and is expanded by the contractor prepared inputs during full-scale development. Provides the basis for the maintenance plan. Usually includes guidelines pertaining to projected maintenance tasks, levels, and locations: organic/contractor maintenance work load mix; condition monitoring, fault isolation and testing approach; and, compatibility with existing support and test equipment, etc. May be influenced or modified as system/ equipment development proceeds.
Air Systems: Maintenance concept is detailed in terms of the depth of maintenance to be carried out at each line of maintenance as defined in AP100A-01 Lft 156 (eg, 1A/2B/3C) and AP100N-0140 (Naval Aircraft Maintenance Manual), and should include:
a.Interim Maintenance Concept, to be adopted during introduction to service, ie before Long Term Maintenance Policy is adopted.
b.Long Term Maintenance Concept, to be adopted once all the necessary long term logistic support is in place.
Sea Systems: This is defined in SSCP 40 Parts 1 and 2.
Land Systems: Maintenance practices and procedures are as laid down in DEF STAN 00-41 Part 6.
C/F-70
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
208 MAINTENANCE INTERVAL |
10 D - |
- |
The number of operational units (eg, rounds, Kilometres, hours) between preventive maintenance derived as an outcome of RCM analysis.
FAILURE MODE TASK MAINTENANCE INTERVAL. A maintenance interval associated with a task required to prevent or correct a Failure.
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE MAINTENANCE INTERVAL. A maintenance interval associated with a maintenance procedure.
209 MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER |
23 X L - |
A number assigned by the government to identify an approved maintenance plan.
210 MAINTENANCE PLAN RATIONALE |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description of support data and analysis used in preparation of the maintenance plan. The impact of LSA including FMECA; RCM; and, Level Of Repair Analysis should be documented. In addition, the use of data from like and similar equipment and lessons learned in formation should also be identified.
211 MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE I (MRRI) |
8 N R 4 |
The MRRI is defined as the peacetime replacement rate factor for the item indicating the number of expected failures, which will require removal and replacement of the support item below depot level in a given next higher assembly per equipment/end item per year. This factor is to be based on the known/estimated end item usage and mature failure rates.
The MRRI can be calculated using the following formula:
For an assembly: |
|
N |
|
MRR (assembly) = Σ |
TFi × Quantity per task i |
i = 1 |
|
Where:
N= Number of ‘H’ function tasks for a given LCN/ALC combination (except ‘D’ O/M levels)
TFi = |
Task frequency |
For a repair part:
C/F-71
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
N |
|
MRR (repair part) = Σ |
TFi × Quantity per task i |
i = 1 |
|
Where:
N= Number of ‘J’ function tasks performed against the next higher assembly of the repair part
TFi = Task frequency |
|
212 MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE II (MRRII) |
8 N R 3 |
The MRRII can be defined by each of the following options: |
|
Option l. The MRRII is the replacement rate of the item calculated as follows:
MRRII = MRRI × Annual Operating Pr ogramme Wartime
Annual Operating Pr ogramme Peacetime
When this computation results in zero, use the following definition:
The MRRII is the replacement rate of the line item per wartime operating programme. The wartime operating programme will be provided by the Project. The MRRII will consider secondary failures, idleness, operator error, preventive/planned maintenance, handling and storage.
Option 2. The MRRII is the wartime replacement rate for the item indicating the number of expected failures, which will require removal and replacement of the support item below depot level in a given next higher assembly per equipment/end item per year. This factor is to be based on the known/estimated end item usage and will include consideration of intensified rate of usage; increased stress due to combat operations; accident rate; ballistic damages; and, differences in turnround time.
213 MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE MODIFIER |
7 X F - |
A series of codes used to modify (multiply) the MRR for environmental conditions by area of system/equipment deployment. Consists of seven sub-fields. The first six subfields identify the multiplier to use for the following geographic areas: Arctic (R), Europe (E), Far East (F), Middle East (M) South Atlantic (Y), Other (As specified by Project) (O), respectively.
Multiplier |
Code |
0.25 |
A |
0.50 |
B |
0.75 |
C |
C/F-72
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
l.00 |
l |
l.25 |
2 |
l.50 |
3 |
l.75 |
4 |
2.00 |
5 |
2.25 |
6 |
2.50 |
7 |
2.75 |
8 |
3.00 |
9 |
No requirement |
0 |
The seventh sub-field is a code to indicate if the item is subject to a wearout failure pattern, in which case it is coded ‘W’.
214 MAINTENANCE TASK DISTRIBUTION |
14 N - |
- |
The percentage of a repairable item expected to be removed/ repaired and returned to stock by a specified maintenance level. The field is divided into sub-fields by maintenance level (for definitions of the Operations/Maintenance Levels, see DED 277).
a. |
First Line |
2 |
N |
R |
- |
b. |
Second Line, Second Line/Close Support |
2 |
N |
R |
- |
c. |
Second Line Regional/Static, Embarked |
2 |
N |
R |
- |
|
Second Line, Second Line/General Support |
|
|
|
|
d. |
Maintenance Task Distribution at |
2 |
N |
R |
- |
|
Specialized Repair Activity |
|
|
|
|
e. |
Third Line/Fourth Line |
2 |
N |
R |
- |
f. |
Maintenance/Task Distribution at |
2 |
N |
R |
- |
|
Condemnation Below Third/Fourth Line |
|
|
|
|
g. |
Maintenance/Task Distribution at |
2 |
N |
R |
- |
|
Condemnation At Third/Fourth Line |
|
|
|
|
The sum of sub-fields a, b and c equate to AECMA 2000M TEI MAP.
The sum of sub-fields f and g equate to AECMA 2000M TEI SRA.
Land Systems note:
If Second Line 'Close Support' or 'General Support' is not specified, sub-field b. should be used. Sub-field d. (SRA) may be used, when necessary, to indicate MTD at ‘strategic 3rd line repair facilities’.
215 MAN-HOUR PER OPERATING HOUR |
16 N - AS |
The ratio of maintenance man-hours expended to the operating interval (as defined by the measurement base) of the system/equipment. The item contains two components:
a. Scheduled |
8 N R 5 |
C/F-73
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Total maintenance man-hours expended for preventive maintenance divided by the total operating hours.
b. Unscheduled |
8 N R 5 |
Total maintenance man-hours expended for corrective maintenance divided by the total operating hours.
216 MANAGEMENT PLAN |
1 A F - |
A code entered by the government that directs contractor action on a general management/milestone plan.
Milestone plan to be developed IAW the CDRL |
Y |
Milestone plan not required |
N |
217 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REPAIR MANAGEMENT |
10 X L - |
ORGANIZATION |
|
The name or official abbreviation of the organization which has the in-service repair management of the support/test equipment or training material.
218 MATERIAL |
240 X L - |
A narrative description identifying the chemical compound or mechanical mixture properties of which the item is fabricated.
221 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE OPERATING TIME (MAOT) 4 X - -
The expressed period of time after which certain items will be maintained in accordance with the Maintenance Action Code. The MAOT is composed of the following:
a.First two-positions. Number of applicable programme units; ie, 0l-99.
b.Third-position. Appropriate multiplier code.
1 X programme units |
Blank |
10 X programme units |
X |
100 X programme units |
C |
1000 X programme units |
M |
c.Fourth-Position. Code to designate the programme units.
Arrestments |
A |
Launches |
C |
Hours |
H |
C/F-74
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
|
Rounds |
R |
Starts |
S |
Landings |
L |
Days |
D |
Months (for provisioning purposes only) |
T |
Steaming/underway hours |
U |
Years |
Y |
222 MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR (MAXTTR) |
5 N R 2 |
The maximum corrective maintenance downtime within which a specified percent (normally 90 or 95 percent) of all corrective maintenance actions can be accomplished.
MAINTENANCE LEVEL MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR. An MAXTTR for a specified O/M level.
REQUIRED MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR. An MAXTTR specified as a supportability requirement/specification.
223 MEAN ACTIVE MAINTENANCE DOWNTIME (MAMDT) 6 N R 1
The statistical mean of the individual elapsed times for all maintenance tasks during a specified period of time (clock hours). The MAMDT, or M, is the weighted average of the mean time to repair (MTTR), and mean preventive maintenance action time (MTPM). When the number of corrective maintenance actions, (NC) and the number of preventive maintenance actions (NP) have been determined for a common reference time, the following formula may be used to calculate MAMDT:
M = MAMDT =
(MTTR × NC) + (MTPM × NP)
NC + NP
MAMDT is documented as both technical and operational characteristics. Technical parameters reflect the technical reliability that the system/equipment shall demonstrate. In determining these parameter values, all failures and resultant actions to restore the item (eg, a broken tail light is a technical, but not operational characteristic). Operational parameters reflect operational reliability and maintainability characteristics that the system shall demonstrate. Only operational mission failures and the resultant tasks are included (eg, engine failure will result in mission abort which is both an operational and technical failure).
224 MEAN ELAPSED TIME |
5 N R 2 |
The average time expended, regardless of the number of personnel working simultaneously, required to perform a task. This does not include logistics delay time. The time can be predicted or measured, or can be specified as requirements as depicted below:
C/F-75
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
a.Predicted - The estimated time required in the performance of a task expressed in hours and hundredths.
b.Measured - The actual clock time recorded in the completion of a task from start to finish, expressed in hours and hundredths. Measured mean elapsed times are calculated by summing mean minute elapsed times for all subtasks. The following
formula is used to calculated measured mean elapsed time: N
|
MMET = Σ |
|
MMETi |
|
|
60 |
|
||
|
i = |
|
||
|
1 |
|
|
|
Where: |
|
|
|
|
N |
= Total number of subtasks per task |
|||
MMETi |
= Mean minute elapsed time |
|||
c.Required. The maximum time allowed to accomplish a task.
225 MEAN MAN-HOURS |
5 N R 2 |
The average number of man-hours required to perform a unit of work. The man-hours can be predicted or measured as defined below, or can be specified as requirements as depicted below:
a.Predicted - The estimated time required in the performance of a task expressed in hours and hundredths.
b.Measured - The actual total clock time recorded in the performance of a task expressed in hours and hundredths. Measured mean man-hours are calculated only if mean man-minute per person identifier are entered for the given task. The following formula is used to calculate Measured Mean Man-Hours (MMMH) for a given task:
|
N |
|
MMM i |
|
MMMH = Σ |
|
|
|
60 |
||
|
i = |
||
|
1 |
|
|
Where: |
|
|
|
N |
= Total number of person ID |
||
MMMi |
= Mean man-minutes |
|
|
c.Required. The maximum man-hours allowed to accomplish a task.
226 MEAN MAN-MINUTES |
4 N R 1 |
The mean man-minutes required for each person identified to perform a step within a task expressed in minutes and tenths.
C/F-76
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
227 MEAN MINUTE ELAPSED TIME |
5 N R 1 |
The mean minute elapsed time required for each subtask, expressed in minutes and tenths, regardless of the number of personnel working simultaneously. This does not include logistic delay time.
228 MEAN MISSION DURATION |
6 N R 1 |
The average length of a mission for an item.
229 MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURE (MTBF) |
10 D - - |
This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI TBF although it shall be limited to 6 digits. Used in conjunction with Measurement Base (DED 238), this satisfies the requirements of AECMA 2000M TEI MTI.
For a particular interval, the total functional life of a population of an item divided by the total number of failures within the population during the measurement interval. The definition holds for time, rounds, miles, events, or other measure of life units.
MTBF is documented as both technical and operational characteristics. Technical parameters reflect the technical reliability that the system/equipment shall demonstrate. In determining these parameter values, all failures and resultant actions to restore the item (eg, a broken tail light is a technical, but not operational characteristic). Operational parameters reflect operational reliability and maintainability characteristics that the system shall demonstrate. Only operational mission failures and the resultant tasks are included (eg, engine failure will result in mission abort which is both an operational and technical failure).
REQUIRED MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES. An MTBF representing the supportability requirement/specification MTBF.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MTBF - An MTBF of the support equipment.
230 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS |
10 D - - |
(MTBMA) |
|
The mean of the distribution of the time intervals between actions or groups of actions required to restore an item to, or maintain it in, a specified condition. This entry will be composed of the MTBF, Mean Time Between Maintenance Induced (MTBMINDUCED), Mean Time Between Maintenance No fault (MTBM-NO-FAULT), and Mean Time Between Preventive Maintenance (MTBPM) values (see DED 229, DED 231, DED 233, and DED 234). MTBMA may be calculated by the following formula:
C/F-77
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
æ |
1 |
|
1 |
|
1 |
|
1 |
ö −1 |
MTBMA = ç |
|
+ |
|
+ |
|
+ |
|
÷ |
|
MTBM INDUCED |
MTBM NO FAULT |
|
|||||
è MTBF |
|
|
|
MTBPM ø |
||||
MTBMA is documented as both technical and operational characteristics. Technical parameters reflect the technical reliability that the system/equipment shall demonstrate. In determining these parameter values, all failures and resultant actions to restore the item (eg, a broken tail light is a technical, but not operational characteristic). Operational parameters reflect operational reliability and maintainability characteristics that the system shall demonstrate. Only operational mission failures and the resultant tasks are included (eg, engine failure will result in mission abort which is both an operational and technical failure).
REQUIRED MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS. A MTBMA representing the supportability requirement/specification MTBMA.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MTBMA. A MTBMA of the support equipment.
231 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INDUCED |
10 D - - |
(MTBM INDUCED) |
|
One of four categories of maintenance events contributing to the Mean Time Between Maintenance Actions (MTBMA) value (see DED 230). Induced malfunctions are those induced in the system/equipment under analysis from external sources (ie, other equipment, personnel, etc.).
232 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INHERENT |
10 D - - |
(MTBM INHERENT) |
|
The average time (or other measurement base) between onequipment maintenance events that are classified as inherent malfunctions, ie, those malfunctions that are assumed to result from internal design/ manufacturing defects. Engineering failure analyses are not performed to verify validity of this assumed (and reported) classification. Note: MTBM INHERENT is not the same as MTBF. MTBM INHERENT is derived from maintenance records which are automatically processed and categorized into types of maintenance actions/events. Failures are generally only a subset of all the events that are categorized as inherent maintenance events. The relationship between MTBM INHERENT and MTBF may be calculated by the following formula:
MTBM INHERENT = 100 ´ IMF ´ MTBF 100
C/F-78
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
233 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE NO FAULT |
10 D - - |
(MTBM NO FAULT) |
|
One of the four categories of maintenance events contributing to the Mean Time Between Maintenance Actions (MTBMA) value (see DED 230). These events consist of removals, replacements, and reinstallations of equipment due to erroneous failure indication. The MTBM NO FAULT shall be developed by using historical data and field feedback information from similar items to establish the number of maintenance events that are the result of erroneous failure indication. An alternative procedure approved by the Project may be used in lieu of the above procedure.
234 MEAN TIME BETWEEN PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 10 D - - (MTBPM)
The mean of the distribution of intervals, measured in hours, rounds, etc., between preventive maintenance actions. This is one of the four categories of maintenance events contributing to the Mean Time Between Maintenance Actions (MTBMA) value (see DED 230). MTBPM may be calculated by the following formula:
|
|
MTBPM = |
AOR × CON FAC |
|
|
|
|
N |
|
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
Σ TFi |
|
|
|
|
|
i = 1 |
|
|
Where: |
|
|
|
|
|
i |
= |
Preventive maintenance action |
|
||
TFi |
= Task frequency of the ‘i’ preventive maintenance action |
||||
N |
= Total number of preventive maintenance actions charged |
||||
|
|
against the LCN/ALC item under analysis |
|||
AOR |
= |
Annual operating requirement |
|
||
CON FAC |
= Conversion factor for the LCN/ALC item under analysis |
||||
235 MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS (MTBR) |
10 D - - |
||||
Measure of the system reliability parameter related to demand for logistics support. The total number of operational units (eg, kilometres, rounds, hours) divided by the total number of items removed from that system during a stated period of time. This term is defined to exclude removals performed to facilitate other maintenance and removals for product improvement. MTBR may be calculated by the following formula:
MTBR = AOR × CON FAC
N
Σ TFi i = 1
C/F-79
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Where: |
|
|
AOR |
= Annual operating requirement |
|
CON FAC |
= Conversion factor for the LCN/ALC item under analysis |
|
TFi |
= |
Task frequency of the ‘i’ applicable maintenance action |
N |
= |
Total number of applicable maintenance actions |
i |
= |
Applicable maintenance action (See note below) |
NOTE: For a particular task to be applicable, it shall meet ALL of the following criteria:
a.It shall be either a ‘remove’ or a ‘remove and replace’ task.
b.It shall be categorized as either an ‘emergency’ or an ‘unscheduled’ task.
c.The task shall be performed by ‘operator/crew/unit-crew’ or ‘organizational/on equipment/unit-organizational’ or by a maintenance contact team.
d.The task can not be performed to facilitate other maintenance or for product improvement.
REQUIRED MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS. An MTBR representing the supportability requirement/specification MTBR.
236 MEAN TIME TO REPAIR (MTTR) |
5 N R 2 |
The total elapsed time (clock hours) for corrective maintenance divided by the total number of corrective maintenance actions during a given period of time. MTTR may be calculated by the following formula:
N
Σ (TFi ) × (ETi )
|
|
MTTR = |
i = 1 |
|
|
|
N |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
Σ TFi |
|
|
|
|
i = 1 |
|
Where: |
|
|
|
|
i |
= |
On equipment corrective maintenance actions |
||
TFi |
= |
Task frequency of ‘i’ on equipment maintenance action |
||
N= Total number of on equipment corrective maintenance actions charged against the LCN/ALC item under analysis
ETi |
= |
Mean elapsed time of the ‘i’ on equipment corrective |
|
|
maintenance action |
MTTR is documented as both technical and operational characteristics. Technical parameters reflect the technical reliability that the system/equipment shall demonstrate.
C/F-80
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
In determining these parameter values, all failures and resultant actions to restore the item (eg, a broken tail light is a technical, but not operational characteristic). Operational parameters reflect operational reliability and maintainability characteristics that the system shall demonstrate. Only operational mission failures and the resultant tasks are included (eg, engine failure will result in mission abort which is both an operational and technical failure).
REQUIRED MEAN TIME TO REPAIR. An MTTR representing the supportability requirement/specification MTTR.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MEAN TIME TO REPAIR. An MTTR of the support equipment.
237 MEANS OF DETECTION |
2 A - - |
The means by which a system, subsystem, assembly, or subassembly is checked to verify its operational state or condition consisting of both a primary and secondary means of detection.
a. |
Primary means of detection |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
The primary means of detection of operational state or condition.
b. |
Secondary means of detection |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
The secondary means of detection of operational state or condition.
Built-in-test (BIT) |
B |
Manual test equipment (MTE Common) |
M |
Manual test equipment (MTE Peculiar) |
N |
Automatic test equipment (ATE Common) |
A |
Automatic test equipment (ATE Peculiar) |
P |
Human detection |
H |
238 MEASUREMENT BASE (MB) |
1 A F - |
A single position code which identifies the measurement unit for a particular operating time period or number of events. This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI TCA. Projects requiring allocation of additional codes (Lifts, Pulls, Builds, Effective Full Charge, Steaming Hours etc.) shall be agreed between the Project and Contractor at the start of the Project.
AECMA 2000M TEI TCA Codes: |
|
Days |
A |
Months |
B |
Cycles |
C |
C/F-81
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Years |
D |
Kilometres |
E |
Nautical Miles |
G |
Flying Hours |
H |
POL Flow Rate |
J |
Starts (Engine) |
K |
Landings |
L |
Operations |
M |
Figures |
N |
Operating Hours |
P |
Number of Rounds |
Q |
Stress Numbers |
R |
Seconds |
S |
Deck Landings |
T |
Arrestments |
U |
Launches |
V |
Weeks |
W |
Sorties |
X |
Windings |
Y |
ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB associated with the AOR.
AUTHORIZED LIFE MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for authorized life.
ENGINEERING FAILURE MODE MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURE MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for the engineering failure mode MTBF.
FAILURE MODE TASK MAINTENANCE INTERVAL MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for the FMT maintenance interval.
FAILURE RATE MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for the failure rate.
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE MAINTENANCE INTERVAL MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for the maintenance procedure maintenance interval .
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE MAINTENANCE INTERVAL MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for the Maximum Allowable Maintenance Interval.
MEAN MISSION DURATION MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for the mean mission duration.
MEAN TIME BETWEEN CONSUMPTION MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for the mean time between consumption.
C/F-82
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURE OPERATIONAL MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for the operational mean time between failure.
MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURE TECHNICAL MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for the technical mean time between failure.
MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS OPERATIONAL MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for the operational mean time between maintenance actions.
MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS TECHNICAL MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for the technical mean time between maintenance actions.
MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INDUCED MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for the mean time between maintenance induced.
MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INHERENT MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for the mean time between maintenance inherent.
MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE NO FAULT MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for the mean time between maintenance no fault.
MEAN TIME BETWEEN PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for the mean time between preventive maintenance.
MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for the mean time between removals.
OPERATING TIME MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for the operating time.
TASK AOR MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB which corresponds to the AOR and is associated with the task frequency.
TIME BETWEEN OVERHAULS MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for time between overhaul.
TIME BETWEEN SCHEDULED SHOP VISITS MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for time between scheduled shop visits.
WEAROUT LIFE MEASUREMENT BASE. A MB for the wearout life.
239 METHOD OF PRESERVATION |
2 X F - |
A code which identifies the procedures for the application of protectives and short-term preservation of equipments to forestall deterioration resulting from exposure to
C/F-83
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
atmospheric conditions during storage and transportation. This equates to Protection and Preservation Process in UK usage, described in DEF STAN 81-41. For further information and codes refer to DEF STAN 81-131.
241 MILITARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION (EMPTY/LOADED) 4 N - AS
Identification of the military load classification number (for military bridges). The classification number empty is against the Operational Weight Empty (DED 276). The classification number loaded is against the Operational Weight Loaded (DED 276).
Classification number empty |
2 |
N |
R |
- |
Classification number loaded |
2 |
N |
R |
- |
242 MILITARY UNIT TYPE |
|
|
240 |
X L - |
The specific types of military units that will use or transport the system/equipment.
243 MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST INDICATOR |
1 A F - |
A one-position code which indicates whether the end item can be dispatched on its assigned mission with the item under analysis inoperative.
End item can be dispatched. |
Y |
End item can not be dispatched. |
N or blank |
244 MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST NARRATIVE |
65 X - - |
Narrative specifying any limitations on the end item when dispatched on its assigned mission with the analysis item inoperative.
246 MISSION PHASE CODE |
1 X F - |
A one-position code developed by the contractor that uniquely identifies a Mission Phase/Operational Mode (DED 247). Codes are A-Z, 0-9 and *. The asterisk indicates that the information contained for a particular item is applicable to all mission phases.
247 MISSION PHASE/OPERATIONAL MODE |
65 X - - |
A concise statement of the mission phase/operational mode in which the failure occurs. Where subphase, event, or time can be defined from the system definition and mission profiles, the most definitive timing information should also be described for the assumed time of failure occurrence.
C/F-84
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
248 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MOBILE FACILITY CODE |
1 A F - |
A code which expresses the applicability of the SE to mobile facilities. The following codes may be used:
SE required for mobile facility only |
V |
|
SE not suitable for mobile facilities |
X |
|
Support not restricted to mobile facilities or other |
N |
|
site categories |
|
|
249 MOBILITY TYPE |
1 |
A F - |
A code which indicates the system/equipment type of mobility.
Skid |
A |
Tracked |
B |
Wheeled |
C |
Other |
O |
250 ROAD TRANSPORTER CAPACITY CODE |
1 A F - |
The payload capacity of the transporter (truck, trailer, etc.)
|
Less than 5 tonne payload capacity |
A |
|
|
|
|
5 tonne to 10 tonne payload capacity |
B |
|
|
|
|
Greater than 10 tonne payload capacity |
C |
|
|
|
251 |
ROAD TRANSPORTER MODEL TYPE |
19 |
X |
L |
- |
|
The model type and number of the transporter. |
|
|
|
|
253 |
NATO STOCK NUMBER |
13 |
X |
- |
- |
A number assigned under the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) codification of equipment system to each approved item identification which provides a unique identification of an item of supply within a specified NATO Supply Classification (NSC).
Consists of the following sub-fields: |
|
|
|
|
a. NATO Supply Classification (NSC) |
4 |
N |
F |
- |
This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI NSC |
|
|
|
|
b. National Item Identification Number (NIIN) |
9 |
N |
F |
- |
This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI NIN |
|
|
|
|
C/F-85
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
NSN equates to AECMA 2000M NATO Stock Number (TEI NSN).
NOTE: An alphanumeric NIIN is used to document management control or temporarily assigned numbers prior to final NSN assignment. Final NSNs are completely numeric.
ALTERNATE NSN NATO SUPPLY CLASSIFICATION. The NSC of the NSN for an item which may be used in lieu of the SE under analysis.
ALTERNATE NSN NATIONAL ITEM IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. The NIIN portion of the NSN for an item which may be used in lieu of the SE under analysis. CONTAINER NSN. A number which provides a unique identification to a reusable (long life) container within the appropriate NSC.
INTEROPERABLE ITEM NATIONAL ITEM IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. The NIIN of the interoperable equipment.
INTEROPERABLE ITEM NSN NATO SUPPLY CLASSIFICATION. The NSC of the interoperable equipment.
SUBJECT ID NSN. The NSN of the Initial Provisioning Project Number Subject (DED 805). This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI SNS.
255 NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE |
1 A F - |
A code that indicates the new or modified facility narrative.
Facility Design Criteria, DED 105 |
A |
Facility Installation Lead Time, DED 106 |
B |
Facility Task Area Breakdown, DED 122 |
C |
Facilities Utilization, DED 111 |
D |
Facilities Requirement, DED 108 |
E |
Facility Unit Cost Rationale, DED 123 |
F |
Facility Justification, DED 188 |
G |
Type Of Construction, DED 482 |
H |
Utilities Requirement, DED 502 |
I |
256 NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE CODE |
1 A F - |
A code that indicates the new or modified skill narrative. |
|
Additional Skill Requirement: Skill Requiring A New |
A |
Or Revised Skill Code, DED 007 |
|
Educational Qualifications, DED 094 |
B |
Skill Justification, DED 188 |
C |
Additional Training Requirements, DED 012 |
D |
C/F-86
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
257 NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL SPECIALITY CODE (SSC) |
9 X L - |
The SSC which is new or modified.
258 NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY PROVISIONING LIST ITEM 5 X L - SEQUENCE NUMBER (NHA PLISN),
The PLISN assigned to the item's next higher assembly. This may be the PLISN assigned to the item's kit, or the PLISN assigned to a major component which is a planned overhaul candidate for which the item is required.
259 NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY PROVISIONING LIST ITEM 1 X F - SEQUENCE NUMBER INDICATOR
A code which indicates the type of data entered in NHA PLISN, DED 258.
NHA |
N |
Major component |
C |
Both NHA and major component |
B |
Kit |
* |
Fabricated item |
F |
Assembled item |
A |
End item |
E |
260 NON-OPERABILITY FRAGILITY FACTOR (NOFF) |
2 N R - |
The maximum force acceleration or deceleration, expressed in units of gravity (Gs) that can be applied to an item in its non-operating state without causing physical damage or change in its operational characteristics. The NOFF should only be completed for an item that has been determined, or assumed to have a non-operational fragility tolerance of less than 40 Gs.
261 NOT REPAIRABLE THIS STATION (NRTS) |
3 N R - |
The percent of estimated repairable generations which the intermediate repair shops will be unable to repair and therefore, will be processed to a technical repair centre (depot).
262 NUMBER OF OPERATING LOCATIONS |
4 N R - |
The number of locations which will receive and operate the item under analysis.
263 NUMBER OF SHOPS |
2 N R - |
The number of maintenance locations available to perform repair at each maintenance echelon.
C/F-87
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
264 NUMBER OF SKIDS |
2 N R - |
The total number of skids of the system/equipment that is being transported.
265 NUMBER OF SYSTEMS SUPPORTED |
6 N R - |
The average number of systems or end items supported by a maintenance level.
266 ITEM INTEROPERABILITY CODE |
1 A F - |
A code that specifies whether the item is an interoperability item or a mode of transport item.
Interoperability item |
I |
Mode of transport item |
M |
267 OPERATING AND SUPPORT COST |
8 N R - |
The projected annual ownership cost, used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629), per end item of ATE/TMDE averaged over its expected useful life.
268 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT OPERATING DIMENSIONS |
12 X - |
AS |
Dimensions of an item of support/test equipment or training material while it is in the operational configuration mode. Composed of the following sub-fields:
a. |
Length |
4 |
N |
R |
l |
b. |
Width |
4 |
N |
R |
l |
c. |
Height |
4 |
N |
R |
l |
269 OPERATING TIME |
6 |
N |
R |
2 |
|
The operating time of the item under analysis per use/mission derived from the system definition.
270 OPERATING WEIGHT |
6 N R 1 |
The operating weight of the item under analysis. The measurement base to be decided by Project.
C/F-88
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
271 OPERATIONAL STOCK LEVEL |
2 N R - |
The number of days worth of stock intended to sustain normal operations during the interval between receipt of replenishment shipment and submission of subsequent replenishment requisition. Does not include order transportation lead time quantities.
272 SYSTEM/END ITEM LIFE SPAN |
2 N R - |
The number of years the item is expected to be in service.
273 OPERATIONAL AVAILABILITY (Ao) |
8 N R 6 |
The probability that, when used under stated conditions, a system will operate satisfactorily at any time. This differs from achieved availability in that Ao includes standby time and administrative and logistic delay time. Ao may be expressed by the following formula:
|
|
A o = |
|
OT + ST |
|
|
|
OT + ST + TPM + TCM + ALDT |
|||
|
|
|
|||
Where: |
|
|
|
|
|
OT |
= |
Operating time per calendar year |
|||
ST |
= |
Standby time |
|
|
|
TPM |
= |
Total preventive maintenance time per calendar year |
|||
TCM |
= |
Total corrective maintenance time per calendar year |
|||
ALDT |
= |
Administrative and logistics delay time spent waiting for |
|||
|
|
parts, maintenance personnel, or transportation per calendar |
|||
|
|
year |
|
|
|
REQUIRED OPERATIONAL AVAILABILITY. An Ao representing the supportability requirement/specification Ao.
274 OPERATIONAL MISSION FAILURE DEFINITION 65 X - -
A narrative description of the guidelines to be followed to identify operational mission failures for the system/equipment being documented. Operational mission failures are those failures which, upon occurrence, would prevent the system/equipment from performing mission essential functions. Mission essential functions are the minimum operational tasks which the system shall be capable of performing to complete its mission successfully.
275 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT INDICATOR |
1 A F - |
A code indicating whether the operational requirement specified pertains to a wartime or peacetime scenario.
C/F-89
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Wartime |
W |
Peacetime |
P |
RELIABILITY OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT INDICATOR. An ORI specified for the reliability of an item.
276 OPERATIONAL WEIGHT (EMPTY AND LOADED) |
8 N - |
AS |
The operational weight in tonnes of the system/equipment being transported. It is divided into two sub-fields:
Empty |
4 |
N |
R |
1 |
Loaded |
4 |
N |
R |
1 |
277 OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL |
|
|
1 |
A F - |
Codes that are assigned to indicate the maintenance levels authorized to perform the required maintenance function.
Operator/Crew/Unit-Crew. Operations and maintenance which are the responsibility of and performed by the using organization by the system equipment operator/crew on its assigned equipment. Its phases normally consist of inspecting, servicing, lubricating, adjusting, and replacing of parts, minor assemblies, and subassemblies.
Operator/Crew/Unit-Crew |
C |
First Line. The maintenance organization immediately responsible for the maintenance and preparation for use of complete systems or equipment. Phases normally consist of inspecting, servicing, lubricating, adjusting, and replacing of parts, assemblies and subassemblies.
Sea Systems: This is normally carried out by the ship's staff.
Land Systems: First line maintenance organizations are integral to units and carry out Level 2 maintenance but some are authorized to undertake some Level 3 maintenance. Air Systems: First Line organizations normally undertake Depth A maintenance but may be authorized to undertake some Depth B maintenance.
First Line |
O |
Second Line. The maintenance organization responsible for providing maintenance support to specified First Line organizations.
Sea Systems: This is normally carried out by Fleet Maintenance Units assisted by the ship's staff.
Land Systems: This is carried out by units which provide a Close Support (CS) and General Support (GS) function.
Air Systems: Second Line organizations normally undertake Depth B maintenance but may be authorized to undertake some Depth C maintenance.
C/F-90
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Land Systems note: If Second Line 'Close Support' or 'General Support' is not specified, code ‘F’ should be used.
Second Line |
F |
Second Line/Close Support. Specific Land Systems second line maintenance organization responsible for providing direct maintenance support to First Line units. CS units carry out Level 3 maintenance including Forward Repair, BDR, Recovery and Repair of A vehicles (high priority).
Second Line/Close Support |
J |
Second Line/General Support. Specific Land Systems second line maintenance organization responsible for providing maintenance support to First Line units. GS units carry out longer duration Level 3 maintenance including most electronic repair, power pack repair, B vehicle repair, BDR and recovery.
Second Line/General Support |
K |
Second Line Regional/Static. The maintenance organization responsible for providing regionalized maintenance support to specified First Line units.
Second Line Regional/Static |
H |
Embarked Second Line. The maintenance organization for FAA aircraft embarked on RN and RFA vessels.
Embarked Second Line |
E |
Third Line. The maintenance organization within the service but excluding the organizations within first and second line.
Sea Systems: This is normally carried out by Fleet Maintenance Groups ashore without assistance from the ship's staff. Contractor support may be required.
Land Systems: This is normally carried out by Army Base Repair Organization (ABRO) at levels 1-4.
Air Systems: Third Line organizations, although able to undertake all depths of maintenance, normally undertake Depth C and D maintenance.
Third Line |
G |
Fourth Line. The industrial maintenance organization providing maintenance support beyond second line to the Services under contract.
Sea Systems: This is normally carried out by Dockyard/ Contractor.
Land Systems: This encompasses service depot and contract repair at levels 1-4. Air Systems: Fourth Line organizations, although able to undertake all depths of maintenance normally undertake Depths C and D maintenance.
C/F-91
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Fourth Line |
D |
Specialized Repair Activity (SRA). A level of maintenance usually characterized by the capability to perform maintenance functions requiring specialized skills, disciplined quality control, highly sophisticated and expensive special tools, and TMDE. Its phases normally consist of adjustments, calibration, alignment, testing, troubleshooting, assembly, disassembly, fault isolation, and repair of unserviceable parts, modules, and printed circuit boards (PCB).
Land Systems: SRA may be carried out at any line of repair and is not usually identified separately. This code may be used, when appropriate, to indicate when a ‘strategic 3rd line level 4 repair facility’ is required for ‘key operational equipments and assemblies’ as defined in QMGI 6.353.
Specialized Repair Activity |
L |
MODELLING OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL. The O/M level associated with supportability modelling information.
OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL FROM. The O/M level from which a spare/repair part is transported.
OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL TO. The O/M level where a spare/repair part is received.
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD REPAIR OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL. The O/M level at which PCBs of the SE under analysis are repaired.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL. The O/M level at which the SE under analysis is calibrated.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REPAIR OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL. The O/M level at which the SE under analysis is repaired.
278 OPERATOR'S MANUAL |
16 X L - |
The Technical manual/technical order designation of the military operators manual, or the number of the commercial manual applicable to the item.
280 ORGANIZATIONAL/ON EQUIPMENT/UNIT |
60 N - |
AS |
OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS |
|
|
Data documenting the operations and organizational maintenance requirements for the system/equipment under development. It consists of the following sub-fields.
a. Daily Inspection |
10 N - AS |
C/F-92
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
An inspection for latent defects to a greater depth than the Pre-operative/Pre-flight/Post- flight Inspection. It includes the elements of the Pre-operative/Pre-flight/Post-flight Inspection and satisfies the requirement for Pre-operative/Pre-flight/Post-flight Inspection if it is conducted against the same hardware item. Daily inspections are performed before the first operation/flight of the day or after the last flight of the day.
This field is composed of two sub-fields:
(1) |
Mean Elapsed Time, DED 224 |
5 |
N |
R |
2 |
(2) |
Mean Man-Hours, DED 225 |
5 |
N |
R |
2 |
b. Mission Profile Change |
10 |
N |
- |
AS |
|
The process of changing the operational configuration of the end item in order to accomplish a different mission. Consists of the following sub-fields:
(1) |
Mean Elapsed Time, DED 224. |
5 |
N |
R |
2 |
(2) |
Mean Man-Hours, DED 225. |
5 |
N |
R |
2 |
c. Periodic Inspection |
10 |
N |
- |
AS |
|
An inspection with a regular or recurring interval other than daily, pre-operational, postoperational or calendar. Consists of the following sub-fields:
(1) |
Mean Elapsed Time, DED 224 |
5 |
N |
R |
2 |
(2) |
Mean Man-Hours, DED 225 |
5 |
N |
R |
2 |
d. Postoperative Inspection |
10 |
N |
- |
AS |
|
An inspection conducted immediately after each operation to determine defects that may have developed during the operation. Consists of the following sub-fields:
(1) |
Mean Elapsed Time, DED 224 |
5 |
N |
R |
2 |
(2) |
Mean Man-Hours, DED 225 |
5 |
N |
R |
2 |
e. Pre-operative Inspection |
10 |
N |
- |
AS |
|
An inspection conducted before each operation to verify that the equipment has been properly serviced and to detect defects that would have an adverse affect on the operation. Consists of the following sub-fields:
(1) Mean Elapsed Time, DED 224 |
5 N R 2 |
C/F-93
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
(2) Mean Man-Hours, DED 225 |
5 |
N |
R |
2 |
f. Turnround |
10 |
N |
- |
AS |
The time required to return item for use between missions. Consists of the following sub-fields:
(1) |
Mean Elapsed Time, DED 224 |
5 |
N |
R |
2 |
(2) |
Mean Man-Hours, DED 225 |
5 |
N |
R |
2 |
281 OVERHAUL REPLACEMENT RATE (ORR) |
|
|
3 |
N R 2 |
|
The number of times that an item is replaced in 100 repairs of the next higher assembly. This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI CSR. This number is to be interpreted as a percentage and is right justified to two decimal places.
284 PARAMETERS |
63 X - |
- |
A field divided into nine sub-fields which describes technical capabilities/characteristics that an item of operational equipment, TMDE, or calibration equipment/standard is capable of measuring/generating, or which are to be measured on the UUT. Classified parameters and transistor logic levels are not listed in the CMRS. Classified parameters are listed in a classified supplement or appendix to the CMRS and that document appropriately controlled.
a. |
Parameter Grouping Code (PGC) |
2 |
A |
F |
- |
A two character code linking the requirements set by the unit under test to the capabilities of the SE.
SE PARAMETER GROUP CODE. A PGC of the SE.
SE UUT PARAMETER GROUP CODE. A PGC of the SE UUT which shall match the PGC of the corresponding SE.
UUT PARAMETER GROUP CODE. A PGC of the unit under test (UUT) which shall match the PGC of the corresponding SE.
b. |
Input/Output (I/O) |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
A code specifying the corresponding parameter of the equipment in question (SE or UUT) as an input into equipment or output from the equipment. Codes are as follows:
Input into equipment |
I |
C/F-94
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Output from equipment |
O |
SE UUT PARAMETER INPUT/OUTPUT CODE. An I/O code of the SE UUT.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT INPUT OUTPUT CODE. An I/O code of the SE.
UUT PARAMETER INPUT/OUTPUT CODE. An I/O code of the UUT.
c. Parameter |
12 X L - |
The characteristic (eg, volts, DC, Hertz, etc.) which an item of TMDE is capable of measuring or which are to be measured on the UUT.
SE UUT PARAMETER. A parameter of the SE UUT which requires measurement by the SE under analysis.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER. A parameter which the SE under analysis is to measure.
UUT PARAMETER. A parameter of the SE UUT which requires measurement by the SE under analysis.
d. |
Range-From |
10 D |
- |
- |
The lowest value of a particular parameter which can be measured or generated.
SE UUT PARAMETER RANGE FROM. The lowest value of the parameter of the SE UUT that the SE under analysis shall measure.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER RANGE FROM. The lowest value of the parameter that the SE is capable of measuring.
UUT PARAMETER RANGE FROM. The lowest value of the parameter of the UUT that the SE under analysis shall measure.
e. |
Range-To |
10 D - |
- |
The highest value of a particular parameter which can be measured or generated.
SE UUT PARAMETER RANGE TO. The highest value of the parameter of the SE UUT that the SE under analysis shall measure.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER RANGE TO. The highest value of the parameter that the SE is capable of measuring.
C/F-95
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
UUT PARAMETER RANGE TO. The highest value of the parameter of the UUT that the support equipment under analysis shall measure.
f. Accuracy |
26 X L - |
A narrative description of the tolerances of the corresponding parameter.
SE UUT PARAMETER ACCURACY. The amount of accuracy of the parameter of the SE UUT that the SE under analysis shall measure.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER ACCURACY. The amount of accuracy of the parameter that the SE is capable of measuring.
UUT PARAMETER ACCURACY. The amount of accuracy of the parameter of the UUT that the support equipment under analysis shall measure.
g. |
Range/Value Code (R/V) |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
A code used to identify specific parameters as either a ‘range’ or a specific ‘value’. List specific value parameters in the ‘Range-From’ block.
Range |
R |
Value |
V |
SE UUT PARAMETER RANGE/VALUE CODE. The R/V of the SE UUT.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER RANGE/VALUE CODE. The R/V of the
SE.
UUT PARAMETER RANGE/VALUE. The R/V of the UUT.
h. |
Operational/Specification |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
|
Parameter |
|
|
|
|
A code indicating whether the associated parameter is operational or specification parameter of the UUT.
Operational parameter |
O |
Specification parameter |
S |
285 PASS THROUGH PRICE |
8 N R - |
The cost, used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629), added to items bought by a prime contractor which are delivered to the government with little or no value added by the prime contractor.
C/F-96
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
286 PERCENTILE |
2 |
N F |
- |
The percentage of all corrective maintenance actions that can be accomplished within a specified maximum time to repair.
MAINTENANCE LEVEL PERCENTILE. The percentile within the specified maximum time to repair for a given operations/maintenance level.
REQUIRED PERCENTILE. The percentile associated with the requirement maximum time to repair.
287 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS |
3 A L - |
Signifies when the following performance standards are required for an individual task.
Supervision required - A |
Y or N |
|
Precision required |
- B |
Y or N |
Time standard |
- C |
Y or N |
288 SUBTASK PERSON IDENTIFIER |
3 X L - |
|
A three-position code identifying each person required to perform the subtask (codes ‘A’ through ‘999’). Within a task, a given Person ID relates to a specific ‘Job’ and a specific Skill Speciality Code.
289 PERSONNEL TURNOVER RATE |
4 N - AS |
The portion of personnel, expressed in percent per year, leaving their SSC which will be replaced by new personnel requiring training.
a. |
Military |
2 |
N |
R |
- |
|
The military turnover rate. |
|
|
|
|
b. |
Civilian |
2 |
N |
R |
- |
|
The civilian turnover rate. |
|
|
|
|
290 PHYSICAL AND MENTAL REQUIREMENTS |
|
|
65 |
X - - |
|
A narrative description identifying any unique physical or mental personnel attributes required or recommended as prerequisites to full qualification in the applicable task.
291 PHYSICAL SECURITY/PILFERAGE CODE |
1 X F - |
A code which indicates the security classification or pilferage control for physical assets. This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI PSC. For authorized codes, refer to AECMA 2000M TEI PSC.
C/F-97
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
293 PRECIOUS METAL INDICATOR CODE (PMIC) |
1 X F - |
A code which indicates the amount and type of precious metal contained in a specific reference numbered item.
No known precious metals |
A |
|
|
Amounts of precious metals unknown |
B |
|
|
Amounts vary between items of production |
C |
|
|
Silver, 15 grams or more |
D |
|
|
Silver, less than 15 grams |
E |
|
|
Gold, 10 grams or more |
F |
|
|
Gold, less than 10 grams |
G |
|
|
Platinum, 10 grams or more |
H |
|
|
Platinum, less than 10 grams |
I |
|
|
Palladium, 5 grams or more |
J |
|
|
Palladium, less than 5 grams |
K |
|
|
Iridium, 20 grams or more |
L |
|
|
Iridium, less than 20 grams |
M |
|
|
Rhodium, 15 grams or more |
N |
|
|
Rhodium, less than 15 grams |
O |
|
|
Osmium, 10 grams or more |
P |
|
|
Osmium, less than 10 grams |
Q |
|
|
Ruthenium, 10 grams or more |
R |
|
|
Ruthenium, less than 10 grams |
S |
|
|
Silver/Gold, 15 grams or more combination |
T |
|
|
Silver/Gold, less than 15 grams combination |
U |
|
|
Silver/Platinum family, 15 grams or more |
V |
|
|
combination |
|
|
|
Silver/Platinum family, less than 15 grams |
W |
|
|
combination |
|
|
|
Silver/Gold/Platinum family, 15 grams or |
X |
|
|
more combination |
|
|
|
Silver/Gold/Platinum family, less than 15 |
Y |
|
|
Grams combination |
|
|
|
Gold/Platinum family, 10 grams or more |
Z |
|
|
combination |
|
|
|
Gold/Platinum family, less than 10 grams |
2 |
|
|
combination |
|
|
|
Determination of precious metal content |
3 |
|
|
uneconomical |
|
|
|
294 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT DATA PREPARATION |
25 X |
L |
- |
ORGANIZATION |
|
|
|
The name of the organization preparing SE data. |
|
|
|
C/F-98
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
295 PRESERVATION MATERIAL CODE |
2 X F - |
A code identifying the preservation and temporary protective materials used to prevent or inhibit corrosion or deterioration of an item. This equates to Preservatives and Temporary Protectives Code in UK use; for further information and applicable codes refer to DEF STAN 81-131.
296 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND |
1 A F - |
SERVICES (PMCS) INDICATOR CODE |
|
A code which indicates whether or not the task code is applicable to the PMCS tables.
Task is applicable to PMCS table |
Y |
Task is not applicable to PMCS table |
N |
297 PRIOR ITEM PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE |
5 X L - |
NUMBER (PRIOR ITEM PLISN) |
|
The PLISN which appeared on the Interim Support Items List, the Long Lead Times Items List, or first appearance of item in incremental provisioning submittals.
298 |
PROCUREMENT QUANTITY |
3 |
N |
R |
- |
|
The number of systems/equipment being procured. |
|
|
|
|
299 |
PRODUCTION LEAD TIME (PLT) |
2 |
N |
R |
- |
The computed or expected time interval in months between placement of a new contract and shipment of the first deliverable quantity. Its nearest equivalent is AECMA 2000M TEI PLT.
304 PROPER TRANSPORTATION NAME |
60 X L - |
The proper name of the item to be transported, if this name is categorized as a hazardous material (eg, CFR 49, UNTDF).
307 PROVISIONING CONTRACT CONTROL NUMBER |
6 X F - |
(PCCN) |
|
A code assigned by the Project to identify a specific contract or a group of end items/components that can have many configurations/models.
NOTE: The first position shall be alphabetic and will identify the applicable military service/agency provisioning designator having responsibility for the item(s) being processed.
C/F-99
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
SYSTEM/EI PROVISIONING CONTRACT CONTROL NUMBER. The PCCN of the system/end item as a model (A indenture code) item.
308 PROVISIONING LIST CATEGORY CODE (PLCC) |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
A code which indicates whether the item is documented on another list or is a |
|
|||
government furnished item. |
|
|
|
|
Government furnished |
A |
|
|
|
Interim support items |
B |
|
|
|
Long lead time item |
C |
|
|
|
Tools and test equipment |
D |
|
|
|
Common and bulk item |
E |
|
|
|
Repairable items |
F |
|
|
|
Interim released item |
G |
|
|
|
Installation and checkout item |
H |
|
|
|
Authorization stockage list item |
J |
|
|
|
Recommended buy list item |
K |
|
|
|
Prescribed load list item |
L |
|
|
|
System support package component list item |
M |
|
|
|
309 PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER |
5 |
X |
L |
- |
(PLISN) |
|
|
|
|
A sequentially assigned value for all items contained in the system/equipment breakdown. The codes are as follows:
AAAA to 9999 (less I and O)
The numbering of line items shall begin with AAAA and progress through to 9999, or as specified by Project.
a.When an item is contained in both a common and bulk items list (CBIL) and a provisioning parts list (PPL), it may be assigned the same PLISN on both lists. When an item appears on a CBIL only, the PLISN may be unique (ie will not duplicate any PLISN in the PPL).
b.The fifth position of the PLISN shall be used to indicate additions to the breakdown. For this purpose, the letters A to Z inclusive (except I and O) and the numbers 0 to 9 inclusive, shall be used starting with the letter A for the first addition and continuing sequentially through the alphabet and then through the numeric characters. An add entry, identified by the letters A, B, C etc., in the fifth position of the PLISN, is sequenced for inserting new items in the provisioning list either as a first or subsequent (same as) item entry, which will used for either regular additions or replacement items. If the item listed is not an addition, the fifth position shall be left blank.
C/F-100
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
SYSTEM/EI PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER. The PLISN of the system/end item as a model (A indenture code) item.
This number can be used for UK projects as a sequential Initial Provisioning List (IPL) listing number.
310 PROVISIONING NOMENCLATURE |
65 X - - |
A narrative form used to provide a detailed description of the item. This should include the basic name of the item, the identifying noun with its appropriate adjective modifier, as contained in the NATO Item Name Directory for Supply Cataloguing H6. The characteristics, tolerances, sizes and material details are also to be included where these are necessary.
This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI DFP.
Only 2 lines of text (130 characters) shall be used. The first 19 characters equate to AECMA 2000M TEI IPS (DED 805).
311 PROVISIONING REMARKS |
65 X - - |
Narrative clarification of provisioning data including a narrative description for the location of the part with respect to the next higher assembly and/or the end item.
This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI DFL. |
|
|
Only 2 lines of text (130 characters) shall be used. |
|
|
313 PROVISIONING TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION |
11 A - |
- |
SELECTION CODE |
|
|
A code which indicates that an item is to be selected for a specific provisioning technical documentation list. If the item applies to a particular list, a ‘Y’ is entered. Leave blank if the item does not apply. The lists for which items can be selected are as follows:
a. |
Long Lead Time Items List (LLTIL) |
l |
A |
F |
- |
b. |
Provisioning Parts List (PPL) |
l |
A |
F |
- |
c. |
Short Form Provisioning Parts |
l |
A |
F |
- |
|
List (SFPPL) |
|
|
|
|
d. |
Common and Bulk Items List (CBIL) |
l |
A |
F |
- |
e. |
Repairable Items List (RIL) |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
C/F-101
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
f. |
Interim Support Items List (ISIL) |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
g. |
Post Conference List (PCL) |
l |
A |
F |
- |
h. |
Tools and Test Equipment |
l |
A |
F |
- |
|
List (TTEL) |
|
|
|
|
i. |
System Configuration |
l |
A |
F |
- |
|
Provisioning List (SCPL) |
|
|
|
|
j. |
As designated by the Project(one) |
l |
A |
F |
- |
k. |
As designated by the Project(two) |
l |
A |
F |
- |
NOTE: Design Change Notice processing occurs against an established list (normally the PPL or PCL).
314 PROVISIONING UNIT OF MEASURE/ISSUE PRICE |
1 A F - |
CODE |
|
A code used to indicate the Unit of Measure (UM) or Unit of Issue (UI) Price, which will be used for provisioning technical documentation, when multiple UM PRICEs are entered.
UM/UI Price used |
Y |
|
UM/UI Price not used |
N |
|
UI PRICE PROVISIONING. The provisioning UI price. |
|
|
UM PRICE PROVISIONING. The provisioning UM price. |
|
|
315 QUALITATIVE & QUANTITATIVE MAINTAINABILITY 65 X - |
- |
|
REQUIREMENTS |
|
|
A narrative description identifying maintainability design constraints and characteristics that shall be considered during the design process, to include:
a.Fail Safe Requirements. A narrative description identifying required fail safe characteristics (ie, redundancy, back-up systems, built-in-test and warning equipment, fail safe provisions necessary to protect the equipment from serious damage after failure, and design features to prevent injury to personnel subsequent to equipment failure).
b.Environmental Considerations. A narrative description identifying the applicable environmental conditions within which the item can operate satisfactorily. This information should include limitations, sensitivity factors, etc., that can affect the
C/F-102
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
performance and reliability of the item installed in the system/equipment. Limiting factors such as the following should be considered: shock limits; vibration limits; ambient temperature ranges; operating temperatures in area (compartment) where item is installed in the system/equipment; humidity factors; altitude factors; magnetic interference; dust and dirt factors; salts or other corrosive atmosphere; and, light sensitivity. The narrative should include that portion of the system/equipment environmental impact statement which relates to the effects of the support system on the environment.
c. Nuclear Hardened Characteristics. A narrative description identifying the design characteristics which provide minimum nuclear survivability of the item. No design changes should be made without survivability/vulnerability evaluation to avoid inadvertent degradation of nuclear hardness.
316 QUANTITY PER ASSEMBLY (QTY/ASSY) |
4 X - |
- |
The total number of times a line item is used in the assembly of which it is a part. If the quantity is unknown or cannot be determined, specify the quantity by ‘V’ (variable) or as specified by the provisioning organization.
Option 1. The contractor shall enter the total number of times the line item is used in the assembly of which it is a part. Note: Option 1 QTY/EI can only be used with Option 1 QTY/ASSY.
Option 2. Enter the number of times the item appears at the location in the end item for which the Initial Provisioning List is prepared. This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI TQL (DED 700).
Option 3. The contractor shall enter the total number of times the line item is used in the assembly of which it is a part. An assembly only needs to be broken out to its piece parts at its first occurrence on a list. Subsequent appearances of the same assembly shall not be broken out.
NOTE: Options 1 and 3 equate to AECMA 2000M TEI QNA, as qualified by the Project.
SYSTEM/EI QUANTITY PER ASSEMBLY. The quantity per assembly of the system/end item as a model (A indentured) item.
317 QUANTITY PER END ITEM (QTY/EI) |
5 X - - |
The total number of times the line item is used in the complete system/equipment. If the quantity is unknown or cannot be determined specify the quantity by ‘V’ (variable) or as specified by the provisioning organization.
C/F-103
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
NOTE: The Greek ‘å‘ or SIGMA represents the mathematical symbol for a series summation while the symbol ‘Õ‘ or TAU is the mathematical expression for a series multiplication.
Option 1. The quantity per equipment or end item shall be entered only on the first appearance of the line item on the list. Subsequent appearances of the same item should be indicated by printing the letters ‘REF’ in positions 1-3 to indicate that the total number of uses of the item in the equipment or end item has previously been listed. Note: This option can only be used with Option 1 QTY/ASSY.
The following formula applies to option 1:
N æ M
ç
QTY / EI = S ç Õ
ç
i = 1è j = 1
ö
÷
QTY / ASSYj ÷ i
÷
ø
Where: |
|
|
N |
= |
Number of applications for unique part |
i |
= |
Application of unique part |
M |
= |
Number of indenture levels |
j |
= |
Indenture level of application |
Option 2. The QTY/EI shall be entered only on the first appearance of the item on the list. Subsequent appearances of the same assembly or subassembly should be indicated by printing ‘REFX’ in positions 1-4. Subsequent appearances of the same repair part (ie, a part which has no lower indentured parts) should be indicated by printing the letters ‘REF’ in positions 1-3. This option can only be used with option 2, QTY/ASSY.
Examples of provisioning lists with a single assembly breakdown using the option 2 QTY/ASSY follow: Note that a separate application (PLISN and LCN) is required for each identical item in the same NHA.
1.For reference designation (RD) oriented equipment.
RD |
Reference No. |
QTY-ASSY |
QTY-EI |
1A1 |
ABC |
0003 |
0003 |
1A1 R1 |
PDQ |
0003 |
0006 |
1A1 R2 |
PDQ |
0003 |
REF |
1A1 MP2 |
XYZ |
0006 |
0006 |
1A2 |
ABC |
0000 |
REFX |
1A3 |
ABC |
0000 |
REFX |
2.For non-reference designation oriented equipment:
C/F-104
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
|
Indenture Code |
Reference No. |
QTY-ASSY |
QTY-EI |
B |
ABC |
0001 |
0003 |
C |
PDQ |
0003 |
0006 |
C |
PDQ |
0003 |
REF |
C |
XYZ |
0006 |
0006 |
B |
ABC |
0001 |
REFX |
B |
ABC |
0001 |
REFX |
The following formula applies to option 2:
|
|
N |
|
|
QTY / EI = S QTY / ASSYi |
|
|
i = 1 |
Where: |
|
|
N |
= |
Number of applications for unique part |
i |
= |
Application of unique part |
Option 3. The QTY/EI shall be entered only on the first appearance of the line item on the list for system/equipment for which the list is prepared, and should equal the total number of appearances of the item in that system/equipment (all appearances of an item may not appear on the list). Subsequent appearances of the same assembly or subassembly should be indicated by printing ‘REFX’ in position 1-4. Subsequent appearances of the same repair part (ie, a part which has no lower indentured parts) should be indicated by printing the letters ‘REF’ in positions 1-3. This option can only be used with option 3 of the QTY/ASSY.
The following formula applies to option 3:
N |
æ æ M |
ö |
|
P - 1æ Q |
ö |
ö |
|||
QTY / EI = S |
ç ç |
Õ |
÷ |
+ |
S |
ç |
Õ |
÷ |
÷ |
ç ç |
QTY / ASSYj ÷ |
ç |
QTY / ASSYl ÷ k÷ i |
||||||
i = |
ç ç |
|
÷ |
|
|
ç |
|
÷ |
÷ |
1è è j = 1 |
ø |
|
k = 1è l = 1 |
ø |
ø |
||||
Where: |
|
|
N |
= |
Number of applications of unique part (first appearance of N only) |
i |
= |
Application of unique part |
M |
= |
Number of indenture levels |
j |
= |
Indenture level of application at first appearance |
P |
= |
Number of applications of unique assembly containing unique part |
k= Application of unique part (other than first appearance of a higher assembly)
Q= Number of indenture levels at assembly application (other than first appearance of a higher assembly)
C/F-105
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
l= Indenture level of application (other than first appearance of a higher assembly)
NOTE: The first product and summation in this formula are performed against the first appearance of an item. These applications are documented in the LSAR hardware breakdown. The second product and summation are performed against subsequent appearances of an item which are not documented in the LSAR (eg, will not appear on a provisioning list). These item applications are identified by the first appearance of the item in an assembly (either NHA or higher) and the reference number of the higher assembly containing the unique part appearing in multiple applications.
New option 4:
Identifies the number of times an item is fitted within the Initial Provisioning Project Number (DED 644) and is used in the calculation of the recommendations given in the Recommended Maintenance Quantity (DED 669) and Recommended Overhaul/Repair Quantity (DED 670). This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI TQY, which should be referred to for full definition.
PROVISIONAL QUANTITY PER END ITEM. The quantity per end item used in a Part Number oriented provisioning process. Note: Only option 4 should be used when allocating the provisional quantity per end item.
SYSTEM/EI QUANTITY PER END ITEM. The quantity per end item of the system/end item as a model (A indentured) item.
318 QUANTITY PER FIGURE |
3 N R - |
The total quantity of an item which is depicted by a specific illustration. Quantity per figure is left blank, if the Quantity Per Assembly (DED 316) equals the Quantity Per Figure.
319 QUANTITY PER TASK |
5 N R 2 |
The number of items used to perform the task. For tasks where the items are not used for every occurrence of the task, the quantity per task is the expected average number of items per task.
PROVISION QUANTITY PER TASK. A quantity of the support item being provisioned required for the task.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT QUANTITY PER TASK. A quantity of the SE required for the task.
C/F-106
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
320 QUANTITY PER TEST |
3 N R - |
The number of end article system(s)/subsystem(s) or components required to enable the SE end item to perform properly (eg, other components/subsystems may be required to be intact in order to use the SE.
321 QUANTITY PER UNIT PACK |
3 X - |
- |
The quantity of an item of material to be contained in an individual unit package which has been selected as being the most suitable for issue to the ultimate user. This equates to Primary Packaged Quantity (PPQ) in UK use.
Code: |
|
Enter the actual quantity |
002-999 |
Items are to be packaged separately |
001 |
AMMUNITION QUANTITY PER AMMUNITION CONTAINER ASSEMBLY. The quantity of ammunition items (Stores) per Ammunition Container Assembly.
AMMUNITION QUANTITY PER AMMUNITION UNIT LOAD SPECIFICATION/UNIT LOAD CONTAINER. The quantity of ammunition items (Stores) per ULS/USC.
322 QUANTITY PROCURED |
6 N R - |
The total quantity of the provisioned item order.
323 QUANTITY TRANSPORTED |
6 N R - |
The quantity of items affected by the design change notice that have been transported.
324 QUANTITY SKILL SPECIALITY CODE AVAILABLE |
5 N R - |
The maximum number of personnel of a given SSC, which will be available to each maintenance unit at a specified level of maintenance, to perform all tasks required for the item under analysis.
325 RAIL TRANSPORTATION COUNTRY |
240 X - - |
The foreign country(ies) where rail transportation is required.
326 RAIL USE CODE |
5 A L - |
A code indicating the type of rail use applicable to transport the system/equipment.
Continental United States (CONUS) only |
C |
C/F-107
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Gabaret International De Chargement (GIC) Europe |
G |
Envelope A (Europe) |
A |
Envelope B (Europe) |
B |
AAR Diagram (North America) |
U |
Rail transportation not required |
N |
327 REASON FOR SUPERSEDURE/DELETION |
2 X F - |
A two-position code identifying the reason for an item being superseded by another or deleted. Supersedure codes are F1, F2, and F3. All other codes shall be used only in the case of an item being deleted.
Evaluation pending, original SERD only |
A1 |
|
Not Essential (luxury item), original SERD only |
B1 |
|
Not essential (no maintenance required), |
B2 |
|
original SERD only) |
|
|
Not essential (system redesign), SERD revision only |
B3 |
|
Not essential (component redesign), SERD revision only |
B4 |
|
Not essential (revised maintenance concept), SERD |
B5 |
|
revision only |
|
|
Not essential (end article not in configuration) |
B6 |
|
Not essential (application already included in basic |
B7 |
|
end article) |
|
|
Commercial rework (‘D’ maintenance level only, |
C1 |
|
original SERD) |
|
|
Contractor resubmit, an original SERD shall be |
D1 |
|
approved/deleted |
|
|
Deleted from inventory |
F1 |
|
Superseded for future procurement, use for ECP |
F2 |
|
changed items only |
|
|
Alternate |
F3 |
|
SERD item is a part of another SE item |
G1 |
|
Deletion of an equivalent SERD |
H1 |
|
Not SE |
I1 |
|
SE for GFE, for CFE end articles only |
J1 |
|
328 RECOMMENDED INITIAL SYSTEM STOCK BUY |
3 |
N R - |
A numeric quantity representing the recommended minimum quantity to be bought for system stock.
329 RECOMMENDED MINIMUM SYSTEM STOCK LEVEL 3 N R -
A numeric value representing the recommended minimum level of system stock required to support initial deployment of a system/equipment.
C/F-108
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
330 RECOMMENDED RANK/GRADE |
7 X - - |
Identifies the recommended military rank/rate/civilian grade which is necessary to operate, test, or repair the system/ equipment. Consists of the following sub-fields:
a. Military Rank/Rate |
3 |
X F - |
Identifies military personnel by rank/rate. Service |
|
|
specific codes are: |
|
|
RN & FAA (Prefix N followed by 2 alpha rank code) |
|
|
Junior Rate |
|
NJR |
Ordinary Rate |
|
NOR |
Able Rate |
|
NAR |
Leading Rate |
|
NLR |
Petty Officer |
|
NPO |
Chief Petty Officer |
|
NCP |
Warrant Officer |
|
NWO |
Midshipman |
|
NMS |
Sub Lieutenant |
|
NSL |
Lieutenant |
|
NLT |
Lieutenant Commander |
|
NLC |
Commander |
|
NCM |
Captain |
|
NCT |
Army (Prefix A followed by 2 alphanumeric rank code) |
|
|
Private |
|
APT |
Lance Corporal |
|
ALC |
Corporal |
|
ACP |
Sergeant |
|
ASG |
Staff Sergeant |
|
ASS |
Warrant Officer Class 2 |
|
AW2 |
Warrant Officer Class 1 |
|
AW1 |
2nd Lieutenant |
|
A2L |
Lieutenant |
|
ALT |
Captain |
|
ACT |
Major |
|
AMJ |
Lieutenant Colonel |
|
A2C |
Colonel |
|
ACL |
RAF (Prefix F followed by 2 alpha rank code) |
|
|
Leading Aircraftsman |
|
FLA |
Senior Aircraftsman |
|
FSA |
Junior Technician |
|
FJT |
Corporal |
|
FCP |
C/F-109
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Sergeant |
|
FSG |
|
Chief Technician |
|
FCT |
|
Flight Sergeant |
|
FFS |
|
Warrant Officer |
|
FWO |
|
Pilot Officer |
|
FPO |
|
Flying Officer |
|
FFO |
|
Flight Lieutenant |
|
FFL |
|
Squadron Leader |
|
FSL |
|
Wing Commander |
|
FWC |
|
Group Captain |
|
FGC |
|
b. Civilian Grade |
4 |
X F |
- |
For Civilian involvement the equivalent service rank/rate |
|
|
|
identification code (as above) should be prefixed C. |
|
|
|
eg, Civilian equivalent to RAF Sergeant |
|
CFSG |
|
332 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECURRING COST |
|
8 |
N R - |
The cost, used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629), which is subsequent to technical data package availability and does not include developmental costs.
333 RECURRING BIN COST |
4 N R - |
Recurring administrative cost, used in conjunction with an associated Currency Code (DED 629), of maintaining a bin for an item in the retail supply system for one year.
334 RECURRING CATALOGUING COST |
4 N R - |
Recurring administrative cost, used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629), of maintaining an item in the wholesale supply system for one year.
335 REFERENCE DESIGNATION |
64 X L - |
A code which serves as a cross-reference between parts contained in wiring diagrams, hydraulic systems etc. and the Illustrated Parts Catalogue (IPC). Letters, numbers or symbols are used to uniquely identify and locate discrete units, portions thereof and basic parts of a specific component. This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI RFD, limited to 7 characters, which should be referred to for codes and full definition.
336 REFERENCE DESIGNATION CODE (RDC) |
1 A F - |
A code which indicates the type of data entered in reference designation block.
C/F-110
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
|||
Assemblies that are separable or repairable |
A |
|
|
identified with a reference designation |
|
|
|
IAW ANSI Y 32.l6 (does not apply to detail |
|
|
|
parts within the assembly). |
|
|
|
Same as A, except this code is to be assigned |
U |
|
|
to assemblies that are inseparable or |
|
|
|
non-repairable. |
|
|
|
Items identified with a volume, figure, and index |
F |
|
|
number in the reference designation block. |
|
|
|
Installation and checkout items that are |
C |
|
|
inseparable or non-repairable. |
|
|
|
Installation and checkout items that are |
Z |
|
|
separable or repairable. |
|
|
|
Equipment assemblies/subassemblies identified |
H |
|
|
by drawing or assembly part numbers, with |
|
|
|
parts identified by circuit reference designator, |
|
|
|
number, part number or ship's plan and piece |
|
|
|
number. |
|
|
|
Repairable accessories, tools, test, and |
T |
|
|
support equipment identified as specified |
|
|
|
for Code ‘H’. |
|
|
|
Repairable accessories, non-repairable |
R |
|
|
assemblies, and material, including common |
|
|
|
and bulk items, not required to be identified |
|
|
|
with reference designation. |
|
|
|
Non-repairable accessories, tools, test |
S |
|
|
and support equipment not included in |
|
|
|
code ‘T’ breakdown. |
|
|
|
337 REFERENCE NUMBER |
32 X |
L |
- |
Any number, other than a government organization stock number, used to identify an item of production, or used by itself or in conjunction with other reference numbers to identify an item of supply. Reference numbers include manufacturer's part, drawing, model, type, or source controlling numbers; manufacturer's trade name; specification or standard numbers; and, specification or standard part, drawing, or type numbers (for applicable formats use NATO Manual on Codification A Cod P-1 Chapter IV,
Annex A).
C/F-111
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI PNR and TEI RPP it also equates to AECMA 1000D MANUFACTURERS PART NUMBER.
NOTE: The combination of Reference Number and CAGE (DED 046) constitute AECMA 2000M TEI CTI.
The following precedence for reference number assignment should be used:
a.First Precedent Reference Number. The line item is identified by a government or industry association specifications, drawing, or standard number, eg, service drawing, which completely identifies the item including its physical, mechanical, electrical and dimensional characteristics. (If the government or industry association specification or standard number does not fully identify the item, then the actual manufacturer's identifying reference number becomes the first precedent reference number.) If the government or industry specification, drawing or standard completely identifies the item, at least one additional reference number (DED 006) citing a manufacturer or vendor reference number shall be provided.
b.Second Precedent Reference Number. The item identifying part, drawing, or catalogue number of the actual manufacturer who supplies the item. The manufacturer is the company or government organization exercising design control over the item.
ADAPTOR/INTERCONNECTION DEVICE (AID) REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the adaptor/interconnection device used in conjunction with the SE.
AMMUNITION ITEM REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number for an item of ammunition.
ARN ITEM REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the primary item under analysis.
ATE REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the automatic test equipment.
CATEGORY 1 CONTAINER REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the category 1 container.
CRIP REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the item subject to Crisis Resupply from Industry Procedure.
INTEROPERABLE REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the interoperable item.
IP SUBJECT 1 REFERENCE NUMBER. A REFERENCE NUMBER of the first subject of an IP presentation.
C/F-112
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
IP SUBJECT 2 REFERENCE NUMBER. A REFERENCE NUMBER of the second subject of an IP presentation.
IP SUBJECT 3 REFERENCE NUMBER. A REFERENCE NUMBER of the third subject of an IP presentation.
IP SUBJECT 4 REFERENCE NUMBER. A REFERENCE NUMBER of the fourth subject of an IP presentation.
IP SUBJECT 5 REFERENCE NUMBER. A REFERENCE NUMBER of the fifth subject of an IP presentation.
IP SUBJECT 6 REFERENCE NUMBER. A REFERENCE NUMBER of the sixth subject of an IP presentation.
IP SUBJECT 7 REFERENCE NUMBER. A REFERENCE NUMBER of the seventh subject of an IP presentation.
IP SUBJECT 8 REFERENCE NUMBER. A REFERENCE NUMBER of the eighth subject of an IP presentation.
OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAMME (OTP) REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the operational test programme being used in conjunction with the SE.
REPLACING PART REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number identifying a new non-SE part number, replacing the old. A reason for change and CAGE shall be provided with this data element.
SUBJECT ID REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the Initial Provisioning Project Number Subject (DED 805). Used in conjunction with Subject ID CAGE (DED 046), this equates to AECMA 2000M TEI SID.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT UUT REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the SE that is also a category II calibration and measurement requirements summary item.
S/N PROVISIONING REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the provisioned item under analysis having a serial number relationship.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SUPERSEDURE REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the SE that is superseding or being superseded by the SE under analysis.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER A reference number of the SE under analysis.
SYSTEM REFERENCE NUMBER. The reference number of the system equipment item which is identical to the piece of SE.
C/F-113
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
TASK SUPPORT REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the SE identified for a given task.
TASK PROVISION REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the support item which shall be provisioned.
TESTING SE REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the SE that is measuring the SE Unit Under Test.
TEST PROGRAMME INSTRUCTION (TPI) REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the test programme instruction used in conjunction with the SE.
UOC PROVISIONING REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the provisioned item under analysis having a Usable On Code relationship.
338 REFERENCE NUMBER CATEGORY CODE (RNCC) |
1 X F - |
A code assigned to the reference number to indicate the category or relationship of the number to an NSN or another reference number. This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI RNC. For authorized codes refer to AECMA 2000M TEI RNC.
339 |
REFERENCE NUMBER VARIATION CODE (RNVC) |
1 |
N |
F |
- |
|
A code assigned to a reference number to indicate that the cited number is item |
|
|||
|
identifying, is not item identifying or is a reference number for information only. This |
||||
|
equates to AECMA 2000M TEI RNV. For authorized codes refer to AECMA 2000M |
||||
|
TEI RNV. |
|
|
|
|
340 |
TRANSPORTATION REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS |
65 |
X |
- |
- |
Narrative information stating compliance with applicable regulatory transportation requirements.
341 RELIABILITY AVAILABILITY MAINTAINABILITY |
1 A F - |
CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE, |
|
A code that indicates the reliability, availability, and maintainability (RAM) characteristics narrative.
RAM Item Function, DED 180 |
A |
RAM Maintenance Concept, DED 207 |
B |
RAM Minimum Equipment List Narrative, DED 244 |
C |
RAM Qualitative And Quantitative Maintainability |
D |
Requirements, DED 315 |
|
RAM Maintenance Plan Rationale, DED 210 |
E |
Software Interdependency, DED 811 |
F |
Software Engineering Methods and Techniques, DED 809 G
C/F-114
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
342 RELIABILITY AVAILABILITY MAINTAINABILITY |
1 |
A F - |
(RAM) INDICATOR |
|
|
A code that signifies whether RAM information is to be documented against the LCN item.
RAM Information is documented against the LCN |
Y |
|
RAM Information is not documented |
blank |
|
343 RELIABILITY-CENTRED MAINTENANCE AGE |
65 X - |
- |
EXPLORATION |
|
|
Narrative information stating or describing that an item needs to be considered for age exploration.
344 RELIABILITY-CENTRED MAINTENANCE LOGIC |
25 X - |
AS |
RESULTS |
|
|
This is a 25 block spread format, each logic result will consist of one 1 position block. The results of the decision logic of a Reliability-Centred Maintenance (RCM) analysis. Codes will denote a yes or no answer, respectively, to each corresponding question in the RCM logic tree utilized, or a code as specified by the Project.
Yes |
Y |
|
No |
N |
|
Not Applicable |
Blank |
|
345 RELIABILITY-CENTRED MAINTENANCE LOGIC |
32 X - |
- |
UTILIZED |
|
|
The source document or specification in compliance with which the Reliability-Centred Maintenance (RCM) analysis has been conducted (eg, AP100C-22 and NES 45).
AP 100C-22 will be the Standard for Air Systems and NES 45 will be the standard for Sea Systems.
346 RELIABILITY-CENTRED MAINTENANCE REASONING 65 X - |
- |
A narrative describing the reasoning behind the RCM logic results and disposition choices.
347 RELIABILITY/MAINTAINABILITY INDICATOR CODE 1 A F -
A code used to indicate whether the reliability and maintainability parameters are allocated, predicted, or measured analysis values.
C/F-115
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Comparative Analysis |
C |
Allocated |
A |
Predicted |
P |
Measured |
M |
348 REMAIN IN PLACE INDICATOR (RIP) |
1 A F - |
A single character identifying an item for which an unserviceable unit will be turned-in on an exchange basis after receipt of a serviceable unit. Codes and definitions are as follows:
No remain-in-place authority granted |
N |
Safety consideration |
S |
Partial mission capable |
P |
Maintenance consideration |
M |
Mobility constrained |
V |
Has not been screened for RIP worthiness |
X |
Containerization |
C |
349 REMARKS REFERENCE CODE |
2 X F - |
A code used to uniquely identify a specific remark. Once associated with a remark, a code may not be associated with any other remark, regardless of LCN and task code. However, once assigned, the same code shall be used to identify subsequent occurrences of that remark, regardless of LCN and task code.
350 REPAIR CYCLE TIME |
18 N - |
- |
The elapsed time, in days, of the complete repair cycle for a repairable item expected at each maintenance level (for definition of O/M Level, see DED 277) and at contractor facility. Sub-field f. equates to AECMA 2000M TEI CRT.
a. |
First Sub-field |
3 |
N |
R |
- |
Repair Cycle Time at First Line |
|
|
|
|
|
b. |
Second Sub-field |
3 |
N |
R |
- |
Repair Cycle Time at Second Line or Second Line/ |
|
|
|
|
|
Close Support |
|
|
|
|
|
c. |
Third Sub-field |
3 |
N |
R |
- |
Repair Cycle Time at Second Line Regional/Static, |
|
|
|
|
|
Second Line/General Support or Embarked Second Line |
|
|
|
||
d. |
Fourth Sub-field |
3 |
N |
R |
- |
Repair Cycle Time at Specialized Repair Activity
For Land Systems: May be used to indicate RCT of key
C/F-116
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
operational equipments and assemblies at ‘strategic 3rd line repair facilities’
e. |
Fifth Sub-field |
3 |
N |
R |
- |
Repair Cycle Time at Third Line/Fourth Line |
|
|
|
|
|
f. |
Sixth Sub-field |
3 |
N |
R |
- |
Repair Cycle Time at Contractor. |
|
|
|
|
|
Option 1.
a.For O/M levels O, F, J, K, H, E and L, the elapsed time in days beginning with the removal and replacement of an item to be repaired below depot level, and ending with the pickup of the serviceable item on the appropriate supply records.
b.For O/M level D, the number of days includes the time involved in the following:
(1)Removal and preparation of unserviceable items for shipment to UK airhead or overseas airhead.
(2)Shipment to air terminal.
(3)Shipment from airhead of embarkation to UK airhead of disembarkation (overseas activities only).
(4)Shipment from airhead to UK depot level maintenance organization.
(5)Receiving/shop planning/batching.
(6)Shop flow-time, including inspection.
(7)Packaging.
(8)Pickup on accountable records.
c.For Fourth Line/Contractor repairable items, the elapsed time in days from time of receipt of the failed item at the contractor's facility, until the item is returned to the designated receiving point.
Option 2. The elapsed time in days from receipt of a failed item at the maintenance level, until the item is ready for issue as a serviceable item.
351 REPAIR SURVIVAL RATE (RSR) |
3 N R - |
The percentage of depot repairable assets which, through rework, will be returned to serviceable condition.
352 REPAIR WORKSPACE COST |
4 N R 2 |
The cost of repair work floor space for a maintenance facility for a specific level of maintenance. It is based on the cost, used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629), per square metre per month.
C/F-117
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
353 REPLACED OR SUPERSEDING PROVISIONING LIST |
5 X L - |
ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER |
|
The Provisioning List Item Sequence Number (PLISN) which is replacing or is being replaced in relationship to another PLISN.
354 REPLACED OR SUPERSEDING PROVISIONING LIST |
1 A F - |
ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER INDICATOR, |
|
A code to indicate type of data entered in the Replaced or Superseding Provisioning List Item Sequence Number.
Replaced PLISN |
R |
|
Superseding PLISN |
blank |
|
355 REPLACEMENT TASK DISTRIBUTION |
5 N - |
- |
The estimated percentage of the removals and replacements of an item that will be accomplished at each specified maintenance level. For definition of each O/M level, see DED 277.
a. |
First Sub-field |
3 |
N |
R |
- |
Replacement Task Distribution at First Line |
|
|
|
|
|
b. |
Second Sub-field |
3 |
N |
R |
- |
Replacement Task Distribution at Second Line or
Second Line/Close Support
c. Third Sub-field |
3 N R - |
Replacement Task Distribution at Second Line Regional/
Static, Second Line/General Support or Embarked Second Line
d. |
Fourth Sub-field |
3 |
N |
R |
- |
Replacement Task Distribution at Specialized Repair Activity
For Land Systems: May be used to indicate Repair Cycle Time of key operational equipments and assemblies at strategic 3rd line repair facilities
e. Fifth Sub-field |
3 N R - |
Replacement Task Distribution at Third or Fourth Line.
C/F-118
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
357 REQUIRED DAYS OF STOCK |
3 N R - |
The number of days required to operate a maintenance facility at a specific level of maintenance without resupply of resources depleted during daily maintenance.
358 REQUIREMENTS FOR |
3 X - |
- |
Indicates a requirement for operations/maintenance facilities, training equipment/SE. Consist of the following sub-fields:
a. |
Facilities Requirement Code |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
A code used to designate the facilities requirement for the performance of subject task.
Facility required |
|
Y |
|
|
|
Not required |
|
N |
|
|
|
b. |
Training Equipment Requirement Code |
l |
A |
F |
- |
Denotes whether training material is required to prepare the operator or maintenance person to perform a given task.
Required |
|
Y |
|
Not required |
|
N |
|
c. Tool/Support Equipment |
l |
A F |
- |
Requirements Code |
|
|
|
Indicates tool/SE requirements and whether the Tool/SE are common or peculiar. |
|||
Peculiar tool/SE |
|
S |
|
Common tool/SE |
|
C |
|
Both Peculiar/common tool/SE |
|
B |
|
Not required |
|
N |
|
360 REVISION |
|
2 |
A R - |
An alphabetic code of one or two positions identifying a revision such as A, B, ..., ZZ.
FACILITY DRAWING REVISION. The revision number for the facility drawing.
361 REVOLVING ASSETS |
4 X F - |
The quantity of support equipment end items to be procured to offset the out-of-service requirements of the user's end item due to such factors as planned maintenance and calibration. These ‘loaner’ assets are under the management of the intermediate maintenance department/management level. For example:
C/F-119
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
No revolving assets required |
Q000 |
One revolving asset required |
Q001 |
362 SAFETY HAZARD SEVERITY CODE |
1 N F - |
A one-digit code assigned to each identified failure mode for each item analyzed IAW the loss statements below. These codes are assigned to provide a qualitative measure of the worst potential consequences resulting from design deficiency or item failure. Severity classification categories are defined as follows:
Category l, Catastrophic. A failure which |
1 |
may cause death or system loss (ie, |
|
aircraft, tank, missile, ship, etc.). |
|
Category 2, Critical. A failure which may |
2 |
cause severe injury, major property damage, |
|
or major system damage, which will result in |
|
mission loss. |
|
Air Systems: For Category 2, a component is considered ‘critical’ when it has a failure mode likely to result in the loss of the aircraft concerned or endanger the life of any person concerned with its operation or maintenance. Components that are duplicated to maintain integrity of a critical function of a system are not to be included. Refer to AP 100A-01 Leaflet 330.
Category 3, Marginal. A failure which may |
3 |
cause minor injury, minor system damage which |
|
will result in delay or loss of availability |
|
or mission degradation. |
|
Category 4, Minor. A failure not serious |
4 |
enough to cause injury, property damage, or |
|
system damage, but which will result in |
|
unscheduled maintenance or repair. |
|
RAM SAFETY HAZARD SEVERITY CODE. The specified SHSC used to sum the associated failure mode criticality numbers.
364 SAME AS PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCING |
5 X L - |
NUMBER (SAME AS PLISN), |
|
The PLISN assigned to a reference number and CAGE combination at its first appearance in a provisioning list for a PCCN. This PLISN is entered on each subsequent appearance of the reference number and CAGE combination in the provisioning list.
C/F-120
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
365 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SCOPE OF DATA |
40 X - - |
A brief description of recommended or required data in question or data item description number.
DDCC SCOPE. A short narrative describing the design data category.
IRCC SCOPE. A short narrative describing the integrated ILS requirement.
366 SECTIONALIZATION IDENTIFICATION |
2 |
N R - |
A counter applied to each sectionalized portion of the system/equipment for transportation. The same number may be applied to different LCNs if the LCNs are grouped together for transport. A unique counter is applied against each separately sectionalized grouping of the system/equipment.
367 SECTIONALIZED ITEM TRANSPORTATION |
1 A F - |
INDICATOR |
|
A code which identifies whether the item is a sectionalized portion of a transported end item.
A sectionalized item for transportation |
Y |
|
Not a sectionalized item for transportation |
blank |
|
368 SECTIONALIZED REMARKS |
65 X - |
- |
The sectionalization requirements for the system/equipment transporting. Narrative information about whether the item can be sectionalized, folded or reduced for transport, including the following for each component or subassembly.
a.The time required to disassemble at departure site and reassemble at destination site (man-hours and elapsed time).
b.Special equipment or tools required for sectionalization (eg, cranes, forklifts, wrecker trucks, pallets, nitrogen, calibration equipment, fixtures, etc.).
NOTE: If a task code is assigned to this operation, then these requirements should be referenced using the appropriate LCN, ALC, and task code.
369 SECURITY CLEARANCE |
1 N F - |
A single-position code indicating the type of clearance required to access classified information.
Top Secret |
1 |
C/F-121
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Secret |
2 |
Confidential |
3 |
Unclassified |
4 |
Restricted |
6 |
Top Secret (Atomic) |
7 |
Secret (Atomic) |
8 |
Confidential (Atomic) |
9 |
EQUIPMENT/ITEM SECURITY CLEARANCE. The security clearance of the equipment/item.
370 SELF TEST CODE 1 A F -
A single-position code indicating if a support/test equipment or a unit under test can perform upon itself a test or series of tests, which shows whether it is operating within designed limits, and to indicate if the test function is automatic or shall be manually induced.
Manually induced |
M |
Automatic |
A |
No self test |
N |
TEST PROGRAMME INSTRUCTION (TPI) SELF TEST. A code identifying whether the test programme instruction has self test capabilities.
372 SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description of the complete effort expended to accomplish a specific operational or maintenance subtask. The following classification will be used to document and analyse tasks:
a.Job: See DED 185 for definition.
b.Duty: See DED 090 for definition.
c.Task: A composite of related activities (perceptions, decisions, and responses) performed for an immediate purpose, written in operator/maintainer language (eg, change a tyre).
d.Subtask: Activities (perceptions, decisions, and responses) which fulfil a portion of the immediate purpose within a task (eg, remove lug nuts).
e.Task Element: The smallest logically and reasonably definable unit of behaviour required in completing a task or subtask (eg, apply anticlockwise torque to the lug nuts with a lug wrench).
C/F-122
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
373 SERIAL NUMBER |
20 X - - |
A two-part sequence identifying the range of serial numbers of a specific model of end item or basic system. Consists of the following sub-fields:
a. From |
10 X L - |
The beginning serial number in the range of serial numbers defined for the end item or basic system.
b. To |
10 X L - |
The ending serial number in the range of serial numbers defined for the end item or basic system.
This equates to AECMA 1000D SERIAL NUMBER.
S/N SERIAL NUMBER FROM, S/N SERIAL NUMBER TO. The serial number of the item under analysis having a serial number relationship.
S/N PROVISIONING SERIAL NUMBER FROM, S/N PROVISIONING SERIAL NUMBER TO. The serial number of the provisioned item under analysis having a serial number relationship.
374 SERIAL NUMBER EFFECTIVITY |
20 X - - |
A two-part sequence identifying the range of serial numbers of a specific group of end items or basic systems to which the item applies. Consists of the following sub-fields:
a. |
From |
10 |
X |
L |
- |
The beginning serial number in the range of serial |
|
|
|
|
|
numbers defined by Serial Number Effectivity. |
|
|
|
|
|
b. |
To |
10 |
X |
L |
- |
The ending serial number in the range of serial numbers defined by Serial Number Effectivity.
This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI EFY with fields ‘From’ and ‘To’ each limited to the first 4 characters.
NOTE: System effectivity will only be provided in the Initial Provisioning Presentation of the main equipment eg, Aircraft or engines, it will not be given in separate presentations.
C/F-123
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
375 SERIAL NUMBER USABLE ON CODE |
3 A L - |
Codes will be assigned in sequence A-Z, then AA-ZZ, followed by AAA-ZZZ (less Is and Os). A blank UOC indicates full effectivity/applicability. A statement shall be attached to the provisioning list defining UOC usage. An example of the use of this option is as follows:
Model |
|
|
|
Designator |
UOC |
Serial Number |
|
J-l00-54 |
A |
5625l-56300 |
|
J-l00-54 |
B |
5630l-56500 |
|
J-l00-54 |
C |
5650l-56750 |
|
J-l00-54 |
D |
5675l, 56755, 5780l, 57802 |
|
J-l00-54 |
E |
56752, 56790, 57000 |
|
-------- |
etc. |
------ |
|
J-100-60 |
Z |
5925l-59500 |
|
J-l00-65 |
AA |
5750l-57800 |
|
J-l00-65 |
AB |
5790l-58000 |
|
-------- |
etc. |
----- |
|
J-l00-95 |
BZ |
5950l-59575 |
|
J-l00-95 |
CA |
5950l-59575 |
|
376 SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE |
1 |
A F - |
|
A single position code identifying the military service having jurisdiction over, or executive management responsibility for the equipment.
Royal Navy |
N |
Army |
A |
Royal Air Force |
F |
Fleet Air Arm |
L |
All Military |
X |
Other |
O |
Civilian |
C |
C/F-124
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
MOD (PE) |
M |
This equates to position 3 of AECMA 2000M TEI SRV.
EQUIPMENT USING SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE. A service designator code associated with users of the equipment/item under analysis.
INITIAL PROVISIONING SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE. A service designator code associated with IP data.
MODELLING SERVICE DESIGNATOR. A service designator code associated with modelling information.
SE SERVICE DESIGNATOR. A service designator responsible for the SE under analysis.
USING SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE. Multiple service designators which are users of the support equipment under analysis.
377 SHELF LIFE (SL) |
1 |
X F - |
A code assigned to an item to indicate a storage or shelf-life time period for an item possessing deteriorative or unstable characteristics. This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI SLC, which should be referred to for authorized codes.
378 SHELF LIFE ACTION CODE (SLAC) |
2 X F - |
A two-position code assigned to a shelf life item to specify the type of inspection, test, or restorative action to be taken when the item has reached its storage shelf life, and to specify the extension of the shelf life time period after the test/ restorative action has been completed.
Check/inspect/test IAW inventory manager's |
CO |
instructions. |
|
Incorporate all mandatory changes. If found |
C- |
satisfactory, extend the previously established |
|
shelf life by an appropriate time period. The |
|
first position will always be ‘C’. The second |
|
position, shown by a dash (-), will be filled in |
|
with a shelf life code from AECMA |
|
2000M TEI SLC. This code will be used to |
|
indicate the time period that the shelf life |
|
may be extended after incorporation of the |
|
changes. |
|
C/F-125
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Incorporate all mandatory changes, perform |
CT |
minor adjustment required, clean and re-lubricate |
|
bearings, reassemble, test to post overhaul |
|
standards, and correct any observed |
|
discrepancies. Items which pass tests shall |
|
be returned to stock as RFI (Ready For Issue). |
|
Exterior package marking of such items shall |
|
indicate the latest check and test date and the |
|
original date of manufacture. Items which |
|
fail test shall be placed in ‘F’ condition. |
|
To be tested by the laboratory/organization after |
L- |
the initial shelf life has expired and at specified |
|
time intervals thereafter. The first position will |
|
always be ‘L’. For AECMA projects the second |
|
position, shown by a dash(-), will be filled in |
|
with a shelf life code from AECMA 2000M |
|
TEI SLC. This code will be used to indicate the |
|
time period at which samples should be periodically |
|
submitted to the laboratory/organization for testing after |
|
the initial shelf life has expired. If item fails test, |
|
take disposal action. |
|
Replace all deteriorated and non-metallic |
RD |
components subject to deterioration(disassemble |
|
and process to the level required to permit |
|
replacement of deteriorable items; test to post- |
|
overhaul standards and return to stock as RFI |
|
item with fully restored storage time limitations). |
|
Exterior package marking of such items shall |
|
indicate the latest date of overhaul. |
|
Provides for equipment that has been tested |
RN |
with fluids indicated by Specification BS7118 |
|
and has not subsequently been operated with |
|
other fluids. (Use for fuel metering equipment |
|
only.) |
|
This is assigned to fuel metering equipment, |
RJ |
which has been tested by other than BS7118. |
|
Salvage |
SA |
Request cannibalization/salvage instructions |
SB |
from inventory manager. |
|
C/F-126
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Identification of Safety Items. A safety item |
S9 |
designated by the Project that is subject to a |
|
5 year age limitation when used for purposes |
|
involving safety of personnel. Material in this |
|
category that is over 5 years old will not be |
|
used for repair or modification of personnel, |
|
drag, or special parachutes, or others used |
|
directly involving personnel safety. Use |
|
advice code 2H unless material is being |
|
used for cargo parachutes, or other uses not |
|
involving personnel safety. |
|
Test, if OK, extend previously established |
T- |
shelf life by an appropriate time period and |
|
process IAW with code RD. The first position |
|
will always be ‘T’. The second position, shown |
|
by a dash (-), will be filled in with a shelf life |
|
code from AECMA 2000M TEI SLC. This code |
|
will be used to indicate the time period that the |
|
shelf life may be extended after passing test |
|
and processing IAW code RD. |
|
NOTE: For flight clothing, the second position of the code will be used to indicate the time interval at
which periodic testing should be performed.
If OK, return to stock as an FRI item; if not OK, make necessary repairs to the extent economically feasible and return to stock as FRI item.
Unsuitable for restoration to issuable status. |
UU |
At end of shelf life period, material will be |
|
disposed of IAW existing instructions. |
|
Test. If item passes a test, extend the previously |
X- |
established shelf life by an appropriate time |
|
period. The first position will always be ‘X’. |
|
The second position, shown by a dash (-), |
|
will be filled in with a shelf life code from |
|
AECMA 2000M TEI SLC. This code will |
|
be used to indicate the time period that the |
|
shelf life may be extended. If item fails tests, |
|
dispose of it IAW existing instructions. |
|
C/F-127
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Non-deteriorative. When the shelf life is |
00 |
coded ‘0’, then the shelf life action code of |
|
‘00’ is mandatory. |
|
379 TRANSPORTATION TIME |
3 N R - |
The number of days from the time a requisition for a spare/repair part is placed with the supply system until the item is received at the maintenance shop.
NOTE: Standard quantitative definitions of pipeline times for the UK Services are given in JSP 336.
380 TRANSPORTATION CONFIGURATION |
2 A L - |
A code that identifies the transportation configuration of the item. Codes will be provided by the Project. Frequently used codes are as follows:
Carboy |
CB |
Container, MAC ISO lightweight |
CM |
Can |
CN |
Crate |
CR |
Case |
CS |
Carton |
CT |
Container, Navy cargo transporter |
CU |
Cylinder |
CY |
Drum |
DR |
Engine container |
EC |
Engine cradle or dolly |
ED |
Keg |
KE |
Loose, not packaged |
LS |
Multi-walled container secured to a warehouse pallet |
MW |
Mixed (more than one type of transportation container) |
MX |
Palletized unit load, other than code MW |
PT |
Reel |
RL |
Roll on, roll off |
RT |
Skid, box |
SB |
Skid |
SD |
Vehicle |
VE |
Vehicle in operating condition |
VO |
381 TRANSPORTATION WEIGHT (EMPTY/LOADED) |
4 N R 1 |
The weight in tonnes of the system/equipment being transported.
C/F-128
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
382 SHOCK & VIBRATION REMARKS |
65 X - - |
A narrative stating the fragility, shock, and vibration considerations required for the system/equipment under analysis.
383 SKETCH |
1 A F - |
Indicates whether a sketch or line art drawing accompanies the SERD product to clarify descriptive.
‘Y’ for yes ‘N’ for no
384 SKID AREA |
6 N R 1 |
A numeric value describing the size of the skid of the transported item in units contained in the associated UM.
385 SKID REMARKS |
65 X - - |
A narrative description pertaining to skid(s) and skid areas for the item under analysis being transported.
386 SKILL LEVEL CODE |
1 A F - |
A single-position code indicating the skill level of a given SSC (DED 387). This equates to AECMA 1000D SKILL LEVEL.
Basic. |
B |
RN: Second Class Tradesman |
|
Army: Class 3 tradesmen for all Career |
|
Employment Qualifications (CEQ). |
|
Intermediate |
I |
RN: First Class tradesman |
|
Army: Class 2 tradesmen for all CEQs. |
|
Advanced. |
A |
RN: Leading/Petty Officer Rates |
|
Army: Class 1 tradesmen for all CEQs, |
|
including REME Staff Sergeant Artificers |
|
in this role. |
|
Warrant Officer. |
W |
RN: Warrant Officers |
|
C/F-129
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Army: Warrant Officers in managerial/technical role.
Non-Engineering Officers |
N |
Army: All officers not covered by code 'O'. |
|
FAA: Applies to all officers not covered by 'O'. |
|
Mechanic. |
M |
RAF: Applies to Mechanic ranks of Leading |
|
Aircraftman (LAC) and Senior Aircraftman (SAC). |
|
FAA: Applies to Aircraft Engineering Mechanics |
|
(AEM) SE and PHOT ratings. |
|
Technician. |
T |
RAF: Applies to Technician ranks of Junior |
|
Technician (J/T) and Corporal (Cpl). |
|
FAA: Applies to Air Engineering Artificers (AEA). |
|
SNCO Technician |
S |
RAF: Applies to Technician ranks of Sergeant |
|
(Sgt), Chief Technician (Chf Tech), Flight |
|
Sergeant (Flt Sgt) and Warrant Officer (WO). |
|
FAA: Applies to Senior Ratings with Senior |
|
Maintenance Rating (SMR) status. |
|
Engineering Officer |
O |
RN: Applies to Engineering Officer ranks. |
|
Army: Officers identified for specific |
|
technical posts. |
|
RAF: Applies to Engineering Officer ranks. |
|
FAA: Applies to Air Engineering Officers (AEO) |
|
NOTES:
FAA: Technical job descriptions are defined in AP 100T-0100. AP100N-0140 Naval Aircraft Maintenance Manual (NAMM) refers.
NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL LEVEL CODE. The skill level code of the new or modified SSC.
387 SKILL SPECIALITY CODE (SSC) |
9 X L - |
Describes the maintenance or operator skill required to accomplish the task. This equates to AECMA 1000D CATEGORY OF PERSONS REQUIRED.
C/F-130
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
RN:
Data documenting the Rating Branch and Sub Branch used within the RN Rating Branch Abbreviation as specified in BR 1066 - Advancement Regulations but with all brackets removed.
Army:
Data documenting the Career Employment Qualification (CEQ), Class and Specialist Qualification (SQ) required to perform a specific maintenance task. It consists of the following sub-fields:
a.Career Employment Qualification
CEQ as specified in Catalogue of Army Qualifications (CATAQ), qualification type, column E.
b.Class
The class of tradesman required to perform a given task, these equate broadly to Skill Level Code (SLC, DED 386). Codes are:
SLC (B) Basic |
= |
Class 3 Tradesman |
3 |
SLC (I) Intermediate |
= |
Class 2 Tradesman |
2 |
SLC (A) Advanced |
= |
Class 1 Tradesman |
1 |
c.Specialist Qualification
SQ as specified in CATAQ, qualification type, column S.
RAF:
Data documenting the aircraft support Trade Groups (TG), trades and associated Trade Qualification Annotations (TQA) used within the Royal Air Force. It consists of the following sub-fields.
a.Trade Group
The TG, utilized in the Royal Air Force, as numerically listed in AP 3376 Volume 1, Part 1, Annex A to Chapter 1.
b.Trade
The trade, employed in the Royal Air Force, as shown sequentially within each TG listing in AP 3376 Volume 1, Part 1, Annex A to Chapter 1.
c.Trade Qualification Annotation
The TQA, if applicable, required with each trade in sub-field b, as shown numerically listed in the respective volume of AP 3376A for the Royal Air Force trade at sub-field b.
C/F-131
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
FAA:
This field is used to record the trade of the operator/maintainer. The following codes are to be used:
Mechanical |
M |
Electrical |
L |
Radio |
R |
Survival Equipment |
SE |
Photographic |
PHOT |
AP100N-0140 Naval Aircraft Maintenance Manual(NAMM) refers. |
|
SKILL SPECIALITY CODE (SSC) FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT OPERATOR. The |
|
SSC required to operate the SE under analysis. |
|
388 SKILL SPECIALITY EVALUATION CODE |
1 A F - |
A single-position code denoting the adequacy of the identified SSC with regard to the specific skills and knowledge required to accomplish the identical task. Used as a flag to indicate the requirement for additional training.
SSC is adequate |
A |
SSC needs modification (additional training) |
M |
New SSC should be established |
E |
389 SOURCE, MAINTENANCE & RECOVERABILITY |
6 X L - |
CODE (SMR) |
|
1st & 2nd Positions - Source Code:
Indicates the manner of acquiring items for maintenance, repair or overhaul of end items.
3rd & 4th Positions - Maintenance Code:
Indicates the maintenance levels authorized to perform required maintenance functions.
5th Position - Recoverability Code:
Indicates the disposition action to be taken on unserviceable items.
6th Position - Allocated by individual users.
This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI SMR which should be referred to for authorized codes.
391 SPARES ACQUISITION INTEGRATED WITH |
1 A F - |
PRODUCTION (SAIP) |
|
An alphabetic code indicating that the item is a candidate for an SAIP list.
C/F-132
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
|
Item is an SAIP list candidate |
Y |
Item is not an SAIP list candidate |
blank |
392 SPECIAL MAINTENANCE ITEM CODE (SMIC) |
1 A F - |
A code which indicates any special maintenance category applicable to the line item. Codes assigned are as follows:
Non-repairable |
A |
|
|
|
|
Factory repairable |
B |
|
|
|
|
Matched set |
C |
|
|
|
|
Select at test |
D |
|
|
|
|
MAMS (Maintenance Assistance Modules). An item |
F |
|
|
|
|
authorized or recommended by the government/ |
|
|
|
|
|
contractor for procurement and location with the |
|
|
|
|
|
end item as the sole means of fault isolation in |
|
|
|
|
|
the event of failure. Contractor recommendations |
|
|
|
|
|
shall be IAW the maintenance philosophy |
|
|
|
|
|
approved by the government (eg, modules |
|
|
|
|
|
employed in diagnostic circuitry used for ‘built-in’ |
|
|
|
|
|
fault isolation). |
|
|
|
|
|
Remain in Place. A repairable item which, upon |
G |
|
|
|
|
removal without an immediate replacement, |
|
|
|
|
|
would: |
|
|
|
|
|
a. |
Destroy structural integrity; |
|
|
|
|
b. |
Endanger operating or maintenance personnel; |
|
|
|
|
or, |
|
|
|
|
|
c. |
If partially degraded, cause total degradation |
|
|
|
|
|
of an essential function of the end item. |
|
|
|
|
Safety. An item which, upon failure, would |
H |
|
|
|
|
jeopardize the direct safety of operating or |
|
|
|
|
|
maintenance personnel. |
|
|
|
|
|
393 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SPECIAL MANAGEMENT |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
|
CODE |
|
|
|
|
|
A code to flag an SE end item for special management attention. Codes are as follows:
C/F-133
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Management Concern |
Code |
Criteria |
|
|
|
Time |
T |
SE end item will not be |
|
|
|
|
|
available concurrently |
|
|
|
|
|
with end article, SE ILS, |
|
||
|
|
or the development lead |
|
||
|
|
time is excessive. |
|
|
|
Price |
P |
SERD identified development |
|
||
|
|
prices or recurring unit |
|
|
|
|
|
price are substantially |
|
|
|
|
|
above the average SE end |
|
||
|
|
item. |
|
|
|
State of the art |
A |
SE end item is state-of-the- |
|
||
|
|
art and required the |
|
|
|
|
|
development of an end item |
|
||
|
|
specification/requires |
|
|
|
|
|
reliability qualification. |
|
|
|
Safety |
S |
SE end item is proposed to |
|
||
|
|
correct a safety defect. |
|
|
|
Mission essentiality |
M |
SE end item is essential to |
|
||
|
|
conduct of the end article's |
|
||
|
|
mission. |
|
|
|
|
N |
Not applicable |
|
|
|
395 SPECIAL MATERIAL CONTENTS CODE (SMCC) |
1 |
X F |
- |
||
A code indicating that an item represents or contains peculiar material requiring special treatment, precautions, or management control of the item.
Antibiotic (medical) |
A |
Flammable compressed Gas |
B |
Corrosive liquid (other than acid) |
C |
Alcohol (ethanol, ethyl alcohol, or grain |
D |
alcohol only) |
|
Precious metals |
E |
Flammable liquids (less than 100 degrees F/ |
F |
37.5 degrees C flash point) |
|
Combustible liquid (100 to 200 degrees F/ |
G |
37.5 to 93.5 degrees C flash point) |
|
Mercury (not authorized for submarine use) |
I |
Oxidizing material |
J |
C/F-134
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
|
Medical kits containing any combinations of |
K |
codes (A,D,L,N) |
|
Drugs other than codes (A,D,N,K) requiring |
L |
special handling/storage |
|
Magnetic material |
M |
Narcotic (medical drugs) |
N |
Mercury (not authorized for any shipboard use) |
O |
Poison (including methanol, wood and |
P |
denatured alcohol) |
|
Explosive non-ordnance items |
Q |
Radioactive material |
R |
Flammable and toxic substance |
S |
Toxic substance |
T |
Mercury (authorized for general use) |
U |
Acid (medical) |
V |
Non-flammable compressed gas |
W |
Non-magnetic (shall remain free of strong |
Y |
magnetic field) |
|
Flammable solids |
Z |
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)/Electromagnetic |
|
(EM) sensitive item |
2 |
ESD sensitive item |
3 |
EM sensitive item |
4 |
Non-hazardous item contains no material |
9 |
requiring special treatment |
|
397 SERVICE PACKAGING INSTRUCTION SHEET (SPIS) |
1 N F - |
REVISION STATUS |
|
A code which identifies the SPIS revision status. |
|
Codes: 1 to 7 inclusive. For further information and applicable codes refer to DEF STAN 81-131.
398 SPECIALIZED SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT |
65 X - |
- |
REQUIREMENTS |
|
|
Narrative information concerning the requirements for special rail cars, road vehicles, or material handling equipment such as spreader bars or slings.
399 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SPECIFIC AUTHORIZATION |
71 X - |
- |
Identifies the number and type of activities, and the quantity of support/test equipment or training material which is to be supported at each organization. Unless otherwise, advised by the Project, the support period shall be for one year beginning in the
C/F-135
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
scheduled delivery of the first end item. This shall be confirmed or changed by the government. Consists of the following sub-fields:
a. |
Number of organizations |
3 |
N |
R |
- |
The specific number of organizations of a type (ie, 6 depots, 2 squadrons).
b. |
Type of organization |
15 X |
L |
- |
The organizations by type. Examples of these organizations are: training, specialized repair activity, depot, etc., including pre-operational organizations whose allowances are not derived from the Basis of Issue.
c. |
Name/location of organization |
50 X |
L |
- |
The name and location of the organization to be allocated support equipment to include the organization address indicator.
d. |
Quantity per organization |
3 |
N |
R |
- |
The quantity of support/test equipment or training materiel to be provided to each organization.
400 TRANSPORTATION SPEED |
3 N R - |
The maximum speed of the system/equipment in Kilometres per hour.
403 STANDBY TIME |
4 N R - |
The time, in hours per calendar year, that a system/equipment is not operating, but is assumed to be operable.
REQUIRED STANDBY TIME. The standby time representing the supportability requirement/specification standby time.
404 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA |
1 A F - |
STATUS |
|
A one-position alphabetic code to describe the status of the dispositioning action applied to the SERD. Codes are as follows:
Approved |
A |
Deleted |
D |
Pending further information from the contractor |
C |
Pending further government evaluation |
G |
Contractor recommended |
R |
C/F-136
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
SERD will be approved when funding is available |
U |
|
Disapproved |
X |
|
405 STORAGE DIMENSIONS |
12 N - |
AS |
Dimensions of an item of support/test equipment or training material while it is in the storage configuration mode. Consists of the following sub-fields:
a. |
Length |
4 |
N |
R |
l |
b. |
Width |
4 |
N |
R |
l |
c. |
Height |
4 |
N |
R |
l |
406 STORAGE WEIGHT |
|
|
6 |
N R 1 |
|
The weight of an item of support/test equipment or training material while it is in the storage configuration mode.
407 SUBTASK NUMBER |
3 N F - |
A three-position code to indicate sequence of the procedural step as a subtask. Subtask numbers shall begin with 001 through 999, and are assigned to each sequential subtask required to perform a given task. A subtask is an activity (perception, decisions, and responses) which fulfils a portion of the immediate purpose within a task.
REFERENCED SUBTASK NUMBER. A subtask number of referenced subtask narrative.
408 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SUPERSEDURE TYPE |
1 A F - |
A code indicating the impact a SERD end item has on other end items. Codes are as follows:
SERD item supersedes an existing item |
A |
SERD item is replaced by another SERD item |
B |
SERD item neither supersedes nor is superseded |
C |
by another item |
|
SERD item is deleted |
D |
409 SUPPLEMENTAL PACKAGING DATA |
59 X L - |
Concise remarks or statements which are pertinent to the packaging process and are required in addition to that specific data documentation.
C/F-137
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
410 SUPPORT CONCEPT |
1 A F - |
A code indicating the status of the in-depth analysis conducted to determine if Contractor Logistic Support (CLS), Interim Contractor Support (ICS), or Organic Support is the preferred support concept for the item.
Item reviewed and nominated by the contractor for ICS |
A |
|
Item approved/selected by the government for ICS |
B |
|
Item reviewed and nominated by the contractor for CLS |
C |
|
Item approved/selected by the government for CLS |
D |
|
Item reviewed and nominated by the contractor for |
E |
|
organic support |
|
|
Item approved/selected by the government for organic |
F |
|
support |
|
|
Item not reviewed |
G |
|
411 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT EXPLANATION |
65 X - |
- |
Narrative statements used to explain a condition not readily identified in a given data element within the support equipment (E) tables, or a particular element which requires additional comment. When the information is related to a specific data element, the explanation should be prefaced with a reference to that element. Place a ‘C’ or ‘G’ in parenthesis after the entry to indicate the source to contractor or government, respectively.
Sea Systems: This DED should be used to describe the utilization of the proposed instrument, including setting to work, testing and tuning, routine maintenance, diagnostics, continuous operation and monitoring functions.
412 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FULL ITEM NAME |
42 |
X |
L |
- |
|
The name of the support equipment. |
|
|
|
|
413 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT GROUPING |
3 |
N |
F |
- |
A contractor-assigned number to facilitate the aggregation of requirements for similar or identical support or test equipment types, including automatic test equipment.
414 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE CODE |
1 A F - |
A code that indicates the type of support equipment narrative. |
|
Functional Analysis (DED 147) |
A |
Support Equipment Description And Function (DED 078) B |
|
Support Equipment Non-Proliferation Effort (DED 415) |
C |
Support Equipment Characteristics (DED 044) |
D |
Installation Factors Or Other Facilities (DED 169) |
E |
C/F-138
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||
Additional Skills And Special Training |
F |
|
Requirements (DED 008) |
|
|
Support Equipment Explanation (DED 411) |
G |
|
Justification (DED 188) |
H |
|
415 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NON-PROLIFERATION EFFORT 65 X - |
- |
|
A brief narrative by the contractor on his efforts to standardize SE/limit its proliferation by selecting MOD inventory equipment or modify existing Government or commercial equipment, and shall include a list of documents and databases screened.
416 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA |
10 X F - |
NUMBER (SERD NUMBER) |
|
A 10-position code assigned to each item of support equipment having a unique Reference Number and Commercial And Government Entity (CAGE) Code. It consists of the following sub-fields:
a. System/Subsystem/Sub-subsystem |
6 |
X |
F |
- |
Code. |
|
|
|
|
The first six-positions of the SERD Number comprise this sub-field and identify support equipment to the system/subsystem/sub-subsystem which the support equipment supports. This code will be as specified by the Project. Guidance as to allocation of codes may be sought from AECMA 1000D.
b. Sequence Number |
4 |
N F |
- |
The last four digits of the 10-position SERD number indicates the number assigned sequentially to each unique SE item which is proposed for the system, subsystem, or sub-subsystem. Sequence numbers shall begin with 0001 and run through 9999.
ADAPTOR/INTERCONNECTION DEVICE (AID) SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER. The SERD number of the adaptor/interconnection device.
OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAMME (OTP) SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER. The SERD number of the operational test programme.
SE SUPERSEDURE SERD NUMBER. The SERD number of the SE item superseding the original SE item.
TEST PROGRAMME INSTRUCTION (TPI) SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER. The SERD number of the test programme instruction.
C/F-139
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
417 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA |
65 X - - |
REVISION REMARKS |
|
If the support equipment recommendation data (SERD) being prepared is a revision, enter the revision letter, revision date, action date (G), and revision remarks which summarize the reason for revision. For SERDs that have been revised more than once, this block shall include the revision date and revision remarks of all previous revisions.
418 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REQUIRED |
1 A F - |
A single-letter code indicating whether the support/test equipment or training material itself needs SE to test or maintain its operational capability.
SE |
Y |
|
Not required |
N |
|
419 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTATION |
12 N - |
AS |
DIMENSIONS |
|
|
The dimensions of an item of support/test equipment as it is configured for shipment. Consists of the following sub-fields:
a. Length |
4 |
N |
R |
1 |
b. Width |
4 |
N |
R |
1 |
c. Height |
4 |
N |
R |
1 |
420 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTATION WEIGHT |
6 |
N R 1 |
||
The weight of an item of support/test equipment as configured for shipment.
421 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SUPPORT COST FACTOR |
3 N R 2 |
A decimal value which expresses the cost factor for supporting SE. This factor is derived from the ratio of the yearly SE costs to the SE unit costs.
423 SYSTEM/END ITEM IDENTIFIER |
1 A F - |
A code that signifies whether the LCN represents a system, end item, or not a system/end item. A system or end item is an item capable of in dependent operation, or is a class or group of equipments that is managed and provisioned under a separate Provisioning Contract Control Number.
System |
S |
End Item |
E |
C/F-140
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
||
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||||
Not a system/end item |
N |
|
|
|
424 SYSTEM/END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
A code that indicates the system/end item narrative. |
|
|
|
|
Additional supportability parameters |
A |
|
|
|
Additional supportability considerations |
B |
|
|
|
Operational mission failure definition |
C |
|
|
|
425 SYSTEM REDESIGN/LOGISTICS CONSIDERATION |
1 |
X |
F |
- |
CODE |
|
|
|
|
A one-position code indicating whether the information is related to system redesign or logistics considerations narrative. Codes are as follows:
System redesign (standardization) |
A |
System redesign (accessibility) |
B |
System redesign (maintenance ease) |
C |
System redesign (safety) |
D |
System redesign (test points) |
E |
System redesign (skills) |
F |
System redesign (training) |
G |
System redesign (connectors for ease of removal) |
H |
System redesign (packaging and transportation) |
J |
System redesign (fault location) |
K |
System redesign (labelling) |
L |
System redesign (design for self protection against |
M |
damage after failure) |
|
System redesign (corrosion and rust control) |
N |
Narrative (standardization) |
P |
Narrative (accessibility) |
Q |
Narrative (maintenance ease) |
R |
Narrative (safety) |
S |
Narrative (test points) |
T |
Narrative (skills) |
U |
Narrative (training) |
V |
Narrative (connectors for ease of removal) |
W |
Narrative (packaging and transportation) |
X |
Narrative (fault location) |
Y |
Narrative (labelling) |
Z |
Narrative (design for self protection against |
1 |
damage after failure) |
|
Narrative (corrosion and rust control) |
2 |
C/F-141
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
426 SYSTEM REDESIGN/LOGISTICS CONSIDERATION |
65 X - - |
RECOMMENDATION DISPOSITION, RESULTS |
|
A narrative of either system or Reliability-Centred Maintenance (RCM) redesign considerations.
System Redesign. A narrative description identifying recommended design changes, disposition of each recommendation, and the results of each recommendation for which analysis indicates a redesign might be warranted. Shall include appropriate feasibility and cost benefit analysis results performed to validate the redesign recommendations.
RCM Redesign. A narrative description identifying recommended design changes, that come from the RCM analysis, the disposition of each recommendation and results of each recommendation for which analysis indicates a redesign might be warranted. Shall include appropriate feasibility and cost benefit analysis results performed to validate the redesign recommendations.
427 TASK CODE |
7 X F - |
A data chain of six separate data sub-fields which uniquely identify each operator/ maintenance task associated with particular items under analysis. The first five subfields provide information relative to the performance of the task itself. The sixth subfield is a task sequence code provided to differentiate tasks with identical entries in the first five sub-fields.
The individual sub-fields that comprise the task code are described as follows:
a.Task Code (FUNCTION) |
1 |
X F |
- |
A code that denotes specific maintenance, operator, or supporting functions necessary to the operation and maintenance of an item.
Access. To perform operations necessary to gain access to an item of the next lower level of indenture or an item blocking accessibility to the item under analysis.
Access |
W |
Adjust. To maintain or regulate, within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper or exact position, or by setting the operating characteristics to specified parameters.
Adjust |
D |
Align. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired performance.
Align |
E |
C/F-142
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Calibration. A comparison between a standard or measuring equipment, instrument or items of equipment with a standard of high accuracy to detect, correlate, adjust and document the accuracy of instrument or equipment items being compared. (JSP 110)
Calibration |
F |
Camouflage. To conceal or disguise. |
|
Camouflage |
9 |
Clean. To rid of dirt, impurities or extraneous matter from the item.
Clean |
Q |
Condition Monitoring. The continuous or periodic measurement and interpretation of data to indicate the condition of an item to determine the need for maintenance. (BS 3811)
Condition Monitoring |
6 |
Debug. To detect and remedy an inadequacy in software.
Debug |
2 |
Disassemble/Assemble. Disassemble - To take to pieces; to take apart to the level of the next smaller unit, or down to all removable parts. Assemble - To fit and secure together the several parts of; to make or form by combining parts.
Disassemble/Assemble |
S |
Dispose. To get rid of including those actions to prepare an item for disposal, eg, demilitarization.
Dispose |
3 |
End of Runway Inspection. The inspection which is a visual/operational check of designated systems and components performed at end of runway.
End-of-Runway Inspection |
Z |
Evaluate. To determine the importance, size or nature of; to appraise; to give value or appraisal to on the basis of collected data.
Evaluate |
8 |
C/F-143
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Fault Location (FAULT LOCAT). The process of investigating and detecting the cause of equipment malfunctioning; the act of isolating fault within a system or Unit Under Test.
Fault Location |
N |
Fit. Correctly attach the item to another.
Fit |
G |
Function. Check, as far as can be determined without the use of test equipment or reference to measurement, that the item or system is serviceable and operates correctly. This equates to the definition of 'operate' given in AP 100C-20.
Function |
1 |
Inspect. Measure, examine, test gauge or otherwise compare the item with the applicable requirements.
Inspect |
A |
Load/Unload. To place, insert in or take out a device or piece of equipment; to place or remove components from aircraft or other vehicles; to place or remove weapons; to upload or download software.
Load/Unload |
4 |
Lubricate. To apply a substance (eg, oil, grease, graphite) to reduce friction.
Lubricate |
P |
Mission profile Change/Role Change. The function performed to enable the end item to perform a different type mission.
Mission profile Change/Role Change |
M |
Operate. To control equipment in order to accomplish a specific purpose.
Operate |
O |
Overhaul. A comprehensive examination and restoration of an item, or major part thereof, to an acceptable condition. (BS 3811)
Overhaul |
K |
C/F-144
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Package/Unpackage. The action required to prepare system and equipment for storage and transportation. Also includes the action required to unpack.
Package/Unpackage U
Preserve. The action required to treat systems and equipment whether installed or
stored, to keep them in a satisfactory condition. |
|
Preserve |
V |
Preventive Maintenance on Items in Store. Those preventive maintenance actions required to be performed on items in store.
Preventive Maintenance on Items in Store I
Process. To submit to a series of actions or operations leading to a particular end.
Process |
7 |
Reconditioning. The process under which an item is completely overhauled, restored, reassembled and inspected to specified quality requirements. with the exception of airframes, equipment generally starts a new life after reconditioning. (Air Systems)
Reconditioning |
L |
Remove. Correctly disconnect and detach the item from its mounting or position.
Remove |
R |
Replace. Remove the item and fit a new/or serviceable item.
Replace |
H |
Repair. To restore an item to an acceptable condition by the renewal replacement or mending of worn, damaged or decayed parts. (BS 3811)
Repair |
J |
Servicing. The act of undertaking minor maintenance and/or the replenishment of consumables, sometimes by the user or operator. (JSP 110)
Servicing |
C |
Set Up. To prepare or make an item ready for operation; to prepare software prior to mission.
Set up |
5 |
C/F-145
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Software Modification. The development and implementation of a design change to an in service software item.
Software Modification |
O |
Standard Serviceability Test (SST). A universally acceptable test devised and promulgated by an accredited authority to confirm, within the RAF, that an item under test can perform its intended function.
Standard Serviceability Test (SST) |
X |
Test. Undertake, using the appropriate test equipment, a critical trial or examination of one or more properties or characteristics of the item or system to make certain that it is serviceable and operates correctly.
Test |
B |
Transport. The action required to move systems and equipment from one place to another.
Transport |
Y |
Transportation Preparation. The actions required to prepare an item for transportation.
Transportation Preparation |
|
T |
|
b. Task Interval Code (INTERVAL) |
1 |
A F |
- |
A code that identifies the scheduled or unscheduled timing of the task occurrence.
Sea Systems: Occurring during a period of assisted maintenance.
Assisted Maintenance Period |
V |
Biannual. Occurring every 6 months or twice a year.
Biannual |
N |
Battlefield Damage Assessment and Repair. Occurring on the system/equipment in a battlefield environment as a result of battle damage.
Battlefield damage assessment and repair |
Y |
Calendar. Occurring as a period of time equal in length to 365 days.
Calendar |
Q |
C/F-146
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Daily. Occurring every day; operation of the day.
Daily |
C |
Sea Systems: Occurring during a period of docking for essential defects.
Docking for Essential Defects |
W |
During Operation. Occurring during each operation. |
|
During Operation |
D |
Emergency. Resulting from an unforeseen combination of circumstances that calls for immediate action to prevent injury to personnel and/or damage to equipment.
Emergency |
J |
Monthly. Occurring approximately every 4 weeks or 30 days.
Monthly |
P |
Normal. Inspection according with, or not deviating from a norm.
Normal |
K |
Overhaul Cycle. That period of time at which an overhaul maintenance task becomes due, as a result either of completion of a given period of time in a Standard Service Tour, or of receiving damage of a severity that warrants overhaul.
Overhaul Cycle |
R |
Periodic/Phase Inspection. Inspection to be accomplished at a specified interval or multiple of the specified intervals.
Periodic/Phase |
E |
Postoperative/After Flight. Undertaking inspections, minor maintenance and/or the replenishment of consumables, sometimes by the user or operator after each operation or flight.
Postoperative/After Flight |
H |
Pre-operative/Before Flight. Servicing carried out to prepare for operation or flight.
Pre-operative/Before Flight |
A |
C/F-147
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Quarterly. Recurring at 3-month intervals.
Quarterly |
M |
Sea Systems: Occurring during a Refit Period.
Refit |
X |
Scheduled. Periodic prescribed maintenance based on an elapsed time, mileage, hours of operation, etc., criteria.
Scheduled |
B |
Sea Systems: Occurring during a Self Maintenance Period.
Self Maintenance Period |
U |
Special. Inspection which supplements other inspections (daily, pre-operational, periodic, flying hours, operating hours, or calendar) and is undertaken because of specific circumstances.
Special |
F |
Turnround. Performance of the maintenance task occurs during normal turnround operations and does not affect the operability of the system.
Turnround |
T |
Unscheduled. Those unpredictable maintenance requirements that had not been previously planned, but require prompt attention to maintain the system in or restore it to operating condition. These tasks may be added to, integrated with, or substituted for previously scheduled work loads.
Unscheduled |
G |
Weekly. Occurring in one of a series of seven-day cycles.
Weekly |
L |
|
|
c. |
Operations/Maintenance Level (O/M Levels) 1 |
A F |
- |
Codes that are assigned to indicate the maintenance levels authorized to perform the required maintenance function (see DED 277 for definitions of the individual O/M levels).
C/F-148
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
Operator/Crew/Unit-Crew |
C |
First Line |
O |
Second Line |
F |
Second Line/Close Support |
J |
Second Line/General Support |
K |
Second Line Regional/Static |
H |
Embarked Second Line |
E |
Third Line |
G |
Fourth Line |
D |
Specialized Repair Activity |
L |
Land Systems note:
If Second Lines 'Close Support' or 'General Support' is not specified, Code ‘F’ should be used. SRA code ‘L’ may be used to indicate ‘strategic 3rd line repair facilities’, if required.
d. |
Service Designator Code (SER) |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
A single position code identifying the military service having jurisdiction over or executive
management responsibility for acquisition/maintenance.
Codes: |
|
|
Royal Navy |
|
N |
Army |
|
A |
Royal Air Force |
|
F |
Fleet Air Arm |
|
L |
All military |
|
X |
Other |
|
O |
Civilian |
|
C |
MOD(PE) |
|
M |
e. Operability Code |
1 |
A F - |
A code used to indicate the operational status and mission readiness of the item during the maintenance task.
Full Mission Capable. Performance of the maintenance task does not degrade any mission capability. To be Full Mission Capable, a system shall have the capability to perform all missions under both peacetime and wartime conditions.
Full Mission Capable |
C |
Partial Mission Capable. Performance of the maintenance task degrades the mission capability of the system. To be in Partial Mission Capable status the system shall have
C/F-149
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
the capability to perform at least one war time mission Systems with no wartime mission shall be able to perform any one mission to be in this status.
Partial Mission Capable |
D |
System Inoperable During Equipment Maintenance. During the performance of the maintenance task the system is not available to perform all normal operations.
System Inoperable during Equipment Maintenance |
A |
System Operable During Equipment Maintenance. During performance of the maintenance task the system is available to perform normal operations.
System Operable during Equipment Maintenance |
B |
Not Mission Capable. During performance of the maintenance task the system cannot perform any wartime mission. Systems which have no wartime mission shall not be capable of performing any mission in order to be in the Not Mission Capable status.
Not Mission Capable |
E |
Off Equipment Maintenance. Maintenance task is performed after the item under analysis has been removed from the system.
Off Equipment Maintenance |
G |
Turnround. Performance of the maintenance task occurs during normal turnround operations and does not affect the operability of the system.
Turnround |
|
|
F |
|
|
f. |
Task Sequence Code |
2 |
X |
F |
- |
A two-position code assigned to each task. If the combination of the previous task code fields (task function, task interval, service designator, O/M level, and Operability Code) are unique, the entry will be ‘AA’. If the first five fields are duplicated, within an LCN/ALC combination, the follow-on task sequence codes will be AB through 99 to differentiate the tasks.
REFERENCED TASK CODE. A task code that contains referenced task information.
REFERENCED SUBTASK TASK CODE. A task code that contains referenced subtask information.
SEQUENCED TASK CODE. A task code that contains sequenced task information.
C/F-150
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
TASK PROVISION TASK CODE. A task code of the item under analysis.
428 TASK CONDITION |
3 A L - |
Indicator that special considerations shall be taken into account during analysis of the task.
TM/Technical Order use not feasible |
|
(inadequate lighting, space constraints, |
|
or time constraints) - A |
Y or N |
TMDE/ATE/BIT/BITE required - B |
Y or N |
Special tools required - C |
Y or N |
429 TASK CRITICALITY CODE |
1 A F - |
A single-position code keyed to task level entries in sequential descriptions and used to indicate whether or not the task is critical. A task is critical if failure to accomplish it IAW system requirements would result in adverse effects on system reliability, efficiency, effectiveness, safety, or cost. A task will also be designated as critical whenever system design characteristics approach human limitations, and thereby, significantly increase the likelihood of degraded, delayed, or otherwise impaired mission performance.
Critical |
Y |
Not critical |
N |
Contingency |
X |
Contingency maintenance is that preventive maintenance considered essential in transition to war (TTW) or war operations then other forms of scheduled maintenance cannot be done (Air Systems: AP 100A-01 leaflet 311 refers).
430 TASK FREQUENCY |
7 N R 4 |
The frequency of performance or occurrence of the task identified by the task code and expressed as the number of annual occurrences. For corrective tasks the following formula applies:
æ |
M |
æ |
N |
ç |
S |
ç |
S |
TF = ç |
ç |
||
ç |
|
ç |
|
è j = |
1è i = 1 |
||
æ |
1 |
|
1 |
ö |
öö |
|
|
÷÷ |
|
||||
FM Ratioi ç FR + |
|
+ |
|
÷ |
´ CON FAC÷÷ |
´ AOR |
MTBM - IN |
|
|||||
è |
|
MTBM - NFø |
÷÷ |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
øø |
|
Where: |
|
|
TF |
= |
Task Frequency |
FM Ratio |
= Failure Mode Ratio, DED 136 |
|
FR |
= |
Failure Rate, DED 140 |
C/F-151
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
MTBM IN |
= Mean Time Between Maintenance (Induced), DED 231 |
MTBM NF |
= Mean Time Between Maintenance (No Fault), DED 233 |
i |
= Failure mode referencing task under analysis |
N |
= Number of failure mode referencing task under analysis |
j |
= Unique LCN/ALC referencing task under analysis |
M |
= Number of LCN/ALCs referencing task under analysis |
CON FAC |
= AOR Conversion Factor (DED 059) against each |
|
LCN/ALC referencing the task under analysis |
AOR |
= Annual Operating Requirement, DED 023 |
For preventive tasks, one of the following procedures applies:
Method 1.
TF = Annual Operating Requirements × Conversion Factor
Maintenance Interval
NOTE: Measurement bases for AOR and Maintenance Interval (DED 208) shall be identical. The task frequency calculation is performed for the task reference associated with the maintenance interval.
Method 2. When the frequency of performance of a preventive task is based on calendar time, the task frequency is a numeric expression of the Task Code, Task Interval Code (DED 427), established as a result of RCM analysis.
Example: |
Interval |
Task Frequency |
|
|
Daily (C) |
365.0000 |
|
|
Weekly (L) |
52.0000 |
|
431 TASK IDENTIFICATION |
36 X L |
- |
|
A task is a composite of related activities (perceptions, decisions, and responses) performed for an immediate purpose, written in operator/maintainer language. Task identification requires a brief narrative entry consisting of: (a) an action verb which identifies what is to be accomplished in the task or subtask; (b) an object which identifies what is to be acted upon in the task/subtask; and, (c) qualifying phrases needed to distinguish the task from related or similar tasks. Recommended action verbs to be used in preparing task or subtask identifications may be drawn from following list. Some specialized verbs, not listed below may be needed for a particular system/equipment. Many verbs are synonymous. The preparing organization should select one verb which appears closest to the intended meaning for the system/equipment under analysis, and use that verb consistently throughout the analysis. Some verbs are more appropriate for writing statements of tasks, while some verbs are exclusive to subtask elements.
C/F-152
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Access. (a) To gain visibility of or the ability to manipulate. (b) To cause to be displayed, as with a computer menu.
Accomplish. To do, carry out, or bring about; to reach an objective.
Achieve. To carry out successfully.
Acknowledge. To make known the receipt or existence of.
Actuate. To put into mechanical motion or action; to move to action.
Adjust. (a) To bring to a specified position or state. (b) To bring to a more satisfactory state; to manipulate controls, levers, linkages, etc., to return equipment from an out of tolerance condition to an intolerance condition.
Administer. To manage or supervise the execution, use, or conduct of.
Advance. To move forward; to move ahead.
Advise. To give information or notice to.
Alert. To warn; to call to a state of readiness or watchfulness; to notify (a person) of an impending action.
Align. To bring into line; to line up; to bring into precise adjustment, correct relative position; or coincidence.
Allocate. To apportion for a specific purpose or to particular persons or things.
Allow. (a) To permit; to give opportunity to. (b) To allot or provide for. (c) To carry out a procedure.
Analyze. To examine and interpret information.
Annotate. To append explanatory information to a text or graphic summary of information.
Announce. To make known.
Apply. (a) To lay or spread on. (b) To energize.
Approve. To give official sanction.
Archive. To make an archival copy of.
C/F-153
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Arrange. To group according to quality, value, or other characteristics; to put in proper order.
Assault. Close combat phase of an attack.
Assemble. To fit and secure together the several parts of; to make or form by combining parts.
Assess. To determine the importance, size, or value of; to evaluate.
Assign. To apportion to for a specific purpose or to particular persons or things; to appoint to a duty.
Assist. To give support or help; to aid.
Attach. To join or fasten to.
Authenticate. To prove or serve to prove the authenticity of.
Balance. To equalize in weight, height, number, or proportion.
Breach. (a) To break through. (b) To secure passage through.
Brief. To give final precise instructions; to coach thoroughly on advance; to give essential information to.
Bypass. Manoeuvre around an obstacle, position, or enemy force to maintain momentum of advance.
Calculate. To determine by arithmetic processes.
Calibrate. To make comparison between a standard or measuring equipment, instrument or items of equipment with a standard of high accuracy to detect, correlate, adjust and document the accuracy of instrument or equipment items being compared.
Camouflage. To conceal or disguise.
Cancel. To cause not to occur, as in cancelling a command.
Categorize. To put into categories or in general classes.
Centre. (a) To adjust so that axes coincide. (b) To place in the middle of.
Check. Compare the item with the specified standard.
C/F-154
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Chock. To place a blocking device adjacent to, in front of, or behind a wheel to keep it from moving.
Choke. To enrich the fuel mixture of a motor by partially shutting off the air intake of the carburettor.
Choose. To select after consideration.
Chunk. To cause the association of several entities.
Classify. To put into categories or general classes.
Clean. To wash, scrub, or apply solvents to; remove dirt, corrosion, or grease.
Clear. (a) To move people/objects away from . (b) To open the throttle of an idling engine to free it from carbon.
Close. (a) To block against entry or passage; to turn, push, or pull in the direction in which the flow is impeded. (b) To set a circuit breaker into the position allowing current to flow through.
Code Software. Transformation from low level design information into source code.
Collect. To bring together into one body or place; to accumulate.
Command. To direct authoritatively.
Communicate. (a) To exchange information. (b) To make known.
Compare. To examine the character or qualities of two or more items; to discover resemblance’s or differences.
Complete. (a) To bring to an end. (b) To supply missing or needed information, normally in a prescribed format.
Comply. To conform with directions or rules; to accept as authority; to obey.
Compute. To determine by arithmetic process.
Condense. To make denser, more brief, or more compact.
Connect. a) To bring or fit together so as to form a unit; to couple keyed or matched equipment items. (b) To attach or mate (an electrical device) to a service outlet.
C/F-155
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Construct. (a) To make or form by combining parts; to fit and secure together the several parts of. (b) To assemble information elements or entities in a specified fashion.
Control. To exercise restraining or directing influence over; to fix or adjust the time, amount, or rate of.
Co-ordinate. To bring into a common action, movement, or condition.
Correct. To make or set right, to alter or adjust so as to bring to some standard or required condition.
Correlate. To establish a mutual or reciprocal relation between.
Cover. To protect or shelter by placing something over or around.
Create. To cause or come into being, normally based on some established criterion. Debug. To detect and remedy an inadequacy in software.
Decide. To arrive at a solution.
De-energize. To take energy from.
Define. (a) To determine or identify the essential qualities or meaning. (b) To fix or mark the limits of.
Deflate. To release air or gas from.
Delete. To remove from association with or cause no longer to exist. Deliver. (a) To hand over. (b) To send to an intended target or destination. Demonstrate. To show clearly.
Depart. To go away; to leave.
De-pressurize. To release gas or fluid pressure from.
Derive. To infer or deduce.
Describe. To represent or give an account of in words.
Destroy. To ruin, demolish, or put out of existence; to make unfit for further use. Detect. To discover or determine the existence, presence, or fact of.
C/F-156
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Determine. (a) To obtain definite and first-hand knowledge of, to confirm, or establish that a proper condition exists. (b) To investigate and decide to discover by study or experience.
Develop. To set forth or make clear by degrees or in detail.
Software: Subtask concerned with all levels of conversion.
Diagnose. To recognize and identify the cause or nature of a condition, situation, or problem by examination or analysis.
Disassemble. To take to pieces; to take apart to the level of the next smaller unit or down to all removable parts.
Disconnect. Uncouple or detach cables, pipelines or controls from the item.
Discriminate. To distinguish or differentiate by discerning or exposing differences.
Disengage. To release or detach interlocking parts; to unfasten; to set free from an inactive or fixed position.
Dismantle. To take apart.
Dismount. (a) To get (b) To take off.
Displace. To leave one position and take another.
Display. To cause a visual image to be presented on some medium.
Dispose of. To get rid of.
Disseminate. To distribute or disperse to more than one.
Distinguish. To perceive a difference in.
Distribute. To deliver.
Download. To transfer a computer program or data from a computer to a storage or communication medium.
Drain. To draw off (liquid) gradually or completely.
Draw. To produce a likeness or representation of.
Drive. To direct the course and motions of a vehicle.
C/F-157
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Edit. To correct errors of grammar, syntax, and content in text material. Software: To cause alteration of original source code.
Effect. To cause the desired result or outcome.
Egress. To go out.
Elaborate. To provide more detail regarding.
Elevate. To lift up; to raise.
Eliminate. To expel; to ignore or set aside as unimportant.
Emplace. To put into position.
Employ. To put into action or service; to carry out a purpose or action by means of; to avail oneself of.
Energize. To impart energy to.
Enforce. To compel or constrain.
Engage. (a) To cause to interlock or mesh. (b) To enter into conflict.
Ensure. Make certain that the specified conditions are correct.
Enter. (a) To go or come in. (b) To put on record. (c) To put in information or data.
Erect. To put up by fitting together.
Establish. To set on a firm basis.
Estimate. To judge or determine roughly the size, extent, or nature of.
Evacuate. To move from an area.
Evade. To avoid.
Evaluate. To determine the importance, size, or nature of; to appraise; to give a value or appraisal to on the basis of collected data.
Examine. Undertake a comprehensive scrutiny, supplemented by measurement and physical testing as necessary, to determine the condition of the item.
Exchange. To part with or substitute.
C/F-158
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Execute. To carry out fully.
Explain. To make something plain and understandable.
Express. To represent in words; to state.
Extract. To draw forth; to pull out forcibly.
Fill out. To enter information on a form.
Find. (a) To discover or determine by search; to indicate the place, site, or limits of. (b) To discover by study or experiment; to investigate and decide.
Fire. To launch a missile or shoot a gun.
Fit. Correctly attach the item to another.
Format. To produce in a specified form or style.
Fuel. To provide with fuel.
Function. Check, as far as can be determined without the use of test equipment or reference to measurement, that the item or system is serviceable and operates correctly. This equates to the definition of 'operate' given in AP 100C-20.
Harden. To protect.
Hold. To have or keep in the grasp.
Hypothesize. To develop a prediction or speculation, of some degree of uncertainty, based on incomplete factual information or theory.
Identify. (a) To establish the identity of. (b) To determine the classification of.
Illustrate. To make clear or clarify.
Implement. To place into effect. Software: The transformation from source code to executable code.
Indicate. To point out.
Inform. To make known to; to give notice or report the occurrence of.
Initialize. To place in an initial or beginning condition.
Input. To enter information into a computer or data system.
C/F-159
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Insert. To put or thrust in, into, or through.
Inspect. Measure, examine, test gauge or otherwise compare the item with the applicable requirements.
Install. (a) To perform operations necessary to properly fit an equipment unit into the next larger assembly or system. (b) To place or attach.
Instruct. To provide with authoritative information or advice.
Integrate. To bring together information from two or more different sources for the purpose of combining analysis or presentation.
Intercept. To stop or interrupt the progress or course of.
Interchange. To remove one item from an assembly and install a like item in the same assembly.
Interpret. (a) To conceive in the light of individual belief, judgement, or circumstance.
(b) To explain the meaning of.
Investigate. To observe or study by close examination and systematic inquiry.
Isolate. To use test equipment to identify or select a source of trouble.
Issue. To put forth or distribute.
Lead. To go at the head.
Lift. To move or cause to be moved from a lower to a higher position; to elevate.
List. To enumerate; to write the names of a group of items together.
Listen. To hear something with thoughtful attention.
Load. (a) To place in or on; to place cargo/weapons, or components on an aircraft or other vehicle. (b) To transfer a computer program or data from a storage or communication medium to a computer.
Locate. (a) To find, determine, or indicate the place, site, or limits of. (b) To set or establish in a particular spot; to station.
Log. (a) To record for purposes of keeping records. (b) To gain access to a computer system or terminate interaction with a computer system.
Lubricate. To put lubricant on specified locations.
C/F-160
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Maintain. (a) To hold or keep in a particular state or condition, especially in a state of efficiency or validity. (b) To sustain or keep up.
Manage. To handle or direct with a degree of skill.
Manoeuvre. To make a series of changes in direction and position for a specified purpose.
Measure. To determine the dimensions, capacity, or amount by use of standard instruments or utensils.
Modify. To alter or change somewhat the form or qualities of.
Monitor. (a) Visually to take note of or to pay attention to in order to check on action or change. (b) To attend to displays continually or periodically to determine equipment condition or operating status.
Mount. To attach to a support.
Move. To change the location or position of.
Name. To identify by name.
Navigate. To operate and control course of.
Neutralize. To destroy the effectiveness of; to nullify.
Notify. To make known to; to give notice or report the occurrence of.
Observe. (a) To conform one's actions or practice to. (b) To take note of visually; to pay attention to.
Obtain. (a) To get or find out by observation or special procedures. (b) To gain or attain.
Occupy. (a) To reside. (b) To control.
Open. (a) To move from closed position; to make available for passage by turning in an appropriate direction. (b) To make available for entry or passage by turning back, removing, or clearing away.
Operate. To control equipment in order to accomplish a specific purpose.
Organize. To arrange elements into a whole of interdependent parts; to form into a coherent unity; to integrate.
C/F-161
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Orient. (a) To acquaint with the existing situation or environment. (b) To set or arrange in a determinate position.
Originate. To give rise to, to set going, to begin.
Pack. To gather.
Park. To bring a vehicle to a stop and leave it standing for a time in a specified area. Perform. To do, carry out, or bring about; to reach an objective.
Place. To put or set in a desired location or position.
Plan. To devise or project the achievement of.
Plot. To mark or note on or as if on a map or chart; to locate by means of co-ordinates. Police. (a) To make clean. (b) To put in order.
Position. To put or set in a given place.
Post. To station at a given place.
Prepare. To make ready; to arrange things in readiness.
Prescribe. To lay down as a guide, direction, or rule of action; to specify with authority. Press. To act upon through thrusting force exerted in contact.
Pressurize. To apply pressure within by filling with gas or liquid.
Prevent. To keep from happening or existing.
Prioritize. To arrange or list in order of priority or importance.
Process. To submit to a series of actions or operations leading to a particular end. Procure. (a) To bring about. (b) To acquire or obtain.
Produce. To cause to come into being or visibility.
Programme. To work out a plan or procedure or a sequence of operations to be performed.
Protect. To shield from damage, injury, or destruction.
C/F-162
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Provide. To supply what is needed, to equip.
Publish. To produce for distribution.
Pull. To exert force upon an object so as to cause motion toward the force.
Pump. (a) Raise or lower by operating a device which raises, transfers, or compresses fluids by suction, pressure or both. (b) To move up and down or in and out as if with a pump handle.
Purge. (a) To expel unwanted fluids from. (b) To cause to be eliminated or disassociated from.
Push. (a) To press against with force so as to cause motion away from the force. (b) To move away or ahead by steady pressure.
Qualify. To declare competent or adequate.
Queue. To cause to be placed in a queue or ordered sequence of similar processes.
Raise. To move or cause to be moved from a lower to a higher position; to elevate.
Reach. To arrive at.
React. To respond.
Read. (a) To derive information from written material. (b) To load a computer program or data into a computer.
Recall. To bring forth information from memory.
Receive. To come into possession of; to get.
Recognize. To perceive to be something previously known or designated.
Recommend. To counsel and advise that something be done.
Reconnect. Recouple or reattach cables, pipelines or controls previously disconnected from the item.
Reconnoitre. To obtain information by visual observation, or other detection methods.
Record. To set down in writing.
Recover. To get back; to regain.
C/F-163
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Redistribute. To reallocate.
Refit. Fit an item which has been previously removed.
Refuel. To put fuel into the tanks of a vehicle again.
Release. (a) To set free from an inactive or fixed position; to unfasten or detach interlocking parts. (b) To let go of. (c) To set free from restraint or confinement.
Relocate. To change the place or position of.
Remove. Correctly disconnect and detach the item from its mounting or position.
Reorganize. To organize again.
Repair. To restore an item to an acceptable condition by the renewal replacement or mending of worn, damaged or decayed parts. (BS 3811)
Repeat. To make, do, or perform again.
Replace. Remove the item and fit a new/or serviceable item.
Replenish. Refill or restock a tank, bottle or other container to a predetermined level, pressure or quantity.
Report. (a) To describe as being in a specified state. (b) To make known to; to give notice or report the occurrence of.
Represent. To cause information to be conveyed in a fashion different from the original.
Request. To ask for.
Reset. To put back into a desired position, adjustment, or condition.
Resolve. To eliminate discrepancies from two or more sources of information.
Respond. To react.
Resume. To begin again.
Retrieve. To cause to be removed from storage or other unavailable state and made accessible.
Review. To examine again; to go over or examine critically or deliberately.
Rotate. To cause to revolve about an axis or centre.
C/F-164
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Route. To send by a selected course of travel; to divert in a specified direction.
Run. To cause a computer program to be executed by a computer.
Save. (a) To cause to be stored or placed in an accessible location. (b) To cause a computer program or data to be stored on a storage medium, eg, floppy disk.
Scan. To make a wide, sweeping search of; to look through or over hastily.
Schedule. To appoint, assign, or designate for a fixed future time; to make a timetable of.
Search. To examine a context to determine the presence of a particular entity or type of entity.
Secure. To make fast or safe.
Select. To take by preference or fitness from a number or group; to pick out, to choose.
Send. To dispatch by means of communication.
Service. To undertake minor maintenance and/or the replenishment of consumables, sometimes by the user or operator.
Set. (a) To put a switch, pointer, or knob into a given position; to put equipment into a given adjustment, condition or mode. (b) To put or place in a desired orientation, condition, or location.
Set up. To prepare or make ready for use.
Show. To point out or explain.
Shut down. To perform operations necessary to cause equipment to cease or suspend operation.
Sight. (a) To look at through or as if through a sight. (b) To aim by means of sights.
Signal. To notify or communicate by signals (ie, a prearranged sign, notice or symbol conveying a command, warning, direction or other message).
Solve. To find a solution for.
Specify. To name or state explicitly or in detail.
Squeeze. To force or thrust together by compression.
C/F-165
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Start. To perform actions necessary to set into operation; to set going; to begin.
State. To express the particulars of in words.
Stay. To remain; to continue in a place.
Steer. To direct the course of.
Stop. To perform actions necessary to cause equipment to cease or suspend operation.
Store. To cause to be placed in an accessible location.
Stow. To deposit or leave in a specified place for future use.
Strike. To deliver or aim a blow or thrust; to hit.
Submit. To make available; to offer.
Summarize. To tell in or reduce to a summary.
Supervise. To oversee; to have or exercise the charge of.
Support. To assist; help.
Sweep. To clean.
Synthesize. To combine or produce by synthesis. (a) To get into or carry in one's hands or one's possession. (b) To get or find out by observation or special procedures.
Tap. To strike lightly.
Task. To assign responsibility.
Tell. To express in words.
Test. Undertake, using the appropriate test equipment, a critical trial or examination of one or more properties or characteristics of the item or system to make certain that it is serviceable and operates correctly.
Tighten. (a) To perform necessary operations to fix more firmly in place. (b) To apply a specified amount of force to produce a rotation or twisting motion to fix more firmly in place.
Trace. To follow or study out in detail or step by step.
Transfer. To cause an entity to change location or association with other entities.
C/F-166
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Transmit. (a) To convey or cause to pass from one place to another. (b) To send out a signal by radio waves or wire.
Transport. (a) To convey or cause to pass from one place to another. (b) To carry by hand or in vehicle or hoist, or in a container, etc.
Traverse. To move from side to side.
Treat. To care for medically.
Troubleshoot. To localize and isolate the source of a malfunction or break down.
Turn. To cause to revolve about an axis or centre.
Type. To enter information into a device by means of a keyboard.
Unload. To take off or remove cargo/weapons or components from an aircraft or other vehicle.
Update. To replace older, possibly invalid, information with more current information.
Upload. To transfer a computer program or data from a storage or communication medium to a computer.
Use. To put into action or service; to avail oneself of; to carry out a purpose or action by means of.
Utilize. To put into action or service; to avail oneself of; to carry out a purpose or action by means of.
Validate. To ascertain the correctness of, using an independent source of information.
Verify. Check that the specified conditions are correct.
Visualize. To create a mental picture or concept of.
Wait. To suspend activity in a sequence of activities until a given condition occurs or a set time has elapsed.
Write. (a) To inscribe words on a surface. (b) To copy a computer program or data to another memory location or storage location.
Zero. To bring to a desired level or null position.
SUBTASK IDENTIFICATION. A brief narrative identification of a subtask.
C/F-167
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
432 TASK REMARKS |
240 X L - |
A very brief description of peculiar or unusual maintenance requirements associated with a specific task. These statements are included in Section IV of the maintenance allocation chart (MAC).
433 TASK TYPE |
1 A F - |
A code that categorizes a maintenance task as being either corrective, a preventive based on calendar time, or a preventive based on a rate of use.
Corrective |
C |
Preventive (calendar) |
P |
Preventive (usage) |
U |
MAINTENANCE TASK TYPE. The Task Type of a maintenance task.
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE TASK TYPE. The Task Type of a maintenance procedure.
436 TECHNICAL MANUAL CHANGE NUMBER (TM CHG) 2 N R -
A change number reflecting the current edition of a specific manual.
437 TECHNICAL MANUAL CODE (TM CODE) |
3 X F - |
The identification code assigned to a specific manual. These codes are to be supplied by the Project.
438 TECHNICAL MANUAL FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE |
11 X L - |
(TM FGC) |
|
An alphanumeric code used to identify a particular system, subsystem, component/ assembly, or part of the system/equipment used for development of maintenance allocation charts, narrative technical manuals, and repair parts and special tools lists. Codes will be as specified by the Project.
TECHNICAL MANUAL FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE (MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART). The TM FGC required for maintenance allocation identification.
TECHNICAL MANUAL FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE (REPAIR PARTS MANUAL). The TM FGC required for repair parts manual identification.
C/F-168
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
439 TECHNICAL MANUAL INDENTURE CODE (TM IND) |
1 N F - |
A code used to indent item names in the repair part description column in a manual to depict disassembly parts relationship within a figure of the text. Codes are: ‘1’ through ‘5’, which indents the item in the parts manual listing by the number specified.
440 TECHNICAL MANUAL NUMBER |
30 X L - |
The technical manual, technical order or manual controlling number assigned by the Project.
INTEROPERABLE ITEM TECHNICAL MANUAL NUMBER. The technical manual number for the interoperable item.
442 TEST ACCURACY RATIO (TAR) |
1 X F - |
A one-position code specifying a ratio. The TAR is determined by dividing the maximum permitted error of the unit to be measured or calibrated by the maximum known error of the measuring or generating device used to perform the measurement. The codes can be used for the desired TAR or the actual TAR.
TAR Greater Than or Equal To |
Code |
1:1 |
1 |
2:1 |
2 |
3:1 |
3 |
4:1 |
4 |
5:1 |
5 |
6:1 |
6 |
7:1 |
7 |
8:1 |
8 |
9:1 |
9 |
10:1 |
0 |
SE UUT PARAMETER TAR DESIRED. The desired TAR of the TMDE in conjunction with the SE UUT.
SE UUT PARAMETER TEST ACCURACY RATIO ACTUAL. The actual TAR of the TMDE in conjunction with the SE UUT.
UUT PARAMETER TAR DESIRED. The desired TAR of the TMDE in conjunction with the UUT.
UUT PARAMETER TEST ACCURACY RATIO ACTUAL. The actual TAR of the TMDE in conjunction with the UUT.
C/F-169
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
443 TEST LANGUAGE |
6 A L - |
The language used for expressing the test specifications and procedures. The particular test-oriented language, used in the preparation and documentation of test procedures, independent of particular test equipment used. A test language can be implemented either manually or with automatic or semiautomatic test equipment.
444 TEST MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT 1 A F - REGISTER CODE (TMDE CODE)
A code which further defines the TMDE Register Index Number. Codes are as follows:
Preferred Item List Item |
A |
Nearest Preferred Item List Item |
B |
TMDE Register Item |
C |
Nearest TMDE Register Item |
D |
Register contains no usable item |
E |
445 TEST MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT 7 X F - REGISTER INDEX NUMBER
A seven digit index number assigned to each item in the TMDE register.
Land Systems: See AESP-6625-A316 Compendium of Electronic Test Equipment (ETE), EMER T&M A317 Register of ETE, EMER T&M A318 Register of Mechanical Equipment.
Air Systems: See AP100C-50.
446 TEST POINTS |
1 |
A F |
- |
A single-letter code indicating whether test points are available on the support/test equipment to test for integrity utilizing additional support/test equipment.
Test points |
Y |
No test points |
N |
447 TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT INDICATOR |
1 A F - |
A single-letter code indicating whether the fault isolated replaceable unit has a test requirements document assigned to it.
Assigned |
Y |
Not assigned |
N |
C/F-170
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
448 TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT NUMBER (TRD) |
15 X L - |
The number assigned to the Test Requirements Document.
SE UUT TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT NUMBER. A TRD number of the support equipment unit under test.
UUT TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT NUMBER. A TRD number of the unit under test.
450 TEXT SEQUENCING CODE (TSC) |
5 N R - |
A code used to sequence text within the applicable Text Data Element Definitions. Codes begin with ‘1’ and continue through ‘99999’.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with additional requirements narrative.
AMMUNITION TYPE NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with the ammunition type narratives.
BASELINE FACILITY NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with baseline facility narratives.
EQUIPMENT PRODUCTION REMARKS TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with the equipment production remarks narrative.
FACILITY NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with facility narratives.
FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with failure and Reliability-Centred Maintenance narratives.
FAILURE MODE INDICATOR MISSION PHASE CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with failure mode/mission narratives.
NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with new or modified facility narratives.
NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with new or modified skill narratives.
PARTS MANUAL TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with provisioning nomenclature.
C/F-171
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
PROVISIONING TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with provisioning narratives.
PHYSICAL AND MENTAL REQUIREMENTS TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with physical and mental requirements.
RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with reliability, availability, and maintainability characteristics narratives and software narratives.
SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with subtask narratives.
SERD REVISION TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with SERD revision remarks.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with each of the SE narratives.
SYSTEM END ITEM NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with system end item narratives.
TASK/SUBTASK ASSOCIATED NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCE CODE. A TSC used with task/subtask associated narratives.
TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with transported end item narratives.
TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with transportation narratives.
UUT EXPLANATION TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with Unit Under Test narrative.
451 THEATRE OF OPERATION |
5 A L - |
The theatre of operation for the system/equipment. |
|
Arctic |
R |
Europe |
E |
Far East |
F |
Middle East |
M |
South Atlantic |
Y |
Other (As specified by Project) |
O |
C/F-172
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
453 TOTAL QUANTITY RECOMMENDED |
6 N R - |
A recommended quantity of an item required to support a specific number of applications for a specific period of time. The applications may be to a weapon system, end item, component or combinations thereof, which are contained in the applicable contract.
454 TOTAL SYSTEMS SUPPORTED |
6 N R - |
The total number of systems intended for operational use.
455 TOWING SPEED |
3 N R - |
The maximum towing speed of the system/equipment in Kilometres per hour.
456 TRACKED GROUND CONTACT PRESSURE |
7 N R - |
Specify the ground pressure created by the heaviest pad. Unit of Measure to be specified by Project.
457 TRACKED PAD SHOE AREA |
6 N R 1 |
A numeric value describing the size of the tracked shoe pad actually in contact with the ground of the transported item in units contained in the associated UM.
458 TRACKED PADS TOUCHING |
2 N R - |
The number of tracked shoe pads actually in contact with the ground.
459 TRACKED ROAD WHEEL WEIGHT |
6 N R 1 |
The weight in kg supported by the road wheel of the tracked item.
460 TRAINING COST |
7 N R 2 |
The cost of training a single SSC, used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629).
461 TRAINING LOCATION RATIONALE |
4 A L - |
Denotes any of the following reasons for recommending the training location to be classroom or on job training:
Field equipment available for training purposes |
A |
Field equipment not available for training purposes |
B |
Task learning difficulty |
C |
Theory, principles, or verbalized concepts required |
D |
C/F-173
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Probability of deficient performance |
E |
|
Percent of work force performing the task |
F |
|
Percent of total time spent performing the task |
G |
|
462 TRAINING RATIONALE |
4 |
A L - |
Denotes any of the following reasons for recommending training for a task:
Frequency of Performance. |
A |
Training required due to task frequency; ie, the task might rate low for training priority if it is rarely performed.
Probable Consequence of Inadequate Performance. |
B |
Points to the need for selecting tasks for training that are essential to job performance. Consequences of inadequate performance on certain tasks could result in injury to personnel, loss of life, or damage to equipment.
Task Delay Tolerance. |
C |
A measure of how much delay can be tolerated between the time the need for task performance becomes evident and the time actual performance shall begin. This is based upon known time constraints associated with the equipment, which, if ignored, will result in equipment loss or damage, eg, loss of power to a computer shall be restored within a set time interval or stored memory is lost.
Task Learning Difficulty. |
D |
The learning difficulty of a task refers to the time, effort, and assistance required to achieve performance proficiency.
Probability of Deficient Performance. |
E |
Used to ensure that training is given in those essential job skills in which job incumbents frequently perform poorly.
Immediacy of Performance. |
F |
The criteria of the immediacy of performance are:
1.Whether or not there is a high probability of the graduate encountering the task on the job within the first year after training.
2.The predicted or measured amount of decay of the skill that will take place during the time interval.
C/F-174
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Percent of Work Force Performing the Task. |
G |
Points to the need for training tasks that are most often performed on the job.
Percent of Total Work Time Spent Performing |
H |
the Task. |
|
Points to a need for providing training to assist job incumbents in efficient performance of those tasks on which they spend the most time.
Frequency of Performance |
Y |
Training required due to task frequency, eg, the task is infrequent but performance is critical.
Immediacy of Performance |
Z |
The job incumbent will be expected to be proficient in the task immediately, eg, a digital post with no hand-over period.
463 TRAINING RECOMMENDATIONS |
1 A F - |
A single-position code indicating when a task is recommended for training and what type of training is needed. Training, in this context, does not include equipment familiarization.
Class and on the job training (OJT) |
B |
|
Class |
C |
|
OJT |
J |
|
No training necessary |
N |
|
Class and Practical |
P |
|
Practical only |
O |
|
Continued Formal Training |
F |
|
464 TRANSPORTATION CHARACTERISTICS MODE TYPE |
1 A F |
|
- |
|
|
A code which describes how the system/equipment can be transported.
Air |
A |
Helicopter |
B |
Road |
C |
Lighterage |
D |
Rail |
E |
Ship |
F |
C/F-175
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
465 TRANSPORTATION CHARACTERISTICS NUMBER |
2 N R - |
A code which identifies each different way that a system/equipment can be transported. This is a numeric character assigned in sequence.
466 TRANSPORTATION COST |
4 N R 2 |
The cost per kilogram per kilometre or mile, used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629), as specified by the Project for transportation of material.
467 TRANSPORTATION END ITEM INDICATOR |
1 A F - |
A code that signifies whether the LCN represents a system/end item requiring transportation requirements documentation.
System/End Item requires transportation |
Y |
documentation. |
|
System/End Item does not require transportation |
N |
documentation. |
|
468 TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR |
1 A F - |
A code that signifies whether the shipping modes for the item or the transport end items itself is being analyzed.
Shipping modes |
S |
|
|
|
Both shipping modes and transporter end item |
B |
|
|
|
Transporter end item |
E |
|
|
|
469 TRANSPORTATION ITEM DESIGNATOR (SHIP, |
26 |
X |
L |
- |
LIGHTERAGE AIRCRAFT, HELICOPTER), |
|
|
|
|
The Item Designation (DED 179) of the transport vehicle. |
|
|
|
|
470 TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
A code that indicates the transportation narrative. |
|
|
|
|
Transportation Shock Vibration Remarks, DED 382 |
A |
|
|
|
Lifting And Tiedown Remarks, DED 192 |
B |
|
|
|
Transportation Projection Remarks, DED 471 |
C |
|
|
|
Transportation Regulatory Requirements, DED 340 |
D |
|
|
|
Transportation Remarks, DED 472 |
E |
|
|
|
Special Service And Equipment, DED 398 |
F |
|
|
|
Sectionalized Remarks, DED 368 |
G |
|
|
|
C/F-176
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
|
Transport To And From, DED 476 |
H |
Environmental Considerations, DED 099 |
I |
Unusual And Special Requirements, DED 500 |
K |
Venting And Protective Clothing, DED 504 |
L |
471 TRANSPORTATION PROJECTIONS REMARKS |
65 X - - |
Narrative explanation of the projection points of the item to be transported.
472 TRANSPORTATION REMARKS (HANDLING, TOWING, 65 X - - AIR DROP SELF-PROPELLED)
Narrative explanation of any of the handling characteristics, towing characteristics, selfpropelled characteristics, or air drop information.
473 TRANSPORTATION CONFIGURATION NUMBER |
2 N R - |
A code which differentiates each mobility type. This is a sequentially assigned number beginning with 1 through 99.
474 |
TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
|
A code that indicates the transported end item narrative. |
|
|
|
|
|
Wheeled Tyre Requirements, DED 511 |
A |
|
|
|
|
Skid Remarks, DED 385 |
B |
|
|
|
|
Turning Information, DED 477 |
C |
|
|
|
|
Wheeled Axle And Suspension Remarks, DED 506 |
D |
|
|
|
|
Transported Other Equipment, DED 475 |
E |
|
|
|
475 |
TRANSPORTED OTHER EQUIPMENT |
65 |
X |
- |
- |
Narrative explanation of any equipment being transported other than wheeled, tracked, or skid mounted.
476 TRANSPORT TO AND FROM |
65 X - - |
Narrative explanation of where the item is being transported to and from.
477 TURNING INFORMATION |
65 X - |
- |
For wheeled vehicles only, in narrative format the 90 degree and 180 degree turning radius in both wall-to-wall and curb-to-curb.
C/F-177
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
478 |
TYPE ACQUISITION |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
|
The type of acquisition for the system/equipment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Research, development test and evaluation |
R |
|
|
|
|
Non-developmental item |
N |
|
|
|
|
Product improvement item |
P |
|
|
|
|
Commercial construction equipment |
C |
|
|
|
|
Rebuy |
B |
|
|
|
|
Foreign source |
F |
|
|
|
479 |
TYPE CLASSIFICATION |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
A single-position code which indicates the status of a material support system in relation to its overall life history as a guide to procurement, authorization, logistical support, asset, and readiness reporting.
Contingency |
C |
Exempt from type classification |
E |
Limited production |
L |
Not separately type classified |
N |
Obsolete |
O |
Standard |
S |
480 TYPE EQUIPMENT CODE |
4 X L - |
A government supplied code identifying an end item in the maintenance data collection sub-system (MDCS) by its application to the specific type/model/series of aircraft or equipment which it supports.
Sea Systems: Codes equate to class of vessel.
Air Systems: Codes allocated by RAF Logistic Support Services 4 (LSS4/MACD).
481 TYPE OF CHANGE CODE (TOCC) |
1 A F - |
This block, which is blank on initial submissions of provisioning data, shall be used as a type of change code to indicate deletions, modifications, typographical errors, quantity changes (increase, decrease), and limited part applications as follows:
Indicates a deleted item |
D |
Deletion of a data element |
G |
Item is replaced during production and |
L |
support of the old part may be required |
|
for prior production quantities |
|
C/F-178
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Indicates a modified item. Required to |
M |
identify entries for those items changed as |
|
a result of either administrative or |
|
engineering requirements (not for initial |
|
entry of NSN) before or during production |
|
Examples of changes follow: |
|
a.Prime contractor's reference number
b.Commercial and government entity code
c.Manufacturer's reference number
d.Item name
e.Other data elements as may be subsequently defined, wherein the hardware is not affected
Used to make quantity field changes |
Q |
Used to make a typographical error correction |
T |
(not automatically assigned) |
|
NOTE: When preparing or updating relational tables, only TOCC ‘D’ can be used. Other codes listed are associated with a manual LSA-036 Summary preparation. These codes are assigned to the appropriate LSA-036 card by an automated LSA-036 Summary.
SYSTEM/EI TYPE OF CHANGE CODE. The TOCC of the system/end item as a model (A indenture code) item.
482 TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description of the construction type required. Indicate if new build required or major structural alteration to existing facility. Include:
a.Estimated number of years the facility will be needed.
b.Required or preferred locations.
c.Need for relocatability (desirable or essential).
d.Identification of any estimated future expansion.
e.Provided information on any special construction:
(1)Shock
(2)Hardness
(3)Special floor loads (point or area eg, aircraft jacking points and weight).
C/F-179
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Air systems to additionally consider the following:
f.For Operating surfaces:
(1)State the life of existing surface or life required
(2)Consider operating surfaces but particularly runway ends
(a)Concrete
(b)Blacktop
(3)NATO criteria
(4)Fast-jet/propeller driven
(5)Fuel leakage, resistant surfaces
(6)Airfield damage repair requirements
(7)Taxiway access
(8)Arrester gear.
g.Hardened Aircraft Shelter.
h.Soft cover ie hangar, carport.
i.Load Control Group (LCG) of hangar floor.
j.Tone down.
k.Indicate the minimum length and width of operating strip or surface required.
483 FACILITY TYPE |
1 A F - |
A code identifying the facility type either operational, test, training or depot.
Test facility |
A |
Operational facility |
B |
Training facility |
C |
Depot facility |
D |
486 UNIT CONTAINER CODE |
2 X F - |
A code which identifies the outer container used in the packaging process. For further information and applicable codes refer to DEF STAN 81-131.
487 UNIT CONTAINER LEVEL |
1 A F - |
A code indicating the highest level of packaging protection provided by the unit container. For further information and applicable codes refer to DEF STAN 81-131.
C/F-180
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
488 UNIT OF ISSUE (UI) |
2 A F - |
A code which indicates the UI quantity of an item. The UI quantity is the managing organization's established accounting unit upon which the smallest unit pack is based, accountable records are maintained, and requirements are computed. This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI UOI, which should be referred to for applicable codes.
489 UNIT OF ISSUE CONVERSION FACTOR |
5 N F - |
(UI CONVERSION FACTOR) |
|
A quantitative multiplier used to convert the Unit of Measure (DED 491) to the Unit of Issue (DED 488). This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI QUI. The data element is composed of two sub-fields:
a. |
First Digit. Decimal Locator Code |
1 |
N |
F |
- |
Default the first digit to 0 (zero).
(This satisfies AECMA 2000M TEI QUI).
b. Digits 2 through 5. Factor |
4 N R AS |
The numerical value of the conversion factor.
490 UNIT OF ISSUE PRICE (UI PRICE) |
10 N R 2 |
The price for one UI of an item. The last two positions of the field represent a decimal value of the associated Currency Code (DED 629) and the decimal is understood.
This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI UPR limited to 10 characters.
491 UNIT OF MEASURE (UM) |
2 A F - |
A code which indicates the UM for an item. This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI UOM, which should be referred to for authorized codes.
DRAUGHT UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with the draught of a Sea Systems vessel.
END ITEM DIMENSION UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with the length, width and height of the End Item/System.
END ITEM WEIGHT/DISPLACEMENT UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with the weight or displacement of the End Item/System.
FACILITY AREA UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with area.
C/F-181
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
FACILITY CONSTRUCTION UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with the cost of a facility construction project.
SE OPERATING DIMENSIONS UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with the length, width, and height of the SE in operational mode.
SE OPERATING WEIGHT UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with the weight of the SE in operational mode.
PROVISION QUANTITY PER TASK UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM used in conjunction with the provision quantity per task.
SKID AREA UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with the skid area.
SE STORAGE DIMENSIONS UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with the length, width, and height of the SE in the storage mode.
SE STORAGE WEIGHT UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with the weight of the SE in the storage mode.
SE TRANSPORTATION DIMENSIONS UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with the length, width, and height of the SE in the transportation mode.
SE TRANSPORTATION WEIGHT UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with the weight of the SE in the transportation mode.
SE QUANTITY PER TASK UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM used in conjunction with the support equipment quantity per task.
TRACKED PAD SHOE AREA UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with tracked pad shoe area.
UNIT PACK SIZE UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with the dimensions of a packaged unit.
UNIT PACK WEIGHT UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with weight.
UNIT SIZE UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with the dimensions of an unpackaged unit.
UNIT WEIGHT UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with weight.
492 UNIT OF MEASURE PRICE |
10 N R 2 |
The best estimated price, per UM. The last two positions of the field represent a decimal value of the associated Currency Code (DED 629) and the decimal is understood.
C/F-182
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
FACILITY CONSTRUCTION UNIT OF MEASURE PRICE. The best estimated price, for facility construction per UM. The last two positions of the field represent a decimal value of the associated Currency Code (DED 629).
493 UNIT PACK CUBE |
7 N R 3 |
The cubic dimensions (length X width X depth) of the Unit Pack/Container associated with the Unit Pack Unit of Measure (DED 491).
AMMUNITION CONTAINER UNIT PACK SIZE. The volume in cubic metres of the ammunition container assembly.
494 UNIT PACK SIZE |
12 N - |
- |
The gross length, width and depth of an item with packaging or the item container, used with an associated Unit of Measure (DED 491). This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI SPU. Sub-fields are:
a. |
Length |
4 |
N |
R |
1 |
b. |
Width |
4 |
N |
R |
1 |
c. |
Depth |
4 |
N |
R |
1 |
AMMUNITION CONTAINER UNIT PACK SIZE. The gross length, width and depth of the ammunition container assembly in mm.
495 UNIT PACK WEIGHT |
5 X - |
- |
The gross weight of an item with packaging or the item container, used with an associated Unit of Measure (DED 491). This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI WPU. The field is structured as follows:
a. |
For weights up to 9999.9 units |
5 |
N |
R |
1 |
b. |
For weights over 9999.9 units |
5 |
X |
- |
- |
For weights over 9999.9 units, the following sub-fields apply:
First sub-field |
1 |
A F |
- |
Multiplier code indicates that the number entered in the second sub-field should be multiplied by 10, 100 or 1000 in order to correctly represent the Unit Pack Weight. Codes are as follows:
10 X Weight |
A |
C/F-183
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
100 X Weight |
B |
1000 X Weight |
C |
Second sub-field |
4 N R AS |
Numeric value of the weight, used in conjunction with an associated Unit Of Measure (DED 491).
AMMUNITION CONTAINER ASSEMBLY UNIT PACK WEIGHT. The gross weight in kilograms of the ammunition container assembly.
AMMUNITION ULS UNIT PACK WEIGHT. The gross weight in kilograms of the ammunition ULS.
496 UNIT SIZE |
12 N - |
- |
The gross length, width and height of the item without packaging, used with an associated Unit Of Measure (DED 491). This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI SUU. Sub-fields are:
a. |
Length |
4 |
N |
R |
1 |
b. |
Width |
4 |
N |
R |
1 |
c. |
Height |
4 |
N |
R |
1 |
497 UNIT WEIGHT |
5 |
X |
- |
- |
|
The gross weight of an item without packaging, used with an associated Unit of Measure (DED 491). This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI WUU.
a. |
For weights up to 9999.9 units |
5 |
N |
R |
1 |
b. |
For weights over 9999.9 units |
5 |
X |
- |
- |
For weights over 9999.9 units, the following sub-fields apply:
First sub-field |
1 |
A F |
- |
Multiplier code indicates that the number entered in the second sub-field should be multiplied by 10, 100 or 1000 in order to correctly represent the Unit Weight. Codes are as follows:
10 X Weight |
A |
100 X Weight |
B |
1000 X Weight |
C |
C/F-184
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Second sub-field |
4 N R AS |
Numeric value of the weight, used in conjunction with an associated Unit Of Measure (DED 491).
498 UNIT UNDER TEST EXPLANATION |
65 X - - |
Narrative statements which further explain, justify, or substantiate any data entry concerning unit UUT related data (U) tables.
499 UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE |
10 N - |
AS |
Maintenance requirements which cannot be scheduled for performance on a regular, predetermined interval, and shall be added to, integrated with, or substituted for previously scheduled work loads. The data chain consists of the following data elements:
a. Mean Elapsed Time, DED 224 |
5 |
N |
R |
2 |
b. Mean Man-Hours, DED 225 |
5 |
N |
R |
2 |
500 UNUSUAL AND SPECIAL TRANSPORTATION |
|
|
65 |
X - - |
REQUIREMENTS |
|
|
|
|
Identification of any unusual item characteristics to be considered for transportation and packaging purposes. Some of these considerations are: temperature limits; pressure limits; electrical sources required during transit; humidity control required; escorts required; ammunition requirements; etc.
501 USABLE ON CODE (UOC) |
3 X L - |
A code that indicates the configuration of a system/equipment on which the item under analysis is used. The UOC represents only one configuration/model of equipment. It is a one, two, or three-character alphanumeric entry with guidance for UOC assignment provided by the Project. When an item is applicable to multiple equipment configurations, multiple UOCs representing each configuration are assigned to the item.
NOTE 1: The combination of End Item UOC and EIAC (DED 096) constitute AECMA 1000D Model Identification (MI) as part of the Data Module Code (DMC).
NOTE 2: The System-level UOC is equivalent to AECMA 1000D ‘System Difference Code’ (SDC) as part of the Data Module Code (DMC).
C/F-185
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
502 UTILITIES REQUIREMENT |
65 X - |
- |
A narrative description identifying an estimate of the total connected load, or other gross quantity of utilities required for each facility. Includes any unusual or critical requirements, energy conservation requirements, continuous power requirements and capability of and modifications to existing plant. Provides specific identification of the class of utility, eg, electric power, hydraulic power, compressed air, water, sewage, fuels (gas, oil or solid), lubricants, storm water, heating, electric welding (Sea Systems), ADP, Defence Telegraph Network (Sea Systems) and telephone connections.
a. Power (both for candidate item and support equipment) (Sea Systems refer to SSCF 129)
(1)Max. loading and diversity factor
(2)Surge currents
(3)Power filtration
(5)Un-interruptable power supplies
(6)Special handling area requirements
(7)Voltage Operating Range (value with percentage tolerances permissible)
(a)Minimum
(b)Maximum
(8)Alternating Current/Direct Current (indicate which)
(a)Alternating Current
(b)Direct Current
(9)Frequency Range (include tolerances)
(a)Minimum
(b)Maximum
(10)Phase. Indicate the number of simultaneously applied phases required for each AC voltage source.
(a)Single phase
(b)Double phase
(c)Triple phase
(11)Watts
(12)Percent Maximum Ripple. The permissible allowance of the output power source.
(13)Source Option Number. A number sequentially assigned that is used to distinguish between different sets of values of input power supply requirements.
b.Hydraulic power:
(1)Pressure.
(2)Quantity.
c.Compressed air:
(1)Pressure
C/F-186
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
(2)Sea Systems specific (SSCP 129) Anticipated maximum demand, air driver tools, armament, diversity factor %, special services, total design capacity, utilization tool, wave guides.
d.Water:
(1)Quantity.
(2)De-mineralized etc.
(3)Domestic steam (Sea Systems). A statement of the Equipment Design Capacity and Equipment Utilization (Temperate). (NES 53, SSCF 129).
(4)Chilled (Sea Systems). Essential electronics, keep alive, total design capacity, anticipated chilling load, diversity factor.
(5)Fresh.
(6)De-oxygenated (Sea Systems).
e.Sewage and storm water.
f.Fuels (gas, oil or solid).
g.Lubricants.
(1)Quantity.
(2)Types.
503 UTILIZATION RATIO |
3 |
N R 2 |
The portion of time available for a repairman with a given skill speciality to support the weapon system being documented. (This should only be used if the repairman works on more than one system.)
504 VENTING AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING |
65 X - |
- |
REQUIREMENTS |
|
|
Identification of all venting and protective clothing requirements necessary for the transportation of the item.
505 WEAROUT LIFE |
6 N R - |
The operational interval of flight hours, calendar time, or other appropriate independent variable, from initial installation until an item can no longer perform its intended mission, due to the depletion of some physical property or material. For a family of items, wearout occurs when the conditional probability of failure (hazard rate) increases with increases of the independent variable.
506 WHEELED AXLE AND SUSPENSION REMARKS |
65 X - - |
The load ratings for each suspension and the axle loads for each axle for the both an empty and loaded vehicle. This may apply to both tracked and wheeled vehicles.
C/F-187
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
507 WHEELED INFLATION PRESSURE |
3 N R - |
The inflation pressure of the tyre. This may apply to both tracked and wheeled vehicles.
508 WHEELED NUMBER OF PLIES |
2 N R - |
The number of plies of the tyre. This may apply to both tracked and wheeled vehicles.
509 WHEELED NUMBER OF TYRES |
2 N R - |
The number of tyres for the vehicle. This may apply to both tracked and wheeled vehicles.
510 WHEELED TYRE LOAD RATING |
10 X L - |
The load ratings of the tyre. This may apply to both tracked and wheeled vehicles.
511 WHEELED TYRE REQUIREMENTS |
65 X - - |
A narrative description of the tyre requirements. This may apply to both tracked and wheeled vehicles.
512 WHEELED TYRE SIZE |
10 X L - |
The size of the tyre. This may apply to both tracked and wheeled vehicles.
513 WHEELED WEIGHT RATINGS |
10 X L - |
The weight ratings of the tyre. This may apply to both tracked and wheeled vehicles.
514 WORK AREA CODE |
4 X L - |
An alphanumeric code assigned to the area of work (eg, wheel well) when a maintenance function is to be performed at a specific location. Zone and item location codes are to be specified by Project. This equates to AECMA 1000D ZONE.
516 WORK UNIT CODE |
7 X L - |
An alphanumeric code used to identify a particular system, subsystem, component/assembly, or part of the system/equipment. Codes will be as specified by the Project.
601 ACCELERATED PRODUCTION NOTICE |
2 N R - |
The number of months notice required before accelerated production (as detailed by Accelerated Production Schedule DED 602) can begin.
C/F-188
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
602 ACCELERATED PRODUCTION SCHEDULE |
120 N - |
- |
The maximum monthly production quantities of an equipment that can be delivered using existing production facilities and equipment. Assume no curtailment of other production and that additional labour will be available. Month 1 is indicated by Accelerated Production Notice (DED 601). The field is divided into 24 sub-fields, each representing a monthly production schedule, over a period of 24 months.
Monthly Production Schedule |
5 N R |
- |
603 AEROSPACE GROUND EQUIPMENT CODE |
1 |
A F - |
The Aerospace Ground Equipment (AGE) Code is for categorizing the use of Support Equipment for each related task. Categories are as follows:
Category A. No action is required for these equipments other than validation tests, when deemed necessary. If equipment is not already in sufficient quantities the required action is only the inventory item re-order or procurement.
Category A |
A |
Category B. This category of equipment which requires only minor modifications, will not have long lead times or high development costs. The equipment to be modified shall be identified and the decision made as to where the modification is to be developed. Generally it is envisaged that after the modification, the equipment should be subject to validation tests in order to be assured of its suitability.
If major modifications are required, the equipment cannot be considered Category B, but shall be reclassified under Category D.
Category B |
B |
Category C. For Category C equipment, lead time is similar to that defined for Category A. The only difference from Category A is that prototype procurement actions are the responsibility of the contractor.
Category C |
C |
Category D. Category D equipment is similar to Category B, the difference being that the procurement actions are the responsibility of the contractor.
Category D |
D |
Category E. These equipments are subject to the complete acquisition process The vendor will operate in accordance with the technical specification prepared by the company who has the procurement responsibility. The time required to perform all the
C/F-189
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
actions from the definition up to the manufacturing of a production unit depends on the equipment complexity. In addition, the development actions can start only when a reasonable confidence of the production aircraft standard has been achieved.
Category E |
E |
Category F. These equipments are subject to the complete acquisition process and the same considerations as for Category E equipments are applicable; the only difference being that the development cycle will be performed by the company in charge of the equipment design and production. The company will operate against drawings or specifications as applicable.
Category F |
F |
604 AFDEETEC/AFDSEC NUMBER |
5 N - - |
Air Force Department Electronic & Electrical Test Equipment Committee/Air Force Department Support Equipment Committee Number
For Air Systems: A number required for SE scaling, supplied by the Project.
605 ALLOWANCES |
9 N R - |
Indicates the quantity of spare items.
For Sea Systems, this comprises the following sub-fields:
a) |
Onboard Spares |
3 |
N |
R |
- |
b) |
Onboard Backup Spares |
3 |
N |
R |
- |
c) |
Spares for Overhaul purposes |
3 |
N |
R |
- |
From SSCFs 110A, 128 and NES 51.
FAA:- Refer to Naval Aircraft Ranging and Scaling Guide (NASRAG) and Consolidated Allowance List (CAL).
606 AMMUNITION CONTAINER REFERENCE NUMBER |
25 X L - |
& MARK |
|
A code which identifies the kind, material and category of packaging as specified in UN Transport of Dangerous Goods (The Orange Book), ST/SG/AC.10/1, paragraph 9.4.7. This would be further qualified by the specific to nature codes as detailed in detailed DEF STATS Pamphlet MHTU/52CMO1/93, JSP 422. Markings shall conform to STANAG 2023, 2316, 2322 and 3854. For transportation purposes the following markings shall be regarded as a minimum requirement:
C/F-190
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
UN-packaging symbol UN-serial number
UN-proper transportation name and/or mutually agreed correct technical name (NATO name)
Hazard classification code
Stock number and/or NSN/short code
607 AMMUNITION CONTAINER ASSEMBLY REFERENCE 25 X L - NUMBER & MARK
A code which identifies the packing methods for explosives as specified in UN Transport of Dangerous Goods (The Orange Book), ST/SG/AC.10/1 Table 10.1. This would be further qualified by the specific to nature codes as detailed in DEF STATS Pamphlet MHTU/52CMO1/93, JSP 422. Markings shall conform to STANAG 2023, 2316, 2322 and 3854. For transportation purposes, the following markings shall be regarded as a minimum requirement:
UN-packaging symbol UN-serial number
UN-proper transportation name and/or mutually agreed correct technical name (NATO name)
Hazard classification code
Stock number and/or NSN/short code
608 AMMUNITION CORRECT TECHNICAL NAME |
240 X L - |
Enter the Correct Technical Name of the item of ammunition as defined in. UN Transport of Dangerous Goods (The Orange Book), ST/SG/AC.10/1.
609 AMMUNITION HAZARD AND COMPATIBILITY |
14 X L - |
Ammunition is classified in accordance with STANAG 4123 and is grouped into one of six Hazard Divisions according to the hazard it presents when initiated. It is further grouped into one of thirteen Compatibility Groups on the basis of its characteristics and associated hazards. Definitions of Hazard Divisions and Compatibility Groups are given in the manual of NATO Safety Principles for the Transport of Military Ammunition and Explosives (AASTP-2), Chapter 4. Associated with the HCC for ammunition are supplementary symbols denoting the type of risk involved in transportation and whether breathing apparatus and protective clothing are required for fire fighting when the item is in storage. In UK the MOD's Explosive Storage and Transportation Committee (ESTC), who have sole responsibility for the classification of military explosives and ammunition, issue a unique Item Number which is linked to HCCs and Supplementary Symbols. This DED is divided into the following sub-fields:
a. ESTC Item Number |
5 |
X L - |
C/F-191
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
b. |
Ammunition HCC |
5 |
X |
L |
- |
c. |
Subsidiary Risk 1 |
1 |
X |
F |
- |
d. |
Subsidiary Risk 2 |
1 |
X |
F |
- |
e. |
Breathing apparatus |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
f. |
Protective clothing |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
610 |
AMMUNITION NARRATIVE CODE |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
|
A code that indicates the type of Ammunition Narrative. |
|
|
|
|
|
Ammunition Type (DED 613) |
A |
|
|
|
|
Unusual and Special Requirements (DED 500) |
B |
|
|
|
|
Lifting and Tiedown Requirement for |
C |
|
|
|
|
Transportation (DED 192) |
|
|
|
|
611 |
AMMUNITION NET EXPLOSIVE CONTENT |
8 |
N |
R |
4 |
Enter the weight in Kg of explosive for each individual item or quantities of 1000 rounds/items of ammunition. For the appropriate information, refer to JSP 422 TriService Ammunition Packaging, Configuration and Statistical Data.
NOTE: Ammunition Net Explosive Content is normally quoted for quantities of 1000 rounds/items as defined iaw JSP 422.
612 AMMUNITION SHIPPING CATEGORY |
22 A L - |
Enter the shipping category for the item/cargo of ammunition. For appropriate shipping categories, refer to International Maritime Organization (IMO), International Maritime Dangerous Goods Codes.
613 AMMUNITION TYPE |
65 X - |
- |
A description of the ammunition including the type and make-up. Examples include:-
Means of initiation
Cartridge
Propellant
Projectile
Safety and arming unit
Fuse
Warhead
Sub-munitions
C/F-192
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Centre core bursters
Secondary charges
Multiple warheads
Guidance
Launch platform
NOTES: Land Systems: As laid down in Catalogue/ADAC No Cross Reference List issued by D Log IS 2B.
614 AMMUNITION UN SERIAL NUMBER |
4 N L - |
All ammunition items have their own UN Serial Number specific to the item itself. Enter the specific UN Serial Number, as specified by JSP 422.
615 AMMUNITION UNIT LOAD CONTAINER INDICATOR 1 A F -
A code to indicate when Ammunition Container is a ULC or not.
Ammunition Container is a ULC |
Y |
Ammunition Container is not a ULC |
N |
616 AMMUNITION UNIT LOAD SPECIFICATION |
4 X R - |
A specific code for the configuration the ammunition will be stored in when ammunition container is not a ULC, ie DED 615 is ‘N’. Codes specific to nature are detailed in DEF STATS PAMPHLET MHTU/52CM01/93 'Ammunition Unit Loads for Military Use' and JSP 422. In some instances a ULS will not be designed for a particular nature of ammunition, in which case ‘NA’ is used.
617 ANCILLARY SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (ASE) REQUIRED 3 A - |
- |
For each of the following sub-fields enter Y or N.
Yes |
|
|
Y |
|
|
No |
|
|
N |
|
|
a) |
Dockyard/Ship/First Line |
1 |
A |
- |
- |
b) |
On Board/Second Line |
1 |
A |
- |
- |
c) |
In Base/Third Line |
1 |
A |
- |
- |
Sea Systems: This is derived from Master Record Data Centre data dictionary.
C/F-193
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
618 AMMUNITION SERVICE MANAGEMENT CODE |
8 X L - |
The single service management code is used during the service life of an item of ammunition. For Land Service ammunition, an Army Department Ammunition Code (ADAC) is used.
619 ATTACHING, STORAGE, OR SHIPPING PART (AECMA 1 N F - 2000M TEI ASP)
Indicates an item to be Attaching, Storage or Shipping Part at a specific Catalogue Sequence Number (TEI CSN).
Attaching Part |
1 |
Storage Part |
2 |
Shipping Part |
3 |
620 AUTHORIZED LIFE (AECMA 2000M TEI AUL) |
6 N R - |
The Authorized Life indicates the maximum installed life for which an item may be operated. Upon reaching this Authorized Life, any further life of the item shall be reauthorized.
The number entered into this field shall be qualified by the Authorized Life Measurement Base (DED 238), and equates to AECMA 2000M TEI ALI.
621 CALIBRATION MARKER (AECMA 2000M TEI CMK) |
1 N - |
- |
Identifies an item that requires calibration. |
|
|
Item requires to be calibrated. |
1 |
|
When applied to Meters, Test Equipment and Dimensional Equipment this equates to AECMA 2000M TEI CMK. Information regarding the type and periodicity of the calibration shall be obtained from the appropriate engineering sources.
622 CATALOGUE SEQUENCE NUMBER (AECMA |
13 X F - |
2000M TEI CSN) |
|
Identifies the location of the item within the Illustrated Parts Catalogue (IPC) according to the Standard Numbering System. It is also used with Item Sequence Number (DED 647) as the key of each record in the Initial Provisioning (IP) presentation of data.
Aircraft Chapter |
2 |
N |
- |
- |
Sub Chapter |
1 |
N |
- |
- |
Sub Sub Chapter |
1 |
N |
- |
- |
Unit or Assembly |
2 |
N |
- |
- |
C/F-194
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|||
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
|||
Figure Number |
2 |
X |
- |
- |
Figure Number Variant (Not I or O) |
1 |
A |
- |
- |
Item Number |
3 |
N |
- |
- |
Item Number Variant (Not I or O) |
1 |
A |
- |
- |
When an item appears in the IP presentation (and IPC) for the aircraft or engine, the whole of this data element is to be provided. When an item is contained in the separate IP presentation of equipments then only the last seven characters are applicable and the first six are to be left blank.
NOTE: This is a composite Data Element (DE) not used in the LSAR, the 13 character format is cross mapped to the following DEDs :-
Fields 1 to 6 are represented by the last 6 fields of DED 802, Document Code. Fields 7 to 9 are represented by DED 144, Figure Number.
Fields 10 to 13 are represented by DED 184, Item Number.
623 CATEGORY OF MATERIAL (AECMA 2000M TEI COM) 1 N - -
Identifies standard hardware items, consumables or raw and semi-fabricated materials.
None of the following codes apply. |
0 |
Standard mechanical hardware items. |
1 |
Standard electrical hardware items. |
2 |
Consumable items. |
3 |
Raw materials. |
4 |
Standard hardware items (codes '1' and '2'). |
5 |
The National or International Standards which are to be considered in the categorization of an item as Code 1, 2 or 5 should be agreed between the Customer and Contractor at the start of the Project.
624 CHANGE EFFECT |
18 A F - |
A checklist consisting of 18 individual change effect factors affecting facility requirements for the item under analysis. In proposing a change to the Weapons/ Equipment Fit the full effect on the platform installation needs to be declared. This DED enables the differences between the present fit and the proposed fit to be highlighted. An entry of Y, N or K is entered against each factor as listed below.
Changed |
Y |
No Change |
N |
Not Known |
K |
The individual factors which constitute the sub-fields are: |
|
C/F-195
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Alarms and Warnings. |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
Type of alarm/warning displayed external to weapon |
|
|
|
|
equipment, control and indication of water cooling, |
|
|
|
|
ventilation, fire detection etc. |
|
|
|
|
Electrical Interfaces - Definition of Main Cable |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
Runs. |
|
|
|
|
Electrical Interfaces - Definition of Position Cable |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
Electrical Interfaces - Connection Details. |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
Compass Transmission. |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
Chilled Water. |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
Flow rate, inlet/outlet temperature, test/working |
|
|
|
|
pressure, physical connection details, shipbuilder |
|
|
|
|
supply items. |
|
|
|
|
Electrical Power. |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
Voltage, frequency, phase, power factor, load per |
|
|
|
|
phase (normal/max.), equipment to DEF STAN 61-5, |
|
|
|
|
internal/external fusing, initial surge, integrity |
|
|
|
|
of supply (normal/alternative, auto/manual change- |
|
|
|
|
over), anti condensation heaters, shipbuilder supply |
|
|
|
|
items. |
|
|
|
|
Environmental Requirements. |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
Temperature in which equipment can operate, |
|
|
|
|
de-icing, susceptibility to noise, compartment |
|
|
|
|
illumination, cleanliness requirements, screened |
|
|
|
|
compartment, security, EMP, TREE etc. |
|
|
|
|
HP/LP Air. |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
Flow rate, pressure limits, dryness, purity, method |
|
|
|
|
of connection, shipbuilder supply items. |
|
|
|
|
Hydraulics. |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
Hydraulic medium specification, volumetric flow, |
|
|
|
|
pressure, cleanliness standards, interface |
|
|
|
|
requirements. |
|
|
|
|
Upkeep, Keep Alive Maintenance. |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
Workbench space required locally and/or remotely, |
|
|
|
|
space for spares, test equipment, telephones etc. |
|
|
|
|
C/F-196
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
||||
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
||||
Seating Details. |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
Details of seating and securing arrangements, SSIs |
|
|
|
|
support and servicing platform, guard-rails, weight |
|
|
|
|
of each FSI, height of C of G, lifting arrangements, |
|
|
|
|
shock mounting arrangements, alignment requirements. |
|
|
|
|
Signals. |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
List of signals between free standing items. |
|
|
|
|
Siting Parameters. |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
Site on the ship, location within compartment, |
|
|
|
|
separation of equipments, clear/blind arcs etc. |
|
|
|
|
Ventilation. |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
Airflow rate, inlet/outlet temperature, wild heat |
|
|
|
|
to compartment, number of operators per compartment, |
|
|
|
|
physical connection of supply/exhaust trunking, |
|
|
|
|
shipbuilder supply items. |
|
|
|
|
Space Requirements. |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
FSI dimensions, shipping route, access for |
|
|
|
|
installations, operation, maintenance space etc. |
|
|
|
|
Weapon Equipment. |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
Effect on Environment. |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
Noise, vibration, blast, RADHAZ equipment, initial surge etc.
625 CLASS OF STORE 1 A F -
A code used to describe the customer's accounting procedure to be used for the item within the customer's organization.
High-Value item to which special accounting |
H |
procedures apply. |
|
Items of equipment the cost and nature of |
P |
which normally justifies their return to a |
|
maintenance unit or contractor for repair |
|
if such a repair is beyond the capability of |
|
the unit. The items remain on charge and |
|
cannot be replaced except on return to store. |
|
C/F-197
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Those items which are not P class but are |
L |
|
|
|
repairable and of sufficient value or |
|
|
|
|
attractiveness to justify stores accounting |
|
|
|
|
when in use. Repair is to be carried out on |
|
|
|
|
units when it is within their capability. |
|
|
|
|
The items remain on charge and cannot be |
|
|
|
|
replaced except on return to store. |
|
|
|
|
All other items. These are normally lower |
C |
|
|
|
valued items which are not accounted for |
|
|
|
|
when in use. However, they are to be |
|
|
|
|
repaired by units where this is possible |
|
|
|
|
and economic. |
|
|
|
|
627 CONFIRMED FAULT RATE/1000 HOURS |
6 |
N |
R |
- |
1000 Hours divided by Mean Time Between Failure Technical (DED 229) Measured (DED 347, code ‘M’).
629 CURRENCY CODE (AECMA 2000M TEI CUR) |
3 X - - |
A code which indicates the currency of a Data Element that represents a monetary value.
Codes are defined in AECMA 2000M (TEI CUR).
ADAPTOR/INTERCONNECTION DEVICE (AID) APPORTIONED NONRECURRING UNIT COSTS CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the non-recurring cost of the adaptor/interconnection device.
ADAPTOR/INTERCONNECTION DEVICE (AID) APPORTIONED RECURRING UNIT COSTS CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the recurring cost of the adaptor/interconnection device.
OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAMME (OTP) APPORTIONED NON-RECURRING UNIT COSTS CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the non-recurring cost of the operational test programme
OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAMME (OTP) APPORTIONED RECURRING UNIT COSTS CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the recurring cost of the operational test programme
TEST PROGRAMME INSTRUCTION (TPI) APPORTIONED NON-RECURRING UNIT COSTS CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the non-recurring cost of the test programme instruction.
C/F-198
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
TEST PROGRAMME INSTRUCTION (TPI) APPORTIONED RECURRING UNIT COSTS CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the
recurring cost of the test programme instruction.
DEMILITARIZATION COST CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the cost of demilitarization.
DESIGN DATA PRICE CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the price of design data.
DDCC ESTIMATED PRICE CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the design data category code estimated price.
IRCC ESTIMATED PRICE CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the ILS requirements category code estimated price.
EXTENDED UNIT PRICE CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the total proposed or estimated price of an item.
FACILITY CONSTRUCTION UNIT OF MEASURE PRICE CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the best estimated price for facility construction UM.
HARDWARE DEVELOPMENT PRICE CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the price of hardware development.
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORAGE COST CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the cost of storing hazardous materials.
HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL COST CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the cost of disposal of hazardous waste.
HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE COST CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the cost of storing hazardous waste.
INITIAL BIN COST CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the initial cost of entering an item into the retail supply system.
INITIAL CATALOGUING COST CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the initial cost of entering an item into the wholesale supply system.
INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT PRICE CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the total cost of ILS deliverables.
INVENTORY STORAGE SPACE COST CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the cost of storing repairable item inventory.
C/F-199
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
LABOUR RATE CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with labour rate.
MAINTENANCE CONCEPT COST CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with predicted maintenance costs.
OPERATING AND SUPPORT COST CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the cost of annual ownership of an item of ATE/TMDE.
PASS THROUGH PRICE CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with pass through price.
RECURRING BIN COST CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the recurring cost of maintaining an item in the retail supply system.
RECURRING CATALOGUING COST CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the recurring cost of maintaining an item in the wholesale supply system.
REPAIR WORK SPACE COST CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the cost of repair work space.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECURRING COST CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the recurring cost of support equipment.
TRAINING COST CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the cost of training a single SSC.
TRANSPORTATION COST CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the cost of transportation.
UNIT OF ISSUE PRICE CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the price per UI of an item.
UNIT OF MEASURE PRICE CURRENCY CODE. A currency code associated with the best estimated price per UM.
631 DOCKING AND ESSENTIAL DEFECTS INTERVALS |
3 N R - |
Intervals between Docking and Essential Defects specified in months.
632 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT CODE (AECMA |
6 X L - |
2000M TEI DMC) |
|
A code allocated by Supply Managers for Inventory Management purposes.
Enter the Code provided by the Customer.
C/F-200
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
The Domestic Management Code is used to identify supply and storage responsibilities. It will normally be advised during the IP process. However, if a manufacturer is already aware that a Domestic Management Code has been allocated to an item, this will be incorporated during the initial data preparation.
633 DRAUGHT |
4 N R - |
Enter either the Draught (mean depth) or Draught (to underside of lowest outer bottom fixed appendages) as specified by Project Office.
Unit of Measure is to be in accordance with DED 491. |
|
|
|
Refer to NES 53 for explanation (From SSCF 129). |
|
|
|
634 ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE DEVICE (AECMA |
1 |
N - |
- |
2000M TEI ESD) |
|
|
|
Identifies electronic components subject to catastrophic failure, major characteristic change or performance degradation from the effect of electrostatic, electromagnetic, magnetic or radioactive fields.
Item is an Electrostatic Sensitive Device |
1 |
|
635 END ITEM DIMENSIONS |
12 N - |
- |
Dimensions of the end item/system used in association with transport and facility requirements. Composed of the following sub-fields:
a. |
Length |
4 |
N |
R |
- |
For Sea Systems:- Length of Vessel, either Overall |
|
|
|
|
|
or Waterline |
|
|
|
|
|
b. |
Width |
4 |
N |
R |
- |
For Sea Systems:- Beam of Vessel, either Waterline |
|
|
|
|
|
or Upper Deck |
|
|
|
|
|
c. |
Height |
4 |
N |
R |
- |
For Sea Systems:- Height of Vessel, either from Keel to Masthead or Keel to Upper Deck
For dimension units refer to Unit Of Measure (DED 491).
636 END ITEM WEIGHT/DISPLACEMENT |
18 N - - |
The Weight/Displacement of the end item/system, used in association with transport and facility requirements. Composed of the following sub-fields:
C/F-201
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
a. |
Deep sea condition (Sea Systems) |
6 |
N |
R |
- |
All up/Operating weight (Land and Air Systems) |
|
|
|
|
|
b. |
Light sea condition (Sea Systems) |
6 |
N |
R |
- |
Empty (Land and Air Systems) |
|
|
|
|
|
c. |
Light harbour condition (Sea Systems) |
6 |
N |
R |
- |
Spare field (Land and Air Systems) |
|
|
|
|
|
For dimension units refer to Unit Of Measure (DED 491).
637 ENGINEERING RECORD CARD |
240 X L - |
A narrative field giving a brief description of the ERC(s) required, including card/form number. Refer to AP100A-01 Lft 330 and AP100C-06 Chap 2. For FAA refer to AP100N-0101 (Manual of Naval Aircraft Documentation). If no ERC is required, enter 'Not Required'.
638 EQUIPMENT PRODUCTION REMARKS |
65 X - - |
A narrative to support the reasoning behind allocation of the code provided in Expanded Production Barriers Code (DED 639).
639 EXPANDED PRODUCTION BARRIERS CODE |
9 N F - |
A 9 digit code representing a barrier or combination of barriers that preclude further expansion of production. The field is divided into 9 sub-fields. The codes are as follows:-
Barrier does not exist |
0 |
Barrier exists |
1 |
Example: 010010000 indicates that additional machinery and skilled labour would be required to increase production.
a. |
Conversion - Additional capacity could be |
1 |
N |
F |
- |
provided if other production was curtailed. |
|
|
|
|
|
b. |
Equipment - Additional manufacturing |
1 |
N |
F |
- |
equipment including special tooling and test |
|
|
|
|
|
equipment could increase output or reduce |
|
|
|
|
|
manufacturing lead-time. |
|
|
|
|
|
c. |
Facilities - Modification to the existing |
1 |
N |
F |
- |
plant could balance or enhance existing capacity.
C/F-202
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
||||
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
|||||
d. |
Inventory - Critical components. |
1 |
N |
F |
- |
|
e. |
Labour - Availability of key labour skills |
1 |
N |
F |
- |
|
could prevent a transition to multi-shift operation. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
f. |
Environmental - Environmental restrictions |
1 |
N |
F |
- |
|
limit expansion of production output. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
g. |
Regulatory - Laws which if waived or |
1 |
N |
F |
- |
|
modified, could permit increased production. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
h. |
Specifications and Standards - Government |
1 |
N |
F |
- |
|
imposed manufacturing specifications and standards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
which constrain production output. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
i. |
Other - Other factors that represent a barrier |
1 |
N |
F |
- |
|
to production, not specified above. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
640 FITMENT CODE (AECMA 2000M TEI FTC) |
|
|
1 |
X - |
- |
|
Indicates that an item cannot be fitted in its 'as supplied' state but shall undergo some operation before or during installation.
Part which needs drilling, reaming or |
1 |
|
trimming. |
|
|
Part which needs major repair facilities |
M |
|
for fitment. |
|
|
641 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL (AECMA 2000M TEI HAZ) |
4 X - |
- |
Identifies articles or substances which are capable of posing a significant risk to health, safety or property during transportation, handling or storage.
The Substance Identification Number listed in Chapter 2 of the United Nations Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods ST/SG/AC.10/1.
The UN document, also known as the 'UN List' and can be obtained under the references: UN Publication Sales No E.87 VIII.1, ISBN 92-1-13 9023-0.
The same codes can be derived from the ICAO DOC 9284-AN/905 ‘Technical Instruction for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air’.
643 ILLUSTRATION AFFECTED INDICATOR (AECMA |
1 A F - |
2000M TEI IAI) |
|
Indicates whether a change to provisioning data affects the related illustration.
C/F-203
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Illustration affected |
Y |
|
Illustration not affected |
N |
|
644 INITIAL PROVISIONING PROJECT NUMBER |
9 X - |
- |
(AECMA 2000M TEI IPP) |
|
|
IP Project Numbers (IPPN) are allocated to break down the complete IP task into manageable sections thus identifying separate spares lists and regulating all processes relating to each individual list.
The CAGE (DED 046) of the Contractor who is |
5 |
X |
- |
- |
responsible for providing the IPPN data to the |
|
|
|
|
Customer. |
|
|
|
|
Project serial number allocated by the responsible |
4 |
X |
- |
- |
contractor. |
|
|
|
|
ITEM INITIAL PROVISIONING PROJECT NUMBER. The IPPN associated with an item.
645 INTERCHANGEABILITY (AECMA 2000M TEI ICY) |
2 X - |
- |
Indicates the interchangeability of two or more items at the same location either for the same configuration or, when a Part Number change is involved, across two different Configuration Standards.
The ICY code will only be applied when 2 or more interchangeable items are presented at the same location. The numeric ICY codes will be used where ICY conditions have been positively identified. As the interchangeability of different Configuration Standards will be defined by the Change Authority introducing the change, the level of breakdown to which the ICY code can be applied will be dependent upon that which is expressed by the Change Authority. It may, therefore not be possible to identify the ICY condition to full breakdown structure level in all cases.
Full definition of the codes are contained in AECMA 2000M (TEI ICY).
647 ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER (AECMA 2000M TEI ISN) |
3 X - - |
The Item Sequence Number, together with Catalogue Sequence Number (DED 622) provides the key for each record in the Initial Provisioning presentation of data. It is also the key to the sequence within the Item Number in which records will be presented in the Illustrated Parts Catalogue (IPC).
Numeric Sequence Number (starting '00') |
2 |
N |
F |
- |
C/F-204
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Variant Number |
1 |
X |
- |
- |
(starting A to Z excluding I and O then 0 to 9) |
|
|
|
|
ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER. The ISN of an item at a specific location within an AECMA 2000M IP presentation.
CATEGORY 1 CONTAINER LOCATION ISN. The ISN of the location of a Category 1 Container.
648 LIFING CATEGORY |
9 X L - |
A code that indicates the lifing category(s) of the item. For Air Systems AP 100A-01 leaflet 330 refers. Where preventive maintenance inspection is recommended enter code I.
If the item is not lifed and only corrective maintenance recommended enter N. Any combination of the following codes, up to a maximum of 9 characters, may be entered.
Fatigue Life |
F |
Explosive Life |
E |
Textile Life |
T |
Reconditioning Life |
R |
Scrap Life |
S |
Provisional Life |
P |
Bay Maintenance |
B |
Inspection |
I |
Not Applicable |
N |
649 MAINTENANCE CONCEPT COSTS |
30 N R - |
The maintenance costs predicted by the RPA 90 mathematical model, used with an associated Currency Code (DED 629), for each maintenance concept. Note this value will require manual input and should reflect the order of the Maintenance Concept Options (DED 650) selected. The costs to be separated by a '/' character.
650 MAINTENANCE CONCEPT OPTIONS |
84 X L - |
A selection of preventive and corrective maintenance activities presented in code format to present the Depths (DED 389) and Lines (DED 277) of maintenance considered. The Maintenance Concept selected is recorded in DED 207.
Air Systems: Refer to RAF Logistic Support Services 2 (LSS2/CSDE) RPA 90 Users Handbook for typical examples.
Enter option, or where there is more than one viable option, two or more possible options.
C/F-205
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Example of code as given by LSS2/CSDE RPA 90 Users Handbook is shown:
1A-2B/REG-3B/FB/LR/ESD-4/ESD
651 MEAN TIME BETWEEN CONSUMPTION (MTBC) |
6 N R - |
The unfactored, predicted interval between replacement of an item. It is a measure of the system reliability parameter related to demand for logistic support which includes logistic support required for scheduled and unscheduled replacement. MTBC can be calculated using the following formulae:
a.For items which are reconditioned when removed for scheduled servicing.
1 |
= |
1 |
+ |
1 |
|
MTBC |
MTBR |
Life |
|||
|
|
b. For items which are bay serviced when removed for scheduled servicing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
æ |
Life ö |
||
|
|
1 |
|
1 |
|
ç |
|
÷ |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
= |
+ |
eè |
MTBR ø |
|
||||
|
|
MTBC |
MTBR |
Life |
|||||
|
|
|
|
||||||
Where: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MTBR |
= Mean Time Between Removals (DED 235) |
||||||||
Life |
= Authorized Life (AECMA 2000M TEI AUL) (DED 620) of an |
||||||||
|
item. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: The measurement base for AUL should be the same as measurement base as for MTBR.
653 MINIMUM SALES QUANTITY (AECMA 2000M TEI MSQ) 5 N R -
Identifies the minimum quantity which can be purchased at the quoted Unit Price TEI UPR (equating to Unit of Issue Price DED 490). Enter the actual quantity conforming to the Unit Of Issue TEI UOI (equating to DED 488).
654 MODEL IDENTIFICATION (AECMA 2000M TEI MOI) |
2 X - - |
Identifies the Project (ie: Weapon System, Aircraft, Engine or other like system) to which a data presentation, transaction or message relates.
Refer to AECMA 2000M TEI MOI for complete list of codes.
C/F-206
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
655 MODEL VERSION (AECMA 2000M TEI MOV) |
2 X - - |
Identifies the specific version of aircraft/equipment/engine (described by the Model Identification AECMA 2000M (TEI MOI)) on which an item is fitted at this location.
Codes as specified by Project.
656 MULTIPLE CONTRACTS INDICATOR |
1 A F - |
A code to indicate whether total current production covers more than one contract.
Single contract. |
S |
Additional MOD contract(s) only. |
A |
Both additional MOD and non-MOD contracts. |
B |
Additional non-MOD contracts only. |
C |
657 NATO AMMUNITION REPORTING CODE (NARC) |
6 X L - |
A code which defines NATO interchangeability by weapon family and function of ammunition as specified in AOP-6 (Land Service Ammunition).
658 |
NEW/EXISTING ITEM |
1 |
A |
- |
- |
|
A single digit code as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
A new item which has not been previously |
N |
|
|
|
|
introduced into service. |
|
|
|
|
|
An existing item known to have been |
E |
|
|
|
|
previously introduced into service. |
|
|
|
|
659 |
NOT ILLUSTRATED (AECMA 2000M TEI NIL) |
1 |
X |
- |
- |
Indicates that an item is not illustrated and that its Item Number (DED 184) does not appear in the illustration for the Figure in which the item is listed. For applicable codes and explanation, refer to AECMA 2000M TEI NIL.
661 PACKAGE MARKING CODE |
5 X L - |
A code which identifies package markings which are required to convey special instructions with respect to packaging, handling, storage and transportation of the item above the statutory requirements in force within DEF STAN 81-41 and DEF CON 129. Applicable codes are contained in DEF STAN 81-41 Part 6. The prefix 'F.PKG' shall be omitted when entering these codes. Details of any special requirements will be supplied by the ordering department.
C/F-207
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
662 POOL ITEM CANDIDATE (AECMA 2000M TEI PIC) |
1 N - |
- |
Identifies items which fall into the category of a Pool Item Candidate (PIC), according to the agreed conditions.
Indicates item to be a Pool Item Candidate |
1 |
The use and application of this data element, together with the definition of the conditions which constitute a PIC are to be agreed at the start of the Project.
663 PRE ISSUE INSPECTION CODE |
12 X L - |
A Code to indicate the type of pre-issue inspection.
Sea Systems: Codes are in accordance with NES 48.
Land Systems: Codes are in accordance with Army Code 63852.
664 PRE ISSUE TEST |
1 |
A |
- |
- |
A code to indicate the type of pre-issue test. |
|
|
|
|
Pre Issue Test not mandatory |
N |
|
|
|
Safety of life, Test mandatory |
L |
|
|
|
Hull integrity, test mandatory |
H |
|
|
|
Operational Effectiveness, Test not mandatory |
O |
|
|
|
Explosive Safety, Test mandatory |
E |
|
|
|
Pre Issue test required, for reasons other than above |
Y |
|
|
|
665 PRINCIPAL FEATURES LIST (PFL) CODE |
10 |
X |
L |
- |
Principal Features List Codes are as follows: |
|
|
|
|
Critical Features: |
|
|
|
|
Critical (Safety) |
CRISAF |
|
|
|
Critical (Performance) |
CRIPER |
|
|
|
Major Features: |
|
|
|
|
Major (Interchangeable Physical) |
MAJICYP |
|
|
|
Major (Interchangeable Functional) |
MAJICYF |
|
|
|
Major (Performance) |
MAJPER |
|
|
|
For Sea Systems refer to SSCP 38 Part 1 for detailed definitions.
C/F-208
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
666 PROCUREMENT CODE (AECMA 2000M TEI PCD) |
2 X L - |
The code identifies the procurement responsibility for the order.
|
Refer to AECMA 2000M (TEI PCD) for codes. |
|
|
|
|
|
667 |
PROVISIONING NARRATIVE CODE |
|
1 |
A |
F |
- |
|
A code that indicates the type of Provisioning Narrative. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provisioning Remarks (DED 311) |
A |
|
|
|
|
|
Similar to, Same as, Derived from |
B |
|
|
|
|
|
and Fitted to (DED 682) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Special Requirements (DED 685) |
C |
|
|
|
|
668 REASON FOR SELECTION (AECMA 2000M TEI RFS) |
1 |
N |
- |
- |
||
|
Indicates the basic reason for selection as a potential spare part. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not a Recommended Spare |
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
Wear |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Maintenance Damage |
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
Loss |
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
Vibration |
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
Corrosion |
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
Deterioration |
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
Extreme temperature |
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
Accidental Damage (Insurance) |
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
Entry criteria are described in (TEI RFS). |
|
|
|
|
|
669 |
RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE QUANTITY |
|
5 |
N |
R |
- |
|
(AECMA 2000M TEI RMQ) |
|
|
|
|
|
Indicates the recommended quantity of the item which is required to support an agreed level of First and Second Line maintenance to the usage pattern and period notified by the Customer.
Enter the actual quantity conforming to Unit Of Issue (DED 488).
The Recommended Maintenance Quantity (RMQ) provided in accordance with the Customer's maintenance concept. In the 'normal' Catalogue Sequence Number (TEI CSN) orientated provisioning process the RMQ represents the quantity required for use at the location at which the item is recommended.
C/F-209
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
In the Part Number orientated provisioning process the RMQ represents the 'total' recommended quantity for use in the end item for which the Initial Provisioning Project Number (TEI IPP) is allocated and is based upon the quantity provided in the Total Quantity (DED 317, option 4 which equates to TEI TQY).
CSN RMQ. The RMQ used in a CSN oriented process.
PART NUMBER RMQ. The RMQ used in a part number oriented process.
670 RECOMMENDED OVERHAUL REPAIR QUANTITY |
5 N R - |
(AECMA 2000M TEI ROQ) |
|
Indicates the recommended quantity of the item required as a spare to support 4th Line/Depot level repair and overhaul to a usage pattern and period notified by the Customer.
Enter the actual quantity conforming to Unit Of Issue (DED 488).
The Recommended Overhaul/Repair Quantity (ROQ) is to be provided according to the Customer's Maintenance concept. In the 'normal' Catalogue Sequence Number (TEI CSN) orientated provisioning process, the ROQ represents the quantity required for use at the location at which the item is recommended. In the Part Number orientated provisioning process the ROQ represents the 'total' recommended quantity for use in the end item for which the Initial Provisioning Project Number is allocated and is based on the quantity provided in the Total Quantity (DED 317, option 4 which equates to TEI TQY).
CSN ROQ. The ROQ used in a CSN oriented process.
PART NUMBER ROQ. The ROQ used in a part number oriented process.
671 REFER TO (AECMA 2000M TEI RTX) |
16 X L - |
Provides a two way link between the locations that an item has when it appears in the breakdown of one figure and is 'referred out' to a separate figure which is created to present the breakdown of that item. It also provides a one way link between an item, in its position within the breakdown of its next higher assembly, and its own separate Initial Provisioning (IP) presentation. For applicable codes and explanation, refer to AECMA 2000M TEI RTX.
672 REFERENCE NUMBER JUSTIFICATION CODE |
1 N - - |
(AECMA 2000M TEI RNJ) |
|
A code used to record the degree of research conducted and the justification for adding a Part Number (Reference Number DED 337) reinstatement of an Item Identification, or
C/F-210
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
assignment of a new Item Identification Number despite a recognized condition of possible duplication with an existing item.
Codes are identified in NATO Manual on Codification: A Cod P-1 Chapter V SubSection 553 Table 6.
673 REMOVAL ROUTE CONDITION CODE |
1 N F - |
Enter the code which indicates the ship condition when a specific removal route is in use.
Ship in operational condition, fully |
1 |
stored with all systems and services |
|
available. |
|
Ship in dockyard refit condition. |
2 |
For detailed definition refer - NES 302 |
|
674 REMOVAL ROUTE NUMBER |
3 N F - |
A number allocated to the developed Removal Route for an equipment as specified by Project.
675 REPAIR/REBUILD CAPACITY |
1 A F - |
A code to indicate whether the contractor is capable of repairing or rebuilding the subject equipment.
Capable |
Y |
Not Capable |
N |
676 SAMPLING REQUIRED |
1 A F - |
A code identifying the requirement for sampling of those items which have been given a provisional life. The provisional life means the period for which a component is authorized to remain in use before being replaced or removed for maintenance. In order that this life can be confirmed, extended or removed, a 'Life Assessment Sampling Programme' is conducted. If such a programme is recommended, enter 'Y'.
Sampling Required |
Y |
Sampling Not Required |
N |
Air Systems: Refer to AP 100A-01 Lft 330 Para 17. |
|
C/F-211
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
677 SCHEDULE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER |
7 X L - |
For Air Systems the Schedule Identification Number (SIN) is used to identify an item wherever it appears in the Topic 5 series Air Publication. The SIN also forms the key reference for scheduled inspection fault recording at RAF Logistic Support Services 4 (LSS4/MACD). The SIN is formed by a seven-digit number where the first four digits represent the system and subsystem of the item. The remaining three digits are allocated sequentially to the items requiring scheduled maintenance within each system/ subsystem. The SIN is usually allocated by the Schedule Management Agency (SMA) located at RAF Logistic Support Services 2 (LSS2/CSDE) during the compilation of the Master Maintenance List (MML).
678 SELECT OR MANUFACTURE FROM IDENTIFIER |
1 A - - |
(AECMA 2000M TEI SMF) |
|
Indicates that an item's installation at a given location is conditional, and requires a selection to be made from a range of items to meet variation in physical dimension or electrical characteristics, or that an item can be locally manufactured or produced by reworking a pre-modified item, or that an item can be repaired.
Select on Fit. Applied against items which |
F |
vary in physical dimension (eg, washers, |
|
shims, oversize/undersize parts). |
|
Select on Test . Applied against items which |
T |
vary in electrical characteristics |
|
(eg, resistors, capacitors). |
|
Manufacture from. Applied against items |
M |
which can be locally manufactured or |
|
programmed. |
|
Reworked from. Applied against items which |
R |
can be produced by the reworking of a pre- |
|
modified item. Reference to modification |
|
instructions is obligatory. |
|
Repaired from. Applied against items which |
P |
can be repaired from Special Repair Parts, |
|
Repair Kits or Part Kits. |
|
C/F-212
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
679 SELECT OR MANUFACTURE FROM RANGE |
40 X L - |
(AECMA 2000M TEI MFM) |
|
Identifies the range of items to be used for the selection, manufacture, rework or repair of the item which carries a Select Or Manufacture From Identifier (SMFI) AECMA 2000M TEI SMF.
Enter location details giving Catalogue Sequence Number (TEI CSN) if the range is in a different subchapter/subsubchapter to the peculiar SMFI item or just the figure and item number where range is within the same subchapter/subsubchapter but a different figure.
Where the range is within the same figure only the item number need be given. In all cases use ‘from/to’ when applicable.
The Select or Manufacture from Range (TEI MFM) is to be provided when the SMFI item and its associated range of items are not listed at the same location or when the item is a 'reworked from' item.
680 SERVICE PACKAGING INSTRUCTION SHEET (SPIS) |
16 X L - |
NUMBER |
|
A number which identifies a specific Service Packaging Instruction Sheet (SPIS) in accordance with DEF STAN 81-41. An entry of XXXXXXX indicates that no SPIS is used for a given packaging recommendation, an entry of 0000000 indicates that a new SPIS will be produced and that a number will be allocated.
681 SHARED PRODUCTION INDICATOR |
1 A F - |
A code to indicate whether any of the production equipment used to produce the subject equipment is also used to produce other items.
Multiple Production |
Y |
Sole Production |
N |
682 SIMILAR TO, SAME AS, DERIVED FROM AND |
65 X L - |
FITTED TO |
|
Details a similarity between the item and an in-use item, whether commercial or military. Enter either 'Similar to', 'Same as' or 'Derived from' and the Item Name and Part Number, followed by the Aircraft/Equipment type to which it is fitted. This information, gleaned from the manufacturer, is essential as a basis for confirming or comparing manufacturer's reliability forecasts with defect data. For Air Systems this is produced by RAF Logistic Support Services 4 (LSS4/MACD). Where the equipment is 'Same as' a direct comparison is possible only when the operating environment is the same. However, where the environment is different or the equipment is 'Similar to' or 'Derived from', LSS4/MACD data can only be an aid to the specialist in reaching a
C/F-213
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
judgement. It is sufficient to enter a Part Number and the aircraft/equipment type and mark to which fitted. Where an item of software is being considered, considerable savings can be made by preventing duplication of software and software documentation.
683 SOFTWARE SUPPORT PLAN (SSP) REQUIRED |
1 A F - |
A code to indicate if a Software Support Plan (SPP) is required. A SSP is required if the System, Sub-system, LRI, module or sub-module contains microprocessors. A microprocessor is defined as a single integrated circuit that performs instruction, execution, monitor and control functions for an intelligent device such as a small computer.
SSP Required |
Y |
|
SSP Not Required |
N |
|
684 SPARE PARTS CLASSIFICATION (AECMA 2000M |
1 N - |
- |
TEI SPC) |
|
|
Indicates whether an item is considered to be Expendable or Repairable.
Expendable - Totally consumed in use or |
1 |
|
not economically repairable. |
|
|
Repairable item - Requires its own |
2 |
|
Equipment Illustrated Parts Catalogue (IPC). |
|
|
Repairable item - Does not require its own |
6 |
|
Equipment IPC. |
|
|
685 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS |
65 X L |
- |
Details of any special general requirements applicable to the item during maintenance and handling, eg, safety precautions and special facilities and equipment etc.
686 SPECIAL STORAGE (AECMA 2000M TEI STR) |
1 N - |
- |
Indicates whether an item, supplied by the Supplier with the appropriate packaging, shall be stored under special conditions.
No special storage required. |
0 |
|
Special Storage required. |
1 |
|
687 SPECIFICATION/DRAWING NUMBER |
36 X - |
- |
Specification Number:- |
|
|
System or Equipment Specification Number. |
|
|
C/F-214
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Manufacturers Specification Number.
True Manufacturers Specification Number.
Drawing Number:-
If drawings form part of a publication, enter drawing number (Air Systems also add AP references). Enter Locman/Serman drawing numbers, eg, LSS2/TOR/GSS/863 with no spaces.
NOTE 1: The supply management branch cannot purchase equipment without the part or drawing number. TBN/TBD and NK shall not be used.
NOTE 2: When a Locman requirement is raised all the P and L class stores required are to be listed as additional information.
REMOVAL ROUTE DRAWING NUMBER. The drawing number associated with Platform removal routes.
688 SUPPLY CATEGORY |
2 X L - |
For Sea Systems this code provides information on ‘Phases of Supply’ which ensures that items are supplied to the Shipbuilder/Installation Authority in the order required to conform with the fitting arrangements.
Items which affect, or form part of the |
1 |
Ship's Hull. |
|
Items required to terminate Ships wiring. |
1A |
As ‘1’ but require special delivery |
1U |
arrangements (generally identified as UY, |
|
Unwieldy). |
|
Items secured to the Ships structure. |
2 |
As ‘2’ but require special delivery |
2U |
arrangements. |
|
Items which may be installed without |
3 |
affecting the Ship's structure. |
|
As ‘3’ but require special delivery |
3U |
arrangements. |
|
(From SSCF 55 Field 48 and SSCP 47 Chapter 9 Clause 79).
C/F-215
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
689 |
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CATEGORY |
1 |
A |
- |
- |
|
The category of the Support Equipment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Major |
M |
|
|
|
|
Minor |
R |
|
|
|
|
Hand Tool |
H |
|
|
|
691 |
SYSTEM/EQUIPMENT IMPORTANCE CODE |
1 |
N |
- |
- |
A single digit code allocated to indicate the effect which the failure will cause.
Codes: |
|
|
Failure would cause an unacceptable loss |
1 |
|
of system/equipment performance or function. |
|
|
Failure would significantly degrade |
2 |
|
performance or function without loss of |
|
|
system/equipment availability. |
|
|
Failure would not significantly affect |
3 |
|
system/equipment performance or function. |
|
|
692 TASK/SUBTASK ASSOCIATED NARRATIVE CODE |
1 |
A F - |
A code that indicates the type of Task/Subtask associated narrative.
Warning Information (DED 828) |
D |
Caution Information (DED 823) |
E |
Note Information (DED 826) |
F |
Special Requirements (DED 685) |
C |
693 TECHNICAL PUBLICATION COMMENTS |
240 X L - |
General comments about Technical Publications, which will assist applicable Technical Publications agency and the approving sponsor.
Air Systems: Comments will be used to assist the Air Technical Publications (ATP) agency.
694 TECHNICAL PUBLICATION REQUIREMENTS |
1 A F - |
A code to identify Technical Publication requirements.
Amendment required |
A |
C/F-216
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
New Publication required |
P |
Existing Publication satisfies |
E |
No Publication required |
N |
Sea Systems: This could be used in connection with BRs.
Land Systems: This could be used in connection with AESPs.
Air Systems: This is used in connection with AP requirements.
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT TECHNICAL PUBLICATION REQUIREMENTS. A code to identify SE Technical Publication Requirements.
695 TECHNICAL PUBLICATION TITLE |
240 X L - |
The title of the required Technical Publication eg, BR, AESP, AP.
696 THIRD LINE AVAILABILITY |
26 X L - |
Identifies whether 3rd Line facilities are available for the given task and if not, identifies both the 3rd Line task number and forecast date. Consists of the following sub-fields:
a. |
Third Line Capability Available |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
Identifies if there is a 3rd Line capability to |
|
|
|
|
|
maintain the LRI/module. |
|
|
|
|
|
Capability available |
|
Y |
|
|
|
Capability not available |
|
N |
|
|
|
If capability not available, complete fields b and c. |
|
|
|
|
|
b. |
Third line Capability Forecast Date |
8 |
N |
F |
- |
The forecast date of a 3rd line capability becoming available, expressed as the century, year, month and day of the event, eg, CCYYMMDD.
Where:
CC= century (eg. 19)
YY= year (eg. 98)
MM= month (eg. 07 = July)
DD= day (eg. 18)
c. Third Line Development Task Number 17 X L - The Task Number as supplied by the ILS Manager/
Support Authority, for the development of a 3rd Line capability, if capability is not currently available.
C/F-217
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
697 TIME BETWEEN OVERHAULS (AECMA 2000M |
6 X R - |
TEI TBO) |
|
The Time Between Overhauls (TBO) is the interval, expressed in a specific measurement base, between the scheduled overhauls of an item.
Enter the actual number of measurement units as qualified by the Time Between Overhaul Measurement Base (DED 238). This satisfies the requirements of AECMA 2000M TEI TBI.
698 TIME BETWEEN SCHEDULED SHOP VISITS (AECMA 6 N R - 2000M TEI TSV)
The Time Between Scheduled Shop Visits is the interval, expressed in a specific measurement base, between the scheduled shop visits of an item for the purpose of maintenance action other than overhaul.
Enter the actual number of measurement units as qualified by the Time Between Scheduled Shop Visits Measurement Base (DED 238). This satisfies the requirements of AECMA 2000M TEI TSI.
699 TOTAL LIFE (AECMA 2000M TEI TLF) |
3 N R - |
Total Life is the permitted life, in terms of time irrespective of whether the item is on the shelf or in operation.
Enter the actual number of months. |
|
700 TOTAL QUANTITY PER LOCATION (AECMA 2000M |
5 X R - |
TEI TQL) |
|
Identifies the number of times an item is used at the location which the data represents within the end item for which the Initial Provisioning List is prepared. The location is defined by the Catalogue Sequence Number and the Item Sequence Number. For full explanation, refer to AECMA 2000M TEI TQL.
701 TRADE CODE MANPOWER |
2 N R - |
Trade Code Manpower is derived from the summation of the number of personnel, from each trade, required to perform each remove/replace task or replace task. This equates to AECMA 1000D NUMBER OF PERSONS REQUIRED.
702 TRAINING LEVEL |
2 A F - |
A code which identifies the suggested level of training required for each discipline. For RN, codes as follows:
C/F-218
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|||
|
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
|||
a) |
First field |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
Officers |
|
O |
|
|
|
Artificers |
|
A |
|
|
|
Chief Petty Officers & Petty Officers |
|
P |
|
|
|
Junior Ratings |
|
J |
|
|
|
b) |
Second field |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
Full Operating and Maintenance |
|
F |
|
|
|
Operating and Restricted Maintenance |
|
R |
|
|
|
Operating Only |
|
O |
|
|
|
Maintenance Only |
|
M |
|
|
|
eg, For an Artificer requiring operating and restricted maintenance training the code will be AR (From SSCP 47).
703 TURN ROUND SPARE |
1 A F - |
A Turn Round Spare (TRS) is a class P or L of equipment which may be held forward of main stocks to facilitate the rapid turn round of aircraft, vehicles or other main equipments at 1st Line by providing immediate replacements for unserviceable items which are removed for test, maintenance or corrective maintenance at 2nd Line, or at 3rd or 4th Line where no 2nd Line repair facility exists, in accordance with the maintenance policy of the item.
Item is a turn round spare |
Y |
|
Item is not a turn round spare |
N |
|
704 TYPE OF PRICE (AECMA 2000M TEI TOP) |
2 X - |
- |
To define the availability of a Unit Price (TEI UPR) and the type of that Unit Price.
General Types: |
|
Fixed Definite |
01 |
Firm |
02 |
Maximum |
03 |
Provisional |
04 |
Not Available |
05 |
Indicative Estimate |
06 |
Available on Quotation. |
07 |
705 UPKEEP BY EXCHANGE/DIRECT EXCHANGE |
1 A F - |
A code to identify the method of exchange of a maintenance significant item.
C/F-219
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Upkeep by Exchange: |
Y |
Lifed items for which life cannot be |
|
restored in the planned Dockyard or |
|
Base Support maintenance period. |
|
Direct Exchange: |
D |
An item covered by the RAF Direct Exchange |
|
Scheme detailed in AP 3381 (FAA use only). |
|
Not required: |
N |
706 UPKEEP/WEAPONS REPAIR POLICY CODE |
6 X F - |
A code recording the repair policy allocated to a particular Platform, Equipment or System, by Project to indicate the selected Upkeep/Maintenance Policy.
Sea Systems: Refer to SSCP 40(1) Part 3 and SSCP 40(2) Chapter 3.
707 USABLE ON CODE ASSEMBLY (AECMA 2000M |
6 X - - |
TEI UCA) |
|
Identifies assembly variants and configurations, and provides the means of relating the applicability of breakdown parts to their respective assemblies.
Against the assembly variants and configurations (V/C) enter a single alpha code in the following specified positions, filling the remaining positions with significant blanks.
Usable On Code Assembly (UOCA) Position |
|
|
|
|||
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
1st Assy V/C |
A |
|
|
|
|
|
2nd Assy V/C |
|
B |
|
|
|
|
3rd Assy V/C |
|
|
C |
|
|
|
4th Assy V/C |
|
|
|
D |
|
|
5th Assy V/C |
|
|
|
|
E |
|
6th Assy V/C |
|
|
|
|
|
F |
This indicates that UOCA can be applied for, up to a maximum of, 6 assembly V/Cs.
708 USABLE ON CODE EQUIPMENT (AECMA 2000M |
8 X - - |
TEI UCE) |
|
Identifies equipment variants and configurations (V/C) and provides the means of relating the applicability of breakdown parts to their respective equipments.
The Usable on Code Equipment will only be provided in the Initial Provisioning (IP) presentation of an equipment, it will not be given in an IP presentation of an aircraft or
C/F-220
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
engine. The inclusion of more than eight equipment V/Cs in a single presentation is not considered practical. When these circumstances arise, they should be handled by splitting the equipment V/Cs appropriately to make additional IP presentations. The data element is not to be transmitted if there is only one build standard.
For applicable codes refer to AECMA 2000M (TEI UCE).
709 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT VALIDATION/COMPATIBILITY 1 A F - CHECK
A code that states whether, for a recommended task, a validation/ compatibility check has been carried out or is required for an item of Support Equipment.
Required |
R |
Not required |
N |
Complete |
C |
710 VITAL FEATURES ITEM (VFI) CODE |
1 A F - |
Certain features of an equipment or armament store merit a particularly high standard of Quality Assurance because of their importance to safety and/or operation of the equipment, the armament store or the platform on which they are mounted.
The Vital Features Item Codes are as follows: |
|
|
Submarine hull integrity |
H |
|
Safety of lifed items |
L |
|
Operational effectiveness items |
O |
|
Sea Systems: Refer to SSCP 38 Part 1 for definitions. |
|
|
711 WORK CENTRE CODE |
3 |
X L - |
A code which identifies the bay or location where the support equipment is to be used. The work centre codes are provided by the Project.
Air Systems: Work centre codes are supplied by Support Equipment Scaling located at RAF Logistic Support Services 2 (LSS2/CSDE).
801 DISASSEMBLY CODE |
2 X F - |
A code which identifies the breakdown sequence of assembly, below the SNS level, to which maintenance and descriptive information applies. Where used, it shall be allocated from 00 to 99 and subsequently A1 to AZ, B1 to BZ, etc. This is a constituent of the AECMA 1000D Data Module Code.
C/F-221
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE DISASSEMBLY CODE. A disassembly code associated with a maintenance procedure.
SUBTASK DISASSEMBLY CODE. A disassembly code associated with a subtask.
802 DOCUMENT CODE |
7 X F - |
A code which represents the Material Item Category Code (MICC) and Standard Numbering System (SNS) required for electronic documentation. This comprises the following subfields:
(a) MICC. Refer to Part 10 of this DEF STAN. |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
(b) SNS. Refer to Part 10 of this DEF STAN. |
6 |
X |
F |
- |
NOTE:- Subfield (b) also equates to fields 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 of AECMA 2000M TEI CSN.
803 INFORMATION CODE |
3 N F - |
A code used to identify the type of information contained in a data module. This is a constituent of the AECMA 1000D Data Module Code. Refer to Part 10 of this DEF STAN for applicable codes.
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE INFORMATION CODE. An information code associated with a maintenance procedure.
SUBTASK INFORMATION CODE. An information code associated with a subtask.
804 INFORMATION CODE VARIANT |
1 A F - |
A code used to identify different data modules which are applicable to the same subject and type of data. This is a constituent of the AECMA 1000D Data Module Code. Refer to Part 10 of this DEF STAN for guidance on application of codes.
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE INFORMATION CODE VARIANT. An Information code variant associated with a maintenance procedure.
SUBTASK INFORMATION CODE VARIANT. An Information code variant associated with a subtask.
805 INITIAL PROVISIONING PROJECT NUMBER SUBJECT 19 X L - (AECMA 2000M TEI IPS)
Describes the subject of the IP Project Number (IPPN).
C/F-222
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
806 ITEM LOCATION CODE |
1 A F - |
A code which identifies where the task/operation described in a data module will be performed. This is a constituent of the AECMA 1000D Data Module Code.
On System/EI |
A |
Off System/EI |
B |
On the bench |
C |
Refer to Part 10 of this DEF STAN for guidance on application of these codes.
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE ITEM LOCATION CODE. An Item Location Code associated with a maintenance procedure.
SUBTASK ITEM LOCATION CODE An Item Location Code associated with a subtask.
807 SOFTWARE DELIVERABLE SOURCE LINES OF CODE 8 N R - (DSLOC)
The number of lines of deliverable software source code.
SOFTWARE DELIVERABLE SOURCE LINES OF CODE (DSLOC) PREDICTED. The predicted number of lines of deliverable software source code.
SOFTWARE DELIVERABLE SOURCE LINES OF CODE (DSLOC) MEASURED. The measured number of lines of deliverable software source code.
808 |
SOFTWARE DESIGN AUTHORITY |
25 |
X |
L |
- |
|
The name of the organization fulfilling the role of DA. |
|
|
|
|
809 |
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING METHODS AND |
65 |
X |
L |
- |
|
TECHNIQUES |
|
|
|
|
A narrative indicating the usage of modern software engineering methods and techniques. Automated tools that implement the methods and techniques should be identified. Details of the implementation language should also be included.
810 SOFTWARE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (IPR) 25 X L - HOLDER
The name of the organization that owns the IPR.
C/F-223
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
811 SOFTWARE INTERDEPENDENCY NARRATIVE |
65 X L - |
A Narrative description identifying the interdependency between the software candidate under analysis and other software or hardware items.
812 SOFTWARE PROGRAM SIZE |
10 D - - |
A numeric field which defines the size of the executable program in Mbytes.
SOFTWARE PROGRAM SIZE PREDICTED. The predicted size of the executable program in Mbytes.
SOFTWARE PROGRAM SIZE MEASURED. The measured size of the executable program in Mbytes.
813 |
SOFTWARE RELEASE FREQUENCY |
2 |
N |
R |
- |
|
The planned number of software releases per year. |
|
|
|
|
814 |
SOFTWARE SAFETY INTEGRITY LEVEL |
1 |
N |
F |
- |
|
A code to indicate required level of integrity: |
|
|
|
|
Integrity Level 4 (Catastrophic) |
4 |
|
Integrity Level 3 (Critical) |
3 |
|
Integrity Level 2 |
(Marginal) |
2 |
Integrity Level 1 |
(Negligible) |
1 |
SOFTWARE SAFETY INTEGRITY LEVEL. The Software safety integrity level as determined by the completion of a hazard analysis iaw DEF STAN 00-56.
815 SOFTWARE TOTAL MEMORY REQUIRED |
10 D - - |
The size of computer memory required for the satisfactory operation of a software program.
816 SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBER |
4 X L - |
The version number of the software item.
817 PROCEDURAL PACKAGING SPECIFICATION CODE |
2 A F - |
Procedural packaging specifications relate to existing Standard Family Specifications which define the packaging of either a range of similar assemblies or families of
C/F-224
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
components which can be treated in the same manner for packaging purposes. For further information and applicable codes refer to DEF STAN 81-131.
818 STANDARD PACKAGE QUANTITY (AECMA 2000M |
4 N R - |
TEI SPQ) |
|
Indicates the number of Units of Issue (DED 488) contained in a standard package. Enter the actual quantity. Where items are to be packaged separately, enter 1; where item is not subject to a Standard Package Quantity, enter 0. The SPQ shall be provided for all items which have a Reason For Selection (DED 668) other than 0.
819 AMMUNITION CONTAINER ASSEMBLY MRI/ |
7 X L - |
DRAWING NUMBER |
|
A code identifying the specific ammunition container assembly by reference to the Master Register Index or the Drawing Number as defined in JSP 422 (or for Land Service Ammunition in the Catalogue of Ordnance Stores and Ammunition (COSA) T9).
820 AMMUNITION CONTAINER TYPE |
8 X L - |
An abbreviated description of the type and material of the ammunition container or unit load container (ULC) as defined in JSP 422, eg BW = Box Wood.
821 AMMUNITION SERVICE DESIGNATION |
240 X L - |
A unique narrative in abbreviated form which describes the item of ammunition as shown in the Catalogue No/ADAC Cross Reference List provided by Log IS Agency (LISA) 2B.
822 AMMUNITION UN CERTIFICATE OF PACKAGING |
25 X L - |
PERFORMANCE |
|
A UN certificate provided by the competent authority in the country of ammunition production. Without this certificate, dangerous goods including ammunition and explosives, as defined in UN Transport of Dangerous Goods (THE ORANGE BOOK), ST/SG/AC.10/1, cannot be moved across international borders.
823 CAUTION INFORMATION |
65 X - |
- |
Narrative information which denotes the possibility of damage to materiel during the performance of tasks/subtasks. This equates to AECMA 1000D CAUTION INFORMATION.
C/F-225
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
824 |
GRAPHIC |
32 |
X |
L |
- |
|
A code, allocated by the Project, which identifies non-textual information. This unique |
||||
|
identifier facilitates configuration and hypertext linking within data modules, in |
|
|||
|
accordance with AECMA 1000D. |
|
|
|
|
825 |
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER |
19 |
X |
L |
- |
A number which identifies the required item (ie Support Equipment, consumable etc) for an entry within a data module. This unique identifier is required in accordance with AECMA 1000D.
826 NOTE INFORMATION |
65 X - |
- |
Supplementary task/subtask-related narrative information, not covered in Warning Information (DED 828) or Caution Information (DED 823). This equates to AECMA 1000D NOTE INFORMATION.
827 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE MAINTENANCE INTERVAL 6 N R - (MAMI)
The maximum allowable interval between maintenance actions, used with an associated Measurement Base (DED 238). This equates to AECMA 1000D THRESHOLD INTERVAL.
828 WARNING INFORMATION |
65 X - - |
Narrative information which denotes possible hazards, which may cause loss of life, physical injury or ill health during the performance of tasks/subtasks. A warning shall satisfy the Health and Safety at Work etc Act 1974, as amended by the Consumer Protection Act 1987, The Control Of Substances Hazardous To Health (COSHH) Regulations and other legislation in force at time of contract award. This equates to AECMA 1000D WARNING INFORMATION.
829 USER (NATION) CODE (AECMA 2000M TEI USR) |
3 X F - |
A code used to uniquely identify a country/organisation. This equates to AECMA 2000M TEI USR, which should be referred to for appropriate codes.
830 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE IDENTIFIER |
10 X R - |
A code used to uniquely identify a maintenance procedure.
REFERENCE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE IDENTIFIER. A code that identifies referenced maintenance procedure information.
C/F-226
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
|
|
|
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED) |
|||
831 |
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE TITLE |
36 |
X |
L |
- |
|
The title of a maintenance procedure. |
|
|
|
|
832 |
TASK SEQUENCE NUMBER |
4 |
N |
R |
- |
A four position code used to indicate the sequence of a procedural step for a task. Task Sequence Numbers shall begin with 0001 through 9999 and assigned to each sequential task required to perform a maintenance procedure.
833 |
SOFTWARE IDENTIFIER CODE |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
|
A code to identify the category of a software item. Applicable codes are as follows:- |
||||
|
Program (COTS Software) |
A |
|
|
|
|
Program (Modified COTS Software) |
B |
|
|
|
|
Program (Modified bespoke software) |
C |
|
|
|
|
Program (Bespoke software) |
D |
|
|
|
834 |
FILE IDENTIFIER (AECMA 2000M TEI FID) |
1 |
A |
F |
- |
A code which identifies whether data contained in an AECMA 2000M IP message relates to a chapterised or a non-chapterised project. Applicable codes are as follows:
Chapterised Presentation |
S |
Non-Chapterised Presentation |
T |
835 EQUIPMENT USING SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE |
6 A F - |
A six-position code identifying the users of the equipment/item under analysis. See DED 376 for applicable codes.
SE USING SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE. A six-position code identifying users of the support equipment under analysis.
C/F-227
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX F TO ANNEX C (CONCLUDED)
Collation Page
C/F-228
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX G TO ANNEX C
APPENDIX G TO ANNEX C
ALPHABETICAL LISTING OF
DATA ELEMENT TITLES
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX G TO ANNEX C
Collation Page
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX G TO ANNEX C
C/G.0 Alphabetical Listing Of Data Element Titles
C/G.0.1 This Appendix is an alphabetical listing of the data element titles used in the LSAR data element dictionary (Appendix F). Also listed are the applicable data element numbers.
C/G-1
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX G TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Collation Page
C/G-2
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX G TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE
601ACCELERATED PRODUCTION NOTICE
602ACCELERATED PRODUCTION SCHEDULE
001ACHIEVED AVAILABILITY
002ACQUISITION DECISION OFFICE
003ACQUISITION METHOD CODE (AMC)
005ADAPTOR/INTERCONNECTION DEVICE REQUIRED
006ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBER
007ADDITIONAL SKILL REQUIREMENT: SKILL REQUIRING A NEW OR REVISED SKILL CODE
008ADDITIONAL SKILLS AND SPECIAL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
009ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS/REQUIREMENTS
010ADDITIONAL SUPPORTABILITY CONSIDERATIONS
011ADDITIONAL SUPPORTABILITY PARAMETERS
012ADDITIONAL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
013ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOGISTIC DELAY TIME (ALDT)
014ADMINISTRATIVE LEAD TIME
603AEROSPACE GROUND EQUIPMENT CODE
604AFDEETEC/AFDSEC NUMBER
016 ALLOWANCE
017 ALLOWANCE ITEM CODE (AIC)
018 ALLOWANCE ITEM QUANTITY
605 ALLOWANCES
019 ALTERNATE LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER CODE (ALC)
819 AMMUNITION CONTAINER ASSEMBLY MRI/DRAWING NUMBER
607AMMUNITION CONTAINER ASSEMBLY REFERENCE NUMBER & MARK
606AMMUNITION CONTAINER REFERENCE NUMBER & MARK
820AMMUNITION CONTAINER TYPE
608AMMUNITION CORRECT TECHNICAL NAME
609AMMUNITION HAZARD AND COMPATIBILITY
610AMMUNITION NARRATIVE CODE
611AMMUNITION NET EXPLOSIVE CONTENT
821 AMMUNITION SERVICE DESIGNATION
618AMMUNITION SERVICE MANAGEMENT CODE
612AMMUNITION SHIPPING CATEGORY
613AMMUNITION TYPE
822AMMUNITION UN CERTIFICATE OF PACKAGING PERFORMANCE
614AMMUNITION UN SERIAL NUMBER
615AMMUNITION UNIT LOAD CONTAINER INDICATOR
616AMMUNITION UNIT LOAD SPECIFICATION
617ANCILLARY SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (ASE) REQUIRED
020ANNUAL MAN-HOURS
021ANNUAL NUMBER OF MISSIONS
022ANNUAL OPERATING DAYS
023ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT (AOR)
059ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT CONVERSION FACTOR
024ANNUAL OPERATING TIME
025APPORTIONED UNIT COSTS
619ATTACHING, STORAGE, OR SHIPPING PART (AECMA 2000M TEI ASP)
C/G-3
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX G TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE
620AUTHORIZED LIFE (AECMA 2000M TEI AUL)
028AVAILABLE ANNUAL MAN-HOURS
029AXLE LENGTH
030BASIS OF ISSUE
031BUILT-IN-TEST CANNOT DUPLICATE PERCENTAGE
032BUILT-IN-TEST DETECTABILITY LEVEL PERCENTAGE
033BUILT-IN-TEST RETEST OK PERCENTAGE
034CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY PARAMETER CODE
035CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY RECOMMENDED
036CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY STATUS
037CALIBRATION INTERVAL
038CALIBRATION ITEM INDICATOR
621CALIBRATION MARKER (AECMA 2000M TEI CMK)
039 CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
041 CALIBRATION STANDARD REQUIRED
042 CALIBRATION TIME
622CATALOGUE SEQUENCE NUMBER (AECMA 2000M TEI CSN)
623CATEGORY OF MATERIAL (AECMA 2000M TEI COM)
823 CAUTION INFORMATION
043 CHANGE AUTHORITY NUMBER
624CHANGE EFFECT
625CLASS OF STORE
046 COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY (CAGE) CODE
047 COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY CODE ADDRESS
048 COMMON UNIT UNDER TEST
049 COMPENSATING DESIGN PROVISIONS
050 COMPENSATING OPERATOR ACTION PROVISIONS
051 CONCURRENT PRODUCTION CODE (CPC)
627 CONFIRMED FAULT RATE/1000 HOURS
053 CONTAINER LENGTH
054 CONTAINER TYPE
055 CONTRACT NUMBER
056 CONTRACTOR FURNISHED EQUIPMENT/GOVERNMENT FURNISHED EQUIPMENT
057 CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDATION
195 COST LOADING FACTOR
063 CREST ANGLE
064 CREW SIZE
065 CRITICAL ITEM CODE
066 CRITICALITY CODE
629 CURRENCY CODE (AECMA 2000M TEI CUR)
070 DATA STATUS CODE
071 DATE
072 DECK STOWAGE
074 DEGREE OF PROTECTION CODE
076 DEMILITARIZATION CODE
077 DEMILITARIZATION COST
079 DESIGN DATA CATEGORY CODE
080 DESIGN DATA PRICE
C/G-4
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX G TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE
081 DESIGNATED REPAIR POINT (DRP)
801DISASSEMBLY CODE
083DISCOUNT RATE
631DOCKING AND ESSENTIAL DEFECTS INTERVALS
802DOCUMENT CODE
632DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT CODE (AECMA 2000M TEI DMC)
633DRAUGHT
088 DRAWING CLASSIFICATION
089 DRAWING NUMBER
090 DUTY
091 DUTY CODE
092 DUTY POSITION REQUIRING A NEW OR REVISED SKILL
094 EDUCATIONAL QUALIFICATIONS
634ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE DEVICE (AECMA 2000M TEI ESD)
096END ITEM ACRONYM CODE (EIAC)
635END ITEM DIMENSIONS
636END ITEM WEIGHT/DISPLACEMENT
097 ENGINEERING FAILURE MODE MTBF
637 ENGINEERING RECORD CARD
098 ENVIRONMENTAL HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR
099ENVIRONMENTAL/HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
638EQUIPMENT PRODUCTION REMARKS
835EQUIPMENT USING SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE
100ESSENTIALITY CODE
101ESTIMATED PRICE
102ESTIMATED SALVAGE VALUE
639 EXPANDED PRODUCTION BARRIERS CODE
103EXTENDED UNIT PRICE
104EXTERNAL OR INTERNAL LOAD INDICATOR
105FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA
106FACILITIES INSTALLATION LEAD TIME
107FACILITIES MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
110FACILITIES REQUIRED FOR TRAINING
108FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS
109FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATIONS
111FACILITIES UTILIZATION
112FACILITY AREA
113FACILITY BASELINE NARRATIVE CODE
114FACILITY CAPABILITY
115FACILITY CATEGORY CODE
117FACILITY LOCATION
118FACILITY NAME
119FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE
120FACILITY REQUIREMENTS: SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
121FACILITY REQUIREMENTS: SUPPLY/STORE
122FACILITY TASK AREA BREAKDOWN
483FACILITY TYPE
123FACILITY UNIT COST RATIONALE
C/G-5
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX G TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE
124 FAILURE CAUSE
129FAILURE DETECTION METHOD
130FAILURE EFFECT PROBABILITY
131FAILURE MODE & RELIABILITY-CENTRED MAINTENANCE (RCM) NARRATIVE CODE
132FAILURE MODE CLASSIFICATION
133FAILURE MODE CRITICALITY NUMBER
134FAILURE MODE INDICATOR
135FAILURE MODE INDICATOR MISSION PHASE CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE
136FAILURE MODE RATIO
137FAILURE MODE REMARKS
138FAILURE PREDICTABILITY
139FAILURE PROBABILITY LEVEL
140FAILURE RATE
141FAILURE RATE DATA SOURCE
125FAILURE/DAMAGE EFFECTS: END EFFECT
126FAILURE/DAMAGE EFFECTS: LOCAL
127FAILURE/DAMAGE EFFECTS: NEXT HIGHER
128FAILURE/DAMAGE MODE
143FAULT ISOLATION
144FIGURE NUMBER
834 FILE IDENTIFIER (AECMA 2000M TEI FID)
145 FISCAL YEAR (FY)
640FITMENT CODE (AECMA 2000M TEI FTC)
146FREIGHT CLASSIFICATION
147FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS
150GOVERNMENT REQUIRED
824GRAPHIC
151HARDNESS CRITICAL ITEM (HCI)
152HARDNESS CRITICAL PROCESS (HCP)
153HARDWARE DEVELOPMENT PRICE
154HAZARDOUS CODE
155HAZARDOUS MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES CODE
641HAZARDOUS MATERIAL (AECMA 2000M TEI HAZ)
156HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORAGE COST
157HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL COST
158HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE COST
159HELICOPTER MISSION REQUIREMENTS
825IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
643ILLUSTRATION AFFECTED INDICATOR (AECMA 2000M TEI IAI)
162INDENTURE CODE
803INFORMATION CODE
804INFORMATION CODE VARIANT
164INHERENT AVAILABILITY
165INHERENT MAINTENANCE FACTOR
166INITIAL BIN COST
167INITIAL CATALOGUING COST
644INITIAL PROVISIONING PROJECT NUMBER (AECMA 2000M TEI IPP)
805INITIAL PROVISIONING PROJECT NUMBER SUBJECT (AECMA 2000M TEI IPS)
C/G-6
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX G TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE
169INSTALLATION FACTORS OR OTHER FACILITIES
170INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT PRICE
171INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS CATEGORY CODE
645INTERCHANGEABILITY (AECMA 2000M TEI ICY)
172INTERCHANGEABILITY CODE
176INVENTORY STORAGE SPACE COST
177ITEM CATEGORY CODE (ICC)
178ITEM CRITICALITY NUMBER
179ITEM DESIGNATOR CODE
180ITEM FUNCTION
266 ITEM INTEROPERABILITY CODE
806 ITEM LOCATION CODE
182ITEM NAME
183ITEM NAME CODE
184ITEM NUMBER
647 ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER (AECMA 2000M TEI ISN)
185JOB
186JOB CODE
188JUSTIFICATION
189LABOUR RATE
648LIFING CATEGORY
192LIFTING AND TIEDOWN REQUIREMENT FOR TRANSPORTATION
194LINE REPLACEABLE UNIT (LRU)
204LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECOMMENDATION CODE
199LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER (LCN)
201LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) NOMENCLATURE
202LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) STRUCTURE
200LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER INDENTURE CODE (LCN-IC)
203LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER TYPE (LCN TYPE)
196LOGISTICS CONSIDERATIONS
198LOGISTICS DECISION OFFICE
205LOT QUANTITY
206MAINTENANCE ACTION CODE (MAC)
207MAINTENANCE CONCEPT
649MAINTENANCE CONCEPT COSTS
650MAINTENANCE CONCEPT OPTIONS
208MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
209MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER
210MAINTENANCE PLAN RATIONALE
830MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE IDENTIFIER
831MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE TITLE
211MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE I (MRRI)
212MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE II (MRRII)
213MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE MODIFIER
214MAINTENANCE TASK DISTRIBUTION
216MANAGEMENT PLAN
215MAN-HOUR PER OPERATING HOUR
218MATERIAL
C/G-7
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX G TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE
827 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE MAINTENANCE INTERVAL (MAMI)
221MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE OPERATING TIME (MAOT)
222MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR (MAXTTR)
223MEAN ACTIVE MAINTENANCE DOWNTIME (MAMDT)
224MEAN ELAPSED TIME
225MEAN MAN-HOURS
226MEAN MAN-MINUTES
227MEAN MINUTE ELAPSED TIME
228MEAN MISSION DURATION
651 MEAN TIME BETWEEN CONSUMPTION (MTBC)
229MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURE (MTBF)
230MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS (MTBMA)
231MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INDUCED (MTBM INDUCED)
232MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INHERENT (MTBM INHERENT)
233MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE NO FAULT (MTBM NO FAULT)
234MEAN TIME BETWEEN PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (MTBPM)
235MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS (MTBR)
236MEAN TIME TO REPAIR (MTTR)
237MEANS OF DETECTION
238MEASUREMENT BASE (MB)
239METHOD OF PRESERVATION
241MILITARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION (EMPTY/LOADED)
242MILITARY UNIT TYPE
243MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST INDICATOR
244MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST NARRATIVE
653 MINIMUM SALES QUANTITY (AECMA 2000M TEI MSQ)
246MISSION PHASE CODE
247MISSION PHASE/OPERATIONAL MODE
249MOBILITY TYPE
654MODEL IDENTIFICATION (AECMA 2000M TEI MOI)
655MODEL VERSION (AECMA 2000M TEI MOV)
656MULTIPLE CONTRACTS INDICATOR
657NATO AMMUNITION REPORTING CODE (NARC)
253NATO STOCK NUMBER
255NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE
256NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE CODE
257NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL SPECIALITY CODE (SSC)
658NEW/EXISTING ITEM
258NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER (NHA PLISN)
259NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER INDICATOR
260NON-OPERABILITY FRAGILITY FACTOR (NOFF)
659NOT ILLUSTRATED (AECMA 2000M TEI NIL)
261NOT REPAIRABLE THIS STATION (NRTS)
826NOTE INFORMATION
262NUMBER OF OPERATING LOCATIONS
263NUMBER OF SHOPS
264NUMBER OF SKIDS
265NUMBER OF SYSTEMS SUPPORTED
C/G-8
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX G TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE
267 OPERATING AND SUPPORT COST
269OPERATING TIME
270OPERATING WEIGHT
273OPERATIONAL AVAILABILITY
274OPERATIONAL MISSION FAILURE DEFINITION
275OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT INDICATOR
271OPERATIONAL STOCK LEVEL
276OPERATIONAL WEIGHT (EMPTY AND LOADED)
277OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL
278OPERATOR'S MANUAL
280ORGANIZATIONAL/ON EQUIPMENT/UNIT OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE
281OVERHAUL REPLACEMENT RATE (ORR)
661 PACKAGE MARKING CODE
284PARAMETERS
285PASS THROUGH PRICE
286PERCENTILE
287PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
289PERSONNEL TURNOVER RATE
290PHYSICAL AND MENTAL REQUIREMENTS
291PHYSICAL SECURITY/PILFERAGE CODE
662POOL ITEM CANDIDATE (AECMA 2000M TEI PIC)
663PRE ISSUE INSPECTION CODE
664PRE ISSUE TEST
293PRECIOUS METAL INDICATOR CODE (PMIC)
295PRESERVATION MATERIAL CODE
296PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) INDICATOR CODE
665PRINCIPAL FEATURES LIST (PFL) CODE
297PRIOR ITEM PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER (PRIOR ITEM PLISN)
817PROCEDURAL PACKAGING SPECIFICATION CODE
666PROCUREMENT CODE (AECMA 2000M TEI PCD)
298PROCUREMENT QUANTITY
299PRODUCTION LEAD TIME (PLT)
304PROPER TRANSPORTATION NAME
307PROVISIONING CONTRACT CONTROL NUMBER (PCCN)
308PROVISIONING LIST CATEGORY CODE (PLCC)
309PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER (PLISN)
667PROVISIONING NARRATIVE CODE
310PROVISIONING NOMENCLATURE
311PROVISIONING REMARKS
313PROVISIONING TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION SELECTION CODE
314PROVISIONING UNIT OF MEASURE/ISSUE PRICE CODE
315QUALITATIVE & QUANTITATIVE MAINTAINABILITY REQUIREMENTS
316QUANTITY PER ASSEMBLY (QTY/ASSY)
317QUANTITY PER END ITEM (QTY/EI)
318QUANTITY PER FIGURE
319QUANTITY PER TASK
320QUANTITY PER TEST
321QUANTITY PER UNIT PACK
C/G-9
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX G TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE
322 QUANTITY PROCURED
324QUANTITY SKILL SPECIALITY CODE AVAILABLE
323QUANTITY TRANSPORTED
325RAIL TRANSPORTATION COUNTRY
326RAIL USE CODE
668REASON FOR SELECTION (AECMA 2000M TEI RFS)
327REASON FOR SUPERSEDURE/DELETION
328RECOMMENDED INITIAL SYSTEM STOCK BUY
669RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE QUANTITY (AECMA 2000M TEI RMQ)
329RECOMMENDED MINIMUM SYSTEM STOCK LEVEL
670RECOMMENDED OVERHAUL REPAIR QUANTITY (AECMA 2000M TEI ROQ)
330RECOMMENDED RANK/GRADE
333RECURRING BIN COST
334RECURRING CATALOGUING COST
671REFER TO (AECMA 2000M TEI RTX)
335REFERENCE DESIGNATION
336REFERENCE DESIGNATION CODE (RDC)
337REFERENCE NUMBER
338REFERENCE NUMBER CATEGORY CODE (RNCC)
672REFERENCE NUMBER JUSTIFICATION CODE (AECMA 2000M TEI RNJ)
339REFERENCE NUMBER VARIATION CODE (RNVC)
342RELIABILITY AVAILABILITY MAINTAINABILITY (RAM) INDICATOR
341RELIABILITY AVAILABILITY MAINTAINABILITY CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE
347RELIABILITY/MAINTAINABILITY INDICATOR CODE
084RELIABILITY-CENTRED MAINTENANCE (RCM) DISPOSITION
343RELIABILITY-CENTRED MAINTENANCE AGE EXPLORATION
344RELIABILITY-CENTRED MAINTENANCE LOGIC RESULTS
345RELIABILITY-CENTRED MAINTENANCE LOGIC UTILIZED
346RELIABILITY-CENTRED MAINTENANCE REASONING
348REMAIN IN PLACE INDICATOR (RIP)
349REMARKS REFERENCE CODE
673REMOVAL ROUTE CONDITION CODE
674REMOVAL ROUTE NUMBER
350REPAIR CYCLE TIME
351REPAIR SURVIVAL RATE (RSR)
352REPAIR WORKSPACE COST
675REPAIR/REBUILD CAPACITY
353REPLACED OR SUPERSEDING PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER
354REPLACED OR SUPERSEDING PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER
355REPLACEMENT TASK DISTRIBUTION
357REQUIRED DAYS OF STOCK
358REQUIREMENTS FOR
360REVISION
361REVOLVING ASSETS
250ROAD TRANSPORTER CAPACITY CODE
251ROAD TRANSPORTER MODEL TYPE
362SAFETY HAZARD SEVERITY CODE
364SAME AS PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCING NUMBER (SAME AS PLISN)
C/G-10
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX G TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE
676SAMPLING REQUIRED
677SCHEDULE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
366SECTIONALIZATION IDENTIFICATION
367SECTIONALIZED ITEM TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR
368SECTIONALIZED REMARKS
369SECURITY CLEARANCE
678SELECT OR MANUFACTURE FROM IDENTIFIER (AECMA 2000M TEI SMF)
679SELECT OR MANUFACTURE FROM RANGE (AECMA 2000M TEI MFM)
370SELF TEST CODE
372SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION
373SERIAL NUMBER
374SERIAL NUMBER EFFECTIVITY
375SERIAL NUMBER USABLE ON CODE
376SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE
680SERVICE PACKAGING INSTRUCTION SHEET (SPIS) NUMBER
397SERVICE PACKAGING INSTRUCTION SHEET (SPIS) REVISION STATUS
681SHARED PRODUCTION INDICATOR
377SHELF LIFE (SL)
378SHELF LIFE ACTION CODE (SLAC)
382SHOCK & VIBRATION REMARKS
682SIMILAR TO, SAME AS, DERIVED FROM AND FITTED TO
383SKETCH
384SKID AREA
385SKID REMARKS
386SKILL LEVEL CODE
387SKILL SPECIALITY CODE (SSC)
388SKILL SPECIALITY EVALUATION CODE
807SOFTWARE DELIVERABLE SOURCE LINES OF CODE (DSLOC)
808SOFTWARE DESIGN AUTHORITY
809SOFTWARE ENGINEERING METHODS AND TECHNIQUES
833SOFTWARE IDENTIFIER CODE
810SOFTWARE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (IPR) HOLDER
811SOFTWARE INTERDEPENDENCY NARRATIVE
812SOFTWARE PROGRAM SIZE
813SOFTWARE RELEASE FREQUENCY
814SOFTWARE SAFETY INTEGRITY LEVEL
683SOFTWARE SUPPORT PLAN (SSP) REQUIRED
815SOFTWARE TOTAL MEMORY REQUIRED
816SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBER
389SOURCE, MAINTENANCE & RECOVERABILITY CODE (SMR)
684SPARE PARTS CLASSIFICATION (AECMA 2000M TEI SPC)
391SPARES ACQUISITION INTEGRATED WITH PRODUCTION (SAIP)
392SPECIAL MAINTENANCE ITEM CODE (SMIC)
395SPECIAL MATERIAL CONTENTS CODE (SMCC)
685SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
686SPECIAL STORAGE (AECMA 2000M TEI STR)
398SPECIALIZED SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
687 SPECIFICATION/DRAWING NUMBER
C/G-11
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX G TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE
818 STANDARD PACKAGE QUANTITY (AECMA 2000M TEI SPQ)
403 STANDBY TIME
405STORAGE DIMENSIONS
406STORAGE WEIGHT
407SUBTASK NUMBER
288 SUBTASK PERSON IDENTIFIER
409SUPPLEMENTAL PACKAGING DATA
688SUPPLY CATEGORY
410SUPPORT CONCEPT
015 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT ALLOCATION DATA
689 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CATEGORY
044 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS
294 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT DATA PREPARATION ORGANIZATION
078 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION & FUNCTION
411SUPPORT EQUIPMENT EXPLANATION
142SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FAMILY GROUP
412SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FULL ITEM NAME
148SUPPORT EQUIPMENT GENERIC CODE
413SUPPORT EQUIPMENT GROUPING
190SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIFE CYCLE STATUS
191SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIFE SPAN
069 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT CODE
248 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MOBILE FACILITY CODE
414SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE CODE
415SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NON-PROLIFERATION EFFORT
268SUPPORT EQUIPMENT OPERATING DIMENSIONS
416SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER (SERD NUMBER)
417SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA REVISION REMARKS
404 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA STATUS
332 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECURRING COST
217 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REPAIR MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION
418 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
365 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SCOPE OF DATA
393 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SPECIAL MANAGEMENT CODE
399 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SPECIFIC AUTHORIZATION
408 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SUPERSEDURE TYPE
421 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SUPPORT COST FACTOR
419SUPPORT EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTATION DIMENSIONS
420SUPPORT EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTATION WEIGHT
709 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT VALIDATION/COMPATIBILITY CHECK
425SYSTEM REDESIGN/LOGISTICS CONSIDERATION CODE
426SYSTEM REDESIGN/LOGISTICS CONSIDERATION RECOMMENDATION, DISPOSITION,
423SYSTEM/END ITEM IDENTIFIER
272SYSTEM/END ITEM LIFE SPAN
424SYSTEM/END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE
691SYSTEM/EQUIPMENT IMPORTANCE CODE
427TASK CODE
428TASK CONDITION
C/G-12
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX G TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE
429TASK CRITICALITY CODE
095TASK ELEMENT INDICATOR
430TASK FREQUENCY
431TASK IDENTIFICATION
432TASK REMARKS
832 TASK SEQUENCE NUMBER
433 TASK TYPE
692TASK/SUBTASK ASSOCIATED NARRATIVE CODE
436TECHNICAL MANUAL CHANGE NUMBER (TM CHG)
437TECHNICAL MANUAL CODE (TM CODE)
438TECHNICAL MANUAL FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE (TM FGC)
439TECHNICAL MANUAL INDENTURE CODE (TM IND)
440TECHNICAL MANUAL NUMBER
693TECHNICAL PUBLICATION COMMENTS
694TECHNICAL PUBLICATION REQUIREMENTS
695TECHNICAL PUBLICATION TITLE
442TEST ACCURACY RATIO (TAR)
443TEST LANGUAGE
168TEST MEASUREMENT & DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT (TMDE) INPUT POWER SOURCE
444TEST MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT REGISTER CODE (TMDE CODE)
445TEST MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT REGISTER INDEX NUMBER
446TEST POINTS
447TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT INDICATOR
448TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT NUMBER (TRD)
450TEXT SEQUENCING CODE (TSC)
451THEATRE OF OPERATION
696THIRD LINE AVAILABILITY
697TIME BETWEEN OVERHAULS (AECMA 2000M TEI TBO)
698TIME BETWEEN SCHEDULED SHOP VISITS (AECMA 2000M TEI TSV)
699TOTAL LIFE (AECMA 2000M TEI TLF)
700TOTAL QUANTITY PER LOCATION (AECMA 2000M TEI TQL)
453TOTAL QUANTITY RECOMMENDED
454TOTAL SYSTEMS SUPPORTED
455TOWING SPEED
456TRACKED GROUND CONTACT PRESSURE
457TRACKED PAD SHOE AREA
458TRACKED PADS TOUCHING
459TRACKED ROAD WHEEL WEIGHT
701TRADE CODE MANPOWER
460TRAINING COST
702TRAINING LEVEL
461TRAINING LOCATION RATIONALE
462TRAINING RATIONALE
463TRAINING RECOMMENDATIONS
476TRANSPORT TO AND FROM
464TRANSPORTATION CHARACTERISTICS MODE TYPE
465TRANSPORTATION CHARACTERISTICS NUMBER
380TRANSPORTATION CONFIGURATION
C/G-13
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX G TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE
473TRANSPORTATION CONFIGURATION NUMBER
466TRANSPORTATION COST
085TRANSPORTATION DISTANCE
467TRANSPORTATION END ITEM INDICATOR
468TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR
469TRANSPORTATION ITEM DESIGNATOR (SHIP, LIGHTERAGE, AIRCRAFT, HELICOPTER)
470TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE
471TRANSPORTATION PROJECTIONS REMARKS
340TRANSPORTATION REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
472TRANSPORTATION REMARKS (HANDLING, TOWING, AIR DROP, SELF-PROPELLED)
400TRANSPORTATION SPEED
379TRANSPORTATION TIME
381TRANSPORTATION WEIGHT (EMPTY/LOADED)
474TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE
475TRANSPORTED OTHER EQUIPMENT
703TURN ROUND SPARE
477TURNING INFORMATION
478TYPE ACQUISITION
479TYPE CLASSIFICATION
480TYPE EQUIPMENT CODE
481TYPE OF CHANGE CODE (TOCC)
482TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
704TYPE OF PRICE (AECMA 2000M TEI TOP)
486UNIT CONTAINER CODE
487UNIT CONTAINER LEVEL
488UNIT OF ISSUE (UI)
489UNIT OF ISSUE CONVERSION FACTOR (UI CONVERSION FACTOR)
490UNIT OF ISSUE PRICE (UI PRICE)
491UNIT OF MEASURE (UM)
492UNIT OF MEASURE PRICE
493UNIT PACK CUBE
494UNIT PACK SIZE
495UNIT PACK WEIGHT
496UNIT SIZE
498UNIT UNDER TEST EXPLANATION
497UNIT WEIGHT
499UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
500UNUSUAL AND SPECIAL TRANSPORTATION REQUIREMENTS
705UPKEEP BY EXCHANGE/DIRECT EXCHANGE
706UPKEEP/WEAPONS REPAIR POLICY CODE
501 USABLE ON CODE (UOC)
707USABLE ON CODE ASSEMBLY (AECMA 2000M TEI UCA)
708USABLE ON CODE EQUIPMENT (AECMA 2000M TEI UCE)
829USER (NATION) CODE (AECMA 2000M TEI USR)
502UTILITIES REQUIREMENT
503UTILIZATION RATIO
504VENTING AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING REQUIREMENTS
710VITAL FEATURES ITEM (VFI) CODE
C/G-14
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX G TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE
828 WARNING INFORMATION
505WEAROUT LIFE
506WHEELED AXLE AND SUSPENSION REMARKS
507WHEELED INFLATION PRESSURE
508WHEELED NUMBER OF PLIES
510WHEELED TYRE LOAD RATING
511WHEELED TYRE REQUIREMENTS
512WHEELED TYRE SIZE
513WHEELED WEIGHT RATINGS
514WORK AREA CODE
711 WORK CENTRE CODE
516 WORK UNIT CODE
C/G-15
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX G TO ANNEX C (CONCLUDED)
Collation Page
C/G-16
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX H TO ANNEX C
APPENDIX H TO ANNEX C
LISTING OF
DOCUMENT REFERENCES
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX H TO ANNEX C
Collation Page
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)
APPENDIX H TO ANNEX C
C/H.0 Listing Of Document References
C/H.0.1 This Appendix lists the document references/titles contained within applicable data element definitions, within Appendix F.
C/H-1
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX H TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
Collation page
C/H-2
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/2
APPENDIX H TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED Document Reference
013 JSP 336 Administrative & Logistic Delay Times
017Coordinated Shipboard/Allowance List(COSAL) Stock Number Sequence List (SNSL)
019AECMA 1000D AECMA 2000,
DEF STAN 00-60 Pt 2
043 AECMA 2000M
046AECMA 2000M AECMA 1000D
NSCM H-4, NATO Supply Code for Manufacturers
074AECMA 2000M STANAG 4280 DEF STAN 81-131
096 AECMA 1000D
099International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG)
Carriage of Dangerous Goods in Ships (UK regulations covered by IMDG) Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air (ICAO) Joint Service Dangerous Goods Regulations (JSP 335)
Regulations Concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Rail (RID)
The Carriage of Dangerous Goods by road and Rail (Classification, Packaging and Labelling) Regulations (CDGCPL)
European Agreement concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road (ADR)
100AECMA 2000M
115BS8210-86
CI/SFB Construction Indexing Manual
141MIL-HDBK-217F
142AECMA 1000D
144AECMA 2000M
148AECMA 1000D
154AP 100B-10 Dangerous Engineering Substances JSP(F)395
162AECMA 2000M
179Defence Standard 05-123/1
182AECMA 2000M AECMA 1000D
NATO Item Name Directory for Supply Catalogue H6-1
183AECMA 2000M
NATO Item Name Directory for Supply Catalogue H6-1
184AECMA 2000M
192JSP 071
Joint Service Movement Diagrams
DEF STAN 00-3 Design Guidance for the Transportability of Equipment
196 JCS PUB1
199 AECMA 2000M
205 AECMA 2000M
207DEF STAN 00-41 PT6 Maintenance Practices and Procedures AP100A-01 Lft156
AP100N-0140 Naval Aircraft Maintenance Manual
SSCP40 Pts 1&2 214 AECMA 2000M 229 AECMA 2000M 238 AECMA 2000M
C/H-3
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX H TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED Document Reference
239DEF STAN 81-41 DEF STAN 83-131
253 AECMA 2000M
277 QMGI 6.353
281 AECMA 2000M
291 AECMA 2000M
295 DEF STAN 81-131
299 AECMA 2000M
310AECMA 2000M
NATO Item Name Directory for Supply Cataloguing H6
311AECMA 2000M
316AECMA 2000M
317AECMA 2000M
335AECMA 2000M
336ANSI Y 32.16
337AECMA 2000M AECMA 1000D
NATO Manual on Codification A Cod P-1
338AECMA 2000M
339AECMA 2000M
345AP 100C-22 NES 45
350AECMA 2000M
362AP 100A-01 Lft311
373AECMA 1000D
374AECMA 2000M
376AECMA 2000M
377AECMA 2000M
378AECMA 2000M BS7 118
379 |
JSP 336 |
386AP 100N-0140 AP 100T-0100 AECMA 1000D
387AP 100N-0140 BR 1066
Catalogue of Army Qualifications (CATAQ) AP 3376
AP 3376A
AECMA 1000D 389 AECMA 2000M 397 DEF STAN 81-131 416 AECMA 1000D
427AP 100C-20 BS 3811
JSP 110
429 AP 100A-01 Lft311
431 AP 100C-20
445AESP-6625-A316 Compendium of Electronic Test Equipment (ETE) EMER T&M A317 Register of ETE
EMER T&M A318 Register of Mechanical Equipment AP 100C-50
C/H-4
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/2
APPENDIX H TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED Document Reference
486DEF STAN 81-131
487DEF STAN 81-131
488AECMA 2000M
489AECMA 2000M
490AECMA 2000M
491AECMA 2000M
494AECMA 2000M
495AECMA 2000M
496AECMA 2000M
497AECMA 2000M
501AECMA 1000D
502SSCF129
SSCP129
NES53
514AECMA 1000D
605SSCF 110A SSCF 1280 NES 51
Naval Aircraft Ranging and Scaling Guide (NASRAG) Consolidated Allowance List (CAL)
606ST/SG/AC.10/1
RAOC Statistics Pamphlet 2 STANAG 2023, 2316, 2322, 3854
607ST/SG/AC.10/1
DEF STATS Pamphlet MHTU/52CMO1/93 JSP 422
STANAG 2023,2316, 2322,3854
608ST/SG/AC.10/1 UN Transport of Dangerous Goods
609STANAG 4123
AASTP-2 NATO Safety Principles for the Transport of Military Ammunition and Explosives
611JSP 422 Tri-Service Ammunition Packaging
612IMO, International Maritime Dangerous Goods Codes
614JSP 422 Tri-Service Ammunition Packaging
616DEF STATS Pamphlet MHTU/52CMO1/93 JSP 422
619AECMA 2000M
620AECMA 2000M
621AECMA 2000M
623AECMA 2000M
624DEF STAN 61-5
629AECMA 2000M
632AECMA 2000M
633SSCF 129 NES 53
634AECMA 2000M
637AP100A-01 Lft330 AP100C-06 AP100N-0101
640AECMA 2000M
641AECMA 2000M ST/SG/AC.10/1
UN Publication Sales No E.87 VIII.1
ICAO DOC 9284-AN/905 Technical Instructions for the Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air
643AECMA 2000M
C/H-5
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX H TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED Document Reference
644AECMA 2000M
645AECMA 2000M
647AECMA 2000M
648AP 100A-01 Lft330
649RPA 90
650RPA 90
651AECMA 2000M
653AECMA 2000M
654AECMA 2000M
655AECMA 2000M
657AOP-6
659AECMA 2000M
661DEF STAN 81-41 DEF CON 129
662AECMA 2000M
663 |
NES 48 |
665SSCP 38
666AECMA 2000M
668AECMA 2000M
669AECMA 2000M
670AECMA 2000M
671AECMA 2000M
672AECMA 2000M
NATO Manual on Codification: A Cod P-1
673NES 302
676AP 100A-01 Lft330
678AECMA 2000M
679AECMA 2000M
680DEF STAN 81-41
684AECMA 2000M
686AECMA 2000M
688SSCF 55 SSCF 47
697AECMA 2000M
698AECMA 2000M
699AECMA 2000M
700AECMA 2000M
701AECMA 1000D
702SSCP 47
704AECMA 2000M
705AP 3381
706SSCP40 (1) and (2)
707AECMA 2000M
708AECMA 2000M
710SSCP 38
801AECMA 1000D
802DEF STAN 00-60 Pt 10
803AECMA 1000D
804AECMA 1000D
805AECMA 2000M
806AECMA 1000D
814DEF STAN 00-56 DEF STAN 00-60 Pt 3
C/H-6
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/2
APPENDIX H TO ANNEX C (CONTINUED)
DED Document Reference
817DEF STAN 81-131
818AECMA 2000M
819JSP 422
Catalogue of Ordnance Stores and Ammunition (COSA T9)
820JSP 422
822UN Transport of Dangerous Goods (The Orange Book ) ST/SG/AC.10/1
823AECMA 1000D
824AECMA 1000D
825AECMA 1000D
826AECMA 1000D
827AECMA 1000D
828AECMA 1000D
Health and Safety at Work Act 1974
Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) Regs Consumer Protection Act 1987
829AECMA 2000M
C/H-7
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
APPENDIX H TO ANNEX C (CONCLUDED)
Collation Page
C/H-8
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D
ANNEX D
DID
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D
Collation Page
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)
ANNEX D
D.1 Introduction
This annex contains the UK Data Item Descriptions (DID). The DID have been structured to provide the MOD with a generic set of documents which address the management aspects of the LSA activity in conjunction with a specific project. The DID have been classified into five categories, the original three being Management, LSA, LSAR; an additional two entitled Electronic Documentation (ED) for S1000D requirements and Integrated Supply Support Procedures (ISSP) for S2000M requirements .
D.1.1 Management DID. The deliverables from this category of DID include plans and procedures which detail how the contractor will undertake and manage the ILS process (eg the Integrated Support Plan and Logistic Support Analysis Plan)
D.1.2 LSA DID. The deliverables from this category of DID ensure that the applicable LSA Tasks are completed in order to conduct the appropriate analytical techniques and produce the associated reports (eg Failure Modes, Effects and Criticality Analysis, Reliability-Centred Maintenance). This also ensures that, when applicable, supportability will influence system design.
D.1.3 LSAR DID. The deliverables from this category of DID include the LSAR reports and the associated management aspects of the LSAR and MOD/contractor interface (eg format, medium and schedule of the LSAR data.
D.1.4 ED DID. These DID detail the requirements concerned with the production of documentation and data in both paper and electronic form as required for contracted deliverables in association with AECMA S1000D.
D.1.5 ISSP DID. These DID detail the requirements concerned with the material management and support of equipment as required for contracted deliverables in association with AECMA S2000M.
D.2 Data Item Description Numbering
The DID have been assigned a four digit number depending on type.
DID type |
Number range |
Management DID |
0001-0999 |
LSA DID |
1001-2000 |
LSAR DID |
2001-3000 |
ED DID |
3001-4000 |
ISSP DID |
4001-5000 |
D-1
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
D.3 Data Item Descriptions
The complete set of updated and new UK DID may be found at clause D.4, and comprise the following:
D.3.1 Management DID
0001 Integrated Support Plan
0002 Logistic Support Analysis Plan
0003 ILS Associated Meeting, Minutes and Actions
0004 Integrated Logistic Support Element Plans
D.3.2 LSA DID
1001 Logistic Support Analysis (LSA) Tasks
1002 Trade-off Analysis Report
1003 Failure Modes, Effects and Criticality Analysis (FMECA) Programme Plan 1004 Failure Modes, Effects and Criticality Analysis (FMECA) Report
1005 Reliability-Centred Maintenance (RCM) Programme Plan
1006 Reliability-Centred Maintenance (RCM) Report
1007 Level of Repair Analysis (LORA) Programme Plan
1008 Level of repair Analysis (LORA) Report
D.3.3 LSAR DID
2001 Logistic Support Analysis Control Number (LCN) Assignment Report
2002 Logistic Support Analysis Record (LSAR) Data
2003 Logistic Support Analysis Record (LSAR) Reports
2004 Methods of Delivery of LSAR Data
2005 Delivery Standards and Schedule of Non ADP LSAR Data
D.3.4 ED DID
3001 Data Module Requirements List
3002 Final Deliverable Interactive Electronic Technical Publication (IETP)
3003 Final Deliverable Publication - Paper
D-2
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
3004 Delivered Publication Data Base (DPDB)
3005 Final Publication Data Base (FPDB)
3006 Documentation Management Plan (DMP)
D.3.5 ISSP DID
4001 Initial Provisioning Guidance Conference Requirements
D-3
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
D.4
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 0001 |
|
|
INTEGRATED SUPPORT PLAN (ISP) |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
MAN |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (DID) contains the requirement for the format and content of the Integrated Support Plan (ISP). Reference is to be made to the applicable Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL) for delivery requirements.
The ISP documents the management plans of the contractor for data gathering and analyses; task management, control and execution; and integration and interface of the ILS programme task(s). The management plans of the contractor will demonstrate that the new system or equipment, when deployed, will satisfy all supportability criteria.
The ISP is used by the MOD to evaluate, monitor and accept the contractor's planning and performance of the ILS programme task(s) as specified by the contract.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
1. The format and content of the ISP will be as follows: 1.1. Organization and Preparation.
The ISP will be organized into seven sections and presented as follows:
1.1.1.It will be printed on A4 paper, single sided and bound.
1.1.2.The type face will be Courier 10 point and single line spaced.
1.1.3.Classified pages will be separately bound and cross-referenced to the applicable section of the ISP.
1.2.Sections.
The ISP must contain each of the sections listed below. will enter ‘NOT APPLICABLE’ and justify the reasons.
If there is no data or text requirement, the contractor The seven sections are as follows:
1.2.1.Introduction.
1.2.2.Summary of System Characteristics.
1.2.3.Integrated Logistic Support (ILS) Programme Management, Organization and Performance.
1.2.4.ILS Programme Tasks.
1.2.5.Related plans applicable to the ILS Programme.
1.2.6.Programme plan and Milestone Schedule.
1.2.7.Glossary of acronyms and terms used in text.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS 1. Introduction.
This section identifies the requirements of the ISP as specified in the ILS Statement of Work. This section contains the following sub-sections:
1.1. Purpose and Scope.
This sub-section provides a statement regarding the purpose and scope of the ISP as the document for the management and performance of the contractual ILS programme.
1.2. ISP Summary.
This sub-section provides a description of the ISP so as to establish a clear understanding of the scope, content and organization of the material presented.
1.3. Updating Procedure.
This sub-section provides a description of how alterations to the ISP are to be developed, authorized and incorporated.
D-4
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
|
ANNEX D (CONTINUED) |
|
|
|
|
|
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 0001 |
|
|
INTEGRATED SUPPORT PLAN (ISP) |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
MAN |
|
|
|
|
2. Summary of System Characteristics.
This section contains a summary of the system characteristics relevant to ILS and the support process. Included is an explanation of how the system will be utilized and supported in its intended operational role. This section contains the following sub-sections:
2.1. System/Equipment Description.
This sub-section provides a brief description of the functional and physical characteristics of the system/equipment and its major sub-systems/equipments. Also included is a description of the physical and functional relationship between the equipment or system and any associated systems or equipments that it will interface with when operational.
2.2. Operating Environment.
This sub-section provides a description of the operational environment of the system/equipment. Included are details of the annual operating hours, duty cycles, maximum allowable downtime and operational life expectancy.
2.3. Availability Requirements.
This sub-section provides a statement of the availability requirements contained in the system and configuration item specifications. Included are predicted and achieved values when available.
2.4. Reliability Requirements.
This sub-section provides a statement of the reliability requirements contained in the system and configuration item specifications. Included are predicted and achieved values when available.
2.5. Maintainability Requirements.
This sub-section provides a statement of the quantitative maintainability requirements contained in the system and configuration item specifications. Included are predicted and achieved values when available.
2.6. Maintainability Design Criteria.
This sub-section provides a summary of the maintainability design criteria developed in response to the maintainability requirements.
2.7. Other Requirements.
This sub-section contains a summary of logistic related requirements not otherwise previously stated in this section that are contained in the system specifications.
3. ILS Programme Management, Organization and Performance.
This section provides a description of the overall process, involving both the MOD and the contractor, for use in managing and performing the contractual ILS programme. This section contains the following sub-sections:
3.1. Contractor's Objectives, Policies, General Management Procedures.
These shall state the objectives, policies and general management procedures that relate to the ILS programme.
3.2. Contractor’s ILS Organizational Structure.
This shall describe the contractor’s organizational structure that has been selected to accomplish the contracted ILS programme requirements. The identification of names, positions, functions, responsibilities and authority of those responsible for satisfying the contracted ILS programme shall be given.
D-5
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 0001 |
|
|
INTEGRATED SUPPORT PLAN (ISP) |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
MAN |
|
|
|
|
3.3. Sub-contractor and Vendor Interface Management.
This sub-section contains a list of all major sub-contractors (for the purpose of the ISP, major sub-contractors are termed as those responsible for supply of deliverables directly to the Prime contractor of the MOD) involved in the ILS methods of control and the organizational interfaces with the sub-contractors. Included is a general description of the method of specifying the ILS requirements in vendor sub-contracts and the means of controlling the accomplishment of specific work and deliverables.
3.4. MOD ILS Organization and Interface.
This sub-section contains a description of the MOD ILS organization, together with an indication of the relationship with the contractor's ILS organization.
3.5. Design Interface Planning and Reporting.
This sub-section, in conjunction with the approved management system, contains a description of how the contractor will accomplish, report and provide an audit trail for integration with a formal design influence programme. The design interface planning ensures that all the logistic requirements and maintenance decisions made by the other contractually required system engineering disciplines are input to and output from one another, in a timely manner. System engineering disciplines include, but are not limited to, the design programme the safety programme, the standardization programme and the ARM programme.
3.6. Contractor's Objective.
This sub-section contains a description of the system that provides for the cost effective integration design, development, test and evaluation tasks required to progress from an operational requirement to the operational deployment of a system or equipment. Included is identification of the audit trail and reporting criteria.
3.7. Contractor's Approach.
This sub-section contains the establishment of a logical sequence of activities and decisions which transform an operational requirement into a viable, cost effective system.
3.8. Contractor's Integration.
This sub-section describes the design interface/engineering discipline integration that will establish integration of all engineering, design and management efforts, and disciplines including ARM, ILS, standardization and production. This is necessary to control the influences on the LSA programmes, cost effective design enhancement and system/equipment design. Included is identification of the audit trail and the reporting criteria.
3.9. Contractor's Control and Reporting.
This sub-section contains identification of the contractor's in-house report procedure. Included is the relationship between the technical programme planning and the schedule planning. Included is identification of the planned interface between specific task and management procedures that ensure the design influence and contractual provisions are met. Also contained is the establishment of ILS to influence design and system engineering.
D-6
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 0001 |
|
|
INTEGRATED SUPPORT PLAN (ISP) |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
MAN |
|
|
|
|
3.10. Post-Design Services (PDS)
This section shall contain a description of the contractor’s approach for providing PDS to the MOD in the context of ILS. The contractor shall consider PDS, and its consequences on ILS, in terms of its effects on maintaining an effective support policy with optimum costs throughout the life of the equipment. The following should be addressed:
3.10.1.Control and maintenance of design records.
3.10.2.Maintenance of technical information, including the LSAR.
3.10.3.Provision of support for equipment hardware and software.
3.10.4.Implementation of technical tasks to investigate obsolescence issues.
3.11.Quality Statement
A quality statement shall be included to outline the contractor’s approach to Quality Assurance (QA).
4. ILS Programme Tasks.
This section contains a detailed description of how the contractor will accomplish all ILS programme tasks stated in the ILS programme Statement of Work or equivalent specification. For ILS programme tasks not covered by separately deliverable plans, a detailed description is to be contained in this section. This section contains the following sub-sections:
4.1. LSA Tasks and the LSAR.
This sub-section contains a detailed description of the plans for the accomplishment of LSA Tasks and Subtask(s), and associated documentation in the LSAR, as defined in the contract.
4.2. Other Standards.
This sub-section provides a detailed description of all other relevant standards or tasks, as defined in the contract.
5. Related Plans Applicable to the ILS Programme.
This section contains appropriate appendices as related plans required for the ILS programme effort. This section contains the following sub-section.
5.1. Related Plans.
This sub-section references the contractually required ILS programme tasks; eg LSA Plan in accordance with UKDID 0002, and all separately deliverable plans for all contractually required ILS element development efforts; eg Documentation Management Plan, Supply Plan, Training and Training Equipment Plan etc prepared in accordance with UKDID 0004.
6. Programme Plan and Milestone Schedule.
This section contains the programme plan and master milestone schedule for the ILS effort. This section contains the following sub-sections:
6.1. Master Milestone Chart.
This sub-section is a master milestone chart to include all programme milestones, eg Preliminary and Critical Design Reviews (PDRs & CDRs).
6.2. ILS Programme Milestone Chart.
This sub-section is a milestone chart for events required to accomplish all required ILS programme tasks, eg ILS Conferences and Reviews.
D-7
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 0001 |
|
|
INTEGRATED SUPPORT PLAN (ISP) |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
MAN |
|
|
|
|
6.3. ILS Element Milestone Chart.
This sub-section is a milestone chart for the events required to accomplish all contractually required support element development efforts, including Technical Publications, Supply Support, etc.
7. Glossary, Acronyms and Terms.
This section shall contain a glossary of all acronyms and special terms or words used in the text.
D-8
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 0002 |
|
|
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS PLAN (LSAP) |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
MAN |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) defines the Logistic Support Analysis Plan (LSAP). The LSAP is the primary management tool used to establish and execute an effective LSA programme. When submitted as a response to an Invitation to Tender (ITT), Request for Tender (RFT) or Statement of Work (SOW), it is used in the source selection process. The plan identifies the contractor's approach and description of how the Logistic Support Analysis (LSA) will be conducted to meet programme requirements as part of the engineering effort.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
This UKDID identifies the content and preparation instructions of the LSAP resulting from the work described by sub-task 102.2.1 of DEF STAN 00-60 Part 2. The LSAP must contain each of the sections listed below. If there is no data or text requirement, the contractor will enter ‘NOT APPLICABLE’ and justify the reasons. The LSAP describes how the contractor's LSA programme will be conducted to meet overall programme requirements. The plan is a self supporting document, and may form part of the Integrated Support Plan. It will be updated by the contractor throughout the life of the contract, subject to MOD acceptance, as described by sub-task 102.2.2 of DEF STAN 00-60 Part 2.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS 1. The LSAP includes:
1.1. LSA programme description.
This section describes how the LSA programme will be conducted to meet the system and logistic requirements contained in the applicable programme documents.
1.2. LSA programme/schedule.
This section contains a schedule with estimated start and completion points for each LSA programme activity or task. Included is the relationship of the LSA schedule with other ILS programme requirements and associated engineering requirements.
1.3. Management structure and organization.
This section identifies the management structure applicable to LSA. Included is the relationship with the MOD LSA organization.
1.4. Applicability.
This section contains a description of how LSA will be tailored to the contractor's specific proposed solution.
1.5. LSA Tasks.
This section identifies each LSA task that will be accomplished and the extent to which they will be performed.
1.6. Equipment breakdown structure (EBS)/LSA candidate list.
This section includes the EBS identification of items upon which LSA will be performed and documented. Also included is the LSA candidate list and applicable selection criteria. The list will include all items recommended for analysis, items not recommended and the appropriate justification for selection or nonselection.
D-9
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 0002 |
|
|
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS PLAN (LSAP) |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
MAN |
|
|
|
|
1.7. Control of Subcontractors LSA programmes.
This section contains the internal LSA processes and management of subcontractors along with an explanation of how such processes will be integrated and managed into the overall LSA programme.
1.8. Introduction/Identification.
This section identifies the End Item, procuring authority, preparing authority, contract number and general background to the Plan.
1.9. Purpose of the Plan.
This section contains details of the purpose of the Plan.
1.10. Interface requirements.
This section includes a description of how LSA tasks and data will interface with other ILS and system oriented tasks and data. This description includes analysis and data interfaces with the following
programmes as applicable:
1.10.1.System/equipment design programme.
1.10.2.System/equipment reliability programme.
1.10.3.System/equipment maintainability programme.
1.10.4.Human engineering programme.
1.10.5.Standardization programme.
1.10.6.Parts control programme
1.10.7.System safety programme.
1.10.8.Packaging, handling and storage programme.
1.10.9.Transportation and transportability programme.
1.10.10.Initial provisioning programme.
1.10.11.System / equipment testability programme.
1.10.12.Survivability programme.
1.10.13.Technical documentation programme.
1.10.14.Training and training equipment programme.
1.10.15.Facilities programme.
1.10.16.Support equipment programme.
1.10.17.Test and evaluation programme.
1.11. Logistic Support Analysis Control Number (LCN) system.
This section contains an explanation of the LCN system to be used in accordance with UKDID 2001.
1.12. Design requirements dissemination.
This section includes the method by which supportability related design requirements are disseminated to designers and associated personnel. Also included is the method by which supportability related design requirements are disseminated to subcontractors and the controls levied under such circumstances.
1.13. Government Furnished Information (GFI).
This section contains the identification of government data to be furnished to the contractor, and the schedule for its required delivery, in accordance with the Data Selection Sheet.
D-10
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 0002 |
|
|
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS PLAN (LSAP) |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
MAN |
|
|
|
|
1.14. LSA data updates and validation.
This section contains the procedure for updating and validating LSA data, including configuration control procedures.
1.15. Status and control procedures.
This section defines the procedures used to evaluate the status and control of each task, and the identification of the unit authorized with responsibility for executing each task.
1.16. Deficiency control.
This section contains the procedures, methods and controls for identifying and recording design problems or deficiencies affecting supportability. It also contains an identification of corrective actions required and the status if action taken to resolve the problems.
1.17. Data collection.
This section contains a description of the data collection system to be used by the performing activity to document, disseminate and control LSA and related design data. Included are the identification of responsibilities and dependencies.
1.18. LSAR system.
This section contains a description of the LSAR system which will be used.
1.19. Design review procedures.
This section includes a description of design review procedures which provide for official review and control of related design information with LSA programme participation.
1.20. Training.
The training and experience of the LSA team should be stated, and the method by which further personnel will be trained.
1.21. LSA for Software.
This section explains the need for support analysis for software.
1.22. Comments.
This section will provide for comments on the LSA Strategy, as supplied. This could include the need for further data to be supplied and any contradictions between the LSA Strategy and other documentation.
1.23. Quality Assurance.
This section identifies the measures that shall be taken to ensure correct application of Quality Assurance procedures for LSA.
D-11
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 0003 |
|
|
ILS ASSOCIATED MEETINGS, |
|
|
|
MINUTES AND ACTIONS |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
MAN |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) identifies the requirement for agendas, minutes and actions associated with ILS/LSA meetings and Documentation Management meetings. The minutes shall be raised by the contractor and agreed with MOD. Initial Provisioning Guidance Conference Requirements are further addressed in UKDID 4001.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
This UKDID describes the format and content required for the production of meeting agendas, minutes and resultant actions required.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
1.The meetings will be scheduled at dates and times agreed between MOD and the contractor. Meetings shall be chaired jointly by the MOD ILS manager (MILSM), or nominated representative, and the contractor's ILS manager (CILSM), or nominated representative.
2.The meeting minutes format/agenda may include the following items; this list should not be considered exhaustive and will be developed and tailored to suit individual project specific requirements:
2.1. Title.
This item shall include the meeting number, name, venue address and date.
2.2. Attendees.
This item shall contain a list of personnel attending the meeting.
2.3. Apologies.
This item will contain a list of invited personnel not present at the meeting.
2.4. Matters arising.
This item contains matters arising from the minutes of the previous meeting and gives an opportunity to discuss and agree the previous minutes.
2.5. Discussion.
This item includes presentation of reports and correspondence and general discussion including progress measured against milestones in accordance with the ILS programme and any associated problems.
2.6. Any other business.
This item gives an opportunity to discuss any subject deemed relevant to the aims and objectives of the project.
2.7. Meeting Closure.
This item shall include the date, time and venue of the next meeting.
2.8. Annex
This item shall contain a listing of actions that shall be clearly identified and annotated with the instigator of the action, the individual or organization tasked with carrying out the action and the action completion/due date. The actions shall have no implications regarding changes to the contractual status of the project.
D-12
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
|
ANNEX D (CONTINUED) |
|
|
|
|
|
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 0003 |
|
|
ILS ASSOCIATED MEETINGS, |
|
|
|
MINUTES AND ACTIONS |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
MAN |
|
|
|
|
2.9. Distribution
Attendees plus all agencies, departments and personnel not attending the meeting but requiring copies of the minutes.
3.The minutes shall be an accurate account of the meeting in order to clearly record what was discussed and what actions were agreed to be carried out in defined timescales.
4.The minutes shall be signed by both co-chairmen to signify their acceptance.
5.Discussion at meetings shall be conducted ‘without prejudice’ and shall not affect the rights and liabilities of the parties to the contract.
D-13
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 0004 |
|
|
INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT ELEMENT |
|
|
|
PLANS |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
MAN |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) identifies and describes the contractor's Integrated Logistic Support (ILS) Element Plans. The plans describe the specific techniques to be used, tasks to be performed and the development and integration into the overall ILS/LSA programme and related programmes. Individual Element Plans may be amalgamated and submitted as one plan for MOD acceptance. The principal purpose of the plans is to provide the MOD with a basis for review and evaluation of the contractor's proposed ILS elements and their integration with the overall ILS and engineering programmes. They also identify the establishment of contractual ILS elements compliance requirements and for providing the milestone schedule. The plan is the basic tool used to establish and execute an ILS element programme. When submitted in response to an Invitation to Tender (ITT), Request for Tender (RFT) or Statement of Work (SOW), it is used in the source selection process.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
This UKDID contains the content and preparation instructions for the ILS element plans, and must contain each of the sections listed below. If there is no data or text requirement in any of the sections or sub-sections, the contractor shall enter ‘NOT APPLICABLE’ and justify the reasons.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
1. Introduction.
1.1.Identification and description of the End Item.
1.2.Identification of the contractor, contract number and contracting organization.
1.3.Identification of all element programme milestones.
2. Reliability Plan shall be in accordance with DEF STAN 00-40 Part 1 and include the following:
2.1.Identification of the contractor's programme organizational structure responsible for reliability.
2.2.An explanation of how data selection, data flow, data storage and data control will be co-ordinated.
2.3.A description of the contractor's procedure for implementing the requirements of Failure Modes, Effects and Criticality Analysis (FMECA). The precise requirements are contained in UKDID 1003 FMECA Programme Plan and UKDID 1004 FMECA Report.
3. Maintainability Plan shall be in accordance with DEF STAN 00-40 Part 1 and include the following: 3.1. Identification of the contractor's programme organizational structure responsible for maintainability.
D-14
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
|
ANNEX D (CONTINUED) |
|
|
|
|
|
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 0004 |
|
|
INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT ELEMENT |
|
|
|
PLANS |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
MAN |
|
|
|
|
3.2.An explanation of how data selection, data flow, data storage and data control will be co-ordinated.
3.3.A description of the contractor's procedure for implementing the requirements of Reliability-Centred Maintenance (RCM). The precise requirements are contained in UKDID 1005 RCM Programme Plan and UKDID 1006 RCM Report.
3.4.A description of the contractor's procedure for implementing the
requirements of a Level Of Repair Analysis (LORA). The precise requirements are contained in UKDID 1007 LORA programme plan and UKDID 1008 LORA report.
4.Test and Evaluation Plan shall describe how testing and evaluation will be conducted to assist in the engineering design and development processes.
5.Human Factors Integration (HFI) Plan shall be in accordance with DEF STAN 00-25, and include:
5.1.An explanation of how the End Item design will minimise human factor risks in all areas in order to promote safe, efficient and reliable operation.
5.2.An explanation of HFI process and its impact on human factors engineering, manpower, personnel, training, safety and health hazard assessments.
5.3.Identification of existing knowledge, skill and experience capabilities.
5.4.Identification of a training needs analysis and an explanation of how suitable courses will be implemented.
5.5.Details of how training effectiveness will be measured.
5.6.Identification of the process by which training courses will be updated and further developed as technical standards relating to the End Item evolve.
6. Facilities Plan shall contain the following:
6.1.Procedures for identification, justification, costing and development of new facilities.
6.2.A description as to how the requirements for purpose built facilities will be avoided or reduced to the minimum.
6.3.An explanation of the need for the identification of specialist facilities.
6.4.Plans for any modification to existing facilities.
7. Supply Support Plan shall be in a format compliant with DEF STAN 00-60 Part 20 Annex A.
D-15
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 0004 |
|
|
INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT ELEMENT |
|
|
|
PLANS |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
MAN |
|
|
|
|
8. Support Equipment Plan shall contain the following:
8.1.Explanation of optimum utilization of existing in-Service Support Equipment, including the use of common tools or standard Test Equipment wherever possible and the avoidance of new Support Equipment and Special To Type Test Equipment (STTE).
8.2.A description of the requirement of, and justification for any proposed new Support Equipment.
8.3.A description of the requirements for handtools, mechanical test equipment and electrical test equipment. 9. Documentation Management Plan is addressed separately under UKDID 3006.
10. Packaging, Handling, Storage and Transportation (PHS&T) shall be in accordance with the requirements of DEF STAN 81-41 and DEFCON 129 and include:
10.1.Identification of resources and methods for packaging, handling, storage and land, sea and air transportation with particular regard to policies, procedures, specific requirements and safety precautions.
10.2.Considerations relating to equipment disposal, to include any associated risks.
10.3.An explanation of any specific packaging and handling requirements.
10.4.An explanation of the use of bar coding.
D-16
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS (LSA) TASKS |
UKDID 1001 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
LSA |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) identifies LSA Tasks and sub-tasks that may be required to be performed. The principal use of this UKDID is to provide the MOD with a basis for review and evaluation of tasks for ensuring contractual compliance.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
This UKDID contains the LSA Tasks and sub-tasks, as specified in DEF STAN 00-60 Part 2. Those connected to Logistic Support Analysis Record (LSAR) population are marked with ‘*’.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
1. The following is a list of LSA Tasks and Sub-tasks to be completed by the contractor, as specified by the MOD;
NB. Those Tasks related to LSAR population are indicate with ‘*’
1.1.Task 101 LSA programme strategy. Sub-Tasks 101.2.1, 101.2.2, 101.2.3
1.2.Task 102 Logistic support analysis plan. Sub-Tasks 102.2.1, 102.2.2, 102.2.3
1.3.Task 103 Programme and design reviews.
Sub-Tasks 103.2.1, 103.2.2, 103.2.3, 103.2.4, 103.2.5
1.4.Task 201 Use study.
Sub-Tasks 201.2.1, 201.2.2*, 201.2.3, 201.2.4
1.5.Task 202 Mission hardware, software and support system standardization. Sub-Tasks 202.2.1, 202.2.2, 202.2.3, 202.2.4
1.6.Task 203 Baseline comparative system.
Sub-Tasks 203.2.1, 203.2.2, 203.2.3*, 203.2.4, 203.2.5, 203.2.6, 203.2.7,203.2.8
1.7.Task 204 Technological opportunities. Sub-Tasks 204.2.1, 204.2.2, 204.2.3
1.8.Task 205 Supportability and supportability related design factors. Sub-Tasks 205.2.1, 205.2.2*, 205.2.3*, 205.2.4, 205.2.5*, 205.2.6, 205.2.7
1.9.Task 301 Functional requirements identification.
Sub-Tasks 301.2.1, 301.2.2, 301.2.3, 301.2.4*, 301.2.5*, 301.2.6
1.10.Task 302 Support system alternatives
Sub-Tasks 302.2.1, 302.2.2, 302.2.3, 302.2.4, 302.2.5
D-17
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
|
UKDID 1001 |
|
|
|
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS LSA) TASKS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
|
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
|
14/10/94 |
LSA |
|
|
|
|
|
1.11.Task 303 Evaluation of alternatives and trade-off analysis.
Sub-Tasks 303.2.1, 303.2.2, 303.2.3, 303.2.4, 303.2.5, 303.2.6, 303.2.7*, 303.2.8, 303.2.9, 303.2.10, 303.2.11, 303.2.12, 303.2.13
1.12.Task 401 Task Analysis.
Sub-Tasks 401.2.1*, 401.2.2*, 401.2.3*, 401.2.4*, 401.2.5*, 401.2.6*, 401.2.7*, 401.2.8*, 401.2.9*,
401.2.10*, 401.2.11*, 401.2.12*
1.12.Task 402 Early fielding analysis.
Sub-Tasks 402.2.1, 402.2.2, 402.2.3, 402.2.4, 402.2.5
1.13.Task 403 Post production support analysis Sub-Task 403.2
1.14.Task 501 Supportability test, evaluation and verification. Sub-Tasks 501.2.1, 501.2.2, 501.2.3, 501.2.4*, 501.2.5, 501.2.6
D-18
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 1002 |
|
|
TRADE-OFF ANALYSIS REPORT |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
LSA |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) defines a format for the presentation of trade-off analysis results. The principal use of the trade-off report is to advise the MOD of the trade-off analysis results in accordance with DEF STAN 00-60 Part 2 (LSA Subtask 303.2.7) and to determine contractual compliance.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
1. The format of the report shall contain each of the sections listed below. If there is no data or text requirement, the contractor shall justify the reasons. The format shall be as follows:
1.1.Introduction
1.2.Aim
1.3.Assumptions and Constraints
1.4.General
1.5.Results
1.6.Recommendations
1.7.Annexes
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS 1. Content.
The trade-off analysis should be accomplished by the contractor and include the following topics:
1.1. Introduction.
The contents of the introduction should refer to relevant papers and give any previous decisions which have been reached, and would normally give the scope and purpose of the analysis conducted. Describe briefly the circumstances leading to the production of the report. In addition, describe briefly the system/equipment under analysis.
1.2. Aim.
The aim of the report is to recommend to the MOD the proposed support system and document the results of the analysis of risks, costs, availability, support and other factors which determined the recommended best approach to support.
1.3. Assumptions and Constraints.
The nature of the trade-off techniques used and the scope of the analysis will depend upon both the phase of the project and the system complexity. Trade-offs early in the program will generally be broad in scope. As development progresses, trade-offs are progressively refined and inputs become more specific. The criteria for each evaluation or trade off shall be documented. The baseline information should be standard throughout the process. The quantitative and qualitative criteria to be used to select the best alternatives shall be documented. Any assumption or constraints pertinent to above factors shall be described.
D-19
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 1002 |
|
|
TRADE-OFF ANALYSIS REPORT |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
LSA |
|
|
|
|
2. General
The following topics shall be covered:
2.1.The appropriate model or relationship chosen or constructed for conducting the evaluation or trade-off analysis shall be identified.
2.2.The support system or system used for the analysis shall be identified, each accompanied by a brief rationale for their use.
3. Results
The results shall be described in detail under the categories listed below. For each category, the rationale for the recommendation or rejection of alternatives, shall be documented.
3.1.Maintenance Policy. An analysis of the maintenance policy to be adopted, based on Level of Repair Analysis (LORA) should be described for each alternative. Such an analysis shall take into account the requirements for supply support. A recommendation shall be made of the most acceptable overall maintenance and support concept for the system.
3.2.Manpower and Personnel. A analysis of the manpower and personnel requirements of each alternative shall be recorded. The evaluation shall include skill specialities, skill levels, and experience that may be required to support the operation and maintenance of the system.
3.3.Training. The optimum training methods required to implement each alternative should be discussed and the preferred option identified. Training methods consist of a combination of formal, informal and on-the-job- training.
3.4.Testing Concepts. Following a description of the alternative available, a recommendation shall be made as to what method of testing is most appropriate to support maintenance actions.
3.5.Comparative analysis. This section should identify the supportability problems that occurred with the existing or baseline system and then analyse the proposed support alternatives to see if these problems are surmountable. Shortfalls or critical issues that must be corrected before the new system becomes operational should be highlighted. The most appropriate alternative should be identified.
3.6.Energy requirements. Problem areas that might arise due to changes in cost or availability of energy source should be identified with respect to each alternative. A preferred solution shall be identified.
3.7.Transportability. The support option which optimises the use of transportation resources shall be identified.
3.8.Facilities. The analysis for determining the optimum support system in terms of facilities shall be described and a preferred solution identified.
D-20
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
|
ANNEX D (CONTINUED) |
|
|
|
|
|
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 1002 |
|
|
TRADE-OFF ANALYSIS REPORT |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
LSA |
|
|
|
|
4. Recommendations.
Having identified the preferred alternatives for each of the categories above, the preferred overall support system shall be identified and justified for the subject system/equipment. This recommendation shall be recorded in the LSA Record. Follow up action in the light of this reports findings shall be recommended. Material that has not been addressed in the main body shall not be introduced in this recommendation.
5. Annexes.
Annexes shall be included to provide, as necessary, the detail to support the content, or recommendations of the report. Tables and figures can be included to support textual explanation.
D-21
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 1003 |
|
|
FAILURE MODES, EFFECTS AND CRITICALITY |
|
|
|
ANALYSIS (FMECA) PROGRAMME PLAN |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
LSA |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) identifies and describes the contractor's FMECA programme plan. This plan describes the specific techniques to be used and tasks to be performed and defines their development and integration into the overall LSA programme and other related programmes.
The plan provides the MOD with a basis for the review and evaluation of the contractor's proposed FMECA programme and its content, for ensuring contractual compliance and for providing the milestone schedule indicating when FMECA will be initiated and completed. The plan is the basic tool used to establish and execute an effective FMECA programme. When submitted in response to an Invitation to Tender (ITT), Request for Tender (RFT) or Statement of Work (SOW), it is used in the source selection process.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
This UKDID contains the format, content and preparation instructions for the generation of a FMECA programme plan. If there is no data or text requirement in any of the sections or sub-sections, the contractor will enter ‘NOT APPLICABLE’ and justify the reasons. The FMECA programme plan will be updated, as required, during the contract period, under MOD acceptance, based on analysis results, programme schedule modifications or programme decisions.
This UKDID is to be used in conjunction with UKDID 1004 FMECA report.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
1. The FMECA programme plan shall contain the following:
1.1.Identification of the contractor, contract number and contracting organization.
1.2.Identification and description of the End Item.
1.3.Identification of the contractor's organization structure responsible for performing the FMECA.
1.4.Description of the contractor's procedures for implementing the specified requirements of DEF STAN 00-41. The description shall include:
1.4.1.Procedures for creating FMECA.
1.4.2.Procedures for updating the FMECA to reflect design changes.
1.4.3.Procedures for the use of analysis results to provide design guidance.
1.5.Examples of the contractor's worksheet formats used to organize and document the FMECA.
1.6.Description of processes and analysis assumptions that identify:
1.6.1.The FMECA approach ie hardware, functional or combination.
1.6.2.The lowest indenture level to be analyzed.
1.6.3.General statements or failure definitions of what constitutes an item failure in terms of performance criteria and allowable limits.
D-22
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
|
ANNEX D (CONTINUED) |
|
|
|
|
|
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 1003 |
|
|
FAILURE MODES, EFFECTS AND CRITICALITY |
|
|
|
ANALYSIS (FMECA) PROGRAMME PLAN |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
LSA |
|
|
|
|
1.7.If analysis requirements change any processes or analysis assumptions, they shall be identified and documented in the FMECA report.
1.8.Identification of the indenture level that applies to the system hardware or functional level at which failures are assumed. Unless otherwise specified the contractor shall base the lowest indenture level for analysis on the following :
1.8.1.The lowest level specified in the LSA candidate list to assure complete inputs for each LSA candidate.
1.8.2.The lowest indenture level at which items are assigned a catastrophic (Category I) or critical (Category II) severity classification category.
1.8.3.The specified or intended maintenance and repair levels for items assigned a marginal (Category III) or minor (Category IV) severity classification category.
1.9.Description of the contractor's coding system used for consistent identification of system functions and for tracking failure modes. The coding system shall be based on upon the equipment breakdown structure or other similar uniform numbering system and shall provide complete visibility of each failure mode and its relationship to the system.
1.10.Identification of the data sources used to ascertain failure rates for the FMECA.
1.11 Description of how the results of FMECA will be documented in the LSAR.
D-23
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 1004 |
|
|
FAILURE MODES, EFFECTS AND CRITICALITY |
|
|
|
ANALYSIS (FMECA) REPORT |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
LSA |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) contains the format and content instructions generated by the task requirement as specified in the contract. The MOD accepted FMECA programme plan forms part of the contract and defines the specific FMECA task requirements.
The principal use of the FMECA report is to advise the MOD of the results of the FMECA programme and for determining contractual compliance.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
The FMECA report documents, in detail, the results of the FMECA plan carried out by the contractor in compliance with DEF STAN 00-41, or as otherwise specified in the contract. FMECA reports shall contain, as a minimum, the information detailed below.
This UKDID shall be used in conjunction with UKDID 1003 FMECA programme plan.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
1. The contractor's worksheet package, selected as part of the FMECA programme plan, shall form the basis of the FMECA report. Further information required is as follows:
1.1.Identification of the level of analysis carried out.
1.2.Description of the applicable Design Standard.
1.3.System definition narrative and resultant analysis data.
1.4.Detailed Summary of the results.
1.5.Identification of Failure Mode selection.
1.6.Description of Failure Mode Category List.
1.7.Identification of data sources and techniques used in the analysis.
1.8.Recommendations for updating FMECA to reflect design changes.
D-24
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 1005 |
|
|
RELIABILITY-CENTRED MAINTENANCE (RCM) |
|
|
|
PROGRAMME PLAN |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
LSA |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) identifies and describes the contractor’s RCM programme plan. This plan describes the specific techniques to be used and tasks to be performed, and defines their development and integration into the overall LSA programme and other related programmes.
The principal uses for the plan are to provide the MOD with a basis for review and evaluation of the contractor’s proposed RCM programme and its contents, for establishing contractual RCM compliance requirements and for providing the milestone schedule indicating when RCM will be initiated and completed. The plan is the basic tool used to establish and execute an effective RCM programme. When submitted in response to an Invitation to Tender (ITT), Request for Tender (RFT) or Statement of Work (SOW), it is used in the source selection process.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
This UKDID contains the content and preparation instructions for the data product generated by the provision of a RCM plan and must contain each of the sections listed below. If there is no data or text requirement in any of the sections, the contractor will enter ‘NOT APPLICABLE’ and justify the reasons. The RCM Programme Plan will be updated as required during the contract period, under MOD acceptance, based on analysis results, programme schedule modifications and programme decisions.
This UKDID must be used in conjunction with UKDID 1006 RCM Report.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
1. The RCM Programme Plan shall include the following:
1.1.Identification of the Contractor, contract number and the contracting MOD organization.
1.2.Identification and description of the End Item.
1.3.Identification of the ‘Operating Context’ and boundaries of analysis.
1.4.Examples of how the required information should be presented including:
1.4.1.Worksheet layout.
1.4.2.Software package utilized.
1.5.The RCM methodology used. Use of non-LSAR compatible RCM methodologies shall be justified.
1.6.Description of the coding system used to link the FMECA to RCM task analysis.
1.7.Structurally Significant Item and Functionally Significant Item selection criteria and listing.
1.8.Example of Zonal Plan production.
1.9.Procedures for updating the RCM to reflect design changes.
.10. Procedures for the use of redesign recommendations to provide design guidance.
1.11. The data sources used to ascertain failure rates and/or failure patterns.
D-25
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 1006 |
|
|
RELIABILITY-CENTRED MAINTENANCE (RCM) |
|
|
|
REPORT |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
LSA |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) contains the format and content instructions generated by the task requirement as specified in the contract. The MOD accepted RCM Programme Plan forms part of the contract and defines the specific RCM task requirements.
The principal use of the RCM Report is to advise the MOD of the results of the RCM programme and for determining contractual compliance.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
The RCM Report documents, in detail, the results of the RCM analysis carried out by the contractor in compliance with the contract and MOD accepted Maintainability plan.
This UKDID is to be used in conjunction with UKDID 1005 RCM Programme Plan.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
1.The worksheet selected as part of the RCM programme plan shall form the basis of the RCM report. Further information required will be dependent on the worksheet or software package utilized, and accepted by MOD.
2.The RCM report shall include:
2.1.The specification of the RCM analysis performed including the RCM methodology used, a description of the End Item, Operating Context and system boundaries.
2.2.A list of all references regarding Policy and warranty obligations together with any examples in which the RCM analysis may challenge Policy.
2.3.Full justification of all task and task frequency recommendations.
2.4.Listing of all outputs generated by the RCM analysis for each item under analysis.
2.5.Recommendations for generation and update of the Preventive Maintenance Plan to reflect current design.
D-26
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 1007 |
|
|
LEVEL OF REPAIR ANALYSIS (LORA) |
|
|
|
PROGRAMME PLAN |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
LSA |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) identifies and describes the contractor's LORA programme plan and LORA candidate selection criteria. The LORA plan describes the specific techniques to be used and tasks to be performed. It defines their development and integration into the overall LSA programme and other related programmes.
The principal uses for the LORA programme plan are to provide the MOD with a basis for review and evaluation of the contractor's proposed LORA programme and its proposed content, for establishing contractual LORA compliance requirements, and for providing the milestone schedule or study plan schedule. The plan is used to establish and execute an effective LORA programme. When submitted in response to an Invitation to Tender (ITT), Request for Tender (RFT) or Statement of Work (SOW), it is used in the source selection process.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
This UKDID contains the format, content and preparation instructions for a LORA programme plan and will contain each of the sections listed below. If there is no data or text requirement in any of the sections or subsections, the contractor will enter ‘NOT APPLICABLE’ and justify the reasons. The plan will be updated as required during the contract period, under MOD acceptance, based on analysis results, programme schedule modifications or programme decisions.
This UKDID must be used in conjunction with UKDID 1008 LORA Report.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
1. The LORA programme plan shall include the following:
1.1.Identification and description of the End Item.
1.2.Identification of the contractor preparing the LORA programme plan, the MOD organization contracting for the LORA programme, and the contract number.
1.3.Identification of the contractor's internal organization structure performing the LORA.
1.4.The interrelationships of the LORA discipline with other ILS elements and system engineering disciplines.
1.5.The method by which LORA information affecting design is disseminated to equipment designers.
1.6.The criteria used to guide the designers on the advisability of discard-at-failure or repairability recommendations.
1.7.The procedures used for collecting, updating and validating LORA input data and final LORA decisions, including:
D-27
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 1007 |
|
|
LEVEL OF REPAIR ANALYSIS (LORA) |
|
|
|
PROGRAMME PLAN |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
LSA |
|
|
|
|
1.7.1.Procedures for integration and monitoring implementation of the LORA decisions into the system support requirements and logistic planning.
1.7.2.Procedures for updating inputs to the LORA with data and results from contractor testing, demonstrations, development testing and operational testing.
1.8.Delineation of the tasks and milestone schedules required to conduct the LORA programme, along with schedule relationships to schedules of other LSA programme requirements and associated system engineering activities.
1.9.Description of each LORA programme task relationship to other LSA programme events and its integration into the LSA programme schedule to ensure that LORA tasks are completed prior to other LSA activities requiring LORA results.
1.10.Identification and description of the LORA model(s) to be used for conducting LORA(s) and the class(es) of LORA that will be performed. A LORA model is defined as a computerized, or manual, mathematical model or technique used to compare the relative economics and performance levels of the viable repair or discard options. There are three classes of LORA which include system or end item analysis, sub-system or item analysis and specific aspects of repair analysis.
1.11.A list that identifies the specific items that make up the End Item under contract for LORA. The list includes items recommended for analysis, items not recommended for analysis and rationale for selection or non-selection. The list will be consistent with the LCN numbering system defined in the LSAR.
1.12.Identification of previous systems, similar to the system under analysis, in conjunction with their support structure and previous LORAs that are to be used to establish the baseline for the support structure constraints on the system under analysis.
1.13.Reasons and justifications for any non-economic considerations that may impact or should be considered in adjusting decision alternatives derived from the economic considerations.
1.14.The LORA results which will be used to assist in developing or revising system engineering and logistic products or data within the following:
1.14.1.Maintenance planning.
1.14.2.Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC).
1.14.3.Source, Maintenance and Recoverability (SMR) coding.
1.14.4.Provisioning Parts List (PPL).
1.14.5.Logistic Support Analysis Record (LSAR).
1.14.6.Failure Modes, Effects and Criticality Analysis (FMECA).
1.14.7.Reliability.
1.14.8.Maintainability.
1.14.9.Reliability-Centred Maintenance (RCM).
D-28
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
|
ANNEX D (CONTINUED) |
|
|
|
|
|
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 1007 |
|
|
LEVEL OF REPAIR ANALYSIS (LORA) |
|
|
|
PROGRAMME PLAN |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
LSA |
|
|
|
|
1.15.How the LORA results will be used to influence the equipment design in the following aspects:
1.15.1.Modularity.
1.15.2.Built-in-test. (BIT)
1.15.3.Built-in-test equipment. (BITE)
1.15.4.Testability.
1.15.5.Repair or discard.
1.16.The LORA data required to execute the LORA model(s) and the sources to provide that data (eg MOD, contractors, sub-contractors, vendors, test agencies).
1.17.The sensitivity analysis requirements and proposed ranges of particular data elements to quantify the uncertainty of design and programme characteristics.
D-29
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 1008 |
|
|
LEVEL OF REPAIR ANALYSIS (LORA) REPORT |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
LSA |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) contains the format and content instructions generated by the task requirement as specified in the contract. The MOD accepted LORA programme plan forms part of the contract and defines the specific LORA task requirements.
The principal use of the LORA report is to advise the MOD of the results arising from the contractor's LORA tasks and for determining contractual compliance.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
The LORA Report documents, in detail, the results of the activities set out in the LORA programme plan performed by the contractor in compliance with LSA Task 303.2.7 and as defined in the contract. The report documents and supports the analysis and subsequent recommendations on the economic, and operational advantages with reference to the following:
a.Repair versus discard at failure.
b.Optimum repair level.
c.Support equipment (including test programme sets, built-in-test equipment, and discrete test equipment).
d.Maintenance facility requirements.
e.Maintenance and supply support life cycle costs.
f.Spare parts provisioning.
g.Specific design alternatives for each of the items undergoing LORA.
This report also documents data input into the LORA model(s) and the sources of the data. Also documented is a baseline output product from the execution of the LORA model(s).
This UKDID shall be used in conjunction with UKDID 1007 LORA Programme Plan.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
1. The LORA report shall include the following:
1.1.A statement of the LORA performed and descriptions of each maintenance alternative, location and operational scenario considered for: test, measurement and diagnostic equipment; maintenance personnel; built- in-test equipments; supply and maintenance facilities.
1.2.The LORA model(s) used. A LORA model is defined as a computerized, or manual, mathematical model, or technique used to compare the relative economics and performance levels of the viable repair or discard options.
1.3.The contractor’s level of repair or discard recommendation for each item undergoing LORA. The items subjected to LORA are those listed in the MOD approved LORA programme plan. Included is a brief discussion of the compatibility of the LORA recommendations with the operational (both performance and support) and technical (reliability and maintainability design factors) requirements of the system.
D-30
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
|
ANNEX D (CONTINUED) |
|
|
|
|
|
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 1008 |
|
|
LEVEL OF REPAIR ANALYSIS (LORA) REPORT |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
LSA |
|
|
|
|
1.4.Any recommended repair or discard level discussion, where cost is irrelevant due to operational and/or support requirements. Also to be explained are the non-economic considerations which may result in a different decision from those based on economic factors.
1.5.Identification of any economic benefits to be achieved under warranty or any form of contractor support.
1.6.A listing of the LORA model data elements utilized and numerical values used for each data element in analysing level of repair and discard alternatives. A reference to the origin of numeric data for each data element is to be included. A description is to be included of the method or methods used for deriving any estimated data. The description, in particular, should cover the rationale to support the reliability and maintainability values used in the LORA (together with the source for those values) and justification of any derivation or allocation from the required values. Any estimated values are also covered in the sensitivity analysis discussion.
1.7.A definition of the sensitivity analysis performed along with the results. The discussion should include the identification of the LORA model data elements varied as part of the sensitivity analysis and the specific numerical range used, rationale for that range, and the identification of each numerical value varied which impacts on the contractor’s LORA recommendation. The discussion of the sensitivity and analysis is intended to qualify the uncertainty of design and characteristics by providing a measure of the validity of the LORA recommendations.
1.8.A definition of the sensitivity of the LORA decisions. This definition is included as part of the sensitivity analysis and should include the identification of the detrimental aspects of choosing alternatives, other than those selected as optimum when considering economic, non-economic and operational advantages.
1.9.Recommendations for updating any maintenance and logistic support planning factors.
1.10.Identification of any recommendations made for updating planning factors related to maintenance and logistic support based on the LORA. Also discussed are the established operational and readiness requirement limitations and effects that are taken into account when making level of repair and discard recommendations.
1.11.A tabulation of the complete system or equipment items analysed. An explanation of how the reference to the tabulation is to be included if LSA is not invoked. Also included are the LORA recommendations resulting from the present analysis along with any previous MOD accepted recommendations or decisions made from past analysis.
1.12.A listing of the outputs generated by the execution of the LORA model(s) for the items under analysis.
1.13.The documentation of the level of repair and discard decisions made by the MOD after the review of the contractor’s repair or discard recommendations. The decisions could range from full acceptance to deferral. The decisions documented are to be considered as interim and may change if conditions in the programme change. This section should be considered as a planning tool. Great care shall be given in determining and documenting the interim level of repair and discard decisions because of the impact and cost associated with planning for a specific maintenance structure which may change. The sensitivity analysis discussion will be used to determine the risks involved in making a level of repair and discard decision.
D-31
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 1008 |
|
|
LEVEL OF REPAIR ANALYSIS (LORA) REPORT |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
LSA |
|
|
|
|
1.14.A comparison of any similar system/equipment identified and their maintenance structures against the system/equipment under analysis.
1.15.The identification of any constraints that were levied against the similar equipment that influenced the level of repair and discard decisions on those equipments.
1.16.The identification of specific components and assemblies that have established maintenance structures that are to be used by the equipment under analysis.
1.17.An indication and a discussion of how the LORA source data is used for the similar equipment, to include recommendations for updating the logistic planning factors for the equipment under analysis, based on the LORAs conducted on the similar equipment under review.
1.18.A justification of any recommendations to the equipment designer to influence the design of the system under development.
1.19.Identification of recommended actions by the equipment designer to incorporate the LORA decisions into the system or equipment.
1.20.A description of problems, conclusions, assumptions, exceptions, and actions required.
D-32
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 2001 |
|
|
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL |
|
|
|
NUMBER (LCN) ASSIGNMENT REPORT |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
LSAR |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) contains the format for a report detailing the requirements and rationale used for allocation of LCNs and associated data, to meet the requirements of DEF STAN 00-60, Part 0. Reference is to be made to the applicable Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL) for delivery
requirements which may be in paper or electronic format. Specific guidance on LCN assignment is available in DEF STAN 00-60, Part 2, Annex A.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
The format and content of this DID shall be as follows:
1.Aim
2.Structure
3.Conclusions
4.Recommendations
If there is no data or text requirement in any of the sections or subsections, the contractor will enter ‘NOT APPLICABLE’ and justify the reasons.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS 1. Aim
The aim shall be to provide a report detailing the justification and assignment method used for the Project LCN structure.
2. Structure
The report structure shall follow the headings detailed below:
2.1. Assumptions & Constraints
This section is to detail all assumptions adopted in assigning the LCN structure, together with any constraints which may have limited the choice. Examples include:
2.1.1.Project size and complexity
2.1.2.Policy directives
2.1.3.Legacy data structures
2.2LCN assignment method used
This section shall detail and justify the proposed LCN assignment method. It shall include the following, with illustrations and examples as necessary:
2.2.1.Proposed Physical and/or Functional LCN structures
2.2.2.Proposed Physical and/or Functional LCN breakdown
2.2.3.Characters to be used
2.2.4.Physical/Functional cross-mapping process
2.2.5.Proposed ALC/UOC configuration, related to system/equipment variants
2.2.6.Application and control of LCN structures assigned to subcontractors
3.Conclusions
4.Recommendations
D-33
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
|
UKDID 2002 |
|
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS |
|
|
|
RECORD (LSAR) DATA |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
2 |
Nov 97 |
LSAR |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) identifies deliverable LSAR data. LSAR data usage includes source data in the preparation of technical documentation, manpower and personnel requirements, training requirements, support and test equipment requirements. The medium of delivery of the LSAR data will be as specified in the Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL).
FORMAT AND CONTENT
LSAR data element definitions, data field lengths and formats for recording and reporting LSAR data are to be in accordance with DEF STAN 00-60 Part 0. Data requirements will be as specified by the applicable LSAR Data Selection Sheet. Supplementary information, block diagrams and other data as specified in the LSA Strategy described in the LSA Plan shall be deliverable to the extent specified in CDRL.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
The following relational tables, described in DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, are deliverable data under this UKDID as specified by the relevant CDRL, and tailored in accordance with the Data Selection Sheet.
1. Cross Functional Requirement
1.1 |
Table XA, |
End Item Acronym Code |
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.4.1 |
1.2 |
Table XB, |
LSA Control Number Indentured Item |
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.4.2 |
1.3 |
Table XC, |
System/End Item |
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.4.3 |
1.4 |
Table XD, |
System/End Item Serial Number |
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.4.4 |
1.5 |
Table XE, |
LCN to Serial Number Usable On Code |
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.4.5 |
1.6 |
Table XF, |
LCN to System/End Item Usable On Code |
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.4.6 |
1.7 |
Table XG, |
Functional/Physical LCN Mapping |
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.4.7 |
1.8 |
Table XH, |
Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) Code |
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.4.8 |
1.9 |
Table XI, |
Technical Manual Code and Number Index |
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.4.9 |
2. Operations and Maintenance Requirements |
||
2.1 |
Table AA, |
Operations and Maintenance Requirement |
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.5.1 |
2.2 |
Table AB, War/Peace Operations and Maintenance Requirement |
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.5.2 |
2.3 |
Table AC, |
Operations/Maintenance Level Requirement |
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.5.3 |
2.4 |
Table AD, |
Organizational Level Requirement |
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.5.4 |
D-34
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNEX D (CONTINUED) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TITLE |
|
NUMBER |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
UKDID 2002 |
|
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS |
|
|
|
|
||
RECORD (LSAR) DATA |
ISSUE |
|
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
||
|
|
|
2 |
|
Nov 97 |
LSAR |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.5 |
Table AE, |
Skill Operations and Maintenance Requirement |
|
|
||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.5.5 |
|
|
||
2.6 |
Table AF, |
War/Peace Additional Requirements Narrative |
|
|
||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.5.6 |
|
|
||
2.7 |
Table AG, |
Reliability Requirement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.5.7 |
|
|
||
2.8 |
Table AH, |
Interoperability Requirement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.5.8 |
|
|
||
2.9 |
Table AI, |
Modelling Data |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.5.9 |
|
|
||
2.10 Table AJ, |
Operations/Maintenance Level Transportation Requirement |
|
||||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.5.10 |
|
|
||
2.11 Table AK, |
System/End Item Narrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.5.11 |
|
|
||
3. Item Reliability, Availability and Maintainability Characteristics; Failure Modes Effects and Criticality |
||||||
Analysis and Maintainability Analysis |
|
|
|
|
||
3.1 |
Table BA, |
Reliability, Availability and Maintainability Characteristics |
|
|||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.6.1 |
|
|
||
3.2 |
Table BB, |
Reliability, Availability and Maintainability Characteristics Narrative |
|
|||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.6.2 |
|
|
||
3.3 |
Table BC, |
Reliability, Availability and Maintainability Logistics Considerations |
|
|||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.6.3 |
|
|
||
3.4 |
Table BD, |
Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability Indicator Characteristics |
|
|||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.6.4 |
|
|
||
3.5 |
Table BE, |
War/Peace Reliability, Availability and Maintainability Indicator Characteristics |
||||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.6.5 |
|
|
||
3.6 |
Table BF, |
Failure Mode and Reliability-Centred Maintenance Analysis |
|
|||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.6.6 |
|
|
||
3.7 |
Table BG, |
Failure Mode and Reliability-Centred Maintenance Narrative |
|
|||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.6.7 |
|
|
||
3.8 |
Table BH, |
Failure Mode Task |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.6.8 |
|
|
||
3.9 |
Table BI, |
Failure Mode Indicator Mission Phase Code Characteristics |
|
|||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.6.9 |
|
|
||
3.10 Table BJ, |
Failure Mode Indicator Mission Phase Code Characteristics Narrative |
|
||||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.6.10 |
|
|
||
3.11 Table BK, |
Reliability, Availability and Maintainability Criticality |
|
||||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.6.11 |
|
|
||
3.12 Table BL, |
Mission Phase Operation Mode |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.6.12 |
|
|
||
4. Task Inventory, Task Analysis, Personnel and Support Requirements |
|
|
||||
4.1 |
Table CA, |
Task Requirement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.7.1 |
|
|
||
4.2 |
Table CB, |
Subtask Requirement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.7.2 |
|
|
||
D-35
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
TITLE |
|
NUMBER |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
UKDID 2002 |
|
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS |
|
|
|
|
||
RECORD (LSAR) DATA |
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
||
|
|
|
|
2 |
Nov 97 |
LSAR |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.3 |
Table CC, |
Sequential Subtask Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.7.3 |
|
|
||
4.4 |
Table CD, |
Subtask Personnel Requirement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.7.4 |
|
|
||
4.5 |
Table CE, |
Task Remark |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.7.5 |
|
|
||
4.6 |
Table CF, |
Task Remark Reference |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.7.6 |
|
|
||
4.7 |
Table CG, |
Task Support Equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.7.7 |
|
|
||
4.8 |
Table CH, |
Task Manual |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.7.8 |
|
|
||
4.9 |
Table CI, |
Task Provisioned Item |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.7.9 |
|
|
||
4.10 Table CJ, |
Job and Duty Assignments |
|
|
|
||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.7.10 |
|
|
||
4.11 Table CK, |
Task Inventory |
|
|
|
||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.7.11 |
|
|
||
4.12 Table CL, |
Task/Subtask Associated Narrative |
|
|
|
||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.7.12 |
|
|
||
4.13 Table CM, |
Associated Electronic Documentation |
|
|
|
||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.7.13 |
|
|
||
4.14 Table CN, |
Maintenance Procedure Inventory |
|
|
|
||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.7.14 |
|
|
||
4.15 Table CO, |
Maintenance Procedure Task Sequence |
|
|
|
||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.7.15 |
|
|
||
5. Support Equipment and Training Materiel Requirements |
|
|
|
|||
5.1 |
Table EA, |
Support Equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.8.1 |
|
|
||
5.2 |
Table EB, |
Support Equipment Allocation Data |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.8.2 |
|
|
||
5.3 |
Table EC, |
Support Equipment Parameters |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.8.3 |
|
|
||
5.4 |
Table ED, |
Support Equipment Authorization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.8.4 |
|
|
||
5.5 |
Table EE, |
Support Equipment Narrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.8.5 |
|
|
||
5.6 |
Table EF, |
Support Equipment Recommendation Data |
|
|
||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.8.6 |
|
|
||
5.7 |
Table EG, |
Support Equipment Recommendation Data Revision Remarks |
|
|||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.8.7 |
|
|
||
5.8 |
Table EH, |
Alternate NATO Stock Number |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.8.8 |
|
|
||
5.9 |
Table EI, |
TMDE Input Power Source |
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.8.9 |
|
|
||
5.10 Table EJ, |
Support Equipment Design Data |
|
|
|
||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.8.10 |
|
|
||
D-36
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNEX D (CONTINUED) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
TITLE |
|
NUMBER |
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
UKDID 2002 |
|
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS |
|
|
|
|
|
||
RECORD (LSAR) DATA |
|
ISSUE |
|
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
||
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
Nov 97 |
LSAR |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.11 Table EK, |
Support Equipment Supersedure Data |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.8.11 |
|
|
|||
5.12 Table EL, |
Support Equipment Integrated Logistic Support Requirement Category Code |
|
|||||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.8.12 |
|
|
|||
5.13 Table EM, |
System Equipment |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.8.13 |
|
|
|||
6. Unit Under Test Requirements and Description |
|
|
|
|
|||
6.1 |
Table UA, |
Article Requiring Support/Unit Under Test |
|
|
|||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.9.1 |
|
|
|||
6.2 |
Table UB, |
Unit Under Test Support Equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.9.2 |
|
|
|||
6.3 |
Table UC, |
Operational Test Programme |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.9.3 |
|
|
|||
6.4 |
Table UD, |
Unit Under Test Support Equipment Operational Test Programme |
|
||||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.9.4 |
|
|
|||
6.5 |
Table UE, |
Test Programme Instruction |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.9.5 |
|
|
|||
6.6 |
Table UF, |
Unit Under Test Explanation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.9.6 |
|
|
|||
6.7 |
Table UG, |
Unit Under Test Parameter Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.9.7 |
|
|
|||
6.8 |
Table UH, |
Unit Under Test Fault Isolated Replaceable Unit |
|
|
|||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.9.8 |
|
|
|||
6.9 |
Table UI, |
Adapter Interconnector Device |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.9.9 |
|
|
|||
6.10 Table UJ, |
Unit Under Test Support Equipment Adapter Interconnection Device |
|
|||||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.9.10 |
|
|
|||
6.11 Table UK, |
Automatic Test Equipment Test Station |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.9.11 |
|
|
|||
6.12 Table UL, |
Unit Under Test Support Equipment Automatic Test Equipment |
|
|||||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.9.12 |
|
|
|||
6.13 Table UM, |
Support Equipment Item Unit Under Test |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.9.13 |
|
|
|||
6.14 Table UN, |
Support Equipment Unit Under Test Parameter Group |
|
|
||||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.9.14 |
|
|
|||
7. Facilities Considerations |
|
|
|
|
|||
7.1 |
Table FA, |
Facility |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.10.1 |
|
|
|||
7.2 |
Table FB, |
Facility Narrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.10.2 |
|
|
|||
7.3 |
Table FC, |
Baseline Facility Narrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.10.3 |
|
|
|||
7.4 |
Table FD, |
New or Modified Facility Narrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.10.4 |
|
|
|||
7.4 |
Table FE, |
Operations and Maintenance Task Facility Requirement |
|
||||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.10.5 |
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D-37
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
TITLE |
|
|
NUMBER |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
UKDID 2002 |
|
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS |
|
|
|
|
|
||
RECORD (LSAR) DATA |
|
ISSUE |
|
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
||
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
Nov 97 |
LSAR |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
8. Personnel Skill Considerations |
|
|
|
|
|||
8.1 |
Table GA, |
Skill Speciality |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.11.1 |
|
|
|||
8.2 |
Table GB, |
New or Modified Skill |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.11.2 |
|
|
|||
8.3 |
Table GC, |
New or Modified Skill Narrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.11.3 |
|
|
|||
8.4 |
Table GE, |
Physical and Mental Requirements Narrative |
|
|
|||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.11.5 |
|
|
|||
9. Packaging and Provisioning Requirements |
|
|
|
|
|||
9.1 |
Table HA, |
Item Identification |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.1 |
|
|
|||
9.2 |
Table HB, |
Additional Reference Number |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.2 |
|
|
|||
9.3 |
Table HD, |
Item Unit of Issue Price |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.4 |
|
|
|||
9.4 |
Table HE, |
Item Unit of Measure Price |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.5 |
|
|
|||
9.5 |
Table HF, |
Item Packaging Requirement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.6 |
|
|
|||
9.6 |
Table HG, |
Part Application Provisioning |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.7 |
|
|
|||
9.7 |
Table HH, |
Overhaul-Kit Next Higher Assembly PLISN |
|
|
|||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.8 |
|
|
|||
9.8 |
Table HI, |
Provisioning Remark |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.9 |
|
|
|||
9.9 |
Table HJ, |
Provisioning Reference Designation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.10 |
|
|
|||
9.10 Table HK, |
Parts Manual Description |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.11 |
|
|
|||
9.11 Table HL, |
Parts Manual Provisioning Nomenclature |
|
|
||||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.12 |
|
|
|||
9.12 Table HM, |
Item Basis of Issue |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.13 |
|
|
|||
9.13 Table HN, |
Provisioning Serial Number Usable On Code |
|
|
||||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.14 |
|
|
|||
9.14 Table HO, |
Provisioning System/End Item Usable On Code |
|
|
||||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.15 |
|
|
|||
9.15 Table HP, |
Design Change Information |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.16 |
|
|
|||
9.16 Table HQ, |
Serial Number Effectivity |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.17 |
|
|
|||
9.17 Table HR, |
Design Change Usable On Code |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.18 |
|
|
|||
9.18 Table HS, |
Crisis Resupply from Industry Procedure |
|
|
||||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.19 |
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D-38
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNEX D (CONTINUED) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
TITLE |
|
NUMBER |
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
UKDID 2002 |
|
||
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS |
|
|
|
|
|
||
RECORD (LSAR) DATA |
|
ISSUE |
|
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
||
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
Nov 97 |
LSAR |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.19 |
Table HT, |
CRIP Equipment Production Remarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.20 |
|
|
|||
9.20 |
Table HU, |
Initial Provisioning Project and Variants |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.21 |
|
|
|||
9.21 |
Table HV |
Initial Provisioning Project Spares Quantities |
|
|
|||
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.12.22 |
|
|
|||
10. Transportability Engineering Analysis |
|
|
|
|
|||
10.1 |
Table JA, |
Transportation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.13.1 |
|
|
|||
10.2 |
Table JB, |
Transportation Mode |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.13.2 |
|
|
|||
10.3 |
Table JC, |
Transported End Item |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.13.3 |
|
|
|||
10.4 |
Table JD, |
Transported End Item Narrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.13.4 |
|
|
|||
10.5 |
Table JE, |
Transport by Fiscal Year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.13.5 |
|
|
|||
10.6 |
Table JF, |
Transportation Narrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.13.611. Ammunition Packaging, Handling, |
|||||
Storage and Transportation Requirements |
|
|
|
|
|||
11.1 |
Table ZA, |
Ammunition PHS&T Requirements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.14.1 |
|
|
|||
11.2 |
Table ZB, |
Ammunition Type Narrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C.14.2 |
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D-39
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD |
UKDID 2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(LSAR) REPORTS |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
LSAR |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) contains a listing and description of the Logistic Support Analysis Record (LSAR) reports. These reports may be produced from a LSAR Automated Data Processing (ADP) system or manually produced. Requirements will be as specified in the Contract Data Requirement List (CDRL).
FORMAT AND CONTENT
This UKDID contains the requirements for deliverable LSAR standard output reports. When the LSAR reports are manually prepared, they shall be in accordance with the content, format, sequence and computational requirements contained in DEF STAN 00-60 Part 0 Annex C Appendix A. This UKDID is to be used in conjunction with UKDID 2004 Methods of delivery of LSAR Data or UKDID 2005 Delivery standard and schedule of non-ADP LSAR Data.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
1. DEF STAN 00-60 Standard Reports
1.1 LSA-001 Man-Hours by Skill Speciality Code and Level of Maintenance. DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.1
1.2 LSA-003 Maintenance Summary.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.2 1.3 LSA-004 Maintenance Allocation Chart Summary.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.3 1.4 LSA-005 Support Item Utilization Summary.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.4 1.5 LSA-006 Critical Maintenance Task Summary.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.5 1.6 LSA-007 Support Equipment Requirements.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.6 1.7 LSA-008 Support Items Validation Summary.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.7 1.8 LSA-009 Support Items List.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.8 1.9 LSA-010 Spare and Repair Parts Summary.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.9 1.10 LSA-011 Special Training Equipment/Device Summary.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.10 1.11 LSA-012 Facility Requirement.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.11
1.12 LSA-013 Support Equipment Grouping Number Utilization Summary. DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.12
1.13 LSA-014 Training Task List.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.13 1.14 LSA-016 Preliminary Maintenance Allocation Chart (PMAC).
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.14 1.15 LSA-018 Task Inventory Summary
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.15 1.16 LSA-019 Task Analysis Summary.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.16
D-40
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
|
ANNEX D (CONTINUED) |
|
|
|
|
|
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 2003 |
|
|
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD |
|
|
|
(LSAR) REPORTS |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
LSAR |
|
|
|
|
1.17 LSA-023 Maintenance Plan Summary.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.17 1.18 LSA-024 Maintenance Plan.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.18 1.19 LSA-026 Packaging Developmental Data.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.19 1.20 LSA-027 Failure/Maintenance Rate Summary.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.20 1.21 LSA-030 Indentured Parts List.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.21 1.22 LSA-033 Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS)
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.22 1.23 LSA-036 Provisioning Requirements.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.23 1.24 LSA-037 Spares and Support Equipment Identification List.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.24 1.25 LSA-039 Critical and Strategic Item Summary.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.25 1.26 LSA-040 Authorization List Items Summary.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.26 1.27 LSA-046 Nuclear Hardness Critical Item Summary.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.27 1.28 LSA-050 Reliability Centred Maintenance (RCM) Summary.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.28
1.29 LSA-056 Failure Modes Effects and Criticality Analysis (FMECA) Report. DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.29
1.30 LSA-058 Reliability Availability and Maintainability Summary. DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.30
1.31 LSA-065 Manpower Requirements Criteria.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.31 1.32 LSA-070 Support Equipment Recommendation Data (SERD).
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.32 1.33 LSA-071 Support Equipment Candidate List.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.33
1.34 LSA-072 Test Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE) Requirements Summary. DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.34
1.35 LSA-074 Support Equipment Tool List.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.35 1.36 LSA-075 Consolidated Manpower, Personnel and Training Report.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.36
1.37 LSA-076 Calibration and Measurement Requirements Summary (CMRS). DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.37
1.38 LSA-077 Depot (4th Line)Maintenance Data Summary.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.38 1.39 LSA-078 Hazardous Materials Summary.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.39 1.40 LSA-080 Bill of Materials.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.40
D-41
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
|
UKDID 2003 |
|
|
|
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD |
|
|
|
|
(LSAR) REPORTS |
ISSUE |
|
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
|
1 APRIL 96 |
LSAR |
|
|
|
|
|
1.41 LSA-085 Transportability Summary.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.41 1.42 LSA-126 Hardware Generation Breakdown Tree.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.42 1.43 LSA-151 Provisioning Parts List Index (PPLI).
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.43 1.44 LSA-152 PLISN Assignment/Reassignment.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.44 1.45 LSA-154 Provisioning Parts Breakout Summary.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.45
1.46 LSA-155 Recommended Spare Parts List for Spares Acquisition Integrated with Production (SAIP). DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 1.46
2 UK LSA Reports
2.1 LSA-602 Candidate Item Maintenance and Upkeep Plan (CIMUP). DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.1
2.2 LSA-604 Failure Modes Effects and Criticality Analysis Summary. DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.2
2.3 LSA-606 Reliability Centred Maintenance (RCM).
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.3 2.4 LSA-608 Preventive Maintenance Summary (PMS).
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.4 2.5 LSA-610 Schedules Supplementary Summary (SSS).
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.5 2.6 LSA-612 Component Repair Plans Summary (CRPS).
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.6 2.7 LSA-614 Scaling Model Data Requirements.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.7 2.8 LSA-624 Support Equipment Report (SER).
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.8 2.9 LSA-626 Support Equipment Data Transfer Report.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.9 2.10 LSA-628 Facilities Summary.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.10 2.11 LSA-634 Training Facilities Report.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.11 2.12 LSA-636 Facilities Environmental Impact Report.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.12 2.13 LSA-648 Provisioning (AECMA 2000M Related Data) Report.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.13
2.14 LSA-650 NATO Codification (AECMA 2000M Related Data) Report. DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.14
2.15 LSA-652 Illustrated Parts Catalogue (AECMA 2000M Related Data) Report.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.15
2.16 LSA-654 Ammunition Packaging, Handling, Storage and Transportation (PHS&T) Report. DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.16
D-42
|
|
|
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3 |
|
|
|
|
ANNEX D (CONTINUED) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
|
UKDID 2003 |
|
|
|
LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD |
|
|
|
|
(LSAR) REPORTS |
ISSUE |
|
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
|
1 APRIL 96 |
LSAR |
|
|
|
|
|
2.17 LSA-660 Removal Routes Report.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.17 2.18 LSA-662 Preventive Maintenance Actions for Items in Store.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.18 2.19 LSA-664 Item Storage Information Summary.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.19 2.20 LSA-668 Crisis Resupply from Industry Procedure (CRIP) Report.
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.20 2.21 LSA-672 Software Engineering Report
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.21
2.22 LSA-674 Electronic Documentation Requirements Report (AECMA 1000D)
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.22 2.23 LSA-676 UK Packaging Report
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0) Annex C, Para C/A 2.23
D-43
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 2004 |
|
|
METHODS OF DELIVERY OF LSAR DATA |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
LSAR |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) contains the format and content instructions generated by the task requirement as specified in the contract. The MOD accepted methods of delivery of LSAR Data forms part of the contract and defines the specific delivery requirements.
The principal use of this UKDID is to advise the MOD of the contractual compliance.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
This UKDID contains the acceptable format for the methods of delivery of LSAR data, in accordance with DEF STAN 00-60 Part 0 Annex C Para C.3.3, as specified in the contract.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
1. The formats for delivery of LSAR data are:
1.1.On-line access.
1.2.Digital data transfer media (as defined by the CDRL) containing the LSAR relational tables in the format specified in DEF STAN 00-60 Part 0 Annex C.
1.3.Digital data transfer media (as defined by the CDRL) containing the LSAR Output Reports in the format specified in DEF STAN 00-60 Part 0 Annex C Appendix C.
1.4.Hard copy LSAR relational tables in the format specified in DEF STAN 00-60 Part 0 Annex C.
1.5.Hard copy LSAR Output Reports in the format specified in DEF STAN 00-60 Part 0 Annex C Appendix
C.
D-44
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 2005 |
|
|
DELIVERY STANDARD AND SCHEDULE OF NON |
|
|
|
ADP LSAR DATA |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
LSAR |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) contains the format and content instructions generated by the task requirement as specified in the contract. The MOD accepted methods of delivery of standard and schedule of non ADP LSAR Data forms part of the contract and defines the specific requirements.
The principal use of this UKDID is to advise the MOD of the contractual compliance.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
This UKDID contains the acceptable format and delivery standard of non-ADP LSAR data, in accordance with DEF STAN 00-60, as specified in the contract. The schedule of data deliverable will be in accordance with the Logistic Support Analysis Plan (LSAP) as specified in UKDID 0002 and the Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL).
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
1. The formats for delivery of non-ADP LSAR data are:
1.1.Digital data transfer media (as defined by the CDRL) containing an electronic output, other than from a validated LSAR, of the LSAR relational tables in the format specified in DEF STAN 00-60 Part 0 Annex C.
1.2.Digital data transfer media (as defined by the CDRL) containing an electronic output, other than from a validated LSAR, of the LSAR Output Reports in the format specified in DEF STAN 00-60 Part 0 Annex C Appendix C.
1.3.Hard copy LSAR relational tables in the format specified in DEF STAN 00-60 Part 0 Annex C.
1.4.Hard copy LSAR Output Reports in the format specified in DEF STAN 00-60 Part 0 Annex C Appendix
C.
D-45
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 3001 |
|
|
DATA MODULE REQUIREMENTS LIST (DMRL) |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
ED |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) identifies and describes the Data Module Requirements List (DMRL). The DMRL forms part of the Document Management Plan (DMP) and is derived in part from the LSAR, Descriptive information and Operator requirements. The DMRL shall be raised and issued to the MOD after the initial issue of the LSAR and updated thereafter at each subsequent issue of the LSAR, change to design or operational characteristics.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
The format shall be as detailed at time of contract. The content of the DMRL shall include all Data Modules (DM) required to support the equipment.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
1. GENERAL
The information to be presented for each DM shall consist of the following as a minimum:
1.1.DMC (Data Module Code).
1.2.DM title.
Documentation Reference (Where DM will be used in an IETP environment, this should detail that reference and the reference of any other deliverables. Note where a DM is used in more than one place each reference shall be given).
1.3.Issue Number.
1.4.Issue Date (This should be the date the DM was issued).
1.5.QA Status of the DM.
1.6.Classification of the DM.
1.7.Source LCN.
D-46
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 3002 |
|
|
FINAL DELIVERABLE INTERACTIVE |
|
|
|
ELECTRONIC TECHNICAL PUBLICATION |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
(IETP) |
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
ED |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) identifies and describes the Final Deliverable Interactive Electronic Technical Publication (IETP), which consists of the Final Publication Database (FPDB) with all the necessary links implemented and output formatting instructions incorporated.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
The format and content required for the production of the Final Deliverable IETPs is given in DEF STAN 0060 Part 10 Section 9.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS 1.General.
There are 3 basic types of Final Deliverable IETPs (IETP-L (Linear), IETP-D (Database), IETP-I (Integrated)) which can be derived from a DEF STAN 00-60 compliant Publications Database. These are as detailed in DEF STAN 00-60 Part 10 Section 9.
2. The type of IETP to be delivered shall be as specified within the contract.
D-47
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 3003 |
|
|
FINAL DELIVERABLE PUBLICATION - PAPER |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
ED |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) identifies and describes the Final Deliverable Technical Publication in paper.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
The format and content required for the production of the final deliverable technical publication in paper form shall be specified and agreed at time of contract.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS 1.General.
The production of the final deliverable technical publication in paper form shall be in accordance with DEF STAN 00-60 Part 10 Section 9 or as defined at time of contract.
D-48
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 3004 |
|
|
DELIVERED PUBLICATION DATA BASE (DPDB) |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
ED |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) defines a Deliverable Publication Data Base (DPDB) which shall contain the specific Data Modules (DM) applicable to the equipment and in compliance with the Data Module Requirements List (DMRL).
FORMAT AND CONTENT
The format and content required for the production of DPDB shall be in accordance with DEF STAN 00-60, Part 10 Section 3.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
1.The DPDB shall contain all DM required to maintain, support and operate the contracted equipment.
2.The format and contents of the DM contained in the DPDB shall be as per DEF STAN 00-60, Part 10 Section 3.
D-49
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 3005 |
|
|
FINAL PUBLICATION DATA BASE (FPDB) |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
ED |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) defines the Final Publication Data Base (FPDB) which shall contain the Delivered Publication Data Base (DPDB) with all the necessary links defined to allow the production of a final deliverable Interactive Electronic Technical Publication (IETP) for end user use.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
The format and content required for the production of the FPDB shall be in accordance with DEF STAN 00-60 Part 10 Section 3.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
1.The FPDB shall contain all the DM, including all the necessary links defined to allow the production of a final deliverable IETP, required to maintain, support and operate the contracted equipment.
2.The format and contents of the DM contained in the FPDB shall be as per DEF STAN 00-60 Part 10 Section
D-50
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 3006 |
|
|
DOCUMENTATION MANAGEMENT PLAN (DMP) |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
ED |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) identifies and describes the Documentation Management Plan (DMP). The DMP shall explain the general procedures, terms, and conditions governing the planning, selection, preparation, and delivery of documentation required for the maintenance, operational, and training support of equipment. If there is no data or text requirement in any of the sections or subsections, the contractor will enter ‘NOT APPLICABLE’ and justify the reasons.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
The DMP shall follow the format and content as listed below. It shall detail the timescales for the required deliverables.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
1. The DMP shall include as applicable:
1.1.A description of the method for developing documentation.
1.2.The system for utilization of information from LSA, operational requirements data, engineering data, operator data and test data.
1.3.Methods for achieving consistent and common use of data.
1.4.Use of standards and specifications.
1.5.How the integration and associated activity, and subcontractors’ efforts, are related and controlled.
1.6Documentation development plan and approval procedures.
1.7.Preliminary documentation development and distribution methods.
1.8.First verification procedures.
1.9.Second verification support procedures.
1.10.Preparation and In-Process Review procedures, controls and schedules.
1.11.System for storage and retrieval of data and method to prevent duplication of data already developed.
1.12.DM preparation and control.
1.13.Method of handling routine and priority changes and supplements.
1.14.Documentation status reporting.
1.15.Controls over classified information.
D-51
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 3006 |
|
|
DOCUMENTATION MANAGEMENT PLAN (DMP) |
|
|
|
|
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
ED |
|
|
|
|
1.16.Methods of incorporating engineering changes, and instructions/information furnished by the MOD, for inclusion in documentation.
1.17.A statement of the method by which a determination will be made in the following areas:
1.17.1.Identification of existing MOD documentation that covers the equipments required by the contractor, or can be made suitable through supplements, changes or revisions.
1.17.2.Identification of existing commercial documentation that covers the referenced equipment or can be made suitable through the preparation of supplements.
1.17.3.Identification of equipments which require new documentation for acceptable support.
1.18.Identification of risks to the successful completion of the documentation effort, particularly those factors not within the control of the technical documentation organization, and associated proposals for risk containment.
1.19.The plan shall include a brief description of the contents of each deliverable or groups of deliverables. These descriptions shall include:
1.19.1.References to specific sections of the applicable specification to indicate the extent of compliance and non-compliance with the requirements.
1.19.2.Any special features or innovations of this documentation programme.
1.19.3.Projected requirements for new presentation techniques based upon peculiarities of equipment configurations and design.
1.20.Procedures used to ensure the schedule for release of documentation recognizes any interrelated document dependencies.
2.The DMP shall detail the timescale for delivery of the following:
2.1.Data Modules Requirements List (DMRL) (UKDID 3001).
2.2.Final Deliverable (IETP) (UKDID 3002).
2.3.Final Deliverable Publication - Paper (UKDID 3003).
2.4.Delivered Publications Data Base (DPDB) (UKDID 3004).
2.5.Final Publication Data Base (FPDB) (UKDID 3005).
D-52
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONTINUED)
UK DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 4001 |
|
|
INITIAL PROVISIONING GUIDANCE |
|
|
|
CONFERENCE REQUIREMENTS |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
ISSP |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This UK Data Item Description (UKDID) identifies and describes the issues to be addressed at the Initial Provisioning (IP) Guidance Conference.
FORMAT AND CONTENT
The format and content of the IP Guidance Conference is described below.
The format and content required for the production of the results will be in the form of minutes in accordance with UKDID 0003.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
1.The IP Guidance Conference will be jointly chaired by the MOD ILS manager, or nominated representative (usually the IP Branch project officer), and the contractor’s ILS manager, or nominated representative.
2.The conference will be called by the MOD at a date and time agreed with the contractor.
3.The conference shall be held at the contractor’s premises where suitable conference facilities shall be provided. The minutes shall be prepared in accordance with UKDID 0003, as specified.
4.The conference format and agenda shall cover a list of topics which should be developed and tailored to suit individual project requirements. The following should normally be included in the agenda:
4.1.Confirmation and explanation of the contractor’s approach to IP in order to reflect the developing maintenance concept and support policy.
4.2.Establishment of the level of IP presentation required.
4.3.Outline for the IP programme.
4.4.Timescales for the IP programme.
4.5.Requirement for advance part-number orientated Initial Provisioning Lists (IPL).
4.6.Customer’s support parameters on which all spares recommendations shall be based.
4.7.Parts data commonality.
4.8.Concurrent ordering of production, and spare, line replaceable items, together with any procedures to be followed.
4.9.Deviations from the IP process as defined in DEF STAN 00-60 Part 20.
4.10.Codification requirements.
D-53
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX D (CONCLUDED)
TITLE |
NUMBER |
|
|
|
UKDID 4001 |
|
|
INITIAL PROVISIONING GUIDANCE |
|
|
|
CONFERENCE REQUIREMENTS |
ISSUE |
EFFECTIVE DATE |
DID TYPE |
|
1 |
1 APRIL 96 |
ISSP |
|
|
|
|
4.11.Identification of applicable data elements, agreement on their interpretation, and allocation of appropriate codes to be used in the project.
4.12.Implementation of appropriate Interchange Agreements.
4.13.Contractor’s and customer’s IT systems to be used in the IP process, and confirmation of their availability and timescales predicated by the IP Programme Plan.
4.14.Parameters for a test programme for data exchange.
4.15.Procedure for handling observations.
4.16.Procedure for the placement of IP orders.
4.17.Requirement for an IP guidance document.
4.18.Production and delivery of illustrated parts documentation.
4.19.Arrangements for the conduct of pre-assessment meetings.
4.20.Implications of any arrangements for contractor support on the IP process.
5. The discussions at the IP Guidance Conference shall be conducted ‘without prejudice’ and shall not affect the rights and liabilities of the parties to the contract.
D-54
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX E
ANNEX E
DEFENCE STANDARD 00-60 HELP DESK
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX E
Collation Page
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX E
Defence Standard 00-60 Help Desk
E.1 To fully support this Defence Standard, a Help Desk has been set up. It provides assistance to both MOD and Industry users alike, who are experiencing difficulties in applying this Standard and its data requirements. The Help Desk is managed on behalf of MOD by BMT Reliability Consultants Ltd. and can be accessed via:
telephone/facsimile: +44 (0) 1489 571491 e-mail: 0060@bmtrcl.demon.co.uk
E.2 The Help Desk will respond to both technical and data queries. However, where the issues are complex or relate to policy, these will be referred to the Sponsor. All queries will be logged on the Defence Standard 00-60 Internet Home Page together with the respective response. The log will provide a source of information on the Defence Standard and highlight areas where users have encountered difficulties. The Home Page log is updated on a monthly basis and will comprise:
Date
Log Number (Query reference number) Query
Response to query
(This will be a full history from inception to completion)
Access to the Home Page is via: http://www.demon.co.uk/ilsuk/
E-1
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
ANNEX E (CONCLUDED)
Collation Page
E-2
Collation Page
DEF STAN 00-60 (PART 0)/3
©Crown Copyright 1996 This Standard may be fully reproduced
|
except for sale purposes. The |
Published by and obtainable from: following conditions must be observed: |
|
Ministry of Defence |
1 The Royal Coat of Arms and the |
Directorate of Standardization |
publishing imprint are to be |
Kentigern House |
omitted. |
65 Brown Street |
2 The following statement is to be |
GLASGOW G2 8EX |
inserted on the cover: |
|
‘Crown Copyright. Reprinted by |
Tel No: 0141-224 2531 |
(name of organization) with the |
Fax No: 0141-224 2503 |
permission of Her Majesty's |
|
Stationery Office.’ |
|
Requests for commercial reproduction |
|
should be addressed to MOD Stan 1, |
|
Kentigern House, 65 Brown Street, |
|
Glasgow G2 8EX |
The following Defence Standard file reference relates to work on this Standard - D/D Stan/384/04/00
Contract Requirements
When Defence Standards are incorporated into contracts users are responsible for their correct application and for complying with contract requirements.
Revision of Defence Standards
Defence Standards are revised when necessary by the issue either of amendments or of revised editions. It is important that users of Defence Standards should ascertain that they are in possession of the latest amendments or editions. Information on all Defence Standards is contained in DEF STAN 00-00 (Part 3) Section 4, Index of Standards for Defence Procurement - Index of Defence Standards and Specifications published annually and supplemented periodically by Standards in Defence News. Any person who, when making use of a Defence Standard encounters an inaccuracy or ambiguity is requested to notify the Directorate of Standardization without delay in order that the matter may be investigated and appropriate action taken.